# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Noma Yuki, 2024 # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2025 # Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ja\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "サプライチェーン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "**Odooバーコード** " "はユーザが個々のプロダクトやプロダクトカテゴリにバーコードを割当て、そのバーコードを使って在庫の動きを追跡することができます。バーコードスキャナを接続することにより、バーコードをスキャンして特定の在庫処理をトリガすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode `_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: バーコード `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "日常業務" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "バーコードで在庫調整を行う" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" "倉庫では、データベースに記録された在庫数と実際の在庫数が必ずしも一致しない場合があります。このような場合、在庫調整を行うことで差異を調整し、データベースに記録された在庫数と倉庫の実際の在庫数を一致させることができます。Odooでは" " *バーコード* アプリを使用して在庫調整を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "これらの調整はOdoo互換バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使ってリアルタイムで行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" "Odooと互換性のあるバーコードモバイルスキャナーのリスト、および*在庫*アプリと*バーコード*アプリ用のその他のハードウェアについては、`Odoo在庫" " - ハードウエアページ `_を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "バーコードアプリを有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" "*バーコード* アプリを使用して在庫調整を作成および適用するには、*在庫* アプリの設定から機能を有効にしてインストールする **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" "これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`バーコード` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` オプションの隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "チェックボックスにチェックを入れたら、ページ上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "保存後、:guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` オプションの下に新しいドロップダウンメニューが表示され、:guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` " "と表示され、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` または :guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` " "を選択できます。それぞれの表現規則オプションは、スキャナがOdooでバーコードをどのように解釈するかを決定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "また、:guilabel:`プロダクトバーコードを設定 `の内部リンク矢印、バーコードコマンドを印刷するための一連の :guilabel:`印刷` " "ボタン、バーコードデモシートもあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "インベントリアプリの設定でバーコード機能を有効にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコード` アプリのセットアップと設定の詳細については、 :doc:`バーコードスキャナーのセットアップ " "<../setup/hardware>` と :doc:`Odooでバーコードを有効にする <../setup/software>` " "ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "在庫調整の実行" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "まずは :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ --> バーコードスキャン` ダッシュボードに移動し、 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション`, :guilabel:`在庫調整` および :guilabel:`一括転送` " "を含む様々なオプションが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "在庫調整を作成・適用するには、画面下の :guilabel:`在庫調整` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" "そうすると、トップヘッダーセクションの :guilabel:`在庫調整` というラベルの付いた *バーコード在庫顧客アクション* ページに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "スキャナーを使ったバーコードアプリのスタート画面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" "調整を開始するには、まず、数を調整すべきプロダクトの倉庫内の現在地である *移動元ロケーション* " "をスキャンします。次に、プロダクトバーコードをスキャンします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "特定のプロダクトのバーコードを複数回スキャンすることで、そのプロダクトの調整量を増やすことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "倉庫の *複数ロケーション* 機能がデータベースで有効で **ない** " "場合、移動元ロケーションをスキャンする必要はありません。代わりに、在庫調整を開始するためにプロダクトバーコードをスキャンするだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "また、プロダクトの右端にある :guilabel:`✏️ (鉛筆)` アイコンをクリックして数量を変更することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" "そうするとキーパッド付きの別ウィンドウが開きます。数量を変更するには :guilabel:`数量` " "行の数字を編集します。さらに、:guilabel:`+1` と :guilabel:`-1` " "ボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量を足し引きすることができ、数字キーでも同様に数量を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" "以下の在庫調整では、ソースロケーション `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` がスキャンされ、ロケーションが割り当てられました。次に、プロダクト " "`[FURN_7888] スクリーン付きデスクスタンド` のバーコードが 3 " "回スキャンされ、調整の単位が増加しました。追加のプロダクトは、それらの特定のプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンすることで、この調整に追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "バーコード在庫顧客アクションページの在庫調整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "在庫調整を完了するには、ページ下部のチェックマークが付いた緑色の :guilabel:`✅ 適用` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" "適用されると、Odooは :guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` 画面に戻ります。右上に小さな緑のバナーが表示され、調整の有効性が確認されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:184 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "ご存じでしたか？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" "Odooの *バーコード* " "アプリケーションは、アプリの機能を試すためのバーコード付きデモデータを提供しています。これらはテスト目的で使用することができ、アプリのホーム画面から印刷することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" "このデモデータにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動し、スキャナの上にある情報ポップアップウィンドウの " ":guilabel:`在庫バーコードシート` と :guilabel:`在庫用コマンド` (太字で青くハイライトされています)をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "バーコードアプリのメイン画面でのデモデータのプロンプトのポップアップ表示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "プロダクトを手動で在庫調整に追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "ロケーションやプロダクトのバーコードが利用できない場合でも、Odoo *バーコード* を使用して在庫調整を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "これを行うには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ --> バーコードスキャン --> 在庫調整` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "この調整にプロダクトを手動で追加するには、画面下部の白い :guilabel:`➕ プロダクト追加` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "新しい空白のページが表示され、希望のプロダクト、数量、ソースロケーションを選択する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "バーコード在庫顧客アクションページでプロダクト追加するためのキーパッド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" "まず、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 行をクリックし、在庫数を調整するプロダクトを選択します。次に、そのプロダクトの数量を手動で入力します。 " ":guilabel:`数量` 行の `1` を変更するか、 :guilabel:`+1` と :guilabel:`-1` " "ボタンをクリックして、プロダクトの数量を追加または減算します。数字のパッドも同様に数量を追加するために使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "数字パッドの下には :guilabel:`ロケーション` 行があり、デフォルトでは `WH/Stock` " "と表示されます。この行をクリックすると、ロケーションのドロップダウンメニューが表示され、この在庫調整の :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` " "を選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックして変更を確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "在庫調整を適用するには、ページ下部の緑色の :guilabel:`✅適用` ボタンとチェックマークをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "Default barcode nomenclature" msgstr "デフォルトバーコード表現規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10 msgid "" "*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. " "When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a " "matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature " "list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo " "if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule." msgstr "" "*バーコード表現規則* は、バーコードがどのように認識され、分類されるかを定義します。バーコードがスキャンされると、マッチするパターンを持つ " "**最初の** " "規則に関連付けられます。パターンのシンタックスは正規表現を使ってOdooの表現規則リストに記述され、バーコードの接頭辞や長さがバーコードの規則で定義されたものと一致する場合、Odooによってバーコードが正常に読み取られます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` " "station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) " "format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, " "are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and " "price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to " "identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly " "interprets all barcodes for the business." msgstr "" "例えば、:doc:`POS <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` ステーションでは、 European Article " "Number (EAN) フォーマットの製品重量バーコードが使用されます。このバーコードは、`21` " "で始まり、重量を示す5桁の数字で構成されています。このバーコードは、プロダクトを計量し、重量と価格を示すバーコードを生成するために使用されます。 " "`21` " "と5桁の重量は、バーコードを識別するために使用されるバーコードパターンであり、Odooがビジネスの全てのバーコードを正しく解釈できるようにカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 msgid "" "Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** " "apps." msgstr "バーコードは通常、Odooの **在庫** および **バーコード** アプリでも使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1" " ` formats. This document exclusively focuses on " ":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo `, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding." msgstr "" "Odoo **バーコード** は |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), および :doc:`GS1 " "` フォーマットをサポートしています。このドキュメントは :ref:`Odooのデフォルト規則およびパターン " "` にのみフォーカスしており、|UPC| および |EAN|" " エンコーディングを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29 msgid "" "To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the" " entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 " "`_." msgstr "" "サプライチェーン全体でプロダクトを一意に識別するために |UPC| および |EAN| バーコードを使用するには、それらは **必ず** " "GS1から購入する 必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "" "In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes " "specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only " "within the company, such as in the :ref:`example " "` where the barcode is written in the " "|EAN| format." msgstr "" "Odooでは、企業独自のバーコードを認識するために、カスタムバーコードパターンを定義することができます。バーコードが |EAN| " "フォーマットで記述されている :ref:`例 ` " "のように、企業内のみで使用される場合は、バーコードを購入する必要はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the" " :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app" " in the database." msgstr "" "デフォルトの名称を使用するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。 " ":guilabel:`バーコード` セクションで、:guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。 " "そうすると、**バーコード** アプリがデータベースにインストールされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` で、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` " "が選択されていることを確認します。その後、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "デフォルト表現規則が選択された状態でバーコード設定が有効になっています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed " "in the :ref:`default nomenclature list `, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo " "automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion." msgstr "" " **バーコード** モジュールがインストールされ、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` " "が選択されている場合、:ref:`デフォルト表現規則リスト ` で詳細に説明されているように、|UPC| および |EAN| " "を使用するバーコードアクションが利用可能です。また、デフォルトでは、Odooが自動的に |UPC|/|EAN| 変換を処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "Example: product weight barcode" msgstr "例: プロダクト重量バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 msgid "" "To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products " "in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used" " to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to " "automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of " "the item." msgstr "" "Odooで商品識別にバーコード表現規則がどのように使用されているかをよりよく理解するために、この例ではEANフォーマットの商品重量バーコードを使用して、:doc:`POS" " <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` " "ビジネスで自動的にバーコードを印刷し、商品の重量を使用して価格を計算する方法を説明します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66 msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:" msgstr "重量のある商品のバーコードを設定するには、以下の規則が使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "規則名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "バーコードパターン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Odooのフィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "重量付バーコード小数点以下3桁" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}" msgstr "(21)....{NNDDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "プロダクトフォーム上の :guilabel:`バーコード`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the" " barcode, `2112345000008`:" msgstr " 重量のあるプロダクトのバーコードパターンをよりよく理解するために、バーコード`2112345000008` を例に考えてみましょう:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products." msgstr "`21`: 重量のあるプロダクトのバーコードを識別するコードです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify " "the product." msgstr "`12345`: プロダクトを識別する5桁 (上記の表では `.....` で示されています) " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the " "weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** " "be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three" " digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` " "format is `13500`." msgstr "" "`00000`: プロダクトの重量を表す5桁 (表では `{NNDDD}` で表示されています)。プロダクトフォームでは、5つの重量値は `00000`" " である **必要があります**。最初の2桁は整数、最後の3桁は小数です。例えば、\"13.5 grams\" は `{NNDDD}` では " "`13500` となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 msgid "" "`8`: `check digit `_ " "for `211234500000`." msgstr "" "`8`: `チェックデジット `_ " "`211234500000` 用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode." msgstr "これらの構成要素は合わせて13文字 |EAN| - 13 バーコードを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 msgid "" "To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode " "for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the " ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to " ":guilabel:`kg`." msgstr "" "`ボロネーゼパスタ` 用にプロダクトバーコードを作成するため、重量のあるプロダクト用の |EAN| バーコード、`2112345000008` が " "プロダクトフォーム( :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "からアクセスし、希望のプロダクトを選択します) の :guilabel:`バーコード` フィールドに入力されます。加えて、 " ":guilabel:`単位` を :guilabel:`kg` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Barcode field on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームのバーコードフィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This " "generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: " "`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is " "`2112345015002`." msgstr "" "次に、顧客のパスタのボウルが `1.5` キログラムであることが量りで測定されます。これにより、パスタの重量に応じた新しいバーコード " "`211234501500` が生成されます。この新しいバーコードのチェックデジットは `2` です。新しいバーコードは `2112345015002`" " です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg." msgstr "重量1.5kgを含む生成されたバーコード。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109 msgid "" "Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type," " such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to " "create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as " "`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is " "correct." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`バーコードアプリ --> 操作` " "に移動して、製品が適切にスキャンされることを確認します。次に、:guilabel:`レシート` " "などの任意の操作タイプをクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`新規` " "ボタンをクリックして、在庫移動のドラフトを作成します。`2112345015002` " "などの製品重量バーコードをスキャンし、目的のプロダクトが表示された場合は、バーコード設定が正しいことになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode." msgstr "正常にスキャンされたバーコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "規則を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122 msgid "" "Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** " "in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there " "are unknown fields." msgstr "" "Odooのデフォルトリストにない |UPC| および |EAN| " "フォーマットでは、未知のフィールドがあるとバーコードが正常に読み取れないため、新しい規則の追加が必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125 msgid "" "While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with " "information from these rules. `Custom development " "`_ is required for this functionality." msgstr "" "新しい規則を作成することはできますが、Odooのフィールドにこれらの規則からの情報で自動入力されることは " "**ありません**。この機能を使用するには、`カスタム開発 `_ " "が必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129 msgid "" "To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode `. Then," " navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode " "Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "規則を作成するには :ref:`開発者モード ` を作成します。そして、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ " "--> 設定 --> バーコード表現規則` に行き、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133 msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:" msgstr "このページでは、以下のオプションフィールドを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should " "be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. " "Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN変換`: 別のエンコードの規則に一致する場合に、|UPC|/|EAN| " "バーコードを自動的に変換するかどうかを決定します。オプションには、:guilabel:`常に可能` " "(デフォルトオプション)、:guilabel:`作成しない`、:guilabel:`EAN-13からUPC-Aに変換`、および " ":guilabel:`UPC-AからEAN-13に変換` があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as " "the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* " "GS1 encoding." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`GS1表現規則か`: このボックスがチェックされて **いない** ことを確認します。:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` " "は |UPC| と |EAN| エンコーディングを使用し、GS1エンコーディングは使用 *しない* ためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "デフォルト表現ページ設定フィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up " "window to create a new rule." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` ページで、テーブルの下部にある :guilabel:`明細追加` " "をクリックすると、新しい規則を作成するための :guilabel:`規則作成` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents." msgstr ":guilabel:`規則名` フィールドは、バーコードが何を表しているかを識別するために内部で使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning " "the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table." msgstr ":guilabel:`付番` フィールドは規則の優先度を表し、値が小さいほど規則はテーブルの上位に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of " "information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`," " :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)." msgstr "" "バーコードの :guilabel:`タイプ`フィールドは、システムで理解できる情報の異なる分類を表します(例えば :guilabel:`梱包`、 " ":guilabel:`ロット`、 :guilabel:`ロケーション`、 :guilabel:`クーポン` など)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. " "This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The " "available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`エンコーディング` " "フィールドは、バーコードがどのエンコーディングを使用するかを指定します。この規則は、バーコードがこの特定のエンコーディングを使用する場合にのみ適用されます。使用可能な" " :guilabel:`エンコーディング` " "オプションは、:guilabel:`EAN-13`、:guilabel:`EAN-8`、:guilabel:`UPC-A`、および " ":guilabel:`GS1-28` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters" " or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the " "product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number" " of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent " "decimal digits." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコードパターン` " "フィールドは、文字または数字のシーケンスがシステムによってどのように認識され、プロダクトに関する情報が含まれているかを表します。 " "ある程度の桁数が求められる場合、`.` の数が示されることがあります。 `N` は整数桁数を表し、`D` は小数桁数を表します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a" " two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425." msgstr "" " `1...` は1から始まる4桁の数字を表します。 `NNDD` は小数点以下2桁の数字を表します。 例えば、`14.25` は1425です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" "情報を入力した後、 :guilabel:`保存して新規` ボタンをクリックすると規則が保存され、すぐに別の規則の作成が開始されます。または、 " ":guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックして規則を保存し、規則テーブルに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177 msgid "Default nomenclature list" msgstr "デフォルト表現規則リスト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " "rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions." msgstr "以下のテーブルはOdooの :guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` 規則のリストです。バーコードパターンは正規表現で記述されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "エンコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals" msgstr "価格バーコード 2桁" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "Priced Product" msgstr "価格設定済プロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "EAN-13" msgstr "JAN/EAN-13" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "23.....{NNNDD}" msgstr "23.....{NNNDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Discount Barcodes" msgstr "値引バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 msgid "Discounted Product" msgstr "値引対象プロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232 msgid "Any" msgstr "どれでも" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "22{NN}" msgstr "22{NN}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "重量バーコード 3桁" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199 msgid "Weighted Product" msgstr "計量対象プロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201 msgid "21.....{NNDDD}" msgstr "21.....{NNDDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202 msgid "Customer Barcodes" msgstr "顧客バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Client" msgstr "顧客" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "042" msgstr "042" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes" msgstr "クーポン＆ギフトカードバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "Coupon" msgstr "クーポン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209 msgid "043|044" msgstr "043|044" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210 msgid "Cashier Barcodes" msgstr "キャッシャーバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Cashier" msgstr "キャッシャー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "041" msgstr "041" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214 msgid "Location barcodes" msgstr "ロケーションバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Location" msgstr "ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "414" msgstr "414" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218 msgid "Package barcodes" msgstr "梱包バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "パッケージ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "PACK" msgstr "梱包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222 msgid "Lot barcodes" msgstr "ロットバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "ロット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226 msgid "Magnetic Credit Card" msgstr "磁気クレジットカード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "クレジットカード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229 msgid "%.*" msgstr "%.*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230 msgid "Product Barcodes" msgstr "製品バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "個数管理品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233 msgid ".*" msgstr ".*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain " "any number or type of characters." msgstr " :guilabel:`バーコードパターン` に `.*` が含まれている場合、任意の数の任意の種類の文字が含まれていることを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1バーコード表現規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`GS1表現規則`_ " "は様々なプロダクトとサプライチェーンのデータを1つのバーコードに統合します。Odooはグローバル出荷、販売、Eコマースプロダクトリストを有効にするため、企業が購入した" " `一意のGlobal Trade Item Number`_ " "(GTIN) を取り込みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" "GS1表現規則を設定して、密封されたボックスのバーコードをスキャンし、 |GTIN|、ロット番号、数量情報などの重要なプロダクト情報を識別します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN| は、GS1バーコードを使用するためにGS1から購入する `_ **必要のある** 一意のプロダクトIDです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`全てのGS1バーコード `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`OdooのデフォルトGS1規則 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`なぜ自分のバーコードが機能しないのか? `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "バーコード表現規則を設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" "GS1表現規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。次に、 " ":guilabel:`バーコード` セクションで、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` " "ボックスをチェックします。次に、デフォルトのバーコード表現規則のオプションから :menuselection:`バーコード表現規則 --> " "デフォルトGS1表現規則` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "ドロップダウンからGS1を選択し、外部リンクをクリックすると、GS1規則のリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" "OdooがデフォルトでサポートしているGS1 *規則* と *バーコードパターン* のリストは、 :guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` " "の選択項目の右側にある :guilabel:`➡️ (矢印)` アイコンをクリックすると表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く:表現規則` ポップアップテーブルで、Odooで利用可能なGS1の :guilabel:`Rule Names` " "を表示、編集します。このテーブルには、GS1バーコードと対応する:guilabel:`バーコードパターン`で凝縮できる全ての情報が含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "バーコード表現規則としてGS1を設定した後、:menuselection:`バーコード表現規則` の設定には、:ref:`開発者モード " "` を有効にした後に表示される隠しメニューからもアクセスできます。有効化したら、 " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> バーコード表現規則` メニューに移動し、最後に " ":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "OdooでGS1バーコードを使用する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" "OdooでGS1バーコードを使用してプロダクトを識別するために、企業は国際的に識別可能なプロダクト識別子として `一意のGTIN " "`_をGS1から購入し、取得します。この |GTIN| " "はGS1指定の *バーコードパターン* " "に従って特定のプロダクトの詳細と組み合わされます。このパターンの数字と文字の配列は、サプライチェーン全体のグローバルシステムで正確に解釈されるように、GS1標準に準拠している必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" "全てのバーコードは、2-4桁の " "`アプリケーション識別子`_ (A.I.) " "で始まります。この必須プレフィックスは、バーコードがどのような情報を含んでいるかを普遍的に示します。Odooは:ref:`デフォルトGS1規則リスト " "` " "で詳しく説明されているGS1規則に従って情報を識別します。リストから該当する |AI| " "を含めることで、OdooはGS1バーコードを正しく解釈できるようになります。ほとんどのバーコードパターンには固定長が必要ですが、ロット番号やシリアル番号など特定のパターンの長さは柔軟に設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" "GS1バーコードの末尾に配置されていない柔軟な長さのバーコードパターンでは、FNC1セパレータ(`x1D`)を使用してバーコードを終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" "例: ロット番号のバーコードパターンは 20 文字です。`LOT00000000000000001` " "のような20文字のロット番号バーコードを作成する代わりに、FNC1セパレータを使用して短くします:`OT001\\x1D`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" "全てのバーコードパターンと従うべき規則の包括的なリストを見るには、 :ref:`GS1 表現規則リスト " "` " "を参照して下さい。そうでない場合は、:ref:`このGS1使用ドキュメント ` " "を参照して、プロダクト情報に |GTIN| を組み合わせたり、ワークフローを設定する具体例を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`ロットワークフロー `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`単位数量以外のワークフロー `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "GS1規則はバーコードに含まれる情報の特定のフォーマットで、|AI| " "で始まり、定義された長さの文字を含みます。:ref:`デフォルトGS1リスト` からGS1バーコードをスキャンすると、対応するデータがOdooデータベースに自動入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "OdooにGS1バーコード規則を追加することで、非標準のユニークなGS1フォーマットを正確に解釈することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" "これを行うには、まず :ref:`開発者モード` をオンにし、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定" " --> バーコード表現規則` の :guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` リストに移動します。次に、 " ":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` リスト項目を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` ページで、テーブルの一番下にある :guilabel:`明細追加` " "を選択すると、新しい規則を作成するウィンドウが開きます。:guilabel:`規則名` " "フィールドは、バーコードが何を表しているかを識別するために内部で使用されます。バーコードの :guilabel:`タイプ` " "フィールドは、システムで理解できる情報の異なる分類です(プロダクト、数量、賞味期限、パッケージ、クーポンなど)。:guilabel:`付番` " "は規則の優先度を表し、値が小さいほど上位に表示されます。Odooはこのテーブルの順序に従い、付番に基づいて最初に合致した規則を使用します。:guilabel:バーコードパターン`" " は、アルファベットや数字の並びがプロダクトに関する情報を含んでいることをシステムが認識する方法です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" "情報を入力したら、 :guilabel:`保存して新規` ボタンをクリックして別の規則を作成するか、 :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` " "をクリックして保存し、規則の表に戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "バーコードトラブルシューティング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "GS1バーコードは扱いが難しいため、バーコードが期待通りに機能しない場合に試してみるべき確認事項をいくつかご紹介します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` 設定が :menuselection:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` に設定されていることを確認します。詳細は" " :ref:`表現規則設定セクション ` " "を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" "バーコードでスキャンするフィールドがOdooで有効になっていることを確認して下さい。例えば、ロット番号とシリアル番号を含むバーコードをスキャンするには、" " :ref:`Odoo管理設定 ` と :ref:`プロダクト上 " "` で :guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` " "機能が有効になっていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" ":abbr:`A.I.(アプリケーション識別子)` とバーコード付番の間の括弧 `[]` や括弧 `()` " "などの句読点は省略して下さい。これらは通常、読みやすくするために例で使用されるものであり、最終的なバーコードに含めるべきではありません。GS1バーコードの作成に関する詳細は" " :ref:`このセクション ` を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "1つのバーコードに複数のエンコードフィールドが含まれる場合、Odooがバーコードを読み取るには、バーコード表現規則に全ての規則がリストされている必要があります。" " :ref:`このセクション` " "では、バーコード表現規則に新しい規則を追加する方法を詳しく説明しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "複数のエンコードされたフィールドを含むバーコードを少しずつテストし、どのフィールドが問題を引き起こしているかを突き止めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" "GTIN|、ロット番号、数量を含むバーコードをテストする場合、まず " "|GTIN|だけをスキャンします。次に、｜GTIN｜とロット番号をテストし、最後にバーコード全体をスキャンしてみて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" "エンコードされたフィールドが不明であることを診断した後、:ref:`新規規則`" " をOdooのデフォルトリストに追加して、固有の仕様を持つGS1バーコードを認識できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" "新しいフィールドは読み込まれますが、開発者がカスタマイズしない限り、その情報はOdooの既存フィールドにリンクされません。しかし、バーコードの残りのフィールドが正しく解釈されるようにするには、新しい規則を追加する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1表現規則リスト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" "下の表はOdooのデフォルトのGS1規則リストです。バーコードパターンは正規表現で記述されています。最初の3つの規則だけが最後の文字として " "`数字チェック `_ を必要とします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1内容タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odooフィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "シリアル輸送コンテナコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "数値識別子" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "梱包名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "含まれる貿易品目のGTIN" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "パッケージング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "世界各地への発送/配達" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "移動先ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "転送用出荷/配達" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "移動元ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "物理的なロケーションI.D." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "バッチまたはロット番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "アルファベット数字名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "梱包日 (YYMMDD)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "梱包日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "日付" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "梱包日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "賞味期限日 (YYMMDD)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "賞味・使用期限" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "賞味期限日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "有効期限日 (YYMMDD)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "有効期限日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "使用期限日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "可変アイテム数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:144 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "測定対象" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "UoM: 単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "貿易品目数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "コンテナ単位数量 (AI 02)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "正味重量:キログラム(kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "数量kg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "長さ(m)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "数量m" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "正味容積: リットル(L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "数量L" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "正味容積:立方メートル (m\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "数量 m\\ :sup:`3`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "長さインチ (in)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "数量inch" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "正味重量/容量: オンス (oz)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "数量oz" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "正味容積:立方フィート(ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "数量 ft\\ :sup:`3`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "パッケージングタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "パッケージングタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "梱包タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "GS1バーコードの使用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" "GS1 バーコードは、バーコードスキャナが解釈できる標準化されたフォーマットを提供します。GS1バーコードは、 " ":ref:`グローバルに認識される特定の構造 ` " "で情報をエンコードし、スキャナがサプライチェーンデータを一貫して理解し処理できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "" "Odoo *バーコード* はGS1バーコードを解釈して印刷し、入荷、ピッキング、出荷などの倉庫業務におけるプロダクト識別とトラッキングを自動化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" "以下のセクションでは、Odooがビジネスから提供されたGS1バーコードを使用して、一般的な倉庫アイテムを識別し、特定の倉庫ワークフローを自動化する例を紹介します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "OdooはGS1バーコードを作成しません。企業はGS1から固有のGlobal Trade Item Number " "(GTIN)を購入する必要があります。その後、既存のGS1バーコードと(同じくGS1が提供する)プロダクトやサプライチェーン情報を組み合わせて、Odooでバーコードを作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "GTINの購入 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr ":ref:`GS1表現規則`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "プロダクト、数量、ロットのバーコードを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" "プロダクト、数量、ロット番号に関する情報を含む GS1 " "バーコードを構築するには、以下のバーコードパターンとアプリケーション識別子(A.I.)を使用します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:22 msgid "Product" msgstr "プロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr ":guilabel: 転送フォームの`単位` フィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "ロット番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr ":guilabel: 詳細オペレーションポップアップの`ロット`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" "まず、 :ref:`ロットを使用してプロダクト追跡を可能にする " "` で、 :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` の見出しの下にある " ":guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` のボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" "次に、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "で目的のプロダクトフォームに移動し、プロダクトを選択してプロダクトバーコードを設定します。プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`編集` " "をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`一般情報` タブの :guilabel:`バーコード` フィールドに、GS1 " "が提供する世界共通の識別番号である 14 桁の `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_ を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームでは、 |GTIN| プロダクトバーコードパターン用の |AI| `01` " "を省略して下さい。これは、複数のバーコードをパッケージの内容物に関する詳細情報を含む単一のバーコードにエンコードするためにのみ使用されるからです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" "プロダクト `ふじりんご` のGS1バーコードを記録するには、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`バーコード` フィールドに14桁の " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームのバーコード欄に14桁のGTINを入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odooデータベース内の全てのプロダクトと対応するバーコードのリストを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定` に移動します。:guilabel:`バーコード` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` セクションの下にある " ":guilabel:`プロダクトバーコードを設定` ボタンをクリックします。14桁の |GTIN| を :guilabel:`バーコード` 列に入力し、" " :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "在庫管理設定からのプロダクトバーコードページビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "設定ページでロットとシリアル番号による追跡を有効にした後、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` " "タブに移動して、この機能が各プロダクトに適用されるように指定します。:guilabel:`追跡` の下にある :guilabel:`ロット毎` " "ラジオボタンを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームの \"在庫\"タブでロット別のプロダクト追跡を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "入荷時にバーコードをスキャンする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "入荷オペレーション中にスキャンされたプロダクトバーコードをOdooで正確にロット解釈するには、 :ref:`入荷ピッキングプロセス " "` を管理する :menuselection:`バーコード` " "アプリに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックし、次に " ":guilabel:`入荷` ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の取引先入荷リストが表示されます。 :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` " "から生成された入荷が一覧表示されますが、 :guilabel:`作成`ボタンを使用して、 :menuselection:`バーコード` " "アプリから直接新しい入荷オペレーションを作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "入荷リストで倉庫オペレーション(`WH/IN`)をクリックし、バーコードスキャナでプロダクトバーコードとロット番号をスキャンします。スキャンしたプロダクトがリストに表示されます。:guilabel:`✏️" " (鉛筆)` ボタンを使ってウィンドウを開き、特定のロット番号の数量を手入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "りんご50個分の :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` を行ったら、*バーコード* アプリで関連する入荷に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" " " "|GTIN|、数量、ロット番号を含むバーコードをスキャンします。バーコードスキャナでテストするために、以下はロット2の50個のふじりんごのバーコードの例です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "ロット0002の50個のふじりんご" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2Dマトリックス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "ロット番号割当済の50個のふじりんごのGS1バーコードの2次元マトリックス。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "|AI| (プロダクト)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1バーコード(プロダクト)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "|AI| (数量)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "GS1 バーコード (数量)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "|AI| (ロット)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "GS1 バーコード (ロット #)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "フルGS1バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" ":ref:`設定が正しければ`、処理された `50/50` " ":guilabel:`単位` が表示され、 :guilabel:`検証` ボタンが緑色に変わります。:guilabel:`検証` " "ボタンをクリックすると入荷が完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "*バーコード*アプリの入荷ピッキングページでプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "プロダクトおよび数量単位以外のバーコードの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "例えば、キログラムのような単位以外の量で測定されたプロダクトを含むGS1バーコードを構築するには、以下のバーコードパターンを使用します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "キログラムでの数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" "Odooで数量が正しく認識されていることを確認するには、*購買* アプリで購買するプロダクトの数量に適切な単位 (:guilabel:`単位`) " "を使用してオーダを発注して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`単位で仕入先の単位変換を簡素化 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" "オーダが発注されたら、:menuselection:`バーコード` アプリに移動して、:ref:`仕入先の配送を入荷する " "` を実行します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" "*バーコード* アプリの入荷で、|GTIN| と桃のキログラム数量を含むバーコードをスキャンして、桃 `52.1 kg` のオーダを入荷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "52.1 kgの桃" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "52.1 kgの桃のGS1bアーコードの2Dマトリックス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "|AI| (kg、小数点以下1桁)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" ":ref:`設定が正しければ `, `52.1 / 52.1` " ":guilabel:`kg` が表示され、 :guilabel:`検証` ボタンが緑色に変わります。最後に :guilabel:`検証` " "を押して検証を完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "バーコードアプリで入荷オペレーションをするためのバーコードスキャン画面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "プロダクト移動を確認する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" "さらに確認するために、入荷したプロダクトの数量は :guilabel:`プロダクト移動` レポートにも記録され、 " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> プロダクト移動` からアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト移動` " "レポートの項目は、デフォルトでプロダクトごとにグループ化されています。入荷数量を確認するには、プロダクトラインをクリックすると折りたたみ式のドロップダウンメニューが開き、そのプロダクトの" " *在庫移動明細* " "のリストが表示されます。最新の在庫移動は、倉庫入荷参照番号(例：`WH/IN/00013`)とバーコードスキャンで処理された数量と一致し、*バーコード*" " アプリで処理されたレコードが *在庫* に適切に保存されていることを示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "桃52.1kgのに入荷在庫移動レコード。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo **Barcode** app can be used to process *Batch*, *Wave*, and " "*Cluster* transfers that are created in the **Inventory** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the steps to process transfers in the **Barcode** app. " "Instructions on creating transfers can be found below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:17 msgid "Process the batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:19 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations` and select an" " operation type (like delivery orders) grouped into batches. From here, " "select the card for the appropriate batch transfer, and click the " ":guilabel:`BATCH` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:26 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:29 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Scan the barcode for the product " "and package to process the transfer. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(edit)` icon, and enter the required " "quantities for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to " "mark the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:46 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:50 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "バーコードで入荷や配送を処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" "*バーコード* アプリは、バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使用して、入荷や配送などの処理をリアルタイムで行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" "これにより、コンピュータからの転送を検証するのを待つ代わりに、倉庫の現場でオペレーションが発生したときに処理することが可能になります。このようにオペレーションを処理することで、バーコードを適切なプロダクト、ピッキング、ロケーションなどに適切に割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "運送処理に *バーコード* アプリを使用するには、*在庫* アプリの設定から機能を有効にしてインストールする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" "これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`バーコード` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` 機能の横にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" "ページがリフレッシュされると、新しいオプションが :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` 機能の下に表示されます: " ":guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` (対応するドロップダウンメニュー付き)。ここで :guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` または " ":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` のどちらかを選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "また、:guilabel:`プロダクトバーコードを設定` の内部リンク矢印と、バーコードコマンドとバーコードデモシートを印刷するための一連の " ":guilabel:`印刷` ボタンがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコード` アプリのセットアップと設定については、 :doc:`バーコードスキャナのセットアップ " "<../setup/hardware>` と :doc:`Odooでバーコードを有効にする <../setup/software>` " "のドキュメントページを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "入荷用にバーコードをスキャンする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "入荷するプロダクトの入荷を処理するには、まず購買オーダ(PO)を作成し、入荷オペレーションを処理する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` を作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> 作成` " "に移動し、新しい見積依頼(RFQ)を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "空白の :abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` フォームから、 :guilabel:`仕入先` " "フィールドの隣にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックして仕入先を追加します。次に、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` タブの " ":guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細で、 :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックし、見積に追加したいプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、フォーム上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックし、次に :guilabel:`オーダを確認` をクリックして " ":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` を確認して :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "バーコードプロダクトの購買オーダ完了。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "倉庫の入荷用にバーコードを処理しスキャンするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコードアプリ` の中に入ると、様々なオプションを表示する :guilabel:`バーコードスキャニング` " "画面が表示されます。入荷を処理するには、画面下部の :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックします。これにより " ":menuselection:`オペレーション` の概要ページに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "このページから :guilabel:`入荷` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`# 未処理` " "ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の入荷が全て表示されます。次に、処理したい入荷オペレーションを選択します。これでバーコード転送画面に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" "バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリのみを使用する場合、対応するオペレーションタイプの各振込のバーコードをスキャンして簡単に処理することができます。一度スキャンすると、既存の転送に含まれるプロダクトをスキャンしたり、新しいプロダクトを転送に追加することができます。全てのプロダクトがスキャンされたら、在庫移動を進めるために転送を検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" "この画面から、その転送(**WH/IN/000XXX**)内で処理する全ての入荷の概要が表示されます。画面下部には、プロダクトをオペレーションに追加する必要があるか、オペレーション全体を一度に検証する必要があるかによって、" " :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` または :guilabel:`検証` のオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "スキャン転送中の入荷の概要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "各プロダクトを個別に処理してスキャンするには、特定のプロダクト明細を選択します。:guilabel:`+#` ボタン " "(この場合、:guilabel:`+10`)をクリックすると、そのプロダクトの入荷を表示でき、:guilabel:`鉛筆` " "アイコンをクリックすると、そのプロダクト明細を編集するための新しい画面を開くことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "この画面から、入荷するプロダクトがリスト表示されます。プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`数量` " "行を編集することができます。この行の`0`を希望の数量に変更するか、 :guilabel:`/# 単位`ボタン(この場合は " ":guilabel:`/10単位`)をクリックすると、 :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` からオーダされた数量が自動的に入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" "入荷オペレーション `WH/IN/00019` では、`バーコードプロダクト` の `10個` を入荷する予定です。`[BARCODE_PROD]` " "はプロダクトフォームに設定されている :guilabel:`内部参照` " "です。バーコードプロダクト`のバーコードをスキャンして1個を入荷します。その後、:guilabel:`鉛筆` " "アイコンをクリックして、入荷済数量を手入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "バーコードアプリの個別転送用プロダクトラインエディタ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" "さらに :guilabel:`+1` と :guilabel:`-1` " "のボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量を追加または減らすことができ、:guilabel:`数字キー` を使用して数量を追加することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`数字キー` の下には :guilabel:`ロケーション` " "という行があり、プロダクトに別のロケーションが記載されていない限り、デフォルトでは `WH/在庫` " "と表示されます。この行をクリックすると、ドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:215 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてプロダクト明細の変更を確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" "次に、その転送 (**WH/IN/000XX**) 内で処理する全ての入荷が表示された概要ページから、入荷するプロダクトの :guilabel:`+#`" " ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。これで入荷が処理され、 :guilabel:`バーコードアプリ` " "を終了することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "未検証の転送の入荷の概要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "配送オーダ用にバーコードをスキャンする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "出荷プロダクトの倉庫配送を処理するには、まず販売オーダを作成し、配送オペレーションを処理する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)` を作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 作成` に移動し、新しい見積を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "空白の見積フォームから、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドの横にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックして顧客を追加します。次に、 " ":guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細で、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` " "をクリックし、見積に追加したいプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、フォーム上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックし、 :abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)` に見積を確認するために " ":guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "バーコードプロダクトの完了済販売オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "倉庫配送用のバーコードを処理しスキャンするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコードアプリ` の中に入ると、様々なオプションを表示する :guilabel:`バーコードスキャニング` " "画面が表示されます。配送を処理するには、画面下部の :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックします。これにより " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` の概要ページに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" "このページから :guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`# 未処理` " "ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の配達が全て表示されます。次に、処理したい配送オーダを選択します。するとバーコード転送画面に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "バーコードアプリのダッシュボードにあるオペレーション概要ページ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" "この画面では、その転送(**WH/OUT/000XXX**)内で処理する全ての配送の概要が表示されます。画面下部には、プロダクトをオペレーションに追加する必要があるか、オペレーション全体を一度に検証する必要があるかによって、" " :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` または :guilabel:`検証` のオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" "各プロダクトを個別に処理しスキャンするには、特定のプロダクト明細を選択します。:guilabel:`+1` " "ボタンをクリックすると、そのプロダクトの配送を示すことができ、:guilabel:`鉛筆アイコン` " "をクリックすると、そのプロダクト明細を編集するための新しい画面を開くことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "この画面では、配送するプロダクトがリスト表示されます。プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`数量` 行を編集することができます。この行の`0` " "を希望の数量に変更するか、 :guilabel:`/#単位` ボタン(この場合は :guilabel:`/10単位`)をクリックすると、 " ":abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)` からオーダされた数量が自動的に入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`数字キー` の下には :guilabel:`ロケーション` " "明細があり、プロダクト自体に別のロケーションが記載されていない限り、デフォルトでは `WH/在庫` と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" "これは、配送のためにプロダクトが引き出される場所です。この明細をクリックすると、追加のロケーションを選択するドロップダウンメニューが表示されます(このプロダクトが倉庫内の複数のロケーションに保管されている場合）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" "複数の異なる保管場所、保管規則、廃棄戦略を持つ倉庫の場合、*バーコード*　アプリを使用しながら、様々なオペレーションタイプに追加のステップを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "次に、その運送 (**WH/OUT/000XXX**)内で処理する全ての入荷が表示された概要ページから、入荷するプロダクトの " ":guilabel:`+#` ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。これで配送が処理され、*バーコード* " "アプリを終了できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "未検証の移動における配送の概要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "バーコードによる運送の作成と処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" "*バーコード* " "アプリは、ロット番号やシリアル番号で追跡されたプロダクトを含む、あらゆるタイプのプロダクトの内部運送処理に使用できます。Odoo互換のバーコードスキャナーまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使用して、リアルタイムでゼロから移動を作成できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" "Odooと互換性のあるバーコードモバイルスキャナーや *在庫* アプリ用のその他のハードウェアのリストは、`Odoo在庫 - ハードウエアページ " "`_ をご参照下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "ページがリフレッシュされると、:guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` 機能の下に新しいオプションが表示されます: " ":guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` (対応するドロップダウンメニューつき)ここでは、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` または " ":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` を選択できます。選択した表現規則によって、スキャナがOdooでバーコードを解釈する方法が変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "内部運送用にバーコードをスキャンする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" "倉庫内のプロダクトの内部運送を作成し処理するには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" "これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。そして :guilabel:`倉庫` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "の隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "その後、ページ上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "内部運送を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "既存の内部運送を処理するためには、まず内部運送が作成され、処理するためのオペレーションが必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" "内部運送を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動します。:guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードから " ":guilabel:`内部運送` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`0未処理` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" "次に、表示されたページの左上にある :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。これで新しい :guilabel:`内部運送` " "フォームに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" "この空白のフォームでは、 :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` は自動的に " ":guilabel:`内部運送としてリストされます。このフィールドの下にある :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` と " ":guilabel:`移動先ロケーション` は、デフォルトでは :guilabel:`WH/在庫` " "に設定されていますが、プロダクトの移動元と移動先のロケーションに変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "移動元ロケーションと移動先ロケーションが記載された空白の内部運送フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" "希望するロケーションを選択したら、プロダクトを移動に追加することができます。:guilabel:`プロダクト` タブの " ":guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細で :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックし、移動に追加したいプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、フォームの一番上にある :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして、新しい内部運送を保存します。保存が完了したら、 " ":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` アイコン(4明細、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細の右端）をクリックして " ":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "内部運送の詳細オペレーションポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "ポップアップから :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`移動先` 列で、 :guilabel:`WH/在庫` からプロダクトを移動させる場所を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`完了` 列で、数量を希望する移動数量に変更します。準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` " "をクリックしてポップアップウィンドウを閉じます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "内部運送用にバーコードをスキャンする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "内部運送用にバーコードを処理しスキャンするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコードアプリ` の中に入ると、様々なオプションを表示する :guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` 画面が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" "内部運送を処理するには、画面下部の :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックします。これにより " ":menuselection:`オペレーション` の概要ページに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "このページから :guilabel:`内部運送` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`#未処理` " "ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の内部運送が全て表示されます。次に、処理したい処理を選択します。これにより、バーコード移動画面に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" "*在庫* アプリを使用せずに *バーコード* アプリを使用する場合（バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使用する場合 " "**のみ**）、対応するオペレーションタイプの各移動のバーコードをスキャンして簡単に処理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" "一度スキャンすると、既存の移動の一部であるプロダクトをスキャンすることができ、同様に新しいプロダクトを移動に追加することができます。全てのプロダクトがスキャンされたら、在庫移動を進めるために移動を検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" "この画面から、特定の内部運送(**WH/INT/000XXX**)内で処理する全てのプロダクトの概要が表示される。画面の下部には、プロダクトをオペレーションに追加する必要があるか、オペレーション全体を一度に検証する必要があるかによって、" " :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` または :guilabel:`検証` のオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "次に、プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンして、内部運送を処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "または、各プロダクトを個別に処理しスキャンするには、特定のプロダクト明細を選択します。:guilabel:`+ 1` " "ボタンをクリックすると、そのプロダクトの追加数量を移動に追加することができ、 :guilabel:`鉛筆アイコン` " "をクリックすると、そのプロダクト明細を編集するための新しい画面を開くことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" "プロダクトのポップアップウィンドウには、プロダクトと処理単位が数字パッドで表示されます。プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`数量` " "明細を編集することができます。この行の数字を、内部運送フォームに記載されている移動数量に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" "内部運送オペレーション `WH/INT/000XX` では、`50単位` の `振替プロダクト` が `WH/在庫` から `WH/在庫/棚1` " "に移動されます。`[TRANSFER_PROD]` はプロダクトフォームに設定されている :guilabel:`内部参照` です。 `プロダクトを運送`" " のバーコードをスキャンして、1個を受取ります。その後、 :guilabel:`鉛筆アイコン` をクリックして、移動された数量を手入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" "さらに、:guilabel:`+1`と:guilabel:`-1`のボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量を足したり引いたりすることができ、数字キーも同様に数量を足すのに使うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" "番号キーの下には2つの :guilabel:`ロケーション` 行があり、内部運送フォームで以前に指定されたロケーション、この場合は `WH/在庫` と " "`WH/在庫/棚1` を読み取ります。これらの行をクリックすると、追加のロケーションを選択するドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "次に、その転送(**WH/INT/000XXX**)内で処理する全てのプロダクトの概要ページから、:guilabel:`検証` " "をクリックします。これでレシートが処理され、*バーコード* アプリを終了することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "また、*バーコード* アプリは、固有のロット番号とシリアル番号を含む内部運送のプロダクトをスキャンするために使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" "バーコード転送画面からロット番号またはシリアル番号のバーコードをスキャンすると、Odooは自動的にプロダクトの数量をデータベースに記録されている数量に増やします。同じロットまたはシリアル番号が異なるプロダクト間で共有されている場合は、まずプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンし、次にロット/シリアル番号のバーコードをスキャンして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "" ":ref:`Connect to the Barcode Lookup database ` " "to quickly create new products by scanning their barcodes during internal " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:178 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "ゼロから移動を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" "また、*バーコード* " "アプリは、印刷されたオペレーションタイプのバーコードをスキャンするだけで、以前に作成された既存の内部運送のバーコードを処理し、スキャンするだけでなく、ゼロから送金を作成するためにも使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:186 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" "Odooの*バーコード* " "アプリケーションは、アプリの機能を試すためのバーコード付きデモデータを提供します。これらはテスト目的で使用することができ、アプリのホーム画面から印刷することができます。このデモデータにアクセスするには、" " :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動し、スキャナーの上の情報ポップアップで :guilabel:`在庫バーコードシート` " "(太字で青くハイライトされている)をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:195 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" "これを行うには、まず :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。*バーコード* アプリに入ると、様々なオプションを表示する " ":guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` 画面が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:198 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "USBまたはBluetoothバーコードスキャナを使用する場合は、この画面からプロダクトバーコードを直接スキャンします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" "バーコードスキャナとしてスマートフォンを使用する場合は、 :guilabel:`タップしてスキャン` " "ボタン(画面中央のカメラアイコンの隣)をクリックします。これにより :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` " "ポップアップ画面が開き、使用するデバイスのカメラが有効になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:204 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "印刷されたオペレーションタイプのバーコードにカメラを向けてスキャンします。バーコードが処理され、バーコード移動画面に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" "この画面では、特定の内部運送(**WH/INT/000XXX**)で処理する全プロダクトの概要が表示されます。しかし、これはゼロから作成された新しい運送であるため、このページにはプロダクトが表示されていないはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" "プロダクトを追加するには、プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンします。バーコードがない場合は、画面下部の :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` " "ボタンをクリックして手動でプロダクトをシステムに入力し、移動するプロダクトと数量を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "ゼロからの内部運送の空のプロダクトエディタ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "次に、その運送内で処理するすべてのプロダクトの概要ページ(**WH/INT/000XXX**)から、 :guilabel:`検証` " "をクリックします。これで内部運送が処理され、*バーコード* アプリを終了できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "セットアップ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting" msgstr "バーコードデバイストラブルシューティング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, " "bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each " "type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work " "as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device." msgstr "" "Odoo *バーコード* は主に3種類のバーコードスキャナをサポートしています: " "USBスキャナ、Bluetoothスキャナ、モバイルコンピュータースキャナです。各タイプのスキャナを設定する際、スキャナが意図した通りに動作せず、Odooがデバイスにエラーを返すという共通の問題が発生することがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid "" "Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, " "related to specific, popular types of scanners." msgstr "以下のセクションを読んで、特定の一般的なタイプのスキャナーに関連する、一般的な、そして特有なデバイスの問題を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "General issues" msgstr "一般的な問題" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular " "barcode scanner devices." msgstr "一般的なバーコードスキャナデバイスに関する一般的な問題については、以下のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17 msgid "" "For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners " "` section for mobile computer scanners, or " "to the :ref:`Screenless scanners ` " "section for USB and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" "特定のデバイスに関する問題については、モバイルコンピュータースキャナについては " ":ref:`Androidスキャナ` " "セクションを、USBやBluetoothスキャナについては :ref:`スクリーンレススキャナ ` セクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22 msgid "Barcode cannot be read" msgstr "バーコードが読取れない" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" "One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error " "resulting from barcodes that cannot be read." msgstr "バーコードスキャナーを使用する際によく遭遇する問題のひとつに、バーコードが読み取れないことによるエラーがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27 msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "これは、以下のいずれかの理由で発生する可能性があります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "The barcode is damaged." msgstr "バーコードが破損しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "" "The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only " "read 2D barcodes)." msgstr "デバイスが必要なバーコードタイプを読み取れません(一部のスキャナは2次元バーコードしか読み取れません)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" "The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, " "and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common " "with 1D barcodes." msgstr "" "スキャンされるバーコードは画面上に表示されます。スキャナによってはこれをサポートしておらず、バーコードをスキャンするには印刷する " "**必要があります**。これは1次元バーコードで最も一般的です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33 msgid "" "The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the " "troubleshooting instructions in the following sections." msgstr "デバイスにバッテリーがない、または壊れている。これに対処するには、以下のセクションのトラブルシューティング手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "Odoo returns barcode error" msgstr "Odooでバーコードエラーと出る" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39 msgid "" "All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which " "affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, " "this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This" " could be due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" "バーコードスキャナにはそれぞれデバイスの \"言語\" があり、Odooの *バーコード* " "アプリへのバーコードデータの出力方法に影響します。このため、スキャン後にOdoo *バーコード* " "がバーコードエラーを返すことがあります。これは以下のような原因が考えられます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" "The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode" " scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the " "same keyboard layout." msgstr "" "コンピュータがバーコードスキャナと異なるキーボードレイアウトで設定されています。これを除外するには、デバイスが同じキーボードレイアウトで設定されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46 msgid "" "For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, " "configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if " "using a tablet instead of a computer." msgstr "" "例えば、コンピュータがFR-BEキーボードを使用するように設定されている場合、FR-" "BEキーストロークを送信するようにスキャナを設定します。コンピュータの代わりにタブレットを使用する場合も同じロジックが適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49 msgid "" "For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode " "scanner setup ` documentation." msgstr "キーストローク設定の詳細については :doc:`バーコードスキャナ設定 ` ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51 msgid "" "For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the " "scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this " "out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode." msgstr "" "モバイルコンピュータスキャナ(例えば、Zebra " "デバイスなど)の場合、スキャナはバーコードを意図したものと異なって解釈する可能性があります。これを除外するには、テストバーコードをスキャンして、スキャナがバーコードをどのように解釈するかを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58 msgid "Android scanners" msgstr "Androidスキャナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" "The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome " "should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and " "configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility " "with Odoo." msgstr "" "AndroidとGoogle " "Chromeを使用した最新のバーコードスキャナはOdooで動作するはずです。しかし、機種や構成が様々であるため、まずスキャナとOdooの互換性をテストすることをお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64 msgid "" "The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-" "only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**." msgstr "" "Zebraプロダクトラインがお勧めです。具体的には、**Zebra TC21 (WiFi-only)** および **Zebra TC26 " "(WiFi/cellular)** です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo在庫&バーコード対応ハードウェア `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback" msgstr "バーコードアプリがフィードバックをくれない" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a " "full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings " "for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、Androidバーコードスキャナはバーコードを前処理し、全テキストを送信します。Odoo *バーコード* " "はこのタイプの出力を読取らないため、各スキャナの設定を正しく行う必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and" " so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for " "configuration settings for the most popular devices." msgstr "" "Odoo *バーコード* はスキャナがアナログキーボードのように動作することを想定しているため、*キーイベント* " "のみを検出します。最も一般的なデバイスの設定は以下のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81 msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26" msgstr "Zebra TC21/TC26" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "Zebraスキャナを使用する場合は、エラーを防ぐために以下のキーストローク設定がされていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light " "blue barcode)` icon)." msgstr "" "Zebraスキャナのホーム画面で開始し、:guilabel:`DataWedge` アプリを選択します(アプリは " ":guilabel:`(水色のバーコード)` アイコンで表示されます）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`DataWedgeプロファイル` ページで、プロファイルオプションを選択してZebraスキャナの設定にアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`" " option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option " "is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" "プロファイルを選択したら、:guilabel:`キーボードアウトプット` " "オプションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`キーストロークアウトプットを有効化/無効化` オプションが :guilabel:`有効化済` " "になっていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "ZebraスキャナのDataWedgeアプリのキーストロークオプションの表示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99 msgid "" "Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options " "page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the " ":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure " "the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" "そのオプションを有効にしたら、 :guilabel:`プロファイル` オプションページに戻り、 :guilabel:`キーストローク出力` " "セクションに行きます。そして :guilabel:キーイベントオプション` サブメニューを開きます。:guilabel:`文字` の下にある " ":guilabel:`文字をイベントとして送信` オプションがチェックされていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the " "Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`イベントとして文字を送信` オプションはZebraスキャナで **必ず** " "チェックして下さい。そうでない場合、Odooはスキャンされたバーコードを認識 **できません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working as intended." msgstr "上記の手順が完了したら、テストスキャンを実行し、Zebraスキャナが意図した通りに動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110 msgid "MUNBYN Android devices" msgstr "MUNBYN Androidデバイス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" "When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are " "set to prevent errors." msgstr "MUNBYN Androidスキャナを使用する際は、エラーを防ぐために以下の設定を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the " "resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Keyboard input`." msgstr "" "デバイスのホーム画面で :menuselection:`App管理設定` をクリックします。表示されたページで :guilabel:`処理モード` " "セクションを探し、 :guilabel:`キーボード入力` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page." msgstr "MUNBYNスキャナの App管理設定 ページにある処理モードセクション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" "The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode " "data has been read out." msgstr "選択された *処理モード* は、バーコードデータを読み取った後のデータの処理方法を制御します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124 msgid "" "*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the " "same as input data on an analogue keyboard would." msgstr "*キーボード入力* は、アナログキーボードの入力データと同じように、カーソルの位置に読出しデータを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "上記の手順が完了したら、テストスキャンを実行し、MUNBYN Androidスキャナが意図したとおりに動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130 msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?" msgstr "スキャン成功後、アプリにデータが出力されないのはなぜですか？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132 msgid "" "When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful " "scan, but there is no data output in the app." msgstr "バーコードをスキャンすると、スキャナがビープ音を鳴らし、スキャンに成功したことを示すが、アプリにデータが出力されないことがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "" "To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the " "*Scanner* app on the device." msgstr "この問題を解決するには、デバイスの *スキャナ* アプリで出力方法を *キーボードアナログ* に調整します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> " "Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output " "Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options " "available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click " ":guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" "デバイスのホーム画面から :menuselection:`スキャナアプリ --> 管理設定` をクリックします。:guilabel:`管理設定` " "ページから :guilabel:`出力モード` " "をクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウが表示され、ユーザが利用できるさまざまな出力オプションが表示されます。:guilabel:`キーボードモード` " "を選択し、 :guilabel:`OK` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner." msgstr "MUNBYNスキャナの出力モードポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147 msgid "" "Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog " "box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN" " Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" "スキャンが必要なアプリに戻り、スキャンする前にまず入力ダイアログボックスをクリックします。最後にテストスキャンを行い、MUNBYN " "Androidスキャナが意図した通りに動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152 msgid "Datalogic Android devices" msgstr "データロジックAndroidデバイス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" "When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations " "are set to prevent errors." msgstr "データロジックAndroidスキャナを使用する際は、エラーを防ぐために以下の設定がされていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157 msgid "" "To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app " "on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select " ":menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`." msgstr "" "スキャナのすべての設定を表示および構成するには、データロジックAndroid デバイスの *管理設定* アプリを使用します。アプリケーションメニューから" " :menuselection:`管理設定 --> システム --> スキャナ管理設定` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161 msgid "" "From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this " "menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the " ":guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated." msgstr "" "表示された設定のリストから :guilabel:`ウェッジ` を選択します。このメニューの :guilabel:`キーボードウェッジ` セクションで、 " ":guilabel:`キーボードウェッジを有効にする` 機能が有効になっていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is " "set to :guilabel:`Text injection`." msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`キーボードウェッジ` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`キーボードウェッジ インプットモード` " "オプションを探します。デフォルトでは、入力モードは :guilabel:`テキスト注入` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "Datalogicスキャナのウェッジ設定メニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to " ":guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated " "into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`キーボードウェッジ入力モード` をクリックし、設定を:guilabel:`キープレッシャー` " "に変更します。これにより、スキャンされたバーコードはテキストエリアに入力されるのではなく、キーボードのストロークに変換されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "Datalogicスキャナのキーボードウェッジ入力モード選択。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" "これらの手順が全て完了したら、テストスキャンを実行し、Datalogic Androidスキャナが意図したとおりに動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186 msgid "Screenless scanners" msgstr "スクリーンレススキャナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188 msgid "" "Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These" " include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "スクリーンレススキャナは、画面のないバーコードスキャンデバイスです。USBスキャナや Bluetooth スキャナなどがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192 msgid "" "Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a" " keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific " "keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory " "& Barcode compatible hardware `_ documentation." msgstr "" "OdooはほとんどのUSBおよびBluetoothバーコードスキャナーをサポートしています。ただし、スキャナが特定のキーボードレイアウトに対応しているか(または対応するように設定できるか)を確認するには、Odooの" " `在庫＆バーコード互換ハードウェア`_ " "ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198 msgid "NETUM devices" msgstr "NETUMデバイス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French " "keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:" msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、NETUMバーコードスキャナのユーザマニュアルにはフランス語キーボード設定しか記載されていません。ベルギー語キーボードを使用するには、以下のコードをスキャンします:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Belgian FR key barcode." msgstr "ベルギーFRキーバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207 msgid "" "Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct " "keyboard configuration, and is working as intended." msgstr "コードがスキャンされたら、NETUM スキャナが正しいキーボード設定を持ち、意図したとおりに動作していることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/software`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Barcode scanner setup" msgstr "バーコードスキャナ設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "このガイドに従い、Odooの *設定* および *バーコード* アプリと互換性のあるバーコードスキャナを選択し、設定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "バーコードスキャナの一例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "スキャナタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type" " of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types" " of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and " "use cases:" msgstr "" "バーコードスキャナをセットアップする前に、どのタイプのスキャナがビジネスのニーズに最も適しているかを判断することが重要です。Odooで使用できるスキャナには主に3つのタイプがあり、それぞれにメリットや使用ケースがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line" " in a grocery store." msgstr "" "**USBスキャナ** はコンピュータに接続して使用し、食料品店のレジのように決まった場所でプロダクトをスキャンするビジネスに適しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a " "cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo " "is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" "**Bluetoothスキャナ** " "はスマートフォンやタブレットとペアリングすることで、費用対効果が高く、ポータブルなバーコードスキャナのオプションとなります。Odooがスマートフォンにインストールされていれば、倉庫のオペレータはモバイルデバイスから直接オペレーションを処理し、在庫を確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner." msgstr "**モバイルコンピュータスキャナ** とは、バーコードスキャナを内蔵したモバイル機器です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29 msgid "" "If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard " "layout of the computer." msgstr "USBスキャナを使用する場合は、スキャナがコンピュータのキーボードレイアウトに対応していることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo " "mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google " "Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, " "testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and " "configurations." msgstr "" "モバイルコンピュータスキャナを使用する場合、デバイスがOdooモバイルアプリを正しく実行できることを確認して下さい。Google " "Chromeブラウザ搭載のAndroid OS、またはMicrosoft Edge搭載のWindows " "OSを使用する最近のモデルであれば動作するはずです。しかし、様々なモデルや設定があるため、テストすることが非常に重要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo在庫&バーコード • 対応ハードウェア `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "バーコードスキャナをセットアップする際、スキャナがOdooで適切にバーコードを解釈できるよう、以下の設定が正しいことを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "キーボードレイアウト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" "USBバーコードスキャナを使用する場合は、文字を適切に解釈するために、そのキーボードレイアウトをオペレーティングシステムのレイアウトと一致させて下さい。一般的に、スキャンモードはUSBキーボード(HID)を受け入れるように設定し、言語は使用中のキーボードに基づいて設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" "**Zebra** スキャナのキーボードレイアウトを設定するには、スキャナのユーザマニュアルで希望の言語のキーボードウェッジバーコードをスキャンします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "キーボードレイアウトのユーザマニュアルの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "Zebraスキャナのユーザマニュアルにあるキーボード言語設定の例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自動キャリッジリターン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" "Odooでは誤って2重にスキャンされるのを防ぐため、スキャン間にデフォルトで100ミリ秒の遅延があります。バーコードスキャナと同期させるには、スキャンの後に" " *キャリッジリターン*（:dfn:`キーボードの\"Enter\" " "キーのような文字`）を含むように設定して下さい。Odooはキャリッジリターンをバーコード入力の終了と解釈し、スキャンを受け付け、次のスキャンを待ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" "通常、スキャナでは、キャリッジリターンがデフォルトで含まれています。ユーザマニュアルにある特定のバーコード、例えば `CRサフィックスON` や " "`サフィックスエンターを適用` をスキャンして設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "Zebraスキャナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85 msgid "" "It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work " "properly in every circumstance." msgstr "\"DWDemo\" プロファイルを使用することは推奨され *ません*。全ての状況で正常に機能するわけではないからです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88 msgid "" "Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new " "profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the" " :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen." msgstr "" "代わりに、新しい個人プロファイルを作成することをお勧めします。新しいプロファイルを作成したら、スキャナのホーム画面の :guilabel:`連携アプリ`" " に *Odooモバイル* アプリと *Google Chrome* アプリを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended." msgstr "これらの手順がすべて完了したら、テストスキャンを実行し、Zebraスキャナが意図したとおりに正しく動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111 msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner" msgstr "Honeywellモバイルコンピュータスキャナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113 msgid "" "When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "Honeywellスキャナを使用する場合、Odooでバーコードがスキャンできるように以下の手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116 msgid "" "Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select " ":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`." msgstr "" "Honeywellスキャナのホーム画面から、:guilabel:`⚙️ (歯車)` アイコンで表される :guilabel:`管理設定` " "を選択します。次に :guilabel:`Honeywell管理設定` をクリックし、続いて :guilabel:`スキャニング` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select " ":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`." msgstr "" "ここから :guilabel:`内部スキャナ` をクリックし、続いて :guilabel:`デフォルトプロファイル` " "をクリックします。表示されたオプションリストから :guilabel:`データ処理設定` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is " "processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By " "default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`データ処理設定` " "は、バーコードデータがコンピュータによってどのように処理されるかを指定します。guilabel:`ウェッジメソッド` " "の設定を見つけます。デフォルトでは、これは :guilabel:`標準` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "Honeywellスキャナのデータ処理設定オプション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Wedgeメソッド` の設定を :guilabel:`キーボード` に変更して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "手順を完了したら、テスト スキャンを行い、Honeywell スキャナが意図したとおりに動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136 msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner" msgstr "Cipherlabモバイルコンピュータスキャナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138 msgid "" "When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "Cipherlabスキャナを使用する場合、以下の手順に従ってOdooでバーコードをスキャンできるようにして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141 msgid "" "Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the " ":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`" " icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon." msgstr "" "Cipherlabスキャナのホーム画面から :menuselection:`アプリドロワー(全てのアプリケーション)` に移動します。青い " ":guilabel:`(バーコード)` アイコンの上にオレンジ色の :guilabel:`⚙️(歯車)` アイコンがある " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` アプリをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if " "needed." msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`デフォルトプロファイル` を選択するか、必要に応じて新しいプロファイルを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, " "followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`一般設定` の下にある、:guilabel:データ出力` をクリックし、続いて :guilabel:`キーボードエミュレーション`" " をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "Cipherlabスキャナデータ出力設定ページ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard " "Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to " ":guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、 :guilabel:`キーボードエミュレーション` の :guilabel:`入力方法` は :guilabel:`デフォルトモード`" " に設定されています。この設定を :guilabel:`キーイベント` に変更して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "Cipherlabスキャナのキーボードエミュレーション設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "ステップ完了後、テストスキャンを行い、Cipherlabスキャナが意図したとおりに動作していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Odooでバーコードを有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "バーコードスキャン機能は、通常キーボード、マウス、スキャナを切り替えて操作する時間を大幅に節約できます。バーコードをプロダクトやピッキングロケーションなどに適切に割当てることで、ほぼバーコードスキャナーのみでソフトウェアをコントロールし、より効率的に作業することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "この機能を使用するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 管理設定 --> バーコードスキャナ` で *バーコード* " "機能を有効にする必要があります。この機能にチェックを入れたら、保存を押して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "プロダクトバーコードを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" "*在庫* アプリを使って、異なるプロダクトにバーコードを簡単に割当てることができます。そのためには、 :menuselection:`管理設定 --> " "プロダクトバーコードを設定` にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "そして、プロダクト作成時にプロダクトに直接バーコードを割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" "テンプレートプロダクトではなく、プロダクトバリエーションに直接バーコードを追加するように注意して下さい。そうしないと、それらを区別することができません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "ロケーションバーコードを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "複数のロケーションを管理する場合、それぞれのロケーションにバーコードをつけておくと便利です。ロケーションのバーコードは " ":menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ロケーション` で設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "ロケーションに割当てたバーコードは、*印刷* メニューから簡単に印刷できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "バーコードフォーマット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" "ほとんどの小売プロダクトは、GTIN(Global Trade Identification " "Numbers)としても知られるEAN-13バーコードを使用しています。GTINは、企業が製品やサービスを一意に識別するために使用されます。GTINとUPCはしばしば同義に使われますが、GTINはバーコードが表す番号を指し、UPCはバーコードそのものを指します。GTINの詳細については、GS1のウェブサイトをご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" "プロダクトのGTINを作成するには、企業はGS1企業プレフィクスを持つ必要があります。このプレフィクスは、各GTINの先頭に表示される番号で、バーコードの所有者である企業を識別します。GS1企業プレフィクスの詳細、またはプレフィクスのライセンスの購入については、GS1企業プレフィクスのページをご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" "Odooユーザはプロダクトを識別するためにGTINバーコードを使用することができます。しかし、Odooは任意の数値文字列をバーコードとしてサポートしているため、社内用にカスタムバーコードを定義することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:84 msgid "Barcode Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:86 msgid "" "`Barcode Lookup `_ allows you to scan (or " "enter) products' barcodes (:abbr:`UPC (Universal Product Code)`, :abbr:`EAN " "(European Article Number)`, or :abbr:`ISBN (International Standard Book " "Number)`) to automatically create them in your Odoo database, complete with " "product names, descriptions, images, categories, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:91 msgid "" "To use Barcode Lookup to scan and create products in Barcode, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to " "the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and enable :guilabel:`Stock Barcode " "Database`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:96 msgid "" "If your database is hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, you must also " ":ref:`configure an API key `. If your database " "is hosted on **Odoo Online**, you can use Barcode Lookup without further " "configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:187 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "在庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" "Odoo *在庫* " "は在庫管理アプリケーションであり、倉庫管理システムでもあります。ユーザはこのアプリでリードタイムの管理、補充の自動化、高度なルートの設定などを簡単に行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 在庫 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "プロダクト管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 msgid "Configure product" msgstr "プロダクトを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11 msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:" msgstr "Odooのプロダクトグループは、さらに以下を使用して定義することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13 msgid "" ":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) `: a standard quantity for " "specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables " "automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as " "centimeters to feet." msgstr "" ":doc:`単位 (UoM) `: " "プロダクトの量を指定するための標準量(メートル、ヤード、キログラムなど)。Odooで、センチメートルからフィートなど、測定システムの自動変換を可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17 msgid "" "*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a " "vendor.*" msgstr "*例: 仕入先にメートル単位で注文したのに、ヤード単位で生地が納品された。*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products " "together, regardless of whether they are the same or different." msgstr "" ":doc:`設定/梱包`: " "プロダクトをグループ化するために使用される物理的なコンテナです。プロダクトが同じか異なるかに関わらず、グループ化することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22 msgid "" "*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two " "hundred buttons on a shelf.*" msgstr "*例: 配送用の各種アイテムが入った箱、または棚に保管された200個のボタンの箱。* " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25 msgid "" ":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive " "or sell them in specified quantities." msgstr ":doc:`設定/梱包`: 同じプロダクトをグループ化し、指定された数量で入荷したり販売したりできるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28 msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*" msgstr "*例: 6本、12本、24本入りパックで販売されているソーダの缶*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31 msgid "Comparison" msgstr "比較" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33 msgid "" "This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and" " packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements." msgstr "この表は、要件に最適なものを評価するのに役立つ、単位、梱包、パッケージの詳細な比較です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40 msgid "Feature" msgstr "機能" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41 msgid "Unit of measure" msgstr "単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:303 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:159 msgid "Packages" msgstr "梱包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "目的" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45 msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)" msgstr "プロダクトユニットの標準測定単位 (例: cm, lb, L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46 msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents" msgstr "特定の物理的コンテナと中身を追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47 msgid "" "Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs " "of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "管理を容易にするために、固定数のアイテムをまとめてグループ化します(例: 6個、12個、24個入り)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48 msgid "Product uniformity" msgstr "プロダクト均一性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49 msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database" msgstr "プロダクトごとに定義され、データベースに1つの |UoM| として保存されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50 msgid "Allows mixed products" msgstr "混合プロダクトを許可" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51 msgid "Same products only" msgstr "同一プロダクトのみ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52 msgid "Flexible" msgstr "柔軟" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53 msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|" msgstr "仕入先/顧客 |UoM| およびデータベース |UoM| の変換" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54 msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container" msgstr "コンテナにアイテムを追加したり、コンテナからアイテムを削除したりすることができます" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55 msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "数量が固定されます (例: 常に6, 12 または 24個パック)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56 msgid "Complexity" msgstr "複雑性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57 msgid "Simplest for unit conversions" msgstr "単位変換が最も簡単" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58 msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking" msgstr "コンテナ単位の在庫追跡により、さらに複雑になります" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59 msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings" msgstr "よりシンプルで、均一なプロダクトのグループ分けに適しています" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60 msgid "Inventory tracking" msgstr "在庫追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61 msgid "" "Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined" " in the product form" msgstr "プロダクトフォームで定義された特定の |UoM| 内で、倉庫内のプロダクト数量を追跡します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63 msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse" msgstr "倉庫内の梱包場所と中身を追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64 msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations" msgstr "トラックは数量をグループ化しますが、個々のアイテムの位置はグループ化しません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65 msgid "Smooth barcode operations" msgstr "スムーズな在庫オペレーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78 msgid "Not available" msgstr "利用不可" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67 msgid "" "Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even" " if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire " "Packages ` feature to update " "the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package" msgstr "" "梱包と個々のアイテムの両方をスキャンして受付する必要があります。(梱包に30個のアイテムが入っていても同様です)。梱包を移動する際に、:ref:`梱包全体を移動" " ` " "機能を有効にすると、梱包内のアイテムの場所を更新することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71 msgid "" "Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g." " 1 pack = 12 units)" msgstr "パッケージングのバーコードをスキャンすると、含まれる全てのユニットが自動的に記録されます。(例：1パック＝ 12ユニット)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73 msgid "Product lookup" msgstr "プロダクト検索" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75 msgid "" "Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the " "Odoo database" msgstr "プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンすると、Odooデータベース内のそのプロダクトの代表的な保管場所が特定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76 msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location" msgstr "バーコードは、グループ化された数量を識別するものであり、保管場所を識別するものではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77 msgid "Unique barcodes" msgstr "一意のバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79 msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)" msgstr "それぞれの梱包に一意のバーコード (例: パレット #12)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80 msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)" msgstr "パッケージングタイプレベルで設定されたバーコード (例: 6個入り)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81 msgid "Reusability" msgstr "再利用性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87 msgid "Not applicable" msgstr "適用不可" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83 msgid "" "Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use " "` field" msgstr "" "使い捨てまたは再利用可能は、:ref:`梱包使用 ` " "フィールドで設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85 msgid "Disposable only" msgstr "使い捨てのみ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86 msgid "Container weight" msgstr "コンテナ重量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88 msgid "" "Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of" " a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)" msgstr "" "コンテナ自体の重量は、パッケージの *配送重量* フィールド（:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> " "梱包`）に含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90 msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings" msgstr "コンテナの重量は、*梱包タイプ* の設定で定義されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92 msgid "" "Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case " "` for details)" msgstr "" "ロット単位で |UoM| を追跡するには、手動での調整が必要です(詳細は、:ref:`ユースケース " "` を参照して下さい)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94 msgid "Applies only to contained products" msgstr "含まれるプロダクトのみに適用されます" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95 msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container" msgstr "含まれているプロダクトとコンテナの両方に適用されます" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96 msgid "Custom routes" msgstr "カスタムルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98 msgid "Cannot be set" msgstr "設定できません" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99 msgid "" "Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type" msgstr "ルートにより、特定の梱包タイプに対して特定の倉庫経路を定義することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "使用ケース" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104 msgid "" "After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with " "various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their " "decision." msgstr "さまざまな機能を比較した上で、これらの企業が、色々な在庫管理と物流のワークフローをどのようにして決定したのかを考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108 msgid "Pallets of items using packaging" msgstr "パッケージングを使用したアイテムのパレット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110 msgid "" "A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each " "containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are " "also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight " "must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. " "Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the " "number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when " "the pallet is received." msgstr "" "倉庫には、物理的なパレットに整理された石鹸の荷物が届きます。各パレットには96個の石鹸が入っています。これらのパレットは内部運送に使用され、単体でも販売されています。ロジスティックの理由から、特定の配送については、パレットの重量を総重量に含める必要があります。さらに、パレットの追跡を容易にするためにバーコードが必要であり、パレット入荷時には、在庫数に個々の石鹸の数を加える必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116 msgid "" "After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable " "solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it " "as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines " "operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key " "distinctions include:" msgstr "" "さまざまなオプションを評価した結果、*プロダクトパッケージング* " "が最も適したソリューションであることが分かりました。パッケージングにより、パレットにバーコードを割当て、96個の石鹸を収納した \"パレットタイプ\" " "として識別することが可能になります。このバーコードにより、グループ化された数量が自動的に登録されるため、オペレーションが効率化されます。主な特徴は以下の通りです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121 msgid "" "**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not" " the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 " "quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details." msgstr "" "**倉庫追跡の制限**：Odooは総数量のみを追跡し、梱包数については追跡しません。例えば、12個と24個の数量が記載されたパレットが納品された場合、Odooはパレットの詳細ではなく、36個の数量を記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124 msgid "" "**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent " "packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely " "identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2." msgstr "" "**パッケージングバーコードは種類別のものであり、一意ではありません**。バーコードはパッケージングタイプ(例: 石鹸96個入りパレット) " "を表しますが、パレット#1やパレット#2といった個々のパレットを識別するものではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129 msgid "Capture product information using barcode" msgstr "バーコードを使用してプロダクト情報を取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131 msgid "" "An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage " "location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container." msgstr "" "Odooのユーザは、**バーコード** アプリがコンテナのバーコードをスキャンすることで、プロダクトの典型的な保管場所を表示することを期待しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134 msgid "" "*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is " "enabled `, scanning a package " "barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app." msgstr "" "*梱包* が最も適していました。:ref:`適切な設定が有効になっている場合 ` 、梱包のバーコードをスキャンすると、**バーコード** アプリにその内容が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138 msgid "" "Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the " "items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents " "and facilitates operations, like inventory moves." msgstr "" "梱包は物理的な容器を表し、中身のアイテムを詳細に追跡できます。梱包をスキャンすると、その内容物が可視化され、在庫移動などのオペレーションが容易になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145 msgid "Track different units of measure in storage" msgstr "保管されている異なる測定単位を追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147 msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:" msgstr "ある果汁販売業者は、オペレーションで複数の |UoM| を追跡しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149 msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons." msgstr "果物はトン単位で購入されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150 msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms." msgstr "果汁はキログラム単位で生産され、保管されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151 msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing." msgstr "レシピのテスト用に少量のサンプルがグラム単位で保管されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153 msgid "" "*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to " "kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per " "product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate " "|UoMs|:" msgstr "" "*単位* が最も適しています。Odooは入荷時にトンを自動的にキログラムに変換します。しかし、Odooはデータベース内のプロダクトにつき1つの " "|UoM| のみを追跡するため、会社はロット番号を使用して |UoM| を区別しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157 msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)" msgstr "ロット1: グラム (g)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158 msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)" msgstr "ロット2: キログラム (kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160 msgid "" "Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as " "subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this " "workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors." msgstr "" "ロット間の変換には、手動での在庫調整が必要となります。例えば、LOT2から1kgを減らし、LOT1に1,000gを追加するといった操作です。機能的には有効ですが、この回避策は時間がかかり、エラーが発生しやすいという欠点があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "*梱包*とは、1つまたは複数のプロダクトを収納する物理的な容器のことです。梱包はまた、まとめて商品を補完するために使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "梱包は一般的に以下のような目的で使用されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr ":ref:`プロダクトをグループ化して一括移動 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" ":ref:`顧客へ配送 `: " "輸送業者のサイズと重量要件に合わせて梱包タイプを設定し、梱包プロセスを合理化し、輸送業者の出荷仕様に準拠します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "商品をまとめて保管" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" "*梱包の使用* はOdooの梱包フォームにあるフィールドで、*一括転送* と *梱包* 機能を有効にしないと表示されません " "(:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、梱包フォームの *梱包使用* フィールドは *使い捨てボックス* " "に設定されています。:ref:`クラスターピッキング` " "の梱包を設定する場合 **のみ**、このフィールドを *再利用可能箱* に変更して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping" " weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself " "(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost " "calculations." msgstr "" " *梱包タイプ* は、実際の重量に基づいて送料を計算する際に使用するオプション機能です。梱包タイプを作成すると、パッケージ自体 (例: " "箱、パレット、その他の輸送用容器など) の重量を送料の計算に含めることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" "梱包は :doc:`3ステップ配送ルート " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " "でよく使用されますが、保管可能なプロダクトを含むどのようなワークフローでも使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "梱包を使用するには、まず :menuselection:`配送アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "にアクセスします。:guilabel:`オペレーション` の下にある :guilabel:`梱包` 機能を有効にします。そして " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定の *梱包* 設定を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50 msgid "" "When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be " "enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location" " upon updating the package's location." msgstr "" "梱包を社内で移動する際、オペレーションタイプで *梱包全体を移動* " "機能を有効にすると、梱包の場所を更新した際に、梱包に含まれるアイテムの場所も更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply " "to (may have to set it for multiple)." msgstr "" "これを行うには、次の場所に移動します: :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "オペレーションタイプ`。この機能が適用されるオペレーションを選択します(複数設定する必要がある場合もあります)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56 msgid "" "On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox." msgstr "" "オペレーションタイプのページで、:guilabel:`梱包` セクションの :guilabel:`梱包全体を移動` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "商品を梱包する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "プロダクトは、どのような移動でも梱包に追加することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" "プロダクトラインの :ref:`詳細オペレーション ` アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" ":ref:`梱包に入れる ` " "ボタンを使って、移動されたものを全て梱包します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "詳細オペレーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "倉庫運送(入荷や配送オーダなど)の際、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`⦙≣(箇条書きリスト)` " "アイコンをクリックしてプロダクトを梱包に追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "プロダクトラインに \"詳細オペレーション\"アイコンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "そうすると、その :guilabel:`プロダクト` の :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト` を梱包に入れるには、 :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、プロダクトを :guilabel:`先梱包` " "に割当てます。既存の梱包を選択するか、新しい梱包の名前を入力して :guilabel:`作成...` を選択して新しい梱包を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "\"先梱包フィールド\" に梱包を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "PACK0000001` には `アコースティックブラックスクリーン` が12個入っています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" "そして :guilabel:`完了` 列に梱包する商品の数量を指定します。上記のステップを繰り返して、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " "を別の梱包に入れます。完了したら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてウィンドウを閉じます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`1オーダを複数梱包で出荷する " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "梱包する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" "別の方法として、**任意の**倉庫運送で :guilabel:`梱包する` " "ボタンをクリックして新しい梱包を作成し、運送内の全ての項目をその新しく作成された梱包に入れて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で *梱包* 機能を有効にすると、入荷、配送オーダ、その他の転送フォームに " ":guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "\"梱包する\" ボタンをクリックしたイメージ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" "一括転送 `BATCH/00003` で :guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンがクリックされ、新しい梱包 `PACK0000002` が作成され、 " ":guilabel:`先梱包` フィールドに全てのアイテムが割当てられました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 梱包タイプ` " "に移動して梱包タイプを作成し、カスタム寸法と重量制限を設定します。この機能は主に送料のために梱包重量を計算するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`運送会社 " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包タイプ` リストで :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックすると、空白の梱包タイプフォームが開きます。フォームのフィールドは以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包タイプ` (必須): 梱包タイプの名前を定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`サイズ`: 梱包の寸法をミリメートル(mm)で定義します。左から :guilabel:`長さ`、 :guilabel:`幅`、 " ":guilabel:`高さ` を定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr ":guilabel:`重量`: 空の梱包(例:空箱、パレット)の重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" "Odooは空の梱包の重量と、各プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブの :guilabel:`重量` " "フィールドにある項目の重量を加算して梱包重量を計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`: 梱包に許容される最大発送重量です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr ":guilabel:`バーコード`: スキャンから梱包タイプを識別するためのバーコードを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: 会社を指定して、選択した会社でのみ梱包タイプを利用できるようにします。全ての会社で利用可能な場合は空欄にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr ":guilabel:`運送会社`: この梱包タイプの運送会社を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr ":guilabel:`運送会社コード`: 梱包タイプにリンクするコードを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "FedEx 25kg用梱包タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "一括梱包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" "一括梱包*を使うには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションにある :guilabel:`一括転送` 機能を有効にします。そうすることで、*梱包使用* " "フィールドが梱包フォームに表示されるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定で*一括転送*機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包` で新しい梱包を追加します。次に :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックするか、既存の梱包を選択します。そうすると、以下のフィールドを含む梱包フォームが開きます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包参照` (必須): パッケージ名。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包タイプ`: :ref:`顧客に発送するための配送ボックスの設定 " "` に使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包タイプ` は一括ピッキング用の梱包の設定には不要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送重量`: はかりで梱包重量を測定し、入力するために使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: 会社を指定して、選択した会社で **のみ** " "梱包を利用できるようにします。全ての会社で梱包を利用する場合は空欄にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: 梱包用の現在のロケーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包日付`: 梱包が作成された日付。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包使用`: 倉庫内でのプロダクトの移動に使用する梱包には :guilabel:`再利用可` " "を、顧客へのプロダクトの発送に使用する梱包には :guilabel:`使い捨て` を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "一括梱包を作成するための梱包フォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" msgstr ":doc:`一括梱包を使用 <../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:202 msgid "View packages" msgstr "梱包を表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all packages go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. By default, packages are shown in Kanban view, in their current " "storage location." msgstr "" "全ての梱包を表示するには、次の場所に移動します：メニュー選択：`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包`。 " "デフォルトでは、現在の保管場所にある梱包がかんばんビューで表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:208 msgid "Drag-and-drop packages to move them between internal locations." msgstr "梱包をドラッグ＆ドロップして、社内ロケーション間で移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Packages dashboard." msgstr "梱包ダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product." msgstr " Odoo *在庫* では、*梱包* とは特定のプロダクトを複数個収納する使捨て容器を指します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:10 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" " " "例えば、6本入り、12本入り、36本入りなど、缶入りソーダの色々な梱包は、個々のプロダクトフォームで設定する必要があります。これは、梱包が汎用的なものではなく、プロダクト固有のものであるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:15 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" "パッケージングはOdoo :ref:`バーコード` " "と組み合わせて使用できます。サプライヤからプロダクトを受け取る際、パッケージングバーコードをスキャンすることで、プロダクトの内部カウントにパッケージングの個数が自動的に追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:22 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "パッケージングを使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。次に、 " ":guilabel:`プロダクト` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` 機能を有効にし、 :guilabel:`保存`" " をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "\"プロダクトパッケージング\" を選択してパッケージングを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "パッケージングを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:35 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "" "パッケージングはプロダクトフォームで直接作成することも、 :guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング ページから作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39 msgid "From product form" msgstr "プロダクトフォームから" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:41 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "で必要なプロダクトを選択し、プロダクトフォームにパッケージングを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:44 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫` タブの下にある :guilabel:`パッケージング` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 " ":guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックします。テーブルで、以下のフィールドに入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`パッケージング` (必須): 販売/購買オーダでプロダクトのパッケージングオプションとして表示されるパッケージングの名前。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr ":guilabel:`入数` (必須): パッケージングに含まれるプロダクトの量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr ":guilabel:`単位` (必須): プロダクトを定量化するための測定単位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`販売`: 販売オーダ用のパッケージングの場合、このオプションをチェックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`購買`: オーダで使用するパッケージング材はこのオプションをチェックしてく下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:55 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the |adjust| icon to the far-right of the column titles in the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired options from the " "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包` セクションの列タイトルの右端にあるアイコンをクリックして、ドロップダウンメニューから必要なオプションを選択すると、以下の " ":guilabel:`梱包` テーブルの追加フィールドにアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコード`: :ref:`バーコードアプリ ` " "を使用して、在庫移動やピッキングでパッケージングを追跡するための識別子です。使用しない場合は空白のままにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: " "選択した会社でのみパッケージングが可能であることを示します。全ての会社でパッケージングを利用する場合は空白のままにして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:65 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" "グレープソーダ`というプロダクトの6ユニット用のパッケージングタイプを作成するには、まず :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックします。明細の " ":guilabel:`梱包` に `6-梱包` という名前を付け、 :guilabel:`入数` を `6` " "に設定します。さらにパッケージングを追加する場合はこの作業を繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "プロダクト用に6-パックケースを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:74 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "プロダクトパッケージングページから" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "作成された全てのパッケージングを見るには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクト梱包` に進みます。そうすると " ":guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` ページが表示され、全てのプロダクトに対して作成されたパッケージングの完全なリストが表示されます。 " ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックして新しいパッケージングを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:82 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" "`グレープソーダ` と `ダイエットコーラ` " "の2つのソーダプロダクトには3種類のパッケージングが設定されています。:guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` " "ページでは、各プロダクトを6個入りの `6-梱包`、12個入りの `12-梱包`、32個入りの `ケース` として販売することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "プロダクトの様々なパッケージング一覧。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:91 msgid "Partial reservation" msgstr "部分引当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93 msgid "" "After :ref:`completing the packaging setup " "`, packagings can be reserved " "in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging " "flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment " "of available items, while awaiting the rest." msgstr "" ":ref:`梱包セットアップの完了 `の後、出荷用に梱包を全量または一部の数量を引当することができます。 " "梱包の一部を柔軟に使用できるようにすることで、残りの商品が準備できるまで、利用可能な商品の即時出荷が可能となり、オーダの履行が迅速化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:98 msgid "" "To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, " "or select the desired product category." msgstr "" "梱包引当方法を設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ -- 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` に移動します。そして " ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックするか希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:101 msgid "" "On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " ":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full " "Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`." msgstr "" "プロダクトカテゴリのフォームの :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで、:guilabel:`パッケージング引当` を " ":guilabel:`全パッケージングのみ引当` または :guilabel:`部分パッケージング引当` に設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:105 msgid "" "To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product " "Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` " "checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`パッケージング引当` フィールドを表示するには、:guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` " "機能を有効にする必要があります。この機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "に移動し、:guilabel:`プロダクト` セクションまでスクロールして、:guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page." msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリページにパッケージング引当フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:115 msgid "" "To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the " "following example:" msgstr "ビジネスニーズに基づくオプションをより適切に評価するために、次の例を考慮して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117 msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging." msgstr "プロダクトは1梱包あたり12個単位で販売されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:118 msgid "an order demands two packagings." msgstr "1オーダで2パッケージング必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119 msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock." msgstr "在庫には22ユニットしかありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units" " are reserved for the order." msgstr ":guilabel:`全パッケージングのみ引当` が選択された場合、このオーダ用には12個のユニットのみが引当されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:124 msgid "" "Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-" "two units are reserved for the order." msgstr "逆に、:guilabel:`部分パッケージング引当` が選択された場合、オーダに対して22個のユニットが引当されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:128 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "パッケージングを適用する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`販売` アプリで販売オーダを作成する際に、プロダクトに使用するパッケージングを指定します。選択したパッケージングは " ":abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)` の :guilabel:`パッケージング` フィールドに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:135 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "プロダクト `グレープソーダ`18缶は、3つの6パッケージングで梱包。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "販売オーダラインでパッケージングを割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:144 msgid "Routes for packaging" msgstr "パッケージング用ルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:146 msgid "" "When receiving packagings, by default, they follow the warehouse's " ":doc:`configured reception route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>`. To **optionally** set up a " "packaging-specific route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" "パッケージングの入荷時には、デフォルトでは、倉庫の :doc:`設定済入荷ルート " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>` に従います。 パッケージング専用のルートを " "**オプションで** 設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ルート` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Product Packagings*, *Storage Locations*, and *Multi-Step Routes* " "features (found by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`) **must** be activated, and saved." msgstr "" "*プロダクトパッケージング*、*保管場所*、および *複数ステップルート* 機能 (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定` で表示) は、**必ず** 有効化し、保存して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:159 msgid "Create route" msgstr "ルートを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:161 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click :guilabel:`New`, or select a route " "that is **not** for a warehouse. Next, in the :guilabel:`Applicable on` " "section, tick the :guilabel:`Packagings` checkbox." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`ルート` ページで、:guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックするか、倉庫用ではないルートを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`適用箇所` セクションで、:guilabel:`パッケージング` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168 msgid "Create route for a packaging." msgstr "パッケージング用にルートを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168 msgid "" "Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not" " selected." msgstr "\"パッケージング\" のルートが選択され、\"プロダクト\" および \"倉庫\" は選択されていません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 msgid "Apply route on packaging" msgstr "パッケージングにルートを適用する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175 msgid "" "Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging." msgstr "" " 次に、ルートを適用するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> " "プロダクト`に移動し、パッケージングを使用するプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178 msgid "" "In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings " "`, click the |adjust| icon. " "Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` table." msgstr "" "プロダクト形式で、:guilabel:`在庫` タブに切り替えます。 :ref:`設定済パッケージング " "` が表示されている :guilabel:`パッケージング`" " セクションで、調整アイコンをクリックします。 :guilabel:`ルート` チェックボックスをオンにして、:guilabel:`パッケージング` " "テーブルに列を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat" " these steps for all packaging intended to use the route." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ルート` フィールドで、パッケージング固有のルートを選択します。 " "そのルートを使用する予定のパッケージング全てに対して、この手順を繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Set route on a packaging." msgstr "パッケージング用にルートを設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:3 msgid "Product type" msgstr "プロダクトタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, goods and services are both set up as *products*. When setting up a" " new product, there are several fields that should be carefully chosen, as " "they determine how to invoice and track a business' goods or services." msgstr "" "Odooでは、商品とサービスはどちらも *プロダクト* " "として設定されます。新しいプロダクトを設定する際には、企業の商品やサービスに対する顧客請求書や追跡方法を決定するいくつかのフィールドを慎重に選択する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure an existing product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and select the desired product from the list. " "Alternatively, from the :guilabel:`Products` menu, click :guilabel:`New` to " "create a new product." msgstr "" "既存のプロダクトを設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> " "プロダクト`に移動し、リストから希望の製品を選択します。 あるいは、:guilabel:`プロダクト` メニューから、:guilabel:`新規作成` " "をクリックして新しいプロダクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odooチュートリアル: プロダクトタイプ `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:21 msgid "For sale vs. purchase" msgstr "販売 vs. 購買" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:23 msgid "" "Goods and services can be designated as those that can be bought, sold, or " "both. On the product form, tick the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox if a product " "can be *sold* to a customer (e.g. finished goods). Tick :guilabel:`Purchase`" " if the product can be *purchased* (e.g. raw materials)." msgstr "" "商品やサービスは、購入、販売、またはその両方が可能なものとして指定できます。プロダクトフォーム上で、顧客に販売可能なプロダクト(完成品など)の場合は、:guilabel:`販売`" " チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。プロダクトが購買可能な場合(原材料など)は、:guilabel:`購買` にチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:28 msgid "" "If a resale clothing shop buys discounted denim jackets and sells them at a " "higher cost to the end consumer, the `Jacket` product form might have *both*" " the :guilabel:`Sales` and :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" "リサイクル衣料品店が割引価格で購入したデニムジャケットを、最終消費者に対してはより高い原価で販売している場合、`ジャケット` " "というプロダクトフォームには、:guilabel:`販売` と :guilabel:`購買` の *両方* " "のチェックボックスにチェックマークが付いています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:32 msgid "" "On the other hand, say the store occasionally sews new jackets using denim " "and thread as raw materials. In the `Denim` and `Thread` product forms, only" " :guilabel:`Purchase` should be ticked, whereas the `Handmade Jacket` " "product form would only tick :guilabel:`Sales`." msgstr "" "一方、その店がデニムと糸を原材料として新しいジャケットを縫製する場合もあるとします。 `デニム` と `糸` " "のプロダクトフォームでは、:guilabel:`購買` のみにチェックを入れます。一方、`ハンドメイドジャケット` " "のプロダクトフォームでは、:guilabel:`販売` のみにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:37 msgid "Goods vs. services" msgstr "商品 vs. サービス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:39 msgid "" "When configuring a product, a :guilabel:`Product Type` needs to be selected " "on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of a product form. Each product " "type impacts different operations in other Odoo applications, such as " "**Sales** and **Purchase**, and should be chosen carefully." msgstr "" "プロダクトを設定する際には、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブで :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` " "を選択する必要があります。各プロダクトタイプは、販売や購買など、他のOdooアプリケーションの異なるオペレーションに影響を与えるため慎重に選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Goods`: a tangible, material object (e.g. anything from a " "hamburger to a house)" msgstr ":guilabel:`商品`: 具体的で物質的な物体(例えば、ハンバーガーから住宅まで、あらゆるもの)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Service`: an intangible, immaterial offering (e.g., a repair, a " "haircut, call center assistance)" msgstr ":guilabel:`サービス`: 無形の、非物質的な提供(修理、ヘアカット、コールセンターのサポートなど)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Combo`: any mix of goods and services (e.g. a new car (*good*) " "with an oil change included (*service*))" msgstr ":guilabel:`コンボ`: 商品とサービスの組み合わせ(例：新車 (*商品*) にオイル交換 (*サービス*) が含まれている)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:51 msgid "" "Due to their immaterial nature, services are not trackable in Odoo's " "**Inventory** application." msgstr "サービスは無形であるため、Odooの **在庫** アプリケーションでは追跡できません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:56 msgid "Configure goods" msgstr "商品を設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:58 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Goods` as the :guilabel:`Product Type` automatically " "triggers the appearance of a few fields and tabs in the product form:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` として:guilabel:`商品` " "を選択すると、プロダクトフォームにいくつかのフィールドとタブが自動的に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab: From here, :doc:`purchasing and manufacturing " "routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` and product " "logistics, such as product weight and customer lead time, can be specified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫` タブ: ここから、:doc:`購買および製造ルート " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "やプロダクトの重量、顧客リードタイムなどのプロダクトの物流情報を指定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Invoicing Policy ` " "field: This field determines at what point in the sales process a customer " "is invoiced." msgstr "" ":ref:`請求方針 ` フィールド: " "このフィールドでは、販売プロセスにおけるどの時点で顧客に請求書が発行されるかを決定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:68 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field **only** appears if the **Sales** app" " is installed." msgstr ":guilabel:`請求方針` フィールドは、**販売** アプリがインストールされている場合 **のみ** 表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:70 msgid "" ":ref:`Track Inventory ` " "field: This checkbox determines whether Odoo tracks inventory for this " "product." msgstr "" ":ref:`在庫追跡 ` フィールド: " "このチェックボックスでOdooがこのプロダクトの在庫を追跡するかどうかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:72 msgid "" "Smart buttons: Some smart buttons appear above the form when " ":guilabel:`Goods` is selected; others show upon selecting a :guilabel:`Track" " Inventory` method. For example, :guilabel:`On Hand` and " ":guilabel:`Forecasted` display when :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked. " "In general, most smart buttons on a product form link to :ref:`inventory " "operations `." msgstr "" "スマートボタン: :guilabel:`商品` " "が選択された場合、一部のスマートボタンがフォームの上部に表示されます。また、:guilabel:`在庫追跡` " "方法を選択すると、他のスマートボタンが表示されます。例えば、:guilabel:`手持在庫` および :guilabel:`予測` " "は、:guilabel:`在庫追跡` にチェックマークが付いた場合に表示されます。一般的に、プロダクトフォーム上のほとんどのスマートボタンは " ":ref:`在庫オペレーション ` にリンクしています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1 msgid "Designate a product as a good or service." msgstr "プロダクトを商品またはサービスとして指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:84 msgid "Invoicing policy" msgstr "請求方針" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Invoicing policy` field only shows on the product form if a " "product is for sale (in other words, if :guilabel:`Sales` is ticked, and the" " **Sales** app is installed)." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームに表示されるのは、プロダクトが販売用である場合のみです(言い換えれば、:guilabel:`販売`にチェックが入れられ、**販売** " "アプリがインストールされている場合のみ)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:89 msgid "" "When configuring a product for sale, it is necessary to choose an " ":doc:`invoicing policy " "<../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>`. When an invoicing " "policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` is selected, customers are invoiced" " once the sales order is confirmed. When :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is" " selected, customers are invoiced once the delivery is completed." msgstr "" "販売用にプロダクトを設定する際には、:doc:`請求方針 " "<../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>` を選択する必要があります。 " ":guilabel:`オーダ数量` の請求方針が選択された場合、販売オーダが確定した時点で顧客に請求書が発行されます。 :guilabel:`配送数量`" " が選択された場合、配送が完了した時点で顧客に請求書が発行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:98 msgid "Tracked vs. untracked goods" msgstr "商品の追跡の有無" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field on the product form determines a lot " "of Odoo's **Inventory** operations." msgstr "プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`追跡在庫` フィールドは、Odooの **在庫**オペレーションの多くを決定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:103 msgid "" "*Tracked* products are those for which stock and inventory are maintained. " "Examples include finished goods and, often, the raw materials or components " "needed to make them." msgstr "" "*追跡対象* のプロダクトとは、在庫および在庫が維持されているプロダクトを指します。 " "例としては、完成品や、それらを製造するのに必要な原材料や構成品が挙げられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:106 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked, a drop-down menu appears, " "offering for inventory to be tracked one of three ways: :guilabel:`By Unique" " Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫追跡` にチェックを入れると、ドロップダウンメニューが表示され、在庫を追跡する方法として次の3つのうちいずれかを選択できます:" " :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号`、:guilabel:`ロット` または:guilabel:`数量`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1 msgid "Configure a tracked good." msgstr "追跡対象の商品を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:113 msgid "" "*Untracked* products (sometimes referred to as *non-inventory* products) are" " typically consumed in a short period of time, meaning that stock/inventory " "does *not* need to be maintained. Non-inventory products are often " "essential, but exact counts are unnecessary. Examples include: office " "supplies, packaging materials, or items used in production that do not need " "to be individually tracked." msgstr "" "*未追跡* のプロダクト（*非在庫* " "プロダクトと呼ばれることもあります）は通常、短期間で消費されるため、在庫/在庫を維持する必要がありません。非在庫プロダクトは、不可欠であっても、正確なカウントは不要です。例としては、オフィス用品、パッケージング材料、または個別に追跡する必要のない生産で使用される物品などがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:119 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox if it is necessary to track a " "product's stock at various locations, for inventory valuation, with lots " "and/or serial numbers, or when using reordering rules." msgstr "" "プロダクトの在庫をさまざまな場所で追跡する必要がある場合、在庫評価を行う場合、ロット番号やシリアル番号を使用する場合、または再オーダ規則を使用する場合は、:guilabel:`在庫追跡`" " チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:124 msgid "" ":doc:`Tracking storable products using lot and serial numbers " "<../product_tracking>`" msgstr ":doc:`ロット番号とシリアル番号を使用して在庫可能品を追跡 <../product_tracking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:129 msgid "Inventory operations by product type" msgstr "プロダクトタイプによる在庫オペレーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:131 msgid "" ":ref:`Whether a good is tracked or untracked " "` affects common " "**Inventory** operations, like transfers and reordering rules." msgstr "" ":ref:`在庫が追跡追跡対象か未追跡か ` " "は、転送や再オーダ規則などの一般的な **在庫** オペレーションに影響します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:134 msgid "" "The table below summarizes which operations (and smart buttons) are enabled " "for tracked vs. untracked goods. Click highlighted chart items to navigate " "to detailed sections and related documents." msgstr "" "下の表は、追跡対象と追跡対象外の商品について、有効化されているオペレーション(およびスマートボタン)をまとめたものです。ハイライトされたチャートの項目をクリックすると、詳細セクションと関連ドキュメントに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:142 msgid "Inventory operation" msgstr "在庫オペレーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:143 msgid "Tracked" msgstr "追跡対象" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:144 msgid "Untracked" msgstr "未追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:145 msgid ":ref:`Show on-hand quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`手持在庫数を表示する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:183 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:184 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:148 msgid ":ref:`Show forecasted quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`予測数量を表示する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:151 msgid "" ":ref:`Use reordering rules `" msgstr ":ref:`再オーダ数量を使用する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:154 msgid "" ":ref:`Can be included in a purchase order `" msgstr ":ref:`購買オーダに含めることができる `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:157 msgid ":ref:`Use putaway rules `" msgstr ":ref:`置場規則を使用する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:160 msgid "" ":ref:`Can be manufactured, subcontracted, or used in another good's BoM " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`別の製品の部品表で製造、外注、または使用することができる " "`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:164 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫調整を使用する<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:167 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory valuation " "<../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" msgstr ":doc:`在庫評価を使用する <../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:170 msgid ":ref:`Create transfer `" msgstr ":ref:`運送を作成する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`Use lot/serial number tracking <../product_tracking>`" msgstr ":doc:`ロット/シリアル番号追跡を使用する <../product_tracking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:176 msgid "" ":doc:`Can be placed in a kit " "<../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`キット内に含めることができる " "<../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:179 msgid "" ":ref:`Can be placed in a package `" msgstr ":ref:`パッケージ内に含めることができる `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:182 msgid "" ":ref:`Appears on inventory reports `" msgstr ":ref:`在庫レポートに表示 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:192 msgid "On-hand and forecasted quantities" msgstr "手持在庫数と予測数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:194 msgid "" "A tracked product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming and" " outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form with two smart buttons:" msgstr "入庫および出庫オーダに基く、追跡対象プロダクトの手持在庫数と予測数量は、2つのスマートボタンとともにプロダクトフォームに反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:197 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity`: This represents the number of" " units currently available in inventory. Click the button to view or add " "stock levels for a tracked product." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`手持在庫数`: これは現在在庫にあるユニット数を表します。 " "追跡対象のプロダクトの在庫レベルを表示または追加するには、このボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:199 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`Forecasted`: This represents the number of " "units *expected* to be available in inventory after all orders are taken " "into account. In other words, :math:`\\text{forecasted} = \\text{on hand " "quantity} + \\text{incoming shipments} - \\text{outgoing shipments}`. Click " "the button to view the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report`." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`予測`: " "これは、すべてのオーダが会計処理された後に在庫として利用可能になると予想される数量を表します。言い換えれば、:math:`\\text{forecasted}" " = \\text{on hand quantity} + \\text{incoming shipments} - \\text{outgoing " "shipments} です。ボタンをクリックして :guilabel:`予測レポート` を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:204 msgid "" "On the other hand, untracked products are regarded as *always* available. " "Consequently, :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity` is not tracked, and there is no " ":guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity available." msgstr "" "一方、未追跡プロダクトは、常に利用可能とみなされます。したがって、:guilabel:`手持在庫数` は追跡されず、:guilabel:`予測` " "数量も使用できません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:211 msgid "Putaway rules and storage" msgstr "置場規則と保管" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:213 msgid "Both tracked and untracked goods can optimize storage using:" msgstr "追跡品および未追跡品ともに、以下の方法で保管を最適化できます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:215 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`Putaway Rules " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>`: This represents " "putaway rules that apply to a good, such as where to store it when a new " "shipment arrives." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`置場規則 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>`: " "これは、新しい出荷品が到着した際の保管場所など、商品に適用される置場規則を表します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:218 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`Storage Capacities " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: This " "represents any storage capacity limitations specified for this good. For " "example, a warehouse may require that only ten (or less) sofas be stored " "there at any given time, due to their large size." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`保管容量 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: " "これは、この商品に対して指定された保管容量の制限を表します。例えば、ソファはサイズが大きいため、倉庫では一度に10台(またはそれ以下)しか保管できない場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "補充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "再オーダ規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:232 msgid "" "Only tracked products can trigger :doc:`reordering rules " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` to generate " "purchase orders. Untracked goods *cannot* be managed using reordering rules." msgstr "" "追跡対象プロダクトのみが、:doc:`再オーダ規則 " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` " "をトリガして購買オーダを生成することができます。未追跡商品は、再オーダ規則を使用して管理することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:236 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured directly on the product form via the " ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` icon." msgstr "" "再オーダ規則は、プロダクトフォーム上で直接、:icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` " "アイコンを使用して設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:240 msgid "" "If reordering rules already exist on a product, Odoo re-labels this button " "to :guilabel:`Min / Max`, to show the minimum and maximum number of units " "that must be in stock." msgstr "" "プロダクトに再オーダ規則がすでに存在する場合、Odooは、在庫として確保すべき最小および最大ユニット数を表すために、このボタンを:guilabel:`最小" " / 最大`に再ラベル付けします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:246 msgid "Create purchase orders" msgstr "購買オーダを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:248 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked products can be included in a request for " "quotation in the **Purchase** app. However, when receiving untracked " "products, their on-hand quantity does not change upon validating the receipt" " (`WH/IN`)." msgstr "" "**購買** " "アプリの見積依頼には、追跡対象および追跡対象外のプロダクトの両方を記載できます。ただし、追跡対象外のプロダクトを受け取った場合、入荷数量の検証（`WH/IN`）を行っても、その手持在庫数量は変更されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:253 msgid "Replenish smart button" msgstr "補充スマートボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:255 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish` smart button allows all goods to be restocked " "directly from the product form, according to the *Preferred Route*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`補充` スマートボタンにより、優先ルートに従って、プロダクトフォームから直接、全ての商品の再入荷を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:259 msgid "" ":doc:`Replenishment <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odoo " "Tutorials: Replenishment Methods for Manufacturing " "`_" msgstr "" ":doc:`補充 <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odooチュートリアル: 製造用の補充方法 " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:266 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "製造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:268 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked products can be manufactured, :doc:`subcontracted" " <../../../manufacturing/subcontracting>`, or included in another product's " ":doc:`bill of materials (BoM) " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" "追跡対象および未追跡のプロダクトは、製造、 :doc:`外注 " "<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting>`、または他のプロダクトの :doc:`部品表 (BoM) " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` に含めることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:274 msgid "" "On the product form for a tracked or untracked good, there are several smart" " buttons that may appear for manufacturing operations:" msgstr "追跡対象または未追跡の商品のプロダクトフォームには、製造オペレーション用にいくつかのスマートボタンが表示される場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:277 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-flask` :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: This shows the BoMs used to " "make this product." msgstr ":icon:`fa-flask` :guilabel:`部品表`: このプロダクトの製造に使用された部品表が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:278 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`Used In`: This shows other goods that include" " this product in their BoM." msgstr ":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`使用箇所`: このプロダクトが部品表に含まれている他のプロダクトを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:284 msgid "Transfer goods" msgstr "商品の運送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:286 msgid "" "*Transfers* are warehouse operations that involve the movement of goods. " "Examples of transfers include :doc:`deliveries and receipts " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, as " "well as :doc:`internal transfers " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` between " "warehouses." msgstr "" "*転送* とは、商品の移動を伴う倉庫業務です。転送の例としては、:doc:`配送と入荷 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`、および倉庫間の:doc:`内部運送" " <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` が挙げられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:292 msgid "" "When creating a transfer for tracked products in the **Inventory** app, " "transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location. For example, " "transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing" " Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and increases it at " "`WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" "**在庫** アプリで追跡対象のプロダクトの転送を作成すると、転送により各ロケーションの手持数量が変更されます。例えば、内部ロケーション `WH/在庫`" " から `WH/梱包ゾーン` に5ユニットを転送すると、`WH/在庫` の記録数量が減少し、`WH/梱包ゾーン` の数量が増加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:297 msgid "" "For untracked products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at " "each storage location are not tracked." msgstr "追跡されていないプロダクトについては、転送を作成することはできますが、各保管場所の正確な数量は追跡されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:305 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked (non-inventory), products can be placed in " ":doc:`packages `." msgstr "追跡対象および追跡対象外(非在庫)のプロダクトは、:doc:`梱包 ` に入れることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:307 msgid "" "However, for non-inventory products, the quantity is not tracked, and the " "product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents` (which can be " "accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`, and selecting the desired package)." msgstr "" "ただし、在庫製品以外の場合は数量が追跡されず、そのプロダクトはパッケージの :guilabel:`内容` (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ " "--> プロダクト --> 梱包` にアクセスし、希望のパッケージを選択することで表示可能) にも記載されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list." msgstr "梱包内容リストを含む梱包ページを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "" "An untracked product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section " "does not list it." msgstr "未追跡のプロダクトが梱包内に置かれましたが、**内容** セクションには記載されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:316 msgid "" "Additionally, if the *Move Entire Packages* feature is enabled, moving a " "package updates the location of the contained tracked products but not the " "contained untracked products. To enable this feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, " "select any operation, and tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` " "checkbox." msgstr "" "さらに、*梱包全体を移動* " "機能が有効になっている場合、梱包を移動すると、その梱包に含まれる追跡対象のプロダクトの場所は更新されますが、含まれている未追跡のプロダクトの場所は更新されません。この機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ" " --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` に移動し、任意のオペレーションを選択して、:guilabel:`梱包全体を移動` " "チェックボックスをオンにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:324 msgid "Inventory reports" msgstr "在庫レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:326 msgid "**Only** tracked products appear on the following reports." msgstr "追跡されたプロダクト **のみ** が、以下のレポートに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:329 msgid "" "These reports are only available to users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "これらのレポートは、:doc:`管理者アクセス権限 <../../../../general/users/access_rights>` " "を持つユーザのみが利用できます。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:332 msgid "" ":doc:`Stock report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: This report " "provides a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, incoming, and " "outgoing tracked inventory. To access the report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫レポート <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: " "このレポートは、全ての手持在庫、未引当在庫、入庫、出庫の追跡されている在庫の包括的なリストを提供します。レポートにアクセスするには " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> 在庫` に移動して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:335 msgid "" ":doc:`Location report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: This" " report shows a breakdown of which tracked products are held at each " "location (internal, external, or virtual). The report is only available with" " the *Storage Location* feature activated (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings`). To access it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" ":doc:`ロケーションレポート <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: " "このレポートでは、追跡されたプロダクトが各ロケーション(内部、外部、またはバーチャル)でどのように保管されているかが示されます。このレポートは、*保管ロケーション*" " 機能が有効化 (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`) " "されている場合のみ利用できます。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> ロケーション` からアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:340 msgid "" ":doc:`Moves History report " "<../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: This report summarizes " "where and when this good has moved in/out of stock. To access the report, go" " to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`. " "Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`In / Out` smart " "button on a product form to filter the report on that product's specific " "moves history." msgstr "" ":doc:`移動履歴レポート <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: " "このレポートは、このプロダクトの在庫の入出庫をいつどこで記録したかをまとめたものです。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート " "--> 移動履歴` からアクセスできます。または、プロダクトフォーム上の :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`入庫/出庫` " "スマートボタンをクリックして、そのプロダクトの特定の移動履歴に関するレポートをフィルタリングします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis`: This report provides a pivot table view of " "inventory transfers by operation type." msgstr ":guilabel:`移動分析`: このレポートは、オペレーションタイプ別の在庫転送のピボットテーブルを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:347 msgid "" ":ref:`Stock Valuation report `: A detailed record of the monetary value of all tracked inventory." msgstr "" ":ref:`在庫評価レポート `: " "追跡されている在庫の全てについて、金銭的価値の詳細な記録。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" "場合によっては、異なる単位でプロダクトを扱う必要があります。例えば、メートル法を採用している国からプロダクトを購入し、そのプロダクトをインペリアル法を採用している国で販売することがあります。その場合、単位を変換する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "単位変換のもう一つのケースは、企業がサプライヤから大きなパックでプロダクトを購入し、そのプロダクトを個々の単位で販売する場合です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "Odooでは1つのプロダクトに対して異なる *単位(UoM)* を使用するように設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odooで異なる単位を使用するには、まず :menuselection:`倉庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 " ":guilabel:`プロダクト` セクションで :guilabel:`単位` 設定を有効にします。そして :guilabel:`保存` " "をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "在庫の設定で単位を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "単位カテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" "*単位* 設定を有効にした後、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 単位カテゴリ` " "でデフォルトの単位カテゴリを表示します。Odooがプロダクトの単位を別の単位に変換できるのは、両方の単位が同じカテゴリに属している場合のみです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "単位カテゴリを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" "各単位カテゴリには参照単位があります。基準単位は :guilabel:`単位` ページの :guilabel:`単位カテゴリ` " "列で青くハイライトされます。Odooは新しい単位のベースとして参照単位を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" "新しい単位を作成するには、まず :guilabel:`単位カテゴリ` " "ページから正しいカテゴリを選択します。例えば、6個入りのボックスでプロダクトを販売するには、 :guilabel:`単位` " "カテゴリ明細をクリックします。次に、表示されたカテゴリページで、 :guilabel:`単位` タブの :guilabel:`明細を追加` " "をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`単位` フィールドで、`6個入り箱` のように新しい単位のタイトルを付け、 " ":guilabel:`タイプ` フィールドで、 :guilabel:`基準単位より大きい` のように適切なサイズの参照を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" "該当する場合は、:guilabel:`UNSPSCカテゴリ` を入力して下さい。これは、`GS1 `_" " が管理する世界的に認知された `コード` で、使用するには **必ず** 購入する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`比率` フィールドには、新しい |UOM| に含まれる個々の単位がいくつであるかを入力します。例えば `6-梱包` の例では " "`6.00000` のように入力します(6個入りの箱は基準単位である `1.00000` の6倍 *大きい* ため)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "同じカテゴリに属するプロダクトであれば、あるユニットから別のユニットに変換することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "プロダクトの単位指定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" "プロダクトの単位を設定するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "に進み、プロダクトを選択してプロダクトフォームページを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`一般情報` タブで、 :guilabel:`単位` " "フィールドを編集し、プロダクトの販売単位を指定します。指定した単位は、プロダクトの在庫や内部運送の記録に使用される単位でもあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr ":guilabel:`購買単位` フィールドを編集して、プロダクトの購買単位を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "単位変換" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "プロダクトの :abbr:`UOM(単位)` と購買 :abbr:`UoM(単位)` が異なる場合、Odooは自動的に単位を変換します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "これは様々なシナリオで発生します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" ":ref:`仕入先オーダ `: 購買オーダ(PO)の購買 " "|UOM| は倉庫内ドキュメントの |UOM| に変換されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" ":ref:`自動補充`: ( |UOM| " "で追跡される)プロダクトの在庫レベルが一定レベル以下になると、|PO| を生成します。しかし、|POs| は仕入 |UOM| を使って作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" ":ref:`プロダクト販売 `: 販売オーダ(SO)で異なる " "|UOM| が使用されている場合、数量は納品オーダで倉庫が希望する |UOM| に変換されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "購買UOMでプロダクトを購入" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" "*購買* アプリで新規見積依頼(RFQ)を作成する際、Odooは自動的にプロダクトの購買単位を使用します。必要であれば、|RFQ| の " ":guilabel:`単位` 値を手動で編集して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr " |RFQ|が|PO|に確定されたら、|PO|の上部にある :guilabel:`入荷`スマートボタンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "Odooは自動的に購入単位をプロダクトの販売/在庫単位に変換するため、納品書の :guilabel:`要求` 列には変換後の数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" "プロダクトの購買 :guilabel:`単位` が `6個入り箱` で、販売/在庫の単位が `単位` である場合、|PO| には 6 " "箱単位の数量が表示され、入荷(およびその他の倉庫内のドキュメント)には単位単位の数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "購買単位を使用している購買オーダの画像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "購買 \"単位\": `6個入り箱` を使用して数量3のオーダがされました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "単位を表示した入荷の画像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "倉庫に入庫されると、記録された数量は社内の \"単位\" で表示されます:`単位`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr ":guilabel:`補充` ボタンを使ってプロダクトフォームから直接見積依頼を生成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`補充` をクリックすると、補充アシスタントボックスがポップアップ表示されます。必要であれば、購入単位を " ":guilabel:`数量` フィールドで手動で編集することができます。次に、:guilabel:`確定` をクリックして、|RFQ| を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" "|PO| はプロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`購買` タブに少なくとも **1つ** " "の仕入先がリストされている場合にのみ自動的に生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "手動で補充する場合は、補充ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`予測` スマートボタンをクリックして、作成された |PO| に移動します。:guilabel:`予測在庫` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`見積依頼` 明細で |RFQ| 参照番号をクリックしてドラフト |RFQ| " "を開きます。必要に応じて、購買 |UOM| を |PO| 上で直接編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "異なる単位で販売" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" "*販売* アプリで新しい見積書を作成する際、Odooは自動的にプロダクトの指定単位を使用します。必要であれば、見積書上で :guilabel:`単位` " "を手動で編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "見積が顧客に送信され、販売オーダ(SO)に確定されたら、 |SO| の上部にある :guilabel:`納品` " "スマートボタンをクリックします。Odooは自動的に単位をプロダクトの在庫単位に変換するので、納品の :guilabel:`需要` " "列には変換後の数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" "例えば、プロダクトの |SO| 上の |UOM| が `6個入り箱` に変更され、在庫の単位が `単位` であった場合、 |SO| " "は6個入りの箱の数量を表示し、納品は単位の数量を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "在庫評価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "自動在庫評価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" "会社の在庫の評価には、手元にある在庫の全てが関わってきます。その価値は、会社の会計記録に反映され、会社およびその資産の価値を正確に表示する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team manually " "posts journal entries, based on the physical inventory of the company, and " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, each product " "category reflects this, with the :guilabel:`Costing Method` set to " ":guilabel:`Standard Price`, and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` (not " "visible by default) set to :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、Odooは周期設定の在庫評価(手動在庫評価とも呼ばれる)を使用します。この方法では、会社の実在庫に基づいた仕訳を会計チームが手動で記帳し、倉庫の従業員が時間をかけて在庫を数えることを意味します。Odooでは、:guilabel:`原価計算方法`" " が :guilabel:`標準価格`に、:guilabel:`在庫評価` (デフォルトでは表示されません）が :guilabel:`手動` " "に設定され、各プロダクトカテゴリがこれを反映しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "The Costing Method field is located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "原価計算方法のフィールドは、プロダクトカテゴリフォームにあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, perpetual (automatic) inventory valuation creates real-time " "*journal entries* in the *Accounting* app whenever stock enters or leaves " "the company's warehouse." msgstr "" "あるいは、恒久的(自動)在庫評価では、在庫が会社の倉庫に入庫または出庫されるたびに、*会計* アプリでリアルタイムの *仕訳* が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:24 msgid "" "This document is focused on the proper setup of automatic inventory " "valuation, which is an integrated valuation method that ensures journal " "entries in the *Accounting* app match stock valuation updates in the " "*Inventory* app. For an introduction of inventory valuation in Odoo, refer " "to the :doc:`using_inventory_valuation` documentation." msgstr "" "このドキュメントでは、自動在庫評価の適切な設定に焦点を当てています。これは、*会計* アプリの仕訳が *在庫* " "アプリの在庫評価の更新と一致するようにする統合評価方法です。Odooにおける在庫評価の導入については、:doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" " のドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:30 msgid "" "Switching from manual to automatic inventory valuation may cause " "discrepancies between stock valuation and accounting journals." msgstr "手作業による在庫評価から自動評価に切り替えると、在庫評価と会計仕訳帳の間で不一致が生じる可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 msgid "" "One `successful strategy `_ for switching to " "automated valuation:" msgstr "自動在庫評価に変更するための `成功戦略 `_ :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "" "Clear existing stock (possibly with an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`)" msgstr "" "既存在庫を明確にする ( :doc:`在庫調整 " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` を使用の可能性あり)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "Change the inventory valuation method to *Automatic*" msgstr "在庫評価方法を *自動* に変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 msgid "" "Return the existing stock, with the original monetary value (using an " "inventory adjustment)" msgstr "在庫を元の在庫金額で戻す(在庫調整を使用)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the existing stock is recovered, the Odoo *Accounting* app " "automatically generates the journal entries to corresponding stock valuation" " records." msgstr "既存の在庫が回復すると、Odooの会計アプリが自動的に仕訳帳を対応する在庫評価記録に生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 msgid "" "To properly set up automatic inventory valuation, follow these steps in " "Odoo:" msgstr "Odooで自動在庫評価を正しく設定するには、以下の手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" ":ref:`Install Accounting app and enable specific settings " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`会計アプリをインストールし、特定の設定を有効化します `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 msgid "" ":ref:`Set Automatic inventory valuation on product categories " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`プロダクトカテゴリに自動在庫評価を設定します `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 msgid "" ":ref:`Set costing method `" msgstr ":ref:`原価計算方法を設定します `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "Accounting setup" msgstr "会計設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "To use automatic inventory valuation, install the *Accounting* app. Next, go" " to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Accounting` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "自動在庫評価を使用するには、*会計* アプリをインストールします。次に、:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "に進み、:guilabel:`在庫評価` セクションで、:guilabel:`自動会計` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。次に、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "" "Enabling :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` shows the previously invisible " "*Inventory Valuation* field on a product category." msgstr ":guilabel:`自動会計` を有効にすると、以前は見えなかったプロダクトカテゴリの *在庫評価* フィールドが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "Automatic Accounting feature in Stock Valuation section of Settings page." msgstr "設定ページの在庫評価セクションに自動会計機能が追加されました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` " "and :ref:`Stock input/output ` " "sections of documentation for details on configuring the accounting journals" " shown." msgstr "" "表示されている会計仕訳帳の設定の詳細については、 :ref:`経費 ` および :ref:`在庫 入出庫 ` " "ドキュメントセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 msgid "Product category setup" msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリ設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation " "`, the next step is to set " "the product category to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" ":ref:`在庫評価を有効化 `したら、次のステップは次のステップは、自動在庫評価を使用するプロダクトカテゴリを設定することです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select the desired product category. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, set the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` field to :guilabel:`Automated`. Repeat this step for every " "product category intending to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` に移動し、希望するプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。 " ":guilabel:`在庫評価` セクションで、:guilabel:`在庫評価` フィールドを :guilabel:`自動化済` に設定します。 " "自動在庫評価を使用する全てのプロダクトカテゴリに対して、この手順を繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 msgid "" "After enabling automatic accounting, each new stock move layer (SVL), that " "is created during inventory valuation updates, generates a journal entry." msgstr "自動会計を有効にすると、在庫評価の更新中に作成される各新しい在庫移動レイヤー(SVL)ごとに仕訳が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Valuation field on the product category, with its various stock " "accounts." msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリの在庫評価フィールド、およびその様々な在庫会計。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 msgid "Costing method" msgstr "原価計算法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation " "`, the *costing method* for " "calculating and recording inventory costs is defined on the product category" " in Odoo." msgstr "" ":ref:`在庫評価を有効化 `した後、Odooのプロダクトカテゴリで在庫原価を計算し記録するための *原価計算法* が定義されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the appropriate " ":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` " "に行き、希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。:guilabel:`在庫評価` セクションで、適切な :guilabel:`原価計算法` を選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "標準原価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" "The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually " "defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation." " Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is " "the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" "Odooのデフォルトの原価計算法。プロダクトの原価はプロダクトフォーム上で手動で定義され、この原価は評価額の計算に使用されます。購買オーダ上の購買価格が異なっていたとしても、評価額はプロダクトフォーム上で定義された原価となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 msgid "Operation" msgstr "工程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "単位原価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "手持在庫数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "入荷額" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "在庫金額" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:93 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:88 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit" msgstr "$10/個で8つのプロダクトを入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:247 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:250 msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit" msgstr "$16/個で4つのプロダクトを入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "12" msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "4 * $10" msgstr "4 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "$120" msgstr "$120" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:255 msgid "Deliver 10 products" msgstr "10プロダクトを配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:235 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "-10 * $10" msgstr "-10 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "$20" msgstr "$20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit" msgstr "$9/個で2つのプロダクトを入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:242 msgid "4" msgstr "4" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 msgid "2 * $10" msgstr "2 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "$40" msgstr "$40" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)" msgstr "移動平均原価(AVCO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "" "Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that " "product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this " "costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts " "based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" "プロダクトの平均原価を基に、在庫総数で割ったプロダクトの評価額を算出します。この原価計算法では、在庫評価は *動的* " "であり、常にプロダクトの購買価格に基づいて調整されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:253 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:187 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit" msgstr "$6/個で2つのプロダクトを入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 msgid "$9" msgstr "$9" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 msgid "2 * $6" msgstr "2 * $6" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "$36" msgstr "$36" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:267 msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?" msgstr "各ステップにおける単価と在庫価値の計算方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269 msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:" msgstr "4つのプロダクトを1つあたり$16で購入した場合:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with " "the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "在庫価値は、前回の在庫価値と入荷価値を加算することで算出されます。:math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 msgid "" "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-" "hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`." msgstr " 単価は、在庫金額を手持数量で割って算出します: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:204 msgid "" "When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the" " inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. " "Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`." msgstr "" "10個のプロダクトを納品する際には、プロダクトの購買価格に関わらず、平均単価が在庫価値の算出に使用されます。したがって、在庫価値は " ":math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:" msgstr "各$6で2つのプロダクトを入荷:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`" msgstr "在庫価値: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`" msgstr "単価: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in " "the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory " "Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is " "then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the " "inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`原価計算方法` として:guilabel:`平均原価 (AVCO)` を選択し、それぞれのプロダクトカテゴリのプロダクトの " "*原価* フィールドの数値を変更すると、*在庫評価* レポートに新しいレコードが作成され、プロダクトの値が調整されます。 *原価* " "の金額は、手元在庫の平均購入価格と検証済の購買オーダから集計されたコストの両方に基づいて自動的に更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "先入先出(FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 msgid "" "Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the " "real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase " "price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of " "that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an " "updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot." msgstr "" "入庫および出庫の原価をリアルタイムで追跡し、プロダクトの実際の価格を使用して評価を変更します。 " "そのプロダクトのロット全体が販売されるまで、最も古い購買価格が次の販売商品の原価として使用されます。 " "次の在庫ロットがキューで上位に移動すると、その特定のロットの評価に基づく更新されたプロダクト原価が使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 msgid "" "This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a " "variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human " "error." msgstr "この方法は、さまざまな理由から、おそらく最も正確な在庫評価方法ですが、入力データや人的ミスの影響を非常に受けやすいという欠点があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256 msgid "$16" msgstr "$16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8 * $10" msgstr "-8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2 * $16" msgstr "-2 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 msgid "$32" msgstr "$32" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 msgid "$11" msgstr "$11" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "$44" msgstr "$44" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271 msgid "" "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the " "incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "在庫価値は、前回の在庫価値と入荷価値を加算することで計算されます。:math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 msgid "" "When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two " "units were purchased for $16." msgstr "10個のプロダクトを納品する際、8個は$10で、2個は$16で購入されました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:279 msgid "" "First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity " "by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`." msgstr "" "まず、入庫値は、手持数量に購買価格を掛けることで算出されます: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 msgid "" "The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the" " previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`." msgstr "在庫価値は、前回の在庫価値から入庫価値を差引いて計算されます。:math:`$144 - $112 = $32`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 msgid "" "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining " "quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`." msgstr "在庫金額を残りの数量で割ると、単価が算出されます。:math:`$32 / 2 = $16`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "" "When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = " "$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`." msgstr "" "2つのプロダクトを$6で受け取った場合、在庫価値は :math:`$32 + $12 = $44` です。 単価は :math:`$44 / 4 = " "$11` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " "highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " "adjustments here." msgstr "原価計算法を変更すると、在庫評価に大きな影響を与えます。 調整を行う前に、まず会計士に相談することを強くお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo generates a corresponding record in the *Inventory " "Valuation* report." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`原価計算法` が変更された場合、すでに在庫にあるプロダクトで:guilabel:`標準` " "原価計算方法を使用していたものは、値が変更されることは " "**ありません**。既存のユニットはその値を維持し、それ以降の全てのプロダクトの仕訳が平均原価に影響し、プロダクトの原価が変更されます。プロダクトフォームの" " :guilabel:`原価` フィールドの値が手動で変更された場合、Odoo は *在庫評価* レポートに該当するレコードを生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "異なるプロダクトカテゴリに対して異なる評価設定を使用することが可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "会計タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "With automated inventory valuation set up, the generated journal entries " "depend on the chosen accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "自動在庫評価の設定が完了すると、生成される仕訳帳は、選択した会計モード: *大陸法* または *英米法* によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode`, and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr ":ref:`開発者モード` を有効化し、 :menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, look for `Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, " "to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, *Continental* " "accounting mode is in use." msgstr "" " 次に、:guilabel:`検索...`バーで `英米会計` を探し、機能が有効になっているかどうかを確認します。有効になっていない場合は、*大陸* " "会計モードが使用されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." msgstr "英米会計モード機能を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means the cost of a good is only " "recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product." msgstr "" "*英米式* 会計では、商品の販売原価 " "(COGS)はプロダクトが販売または納品された時点で報告されます。つまり、プロダクトの原価は顧客に請求書が発行された時点で初めて経費として計上されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:328 msgid "" "So, for **manual** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to *Stock " "Valuation* for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, " "set the *Expense Account* to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g." " *Cost of Production*, *Cost of Goods Sold*, etc.)." msgstr "" "そのため、**手動** 評価方法の場合は、現在の資産タイプに対して *経費勘定* を *在庫評価* に設定します。**自動** " "評価方法の場合は、*経費勘定* を *経費* または *売上原価* タイプ (例: *製造原価*、*売上原価*など) に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Because of this, the *Expense Account* can " "be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is " "more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" "*大陸法* 会計では、プロダクトが在庫として受け取られるとすぐに、その商品の原価が報告されます。このため、*費用勘定* は、*経費* または " "*収益原価* タイプのいずれかに設定することができますが、一般的には*経費*勘定に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` " "and :ref:`Stock input/output ` " "sections for details on configuring each account type." msgstr "" "各アカウントタイプの設定の詳細については、:ref:`経費 ` および :ref:`在庫の入出庫 ` " "のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expense account" msgstr "費用勘定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "" "To configure the *expense account*, which is used in both manual and " "automatic inventory valuation, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` " "section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " "from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "手動および自動の在庫評価の両方で使用される *経費勘定* を設定するには、対象のプロダクトカテゴリの :guilabel:`アカウントプロパティ` " "セクション (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ`) " "に移動します。次に、:guilabel:`経費勘定` ドロップダウンメニューから既存の勘定科目を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " "based on the information below." msgstr "" "選択したアカウントが適正な :guilabel:`タイプ` " "であることを確認するには、アカウントの右にある右矢印アイコンをクリックします。次に、以下の情報に基づいてアカウントタイプを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "Anglo-Saxon" msgstr "英米式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 msgid "Automated" msgstr "自動" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:361 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " ":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." msgstr "" "英米会計における自動在庫評価では、:guilabel:`経費勘定` を `経費` " "(経費)に設定します。次に、その勘定の右にある右矢印アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:365 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " "Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`タイプ` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`経費`または " ":guilabel:`収益原価`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." msgstr "**経費勘定** フィールド、および外部リンクアイコンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:273 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手動" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " "Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " "clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`経費勘定` を設定するには、フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから:guilabel:`在庫評価` " "を選択します。右矢印アイコンをクリックして、勘定科目の種類を確認し、:guilabel:`タイプ` が:guilabel:`流動資産` " "であることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." msgstr "**経費勘定** フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:382 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:441 msgid "Continental" msgstr "大陸式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:388 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:393 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " ":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`経費アカウント` を :guilabel:`経費` または :guilabel:`収益原価` の勘定科目タイプに設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" msgstr "在庫入荷/出荷 (自動化のみ)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" " Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" " Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫入荷勘定` および :guilabel:`在庫出荷勘定` を設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " "設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` に行き、希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " "These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫評価` フィールドで、:guilabel:`自動` を選択します。 そうすると、:guilabel:`勘定科目在庫プロパティ`" " セクションが表示されます。 これらの勘定科目は以下のように定義されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫評価勘定`: プロダクトで自動在庫評価が有効になっている場合、この勘定科目はプロダクトの現在の価値を保持します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:410 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " "automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫仕訳帳`: プロダクトの在庫評価が変更された際に、仕訳が自動的に記帳される会計仕訳帳。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫入力勘定`: " "仕入先から入荷する在庫の移動に関する仕訳帳項目は、仕入先で特定の評価勘定が設定されていない限り、この勘定で計上されます。これは、特定のカテゴリ内の全てのプロダクトのデフォルト値であり、各プロダクトに直接設定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫出力勘定`: " "移動先で特定の評価勘定が設定されていない限り、在庫の移動に関する全ての仕訳帳項目は、この勘定で計上されます。これは、特定のカテゴリ内の全てのプロダクトのデフォルト値であり、各プロダクトに直接設定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:425 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " "balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " "vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" "英米式会計では、 :guilabel:`在庫入力勘定`と :guilabel:`在庫出力勘定` は *異なる* :guilabel:`流動資産` " "勘定に設定されます。こうすることで、プロダクトの配送と顧客への請求書は *在庫出力* 勘定でバランスをとり、プロダクトの入荷と仕入先への請求書は " "*在庫入力* 勘定でバランスをとります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:430 msgid "" "To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " "right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "会計の種類を変更するには、在庫の入出力口座の右側にある右矢印アイコンをクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`タイプ` " "ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`流動資産` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." msgstr "勘定設定ページ、**タイプ** フィールドをハイライト表示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:438 msgid "" "The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " "Asset* account type." msgstr "*在庫インプット* 勘定は `入荷済未請求在庫`、*流動資産* 勘定タイプに設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:443 msgid "" "In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" " and sold." msgstr "" "大陸式会計では、 :guilabel:`在庫入力勘定` と :guilabel:`在庫出力勘定` は **同じ** :guilabel:`流動資産` " "勘定に設定されます。そうすることで、商品の売買の際に1つの勘定科目でバランスを取ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:448 msgid "" "The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " "(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" " to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " "accounts are assigned to the **same** account." msgstr "" "在庫の入力勘定と出力勘定はどちらも :guilabel:`流動資産` 勘定タイプである `入荷済未請求在庫` に設定されています。入力会計と出力会計が " "**同じ** 勘定に割当てられる限り、これらは `出庫済未請求在庫` に設定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." msgstr "在庫入力・出力勘定を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:458 msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" msgstr "在庫評価レポーティング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:460 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Balance " "Sheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item to unfold the drop-" "down menu, and look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, " ":guilabel:`Stock Interim (Received)`, and :guilabel:`Stock Interim " "(Delivered)` lines." msgstr "" "はじめに :menuselection:`会計アプリ --> レポーティング --> 貸借対照表` に行きます。:guilabel:`流動資産` " "明細項目をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを展開し :guilabel:`在庫評価`、 :guilabel:`入荷済未請求在庫` と " ":guilabel:`出庫済未請求在庫` 明細を見つけます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:466 msgid "" "At the top of the dashboard, click the :guilabel:`As of [date]` button to " "display accounting records up to a specified date." msgstr "ダッシュボードの上部で、:guilabel:`時点[日付]` ボタンをクリックして、特定の日付までの会計レコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:470 msgid "" ":ref:`Stock accounts and what they do `" msgstr ":ref:`在庫勘定科目とその役割 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:471 msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "在庫評価の内訳はOdoo会計アプリでご確認下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:477 msgid "" "Access more specific information by clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` " ":guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to the right of the desired journal. Select " ":guilabel:`General Ledger` to see a list of all of the journal entries, " "where each line item's :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon can" " be clicked to reveal the :guilabel:`View Journal Entry` option to open the " "individualized journal entry." msgstr "" "さらに厳密な情報にアクセスするには、希望の仕訳帳の :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(省略記号)` " "アイコンをクリックして下さい。 :guilabel:`総勘定元帳` を選択すると、全ての仕訳帳のリストが表示され、各項目の :icon:`fa-" "ellipsis-v` :guilabel:` (省略記号)` アイコンをクリックすると :guilabel:`仕訳帳を表示` " "オプションが表示され、個別の仕訳帳を開くことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:483 msgid "" "Additionally, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by " "choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "さらに、 :guilabel:`注釈` を選択し、テキストボックスに記入して :guilabel:`保存` をクリックすると " ":guilabel:`貸借対照表` に注釈を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "Show Stock Valuation journals in a list." msgstr "在庫評価仕訳帳をリストで表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Landed costs" msgstr "仕入諸掛" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "When shipping products to customers, the landed cost is the total price of a" " product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the " "product." msgstr "顧客にプロダクトを出荷する際、仕入書掛とは、プロダクト配送に関連する全ての経費を含む、プロダクトまたは配送の合計価格を指します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Landed Costs* feature is used to take additional costs into " "account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost " "of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees." msgstr "" "Odooでは、*仕入書掛* " "機能は、プロダクトの評価額を算出する際に追加費用を考慮するために使用されます。これには、配送費用、保険、関税、税、その他の手数料が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" "To add landed costs to products, the *Landed Costs* feature must first be " "enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" "プロダクトに仕入書掛を追加するには、まず*仕入書掛* " "機能を有効にする必要があります。この機能を有効にするには、次の順序で操作します。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定`、:guilabel:`評価` セクションまでスクロールします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:24 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`仕入書掛` オプションの横にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the page refreshes, a new :guilabel:`Default Journal` field appears " "below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" "ページが更新されると、:guilabel:`評価` セクションの :guilabel:`仕入書掛` 機能の下に、新しい " ":guilabel:`デフォルト仕訳帳` フィールドが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of " "accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries " "related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`デフォルト仕訳帳` " "のドロップダウンメニューをクリックして、会計仕訳帳のリストを表示します。仕入書掛に関連する会計仕訳を全て記録する仕訳帳を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory " "settings." msgstr "在庫管理設定の仕入書掛機能とデフォルト仕訳帳フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "Create landed cost product" msgstr "仕入諸掛プロダクトを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "For charges that are consistently added as landed costs, a landed cost " "product can be created in Odoo. This way, a landed cost product can be " "quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be " "manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" "仕入書掛として常に追加される費用については、Odooで仕入書掛プロダクトを作成することができます。これにより、仕入書掛プロダクトを仕入先請求書に請求明細として素早く追加することができ、新しい仕入先請求書が作成されるたびに手動で入力する必要がなくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に移動し、:guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして新しいプロダクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "" "Assign a name to the landed cost product in the :guilabel:`Product Name` " "field (i.e. `International Shipping`). In the :guilabel:`Product Type` " "field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the " ":guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト名` フィールドで、仕入書掛プロダクトに名前を割当てます(例：`国際配送`)。 :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ`" " フィールドでドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、:guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` として :guilabel:`サービス` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:51 msgid "" "Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "仕入書掛プロダクトでは、:guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` を :guilabel:`サービス` に設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:53 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and tick the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` in the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section. Once " "ticked, a new :guilabel:`Default Split Method` field appears below it, " "prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following " "options:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`購買` タブをクリックし、:guilabel:`仕入書掛` セクションの :guilabel:`仕入書掛` " "の横にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。チェックを入れると、その下に新しい :guilabel:`デフォルト分割方法` " "フィールドが表示され、選択を促します。そのドロップダウンメニューをクリックすると、以下のオプションが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in " "the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each." msgstr ":guilabel:`等分`: 各プロダクトの数量に関わらず、受領書に記載された各プロダクトで原価を均等に分割します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in" " the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`数量比`: 受領書上の全プロダクトの各ユニットに原価を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Current Cost`: splits the cost according to the cost of each " "product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of " "the landed cost." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`現在原価比`: " "コストを各プロダクト単位の原価に応じて分割します。そのため、原価の高いプロダクトは仕入書掛でより多く原価を割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`重量比`: プロダクトの重量に応じて、原価を分割します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`容量比`: 受領書上のプロダクト容量に応じて原価を分割します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product " "form." msgstr "仕入書掛のチェックボックスとデフォルトの分割方法は、サービスタイププロダクトフォームにあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line" " as a landed cost." msgstr "新しい仕入先請求書を作成する際、このプロダクトを仕入書掛として請求明細に追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:71 msgid "" "To apply a landed cost on a vendor bill, products in the original |PO| " "**must** belong to a *Product Category* with a *Costing Method* of either " "|AVCO| or |FIFO|, and the valuation method can be :doc:`manual " "` or :doc:`automatic " "`." msgstr "" "仕入先請求書に仕入諸掛を適用するには、元の購買オーダのプロダクトは、*原価計算方法* が移動平均原価 |AVCO| または先入先出 |FIFO| " "のいずれかである *プロダクトカテゴリ* に属している必要があります。また、評価方法は、:doc:`手動 " "` または:doc:`自動 ` " "にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "販売オーダを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:79 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New` to create a new request " "for quotation (RfQ). In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add a vendor to order " "products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" "見積依頼(RfQ)を新規作成するには、:menuselection:`購買アプリ --> 新規` に移動します。:guilabel:`仕入先` " "フィールドに、プロダクトをオーダする仕入先を追加します。 次に、:guilabel:`プロダクト` タブの下にある " ":guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックして、 |RfQ| にプロダクトを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:83 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, " "followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックしてオーダを確認します。次に、プロダクトが届いたら、:guilabel:`プロダクト入荷`" " をクリックし、その後、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:87 msgid "Create vendor bill" msgstr "仕入先請求書を作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be " "created from the |PO| in Odoo." msgstr "仕入先が購買オーダを納品し、請求書を送信すると、Odooの購買オーダから仕入先請求書が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:92 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click into the |PO| for " "which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. " "This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`購買アプリ` に移動し、仕入先請求書を作成する仕入先をクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`仕入先請求書作成` " "をクリックします。これにより、新しい :guilabel:`仕入先請求書` が :guilabel:`ドラフト` ステージで開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:96 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar " "popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`仕入先請求書日付` " "フィールドで明細をクリックしてカレンダポップオーバーメニューを開き、この仕入先請求書が請求される日付を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`," " and click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column to select " "the previously-created landed cost product. Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-" "upload` :guilabel:`(cloud with arrow)` icon to manually save and update the " "draft bill." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`請求明細` タブで、:guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、:guilabel:`プロダクト` " "列のドロップダウンメニューをクリックして、先に作成した仕入書掛のプロダクトを選択します。 :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " ":guilabel:`(矢印付き雲)` アイコンをクリックして、ドラフト請求書を保存し、更新します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." msgstr "プロダクトと仕入書掛の列チェックボックス。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:107 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column, the product ordered from the vendor " "does **not** have its checkbox ticked, while the landed cost product's " "checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other " "costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`仕入諸掛` の列では、仕入先からオーダされたプロダクトにはチェックボックスにチェックが入って **いません** " "が、仕入諸掛のチェックボックスにはチェックが入って **います**。これにより、仕入諸掛が仕入先請求書に表示される他の全ての原価と区別されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:111 msgid "" "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` " "button appears." msgstr "さらに、フォームの上部に :guilabel:`仕入諸掛作成` ボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." msgstr "仕入先請求書の仕入諸掛作成ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:117 msgid "Add landed cost" msgstr "仕入諸掛を追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:119 msgid "" "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create " "Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." msgstr "仕入先請求書に仕入諸掛が追加されたら、仕入先請求書の上部にある :guilabel:`仕入書掛の作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:122 msgid "" "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost " "pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." msgstr "そうすると、仕入諸掛が自動的に作成され、:guilabel:`追加コスト` タブのプロダクトラインに仕入書掛が自動的に入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:125 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-" "down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`仕入諸掛`フォームから、:guilabel:`転送`ドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、仕入諸掛が属する転送を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." msgstr "入荷転送選択済の仕入諸掛フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:132 msgid "" "In addition to creating landed costs directly from a vendor bill, landed " "cost records can *also* be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "仕入先請求書から直接仕入諸掛を作成するほかに、仕入諸掛レコードは、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 仕入諸掛`" " に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックすることでも作成できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:136 msgid "" "After setting the picking from the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, " "click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the " ":guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`転送`ドロップダウンメニューからピッキングを設定した後、:guilabel:`計算` " "をクリックします(フォームの下部、:guilabel:`合計:`原価の下)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:139 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the impact of the " "landed costs. The :guilabel:`Original Value` column lists the original price" " of the |PO|, the :guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` column displays the " "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" "仕入諸掛の影響を確認するには、:guilabel:`評価調整` タブをクリックします。 :guilabel:`元価格` " "列には発注書の元の価格が、:guilabel:`追加仕入諸掛` 列には仕入諸掛が、:guilabel:`新規価格` 列にはその合計が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the " "accounting journal." msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックして仕入諸掛の仕訳を会計仕訳帳に記帳します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:146 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear at the top of the" " form. Click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to open a " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation " "listed." msgstr "" "これにより、フォームの一番上に :guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンが表示されます。 :guilabel:`評価` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの最新評価が記載された :guilabel:`在庫評価` ページが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "" "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the " "product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" "検証時に :guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンを表示するには、プロダクトの :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` を " ":guilabel:`在庫可能` に設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:154 msgid "" "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" "仕入諸掛を含む、*全ての* プロダクトの評価を確認するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:158 msgid "" "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed " "in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "仕入先請求書に記載された仕入諸掛に対して作成された仕訳帳は、*会計アプリ* で確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:161 msgid "" "To locate these journal entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app " "--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number" " (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." msgstr "" "これらの仕訳を特定するには、:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 会計 --> 仕訳` に移動し、番号 (例 " "`PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`) によって適正な仕訳を特定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:164 msgid "" "Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and " "other information about the entry." msgstr "仕訳項目をクリックすると、:guilabel:`仕訳帳項目` や仕訳に関するその他の情報を表示できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:0 msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill." msgstr "仕入先請求書から作成された仕入諸掛用の仕訳フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "在庫評価を使用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "*在庫評価* は、手持ち在庫の価値を計算する重要な会計処理です。一度決定された在庫評価額は、会社全体の価値に組込まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "Odooでは、このプロセスを倉庫の従業員が手作業で(物理的にプロダクトを数える)、またはデータベースを通して自動的に行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" "Odooを使って在庫評価の仕訳を自動生成するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ`から " ":menuselection:`プロダクトカテゴリ` リストに行き、希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。フォーム上で、:guilabel:`在庫評価`" " を:guilabel:`自動化` に、:guilabel:`原価計算法` を3つのオプションのいずれかに設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr ":doc:`在庫評価を設定する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" "在庫へのプロダクトの入出庫が会社全体の価値にどのような影響を与えるかを理解するために、以下のプロダクトと在庫の移動シナリオを考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "プロダクトを入荷する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" "例えば、シンプルな *テーブル* " "のような、入荷プロダクトの価値を追跡するには、プロダクト自体のプロダクトカテゴリを設定します。それを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ" " --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、希望のプロダクトをクリックします。プロダクトフォームで、:guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` " "フィールドの横にある :guilabel:`➡️ (右矢印)` " "アイコンをクリックして、プロダクトカテゴリを編集するための内部リンクを開きます。次に、:guilabel:`原価計算法` を " ":guilabel:`先入先出 (FIFO)` に、 :guilabel:`在庫価値` を :guilabel:`自動` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" "または、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` に移動し、:guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` " "ダッシュボードにアクセスして、希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" "次に、10個のテーブルをそれぞれ$10.00で購入したと仮定します。:abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` " "購買の小計として100ドル、それに追加コストや税が加算された金額が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "10台のテーブルプロダクトを1台あたり$10.00で購買するための購買オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO " "(購買オーダ)`で:guilabel:`検証`を選択すると、:guilabel:`評価`スマートボタンが有効になります。このボタンをクリックすると、この購買がテーブルの在庫評価にどのような影響を与えたかを示すレポートが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンを表示するには、:ref:`開発者モード ` をオンにする " "**必要があります** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows " "ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not" " accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" " :doc:`委託 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` " "機能により、在庫アイテムの所有権を設定することができます。 つまり、他社が所有するプロダクトは、ホスト会社の在庫評価には含まれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "開発者モードが有効になっている状態で、入荷上の評価スマートボタンを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" "全てのプロダクト出荷の在庫評価、在庫調整、および倉庫オペレーションを含む包括的なダッシュボードについては、:ref:`在庫評価レポート " "`を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "プロダクトを配送する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" "同じロジックで、顧客にテーブルが発送され、倉庫から出荷されると、在庫評価が減少します。 :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` の " ":guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンも同様に、 :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` の場合と同様に、在庫評価レコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "プロダクトが出庫された後の在庫評価の減少。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "在庫評価レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" "倉庫にある全てのプロダクトの現在の価値を表示するには、まず :ref:`開発者モード ` を設定して " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> 評価` に移動します。:guilabel:`在庫評価` " "ダッシュボードに在庫の :guilabel:`日付`、:guilabel:`数量`、 :guilabel:`単価`、:guilabel:`合計価格` " "という詳細が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`レポーティング` で :guilabel:`評価` オプションを表示するには、:ref:`開発者モード ` を有効化する **必要があります**。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "複数のプロダクトを示す在庫評価レポート。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`日付指定評価` ボタンは、:guilabel:`在庫評価` " "ページの左上隅にあり、ポップアップウィンドウを表示します。このポップアップでは、以前に指定した日付に利用可能であったプロダクトの在庫評価を確認し、選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" "プロダクトの在庫価値、在庫仕訳、手元在庫の詳細な記録を表示するには、 :guilabel:`参照` 列の値の右にある緑色 " ":guilabel:`➡️(右矢印) ` ボタンを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "プロダクト単価を更新する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:116 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" "どの会社にとっても、リードタイム、サプライチェーンの障害、その他のリスク要因は、見えないコストにつながる可能性があります。Odooは在庫価値を正確に表示しようとしていますが、*手動評価*" " はプロダクトの単価を更新するための追加ツールとして機能します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:121 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" "手動評価は、0より大きい原価で購買および受領可能なプロダクト、またはプロダクトカテゴリが :guilabel:`原価計算法` に " ":guilabel:`平均原価 (AVCO)` または :guilabel:`先入先出 (FIFO)` " "のいずれかが設定されているプロダクトを対象としています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "プロダクトに在庫価値の手動評価を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:129 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" "まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動し、:guilabel:`在庫評価` " "ダッシュボード上で手動評価仕訳を作成します。次に、*プロダクト再評価* 機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`グループ化 --> " "プロダクト` を選択して、全てのレコードをプロダクト別に整理します。灰色の:guilabel:`▶️ (ドロップダウン三角)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、在庫評価の明細が表示され、右側に青緑色の :guilabel:`➕ (プラス)` ボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:135 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" "青緑色の :guilabel:`+ (プラス)` ボタンをクリックして、:guilabel:`プロダクト再評価` フォームを開きます。 " "ここでは、各プロダクトの単価を増減することで、プロダクトの在庫評価を再計算することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:140 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`▶️(ドロップダウン三角)` と:guilabel:`➕ (プラス)` " "ボタンは、仕訳をプロダクトごとにグループ化すると表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "インフレを理由に$1.00の価値を追加するプロダクト再評価フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "在庫評価仕訳" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:150 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" "Odooでは、自動在庫評価記録も、:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 会計 --> 仕訳` " "ダッシュボードに記録されます。この会計仕訳の包括的なリストでは、在庫評価記録は、:guilabel:`仕訳帳` " "列の値を確認するか、または倉庫オペレーションの参照 (例えば、入荷の場合は`WH/IN/00014`) と一致する :guilabel:`参照` " "列の値を探すことで特定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:156 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" "在庫評価の仕訳帳をクリックすると、*複式簿記* " "のレコードが開きます。これらの記録は、プロダクトが倉庫に入出庫される際に在庫評価の価値の変化を追跡するために、Odooによって生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:161 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" "仕入先からの入荷時に、10個の *テーブル* を1つあたり$10.00で仕入れた場合の在庫評価を確認するには、:menuselection:`仕訳` " "ページに移動します。:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 会計 --> 仕訳`。ここで、:guilabel:`参照` " "列の値が入荷の参照番号 `WH/IN/00014` と一致する仕訳の明細をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "出荷内のプロダクトを表示する在庫評価ページ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" "`未請求在庫` はプロダクトの仕入先への支払いに充てる金額を保留する勘定科目です。 `在庫評価` 勘定には、手持在庫の価値が全て記帳されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "10台のテーブルの在庫評価に関する会計仕訳。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:178 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 在庫評価 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:3 msgid "Valuation by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号ごとの評価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Track :doc:`inventory valuation ` by :doc:`lots " "or serial numbers <../../product_management/product_tracking>` to:" msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫評価 ` を :doc:`ロットまたはシリアル番号 " "<../../product_management/product_tracking> ごと` に追跡します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:8 msgid "" ":ref:`Compare and differentiate purchasing cost " "`, based on lot or serial " "numbers." msgstr "" ":ref:`購買原価の比較と差異分析 ` " "(ロット番号またはシリアル番号に基づく)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:10 msgid "" "Track the actual cost of manufactured products, based on the real cost of " "each tracked component used." msgstr "使用された追跡された各構成品の実費に基づく、製造プロダクトの実質原価を追跡します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:12 msgid "" "Depreciate specific lot or serial numbers when they :doc:`sit in stock for " "too long <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>`." msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫保管期間が長すぎる場合 <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>` " "に特定のロットまたはシリアル番号を減価償却します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:16 msgid "" "Please read this :doc:`introduction to inventory valuation " "` before setting up valuation by lot/serial " "numbers." msgstr "" "ロット/シリアル番号による評価を設定する前に、この :doc:`在庫評価 はじめに ` " "を必ずお読み下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable valuation by lots or serial numbers, begin by enabling the " ":doc:`Lots and Serial Numbers feature <../product_tracking>`. After that, go" " to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the" " desired product, or create a new product, by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "ロットまたはシリアル番号によって評価を有効にするには、始めに :doc:`ロットとシリアル番号機能 <../product_tracking>` " "を有効にして下さい。その後 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、希望のプロダクトを選択するか " ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックして新規プロダクトを作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:26 msgid "" "On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, choose a product " "category. Ensure the product category's :ref:`Costing Method " "` is set to *First In First " "Out (FIFO)* or *Average Cost (AVCO)*." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`カテゴリ` フィールドで、プロダクトカテゴリを選択します。プロダクトカテゴリの :ref:`原価計算法 " "` が *先入先出法 (FIFO)* または *平均原価法 " "(AVCO)* に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:31 msgid "" "To check the costing method set on the product category, hover over the " ":guilabel:`Category` field, and click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` " ":guilabel:`(Internal Link)` icon." msgstr "" "プロダクトカテゴリに設定された原価計算法を確認するには、:guilabel:`カテゴリ`フィールドにカーソルを合わせ、:icon:`oi-arrow-" "right` :guilabel:`(内部リンク)` アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`Costing methods `" msgstr ":ref:`原価計算法 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:37 msgid "" "Next, activate the product to be tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "ticking the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox. Then, click the adjacent " "field that appears, and choose either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By " "Unique Serial Number` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "次に、ロットまたはシリアル番号で追跡するプロダクトを有効化するには、:guilabel:`在庫追跡` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。次に、表示される隣接するフィールドをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット` または" " :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:41 msgid "" "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Valuation by Lot/Serial number` checkbox " "appear below it. Tick that checkbox, and the configuration to track " "valuation by lot or serial numbers is complete." msgstr "" "そうすると、その下に :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号による評価` " "チェックボックスが表示されます。そのチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、ロットまたはシリアル番号による評価を追跡する設定は完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47 msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature." msgstr "ロットまたはシリアル番号による評価機能を表示するプロダクトフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47 msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature" msgstr "プロダクトフォームのロットまたはシリアル番号による評価機能を表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:50 msgid "Valuation layers" msgstr "評価レイヤー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:52 msgid "" "To understand how valuation by lots and serial numbers works, consider these" " scenarios:" msgstr "ロットやシリアル番号による評価の仕組みを理解するために、以下のシナリオを考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase and sell products `: cost is calculated based on the *product category's* costing" " method." msgstr "" ":ref:`プロダクトの購買と販売 `: " "原価は *プロダクトカテゴリ* の原価計算法に基づいて計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Create new lot/serial numbers ` using an inventory adjustment: value of the new lot/serial number" " is assigned to the cost from the product form." msgstr "" "在庫調整を使用した :ref:`ロット/シリアル番号作成 ` : プロダクトフォームから原価に新しいロット/シリアル番号の値が割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:59 msgid "" "Inventory adjustment to update quantities for an :ref:`existing lot/serial " "number `: value is " "assigned based on the most recent cost for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" "既存のロット/シリアル番号の数量を更新するための在庫調整 :ref:`既存のロット/シリアル番号 " "`: " "そのロット/シリアル番号の最新の原価に基づいて値が割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:63 msgid "" "For both :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First In First Out)` " "methods, the *Cost* field on the product form is calculated using this " "formula:" msgstr "" ":abbr:`AVCO(平均原価法)`および:abbr:`FIFO(先入先出)` のどちらの方法においても、プロダクトフォームの *原価* " "フィールドは、次の計算式で算出されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:66 msgid ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`" msgstr ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:71 msgid "Purchase products" msgstr "プロダクト購買" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:73 msgid "" "Consider how purchasing products affect the inventory valuation, in the " "table below." msgstr "下の表で、プロダクトの購買が在庫評価にどのような影響を与えるかを考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:81 msgid "Lot number" msgstr "ロット番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:82 msgid "Math" msgstr "数学" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:83 msgid "Average cost on product form" msgstr "プロダクトフォーム上の平均原価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:84 msgid "Empty stock" msgstr "空の在庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:85 msgid "0.00" msgstr "0.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:89 msgid "Day 1: Receive one product at $10/unit" msgstr "1日目: 1プロダクトを$10/ユニットで入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:95 msgid "1.00" msgstr "1.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:91 msgid "LOT 1" msgstr "ロット1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:92 msgid ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`" msgstr ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:94 msgid "Day 2: Receive another product at $20/unit" msgstr "2日目: 他プロダクトを$20/ユニットで入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:96 msgid "LOT 2" msgstr "ロット2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:97 msgid ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`" msgstr ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:98 msgid "$15" msgstr "$15" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103 msgid "Show Cost on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームで原価を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103 msgid "" "As a result, the product form displays an average cost of $15 in the " "**Cost** field." msgstr "その結果、プロダクトフォームの **原価** フィールドには平均コスト$15と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:108 msgid "Create new lot/serial number" msgstr "新規ロット/シリアル番号を作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:110 msgid "" "Creating a new lot/serial number through an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` assigns the " "same value as the cost on the product form." msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫調整 <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` " "を使用して新規ロット/シリアル番号を作成すると、プロダクトフォーム上の原価と同じ値が割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:114 msgid "" "To make an inventory adjustment, and assign a lot number, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "在庫調整を行い、ロット番号を割当てるには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 実地棚卸` " "に移動します。次に、:guilabel:`新規` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:117 msgid "" "In the new inventory adjustment line that appears, set the " ":guilabel:`Product`, create the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, set the " ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` " ":guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "表示される新しい在庫調整明細で、:guilabel:`プロダクト`を設定し、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`を作成し、:guilabel:`棚卸数量`" " を設定し、:icon:`fa-floppy-o` :guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121 msgid "" "To view the valuation layer, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the " "*Cost* on the product form." msgstr "" "評価レイヤーを表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動します。 単位当たりの " ":guilabel:`合計金額` は、プロダクトフォームの *原価* と一致します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, " "the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`." msgstr "上記の表の例を続けると、プロダクトの原価が` $15` の場合、新しく作成された` LOT3` の評価額も `$15` となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation." msgstr "在庫調整評価を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:134 msgid "Existing lot/serial number" msgstr "既存のロット/シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:136 msgid "" "When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is " "based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial " "number." msgstr "既存のロット/シリアル番号の数量を調整する場合、その値は、その特定のロット/シリアル番号の最新の評価レイヤーに基づきます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, the value for `LOT 1` is `$10`." msgstr "上記の表の例を続けると、`ロット1` の値は `$10` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:142 msgid "" "So, when the quantity is updated from `1.00` to `2.00`, the additional " "quantity is also valued at `$10`, reflecting the latest valuation layer for " "`LOT 1`." msgstr "" "そのため、数量が `1.00` から `2.00`に更新されると、追加の数量も `$10` と評価され、`ロット1` の最新の評価層が反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show valuation of LOT 1 getting updated." msgstr "ロット1の評価額が更新されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:148 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment (top line) is valued the same as LOT 1 (bottom " "line)." msgstr "在庫調整(上段)はロット1(下段)と同じ価値です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:153 msgid "View valuation" msgstr "評価を見る" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:155 msgid "" "To find the average cost of a specific lot/serial number, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and " "select the desired record." msgstr "" "特定のロット/シリアル番号の平均原価を調べるには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` " "に移動し、希望のレコードを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:158 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Cost` and :guilabel:`Average Cost` fields show a unit's " "average cost. The :guilabel:`Total Value` reflects the total on-hand value " "for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`原価` と:guilabel:`平均原価` " "のフィールドは、いずれも単位あたりの平均原価を示します。:guilabel:`合計金額` は、ロット/シリアル番号ごとの手持在庫の合計金額を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:162 msgid "" "Ensure the costing method is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average " "Cost (AVCO)* to display the cost on this page." msgstr "" "このページに原価を表示するには、原価計算法が *先入先出法(FIFO)* または *平均原価法(AVCO)* に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "Show cost of the lot/serial number." msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号の原価を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "" "Lot form, displaying **Cost** field. The **Valuation** smart button is in " "the top-right." msgstr "ロットフォーム、**原価** フィールドを表示。**評価** スマートボタンは右上にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:170 msgid "" "Valuation layers of a lot/serial number can be viewed through the " ":ref:`valuation report `, or " "by clicking the lot/serial number's :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button. " "These detailed, line-by-line records can help determine how each inventory " "move of the specific lot/serial number affects its valuation." msgstr "" "ロット番号/シリアル番号の評価明細は、:ref:`評価レポート ` から、またはロット番号/シリアル番号の :guilabel:`評価` " "スマートボタンをクリックして表示できます。これらの詳細な明細記録は、特定のロット番号/シリアル番号の各在庫移動が評価にどのように影響するかを判断するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:178 msgid "Valuation report" msgstr "評価レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:180 msgid "" "Display the valuation of lots and serial numbers in the database by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" "データベース内のロットとシリアル番号の評価を表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:183 msgid "" "On the resulting :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, click the search bar, " "and in the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` section of the resulting " "drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial number`." msgstr "" "表示された :guilabel:`在庫評価` レポートで検索バーをクリックし、表示されたドロップダウンメニューの :icon:`oi-group` " ":guilabel:`グループ化` セクションで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:188 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of a " "collapsed lot number line to :ref:`manually modify the cost " "`." msgstr "" "明細が折りたたまれているロット番号行の右側にある :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(プラス)` " "アイコンをクリックして、:ref:`原価を手動で調整 `" " します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:191 msgid "" "This is useful for adjusting individual lot prices when a purchase order or " "bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical " "upon reception." msgstr "" "これは、購買オーダや仕入先請求書に複数のロット/シリアル番号が含まれる場合に、個々のロット価格を調整するのに便利です。入荷時の初期価格は同一です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst-1 msgid "Show valuation report, by lots." msgstr "ロットごとに評価レポートを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:198 msgid "Valuation smart button" msgstr "評価スマートボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:200 msgid "" "To access a filtered part of the *Stock Valuation* report, specific to a lot" " or serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired item." msgstr "" "特定のロットまたはシリアル番号に関連する *在庫評価* レポートの特定部分にアクセスするには、、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " "プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に移動し、必要な項目を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` page, click the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "smart button." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ページで、:guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves relating to `LOT 1`." msgstr " `ロット1` に関連する全ての在庫移動。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves that affect the valuation of `LOT 1`." msgstr " `ロット1` の評価に影響する全ての在庫移動。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "プロダクト追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" "*ロット* と *シリアル番号* " "はOdooでプロダクトを識別・追跡する2つの方法です。2つのトレーサビリティ方法には類似点がありますが、入荷、納品、在庫レポートに影響する顕著な相違点もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" "*ロット* は通常、倉庫から入荷、保管、出荷された商品の特定のバッチを示します。しかし、社内で製造されたプロダクトのバッチを指すこともあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" "*シリアル番号* " "は、アイテムやプロダクトに段階的(または連続的)に割当てられた固有の識別子であり、他のアイテムやプロダクトと区別するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:21 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "ロット番号とシリアル番号を使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、*ロット番号とシリアル番号* 機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` の隣のボックスをクリックします。その後、 :guilabel:`保存`" " ボタンをクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "在庫設定でロットとシリアル番号機能を有効にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "ロットを使用する場合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" "ロットは、衣料品や食品など、大量に製造または入荷されるプロダクトに便利です。ロットは、プロダクトのリコールや賞味期限を管理する際に特に便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "プロダクトが大量に入ったロットを作成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" "製造業者は、共通の特性を持つプロダクトのグループにロット番号を割当てます。これにより、複数の製品が同じロット番号を共有することになります。これにより、1つのグループ内の多数のプロダクトを識別することができ、ライフサイクルの各段階を通じて、これらのプロダクトのエンドツーエンドのトレーサビリティが可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "シリアル番号を使用する場合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" "個々のプロダクトにシリアル番号を割当てする目的は、サプライチェーンを通じてすべてのアイテムの履歴を識別できるようにすることです。これは、販売・納入したプロダクトに関連するアフターサービスを提供するメーカーにとって特に有用です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "プロダクトのシリアル番号のリスト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "シリアル番号には、数字、文字、記号、あるいはこれら3種類の文字が全て混在したものなど、様々な種類の文字が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:379 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "トレーサビリティ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" "製造業者や企業は、トレーサビリティレポートを参照して、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体を確認することができます。これらのレポートには、製品の出所(およびその時期)、保管場所、送付先などの重要な情報が含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを確認したり、ロットやシリアル番号でプロダクトをグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ " "--> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。そうすると :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" "ここから、ロット番号やシリアル番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトで表示されます。また、どのロットやシリアル番号が割り当てられているかを表示するために、拡大することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "ロットやシリアル番号でグループ分けをするには、まず右上の検索バーからデフォルトのフィルタを全て外します。次に、 :guilabel:`グループ化` " "をクリックし、 :guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` " "を選択すると、ミニドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。このミニドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択し、 " ":guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" "そうすることで、既存のロットとシリアル番号が全て表示され、それぞれを拡張してその割当て番号のプロダクトの数量を全て表示することができます。再利用 " "*されない* 一意のなシリアル番号の場合、1つのシリアル番号につき、1つのプロダクトしか存在しないはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号のドロップダウンリストを備えたレポートページ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" "個々のロット番号またはシリアル番号に関する追加情報については、ロット番号またはシリアル番号の行項目をクリックすると、その番号の " ":guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フォームが表示されます。このフォームから " ":guilabel:`ロケーション` と :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、そのシリアル番号を使用した手持ち在庫が全て表示されます。また、そのロット番号やシリアル番号を使用して行われた作業もここで確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "有効期限日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" "Odooでは *有効期限日* " "を使用して、生鮮プロダクトの購入から販売までのライフサイクルを管理・追跡することができます。有効期限日を使用することで、予期せぬ有効期限切れによるプロダクトロスを減らし、有効期限切れのプロダクトを顧客に送ることを回避することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" "Odooでは、*ロット* と *シリアル番号* " "を使用して追跡されるプロダクトのみ有効期限情報を割当てられます。ロット番号やシリアル番号を割当てると、有効期限日を設定することができます。これは、生鮮品を一貫して、または専門に売買している企業(食品メーカーなど)にとって特に便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "有効期限日を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" "*有効期限日* の使用を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 " ":guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンします。次に、チェックボックスをクリックして " ":guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` 機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" "その機能を有効にすると、 :guilabel:`有効期限日` " "を有効にする新しいオプションが表示されます。そのチェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にし、必ず :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "ロット、シリアル番号、有効期限の設定を有効にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, an " "additional feature appears to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on " "Delivery Slips`. Activating these features helps with end-to-end " "traceability, making it easier to manage product recalls, identify batches " "of faulty products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "プロダクトの有効期限日の設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the **Inventory** app settings, expiration " "information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:52 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Goods` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field, select either :guilabel:`By Unique " "Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" "ロット番号またはシリアル番号による追跡を活動する前に、プロダクトに在庫がある場合、既存の在庫にロット番号を割当て、在庫調整を行う必要がある場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:66 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "大量のプロダクトを入荷や配送時に処理する場合は、ロットを使用して追跡することをお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォーム上の有効期限日設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` section, there are four categories of expiration" " information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`有効期限時間`: " "プロダクト(仕入先または生産後の在庫)が入荷してから、商品が危険な状態になる可能性があり、使用または消費されるべきではない日数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** being dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`払出時間`: 商品が在庫から取り除かれるべき有効期限日までの日数です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr ":guilabel:`警告時間`: 特定のロットの商品、または特定のシリアル番号を含む商品に対して警告を発するべき有効期限日までの日数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:85 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" "これらのフィールドに入力された値は、仕入先から購入したものであれ、自社で製造したものであれ、在庫として入力された商品の有効期限日を自動的に計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`日付`フィールドに有効期限日情報の値が入力されていない場合、日付(とロット)は入出庫時に手動で割当てられます。割当てられた場合でも、必要に応じて手動で上書きしたり変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:94 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "ロット番号とシリアル番号で入荷時に有効期限日を設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for *incoming* goods can be done directly on the" " :guilabel:`Receipt`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Receipts`, then click on a line to open the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The receipt cannot be validated without an assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "ロット番号のないオーダを検証する際のユーザエラーポップアップ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:109 msgid "" "From here, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon located on " "the of the product line. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "pop-up will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In the pop-up, the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` automatically populates, " "based on the configuration on the product form. Click the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the appropriate line, then enter the " "lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` can be manually entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:120 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` when finished to close the pop-up. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "オーダ済プロダクトの有効期限日を表示する詳細オペレーションポップアップ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:125 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" "入荷を検証すると :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された :guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示され、 :guilabel:`参照ドキュメント`、 " ":guilabel:`トレース対象のプロダクト`、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` などが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:131 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "プロダクトの有効期限日の設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" "有効期限日は、社内で製造されたプロダクトにも設定できます。製造されたプロダクトに有効期限日を割当てるには、製造オーダ(MO)を作成する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`New`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "有効期限日のあるプロダクトの製造オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:144 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "プロダクトを製造するには、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 列の明細に消費する材料がなければなりません。これは :guilabel:`プロダクト` " "の :guilabel:`部品表` を作成するか、 :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックして消費する材料を手動で追加することで行えます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:149 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:151 msgid "" "The appropriate number of :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` automatically " "populated in the field. Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon" " to reveal additional information for those specific numbers. On that pop-" "up, all expiration information that was previously configured for the " "product is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Components pop-up with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:160 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "有効期限日のあるプロダクトを販売する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" "有効期限日のある生鮮品の販売は、他のタイプのプロダクトと同じように行います。生鮮プロダクトを販売する最初のステップは、販売オーダを作成することです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:171 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to confirm the date. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts are created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:179 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "次に、販売オーダの上部にある :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックすると、倉庫の入荷フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:182 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" "倉庫入荷フォームで :guilabel:`検証` をクリックし、付属のポップアップウィンドウで :guilabel:`適用` をクリックすると、全ての " ":guilabel:`完了` 数量が自動的に処理され、プロダクトが顧客に配送されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:187 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" "賞味期限のある生鮮食品を販売するには、プロダクトが保管されている :guilabel:`ロケーション` の :guilabel:`払出戦略` を " ":abbr:`FEFO (有効期限先出)` " "に設定する必要があります。生鮮食品の在庫が1ロットで足りない場合、Odooは自動的に賞味期限が最も近い2番目のロットから必要な残量を取り出します。払出戦略は" " :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` にも設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:197 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "ロット&シリアル番号の有効期限の表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:199 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "ロット番号で賞味期限のあるプロダクトを全て表示(および/またはグループ化)するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト " "--> ロット/シリアル番号` にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:202 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the search bar. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select " "the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down menu. Doing so " "breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and the " "assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号のページで有効期限ごとにグループ分けします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "Customers can also view the expiration date alert in their customer portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:216 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "有効期限アラート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:218 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "有効期限アラートを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:220 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:224 msgid "" "To view expiration date information in the list view, click the :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust settings)` icon at the top of the list " "of records, then tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:228 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` detail form, the :guilabel:`Dates` " "lists all expiration information related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "If the expiration date for a lot/serial number has passed, the form displays" " a red :guilabel:`Expiration Alert` at the top of the page to indicate that " "the products in this lot are either expired or expiring soon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:235 msgid "" "From here, click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the " "breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial " "Numbers` page via the breadcrumbs. Remove all of the search filters from the" " search bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:241 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`有効期限アラート` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "使用期限を過ぎたプロダクトの使用期限警告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration notifications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Users can be notified when the expiration date for a product has passed. " "This can help keep specific employees up to date on the status of items " "under their purview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:252 msgid "" "To configure a notification, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`. Select a product configured with lot/serial numbers " "and expiration date tracking. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. " "Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, select a user in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "When the expiation date passes for a lot/serial number for this product, a " "notification is sent to the user in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "ロット番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " "typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," " shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" "*ロット* " "はOdooでプロダクトを識別・追跡する2つの方法のうちの1つです。ロットは通常、入荷、保管、出荷、自社製造されたプロダクトの特定のバッチを表します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " "properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" "製造者は、共通の特性を持つプロダクトのグループにロット番号を割当て、ライフサイクルを通じたエンドツーエンドのトレーサビリティを容易にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " "products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " "product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" "ロットは、大量に製造・入荷したプロダクトを管理するのに便利で、特にプロダクトのリコールや :doc:`使用期日 ` " "のために、アイテムをそのグループまで遡るのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" " to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " "next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "ロットを使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、*ロットとシリアル番号* 機能を有効にします。:menuselection:在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定`に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号` " "の横にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。そして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr ":doc:`使用期日の追跡 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" ":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " "`" msgstr ":ref:`ロット番号とシリアル番号用のGS1バーコードの印刷 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "Track by lots" msgstr "ロットによる追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " "individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " "product to configure." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号` 機能が有効化されたら、個々のプロダクトをロットを使って追跡するように設定します。これを行うには " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、設定するプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " "the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動します。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションの " ":guilabel:`追跡` フィールドで :guilabel:`ロット` " "オプションを選択します。これで、新規または既存のロット番号を、このプロダクトの新規入荷または製造バッチに割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" msgstr ":doc:`expiration_dates`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" " ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" "ロット番号やシリアル番号によるトラッキングを有効化する前にプロダクトに在庫がある場合、警告メッセージが表示されます。:doc:`在庫調整 " "` を使用して、既存の在庫プロダクトにロット番号を割当てて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームのロット別追跡機能を有効にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "入出荷ロットの割当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " "` on the receipt form. When " "shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " "form." msgstr "" "入荷フォームで :ref:`入荷品 ` " "に新しいロット番号を割当てます。:ref:`出荷品 ` を出荷する場合は、配送オーダフォームで特定のロット番号のプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 msgid "On receipts" msgstr "入荷時" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" " on receipts." msgstr "入荷品への新規または既存のロット番号の割当ては、入荷時に直接行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 msgid "" "To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " "`_ a |PO| for products tracked " "by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " "appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`購買` アプリにアクセスして、ロット番号で追跡されるプロダクトの |PO|を `作成し確認 " "`_ します。次に、ページ上部に表示される " ":guilabel:`入荷` スマートボタンをクリックし、倉庫の入荷フォームに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " "card, and choosing the desired receipt." msgstr "" "または、 :menuselection:`在庫` アプリに行き、 :guilabel:`入荷` " "かんばんカードをクリックし、希望の入荷を選択して、既存の入荷に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " "error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " "the receipt." msgstr "" "ロット番号を割当てる前に :guilabel:`検証` " "をクリックするとエラーがトリガされ、入荷を検証する前にロット番号を割当てる必要があることを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号のユーザエラーポップアップを追加しました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 msgid "" "On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " "select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " "numbers." msgstr "" "入荷フォームの :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブのプロダクト明細で、ロット番号で追跡するプロダクトの右にある |リスト| " "アイコンを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "プロダクト明細に箇条書きのアイコンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." msgstr "" "そうすると :guilabel:`オープン:在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウが開き、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` と " ":guilabel:`数量` が割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." msgstr "ロット番号の割当てには2つの方法があります: **手動** と **インポート**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "Manual assignment" msgstr "手動割当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " ":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." msgstr "" "手動でロット番号を割当てたい場合は、 :guilabel:`明細の追加` をクリックして下さい。:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`、ロットの " ":guilabel:`保管先` の場所、 :guilabel:`数量`、 :guilabel:`先梱包` があれば入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "" "To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." msgstr "" "複数のロット番号を割当てたり、複数の場所に保管するには、 :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、追加の数量を新しい " ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` に入力します。:guilabel:`数量` 列の合計が上部の :guilabel:`需要` " "と一致するまで繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "ロット番号の割当て詳細操作ポップアップ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 msgid "Import lots" msgstr "ロットをインポートする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オープン:在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`シリアル/ロット` をインポートする` " "をクリックし、一括ロット番号を :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` フィールドに貼付けます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "エクセルのスプレッドシートにコピーされたロット番号のリスト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." msgstr "*Google*スプレッドシートにコピーされたロット番号のリスト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." msgstr "ロット番号明細にコピーされたロット番号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " "Lots** pop-up window." msgstr "**ロットをインポート** ポップアップウィンドウの \"ロット/シリアル番号\" フィールドに貼付けられたロット番号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " "lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " "the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" " unticked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`現在の行を維持する` チェックボックスをオンにすると、 :guilabel:`開く:在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウに *追加*" " ロット番号が生成されます。リストのロット番号を置換えるには、 :guilabel:`現在の明細を保持` オプションをチェックしないままにしておきます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`生成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" "全てのプロダクトの数量にロット番号が割当てられたら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックしてポップアップウィンドウを閉じます。次に、入荷フォームの" " :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "" ":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" msgstr "" ":ref:`ロット番号用のトレーサビリティレポート `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 msgid "On delivery orders" msgstr "配送オーダ時" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 msgid "" "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" " for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." msgstr "Odooでは配送オーダフォームでプロダクトのロット番号を指定して出荷することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 msgid "" "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " "that specific |SO|." msgstr "" "まず、:menuselection:`販売` アプリから見積を作成するか、既存の見積を選択します。|SO| を確認すると、:guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンが利用可能になります。:guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックすると、特定の |SO| の入荷フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" " kanban card." msgstr "" "または、 :menuselection:`在庫` アプリに移動し、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ` " "のかんばんカードをクリックして配送オーダに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " "form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " "product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックすると配送オーダフォームが開きます。:guilabel:`オペレーション` " "タブで、ロット番号で追跡するプロダクトの右にある |リスト| アイコンをクリックします。そのアイコンをクリックすると :guilabel:`オープン: " "在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " "displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " ":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " "in that particular lot)." msgstr "" "ポップアップウィンドウでは、選択されたロット番号とその保管場所が :guilabel:`ピッキング元:` 列に表示され、その特定のロットからの " ":guilabel:`数量` が表示されます(その特定のロットに十分な在庫がある場合)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." msgstr "" "そのロットに十分な在庫がない場合、または :guilabel:`需要` の部分量を複数のロットから取る必要がある場合は、 :guilabel:`数量` " "を直接変更して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " "depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " "enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" "配送オーダに自動的に選択されるロットは、選択された払出方針(:abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`、:abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`、または " ":abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)`）によって異なります。また、オーダ数量やロットの手持在庫数量がオーダを満たすのに十分かどうかにも依存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 msgid "" "Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " ":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " "products." msgstr "" "上記のステップを繰り返して、 :guilabel:`需要` を満たすのに十分なロットを選択し、 :guilabel:`保存` " "をクリックしてポップアップウィンドウを閉じます。最後に、|DO| の :guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリックしてプロダクトを配送します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "販売オーダのソースロット番号のポップアップ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 msgid "Lot management" msgstr "ロット管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "" "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードでプロダクトの既存のロット番号を管理、表示するには " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " "menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" " to :ref:`modify or add details ` " "linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " "` from this page, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、ロット番号はプロダクトごとにグループ化されており、各プロダクトのドロップダウンメニューを選択すると、既存のロット番号が表示されます。ロット番号を選択すると、そのロットにリンクされている" " :ref:`詳細を変更または追加` " "することができます。また、このページから :guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして、ロット番号を " ":ref:`作成` することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." msgstr "\"ロット/シリアル番号\"ダッシュほーどを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "" "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " "dashboard." msgstr "**ロット/シリアル番号** ダッシュボードに、プロダクトごとにグループ化されたロット番号を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "ロットを変更する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 msgid "" "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " "separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードからロットをクリックすると、ロットに関する追加情報を提供できる別ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 msgid "" "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " "the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " "under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " "number to any desired one." msgstr "" "Odooは最新の番号に続く新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "を自動的に生成します。ただし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "フィールドの下の明細をクリックし、生成された番号を任意の番号に変更することで編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" msgstr "ロット番号フォームでは、以下のフィールドを変更することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " ":guilabel:`Product`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: :guilabel:`プロダクト` にリンクされているロット番号を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " "used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " "manufacturer." msgstr ":guilabel:`内部参照`: サプライヤー製造者が使用するものとは異なる、倉庫内で使用される代替のロット/シリアル番号を記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: ロット番号が利用可能な会社を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" " this text field." msgstr ":guilabel:`説明`: このテキストフィールドにロット番号やシリアル番号の詳細を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "" "On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " "stock moves." msgstr "既存のロットでは、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` と :guilabel:`手持数量` フィールドは変更できません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the lot number form." msgstr "ロット番号フォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" msgstr ":doc:`ロット用に使用期限を設定する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 msgid "Add property" msgstr "プロパティを追加する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 msgid "" "To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " "methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" msgstr "トレーサビリティを強化するためにロットにカスタムフィールドを追加するには、ロット番号フォームにプロパティを追加する2つの方法があります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," " then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "ページ左上の :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(歯車)` アイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :icon:`fa-" "cog` :guilabel:`プロパティ追加` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " "the existing fields." msgstr "既存のフィールドの下にある :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`プロパティ追加` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Name and :doc:`configure the new field " "<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " "property value in the new field." msgstr "" "名前と :doc:`新規フィールド<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>` " "を設定します。完了したら、新規フィールドにプロパティ値を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 msgid "" "The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " "wood`." msgstr "新しいプロパティ `木材タイプ` が追加されました。値は `チェリー材` として記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." msgstr "ロット番号フォームに \"プロパティを追加\"ボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 msgid "" ":doc:`Configuring custom properties " "<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" msgstr ":doc:`カスタムプロパティの設定 <../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" msgstr "プロダクト用にロット番号を引当てる" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 msgid "" "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "プロダクトのロット番号を作成するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に行き、 " ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 msgid "" "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " "To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " "on receipts `." msgstr "" "ロット番号の作成はプロダクト用にロット番号を保留しますが、割当てを行い**ません**。ロット番号を割当てるには、 :ref:`入荷ロット番号の割当て " "` のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " "on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" "Odooは自動的に新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を生成し、最新の番号に追従させますが、ロットフォームの " ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` フィールドの下の行をクリックし、生成された番号を変更することで、任意の番号に編集・変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が生成されたら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " "の隣にある空欄をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。このメニューから、この新しい番号を割り当てるプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "ロット番号 `000001` はプロダクト `引出し黒` 用に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "割当てプロダクトによる新規ロット番号作成フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " "product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" " a receipt `, or when making an " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "新しいロット番号が作成され、保存され、目的のプロダクトに割当てられた後、そのロット番号はプロダクトにリンクされた既存のロット番号として保存され、 " ":ref:`入荷時にプロダクトにロット番号を割当てる` " "時や在庫調整を行う時に選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" "After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " "Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " "page." msgstr "" "ロット番号の作成後、 :guilabel:`在庫調整` ページでロット番号を割当てると、`000001` が `引き出しの黒` " "のオプションとして表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "在庫調整ページでのロット番号の割当て方法を表示して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "様々なオペレーションに対応したロット管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " "existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " "numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " "order." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、新規ロットの作成はプロダクトの入荷時のみで、既存のロット番号は使用できません。販売オーダでは、既存のロット番号のみが利用可能で、配送オーダで新しいロット番号を作成することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" "どのオペレーションタイプでも新しいロット番号(または既存のロット番号) を使用できるように変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ " "--> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` に進み、希望するオペレーションタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " "to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " "ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" "オペレーションタイプのフォームで、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`新規作成` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れて、このオペレーションタイプで新規ロット番号を作成できるようにします。既存のロット番号しか選択できない場合は、 " ":guilabel:`既存のものを使用` を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "業務種別フォームのトレーサビリティ設定を有効にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" "ロットで追跡されるプロダクトを含む倉庫間移動の場合、倉庫のレシートで :guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用` " "オプションを有効にすると便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" msgstr "配送伝票にロット番号を表示する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "When selling products tracked with lots, it is possible to include the lot " "numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to " "customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or " "repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" "ロット番号で追跡されたプロダクトを販売する際には、顧客に送付する配送伝票にロット番号を記載することができます。これは、RMA(返品商品認証)や修理依頼、または製品登録など、ロット番号が必要な場合に顧客にとって役立つ場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "" "To include lot numbers on delivery slips, open the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "配送伝票にロット番号を含めるには、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリを開き、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定` " "に移動します。 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号を配送伝票に表示`" " チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送伝票にロット/シリアル番号を表示` " "設定を有効にすると、配送オーダが検証済の場合、ロットで追跡されるプロダクトの配送伝票にロット番号が記載されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "" "To view lot numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and " "select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" "配送オーダおよび配送伝票のロット番号を表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリに移動し、:guilabel:`配送オーダ` " "をクリックし、ロットで追跡されているプロダクトを含むオーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the lot numbers of products included in the order, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` button to the right of the tab. Ensure that the" " :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a " ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" "オーダに含まれるプロダクトのロット番号を表示するには、:guilabel:`オペレーション` タブが選択されていることを確認し、タブの右側にある " ":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(調整)` ボタンをクリックします。:guilabel:`シリアル番号` " "チェックボックスにチェックマークが付いていることを確認してください。これにより、 :guilabel:`シリアル番号` " "列が表示されます。オーダに含まれる各プロダクトのロット番号がこの列に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 msgid "" "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." msgstr "オーダが処理可能な状態になったら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックして配送を確認し、配送伝票にプロダクト情報を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "" "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :guilabel:`Print --> Delivery " "Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using " "the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their " "respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" "オーダフォームの上部にある :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(アクション)` ボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`印刷 -->" " 配送伝票` を選択すると、配送伝票がダウンロードされます。 デバイスのブラウザまたはファイルマネジャーを使用して配送伝票を開きます。 " "ロット番号は、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列のそれぞれのプロダクトの隣にリスト表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "" "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial" " number." msgstr "プロダクトとシリアル番号が表示されている、配送伝票のオーダ明細セクション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" " was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" "製造業者や企業は、トレーサビリティレポートを参照することで、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体(どこから来たのか、いつ届いたのか、どこに保管されていたのか、誰に(いつ)渡ったのか)を確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:384 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを見る、またはロットごとにグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト -->" " ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。そうすると :menuselection:ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:388 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" "ここから、ロット番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトでリストされ、それらのプロダクトに割当てられたロット番号を表示するために拡張することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:391 msgid "" "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" " open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," " and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " "the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "ロットでグループ分けするには、まず :guilabel:`検索...` バーのフィルタを全て外します。次に、 :icon:`fa-caret-down`" " :guilabel:`(下矢印)` アイコンをクリックして、 :guilabel:`フィルタ`、 :guilabel:`グループ化` オプション、 " ":guilabel:`お気に入り` のドロップダウンメニューを開きます。:guilabel:`グループ化` " "セクションで、:guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` オプションをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから " ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:397 msgid "" "Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " "lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " "products with that assigned number." msgstr "" "そうすることで、ページ上の全てのレコードが再編成され、既存のロットとシリアル番号が全て表示され、その割当て番号を持つプロダクトの全ての数量を表示するように拡張することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "ロットおよびシリアル番号のトレーサビリティレポート。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:405 msgid "Traceability report" msgstr "トレーサビリティレポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:407 msgid "" "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " "line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " "form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." msgstr "" "ロット番号の完全な在庫移動レポートを表示するには、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "ダッシュボードからロット番号明細を選択します。ロット番号フォームで :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "在庫の動きを表示するロットのトレーサビリティレポートを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:416 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号の再割当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 msgid "" "Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " "*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " "records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " "adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " "originally assigned lots." msgstr "" "ロット番号やシリアル番号を使用せずにプロダクトをOdooに保存した " "*後*、プロダクトのトラッキング設定を変更すると、記録に一貫性がなくなる可能性があります。このドキュメントでは、在庫調整を使用して、元々ロットが割当てられていないプロダクトにロット番号またはシリアル番号を割当てる方法を説明します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." msgstr "警告メッセージ: 在庫のプロダクトにロット/シリアル番号がありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 msgid "" "This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " "to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " "quantities *with* the lot numbers." msgstr "" "このドキュメントでは、2つの在庫調整: ロット番号 *なし* の不正な記録を削除する方法と、ロット番号 *あり* " "の数量を保存する方法の概要を説明しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" msgstr ":doc:`ロット番号の設定と使用 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" msgstr ":doc:`シリアル番号の使用 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:23 msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" msgstr "手持数量をゼロに変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:25 msgid "" "To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " "by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the intended product." msgstr "" "プロダクトの設定をロットまたはシリアル番号でトラッキングするように変更するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト " "--> プロダクト` に移動し、対象のプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "column, change the value to zero." msgstr "" "次にプロダクトの :guilabel:`手持在庫` スマートボタンをクリックして :guilabel:`数量を更新` " "ページを開きます。:guilabel:`手持数量` 列で、値をゼロに変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:32 msgid "" "If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " "hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." msgstr "プロダクトが複数の場所に保管されている場合、**全て** の場所での **合計** 手持数量がゼロであることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " "field." msgstr "在庫調整モデルを表示し、\"手持数量\"フィールドを強調表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:40 msgid "Change traceability setting" msgstr "トレーサビリティ設定を変更する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:42 msgid "" "Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " "from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " "Serial Number`." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォーム (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト`) に戻り、:guilabel:`在庫` " "タブに切り替えます。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションで、 :guilabel:`追跡` オプションを " ":guilabel:`追跡なし` から :guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:55 msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" msgstr "手持在庫数の復元" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:57 msgid "" "After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " "quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" " product form." msgstr "" "手動で手持在庫数をゼロに変更し、:guilabel:`追跡` " "設定をロット番号またはシリアル番号に変更した後、希望のプロダクトフォームから:guilabel:`手持数量` " "スマートボタンをクリックして数量を元に戻します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:61 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " "been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " "appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" "left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " ":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` to its original value." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`数量を更新`ページで、手持数量がゼロに変更されていたため、 :guilabel:`手持在庫なし` " "警告がページに表示されます。ここから、左上にある :guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして下さい。そうすることで、 " ":guilabel:`数量を更新` ページに新しい変更可能な明細が表示されます。それから希望するロット番号を " ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` フィールドに入力し :guilabel:`手持数量`をその元の値に戻して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "\"ロット/シリアル番号\"と\"手持数量\"フィールドを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:75 msgid "" "To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " ":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " "button on the far-right." msgstr "" "新しいロットやシリアル番号を割当てた後、元の数量を見つけ、それに応じて :guilabel:`手持数量` を調整するには、 " ":guilabel:`手持数量` 列の :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(鉛筆)` アイコンをクリックします。次に、右端の " ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`履歴` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "在庫調整ページに \"履歴\" ボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:84 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " "displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "手持数量をゼロに変更した在庫調整は :guilabel:`数量` フィールドに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 msgid "Show the history entry." msgstr "履歴エントリを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers" msgstr "シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo, along with :doc:`lots `. A serial number is a unique identifier " "assigned to a product to distinguish it from other products in a series. " "Serial numbers can consist of several character types: they can contain " "numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these " "character types." msgstr "" "*シリアル番号* は、Odooでプロダクトを識別し追跡する2つの方法のうちの1つです。他の1つは :doc:`ロット ` " "です。シリアル番号は、シリーズ内の他のプロダクトと区別するためにプロダクトに割当てられる一意の識別子です。シリアル番号は、いくつかの文字タイプで構成されます。数字、文字、その他のタイポグラフィ文字、またはこれらの文字タイプの任意の組み合わせを含めることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers allows for the tracking of individual " "products and their :doc:`expiration dates ` and location " "throughout the supply chain. For instance, serial numbers can help " "manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the " "event of a recall." msgstr "" "シリアル番号を割当てる目的は、個々のプロダクトとその :doc:`使用期限 " "`、およびサプライチェーン全体における所在地を追跡するためです。例えば、シリアル番号は、メーカーが販売後のサービスやリコールの際、プロダクトを特定するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers `_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: シリアル番号 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, two settings need to be enabled: the" " :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers traceability setting " "`, and :ref:`serial " "number usage by operation type `." msgstr "" "シリアル番号を使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、次の2つの設定を有効にして下さい。:ref:`ロット/シリアル番号のトレーサビリティ設定 " "`、および " ":ref:`オペレーションタイプ別のシリアル番号の使用 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "Traceability setting" msgstr "トレーサビリティ設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "" "The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to " "track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember " "to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" "プロダクトを追跡するには、まずロット番号とシリアル番号のトレーサビリティ機能を有効にする必要があります。 " "これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 設定`に移動し、:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。 :guilabel:`保存` " "ボタンをクリックして変更を保存して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting." msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号の設定が有効になりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44 msgid "By operation type" msgstr "オペレーションタイプ別" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, specify whether the ability to create new or use existing serial " "numbers should be turned on for particular operation types (such as shipping" " or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number " "tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders." msgstr "" "次に、特定のオペレーションタイプ(商品の出荷や入荷など) " "に対して、新規作成または既存のシリアル番号を使用する機能を有効にするかどうかを指定します。この設定により、倉庫入荷伝票や配送オーダでのシリアル番号の追跡が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" "Enabling the *Create New* option for receipts allows new serial numbers to " "be assigned as items are received. However, for delivery orders, it is often" " disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that" " do not exist in inventory." msgstr "" "入荷に対して *新規作成* " "オプションを有効にすると、入荷品に対して新しいシリアル番号を割当てることができます。しかし、配送オーダに対しては、在庫に存在しないシリアル番号を誤って割当てないよう、このオプションを無効にすることが多いでしょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55 msgid "" "To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" "オペレーションで新しいシリアル番号を作成できるようにするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in " "the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's " "configuration page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` ページから、希望するオペレーションタイプ(例： :guilabel:`入荷`、 " ":guilabel:`納品オーダ`、 :guilabel:`製造`)を選択し、オペレーションタイプの設定ページの " ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` セクションで :guilabel:`新規作成` オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "入荷時のオペレーションタイプで \"新規作成\" オプションが選択されていることを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products" msgstr "個々のプロダクトでシリアル番号の追跡を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers setting " "` has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To track a " "product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and" " select the desired product." msgstr "" ":ref:`ロット/シリアル番号の設定 ` " "が有効化されると、シリアル番号を使用して個々のプロダクトを追跡できるようになります。 " "プロダクトを追跡するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に移動し、目的のプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure " "the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブで、:guilabel:`在庫追跡` " "の隣にあるボックスにチェックマークが入っていることを確認します。次に、:guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` を選択し、:guilabel:`保存`" " " "をクリックして変更を保存します。これで、既存または新規のシリアル番号を選択し、このプロダクトの新規入荷バッチまたは製造バッチに割当てることができるようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームでシリアル番号の追跡を可能にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "シリアル番号を割当てる" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88 msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:" msgstr "Odooでは、シリアル番号は複数のタイミングと場所で割当てることができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90 msgid "" "When a product is :ref:`already in stock " "`" msgstr "" "プロダクトが :ref:`すでに在庫にある時 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "Via the :ref:`Moves smart button ` on a receipt" msgstr "" "入荷時に :ref:`移動スマートボタン ` から行う" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92 msgid "" "Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" msgstr "" "入荷時に :ref:`開く: 在庫移動ウィンドウ ` から行う" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 msgid "" ":doc:`During a manufacturing order " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " "product tracked by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "" "ロット番/シリアル番号で追跡される :doc:`プロダクトの製造オーダ中 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96 msgid "" "When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫調整を行う<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" " 時" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "すでに在庫にあるプロダクトに新規シリアル番号を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" "シリアル番号が割当てられていない在庫プロダクトに対して、新しいシリアル番号を作成することができます。 " "これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` " "をクリックします。 そうすると、空のロット/シリアル番号フォームが表示されます。 このフォーム上で、新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`" " が自動的に生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" "Odooは最新の番号に続く新しいロット/シリアル番号を自動的に生成しますが、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "フィールドの下の行をクリックし、生成された番号を変更することで、任意の番号に編集・変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が生成されたら、:guilabel:`プロダクト` " "の隣にある空欄をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。このメニューから、この新しい番号を割当てるプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for " "additional traceability), and to assign this specific lot/serial number " "configuration to a specific company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. A " "detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in" " the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" "このフォームでは、:guilabel:`手持数量` の調整、固有の :guilabel:`内部参照` " "番号の割当て(追加トレーサビリティ用)、:guilabel:`会社` " "フィールドでこの特定のロット/シリアル番号設定を特定の会社に割当てるオプションもあります。この特定のロット/シリアル番号の詳細説明は、下の " ":guilabel:`説明` タブにも追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number field is a space for manufacturers" " to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For " "instance, SKU values may be used here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`内部参照` " "番号フィールドには、メーカーが追跡を容易にするために追加の固有の番号を入力することができます。例えば、SKU値をここに記入する場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "全ての設定が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` ボタンをクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "既存のプロダクト在庫に新しいシリアル番号を作成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:134 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" "新しいシリアル番号を作成して、希望のプロダクトに割当て保存したら、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "に移動し、この新しく作成されたシリアル番号を割当てたプロダクトを選択して、プロダクトフォームに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" "そのプロダクトの詳細フォームで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` スマートボタンをクリックすると、新しいシリアル番号が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" msgstr "入荷または出荷するプロダクトのシリアル番号を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to both incoming and outgoing goods. The " "receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below " "can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form." msgstr "" "シリアル番号は、入荷品と出荷品の両方に割り当てることができます。入荷オーダフォームと出荷オーダフォームは、互いに対応関係にあります。以下の手順に従って、いずれかのフォームにシリアル番号を割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "**Incoming goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **receipt**. " "Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" "**入荷品:** **入荷** 時にシリアル番号を直接割当てます。入荷は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> " "入荷` からアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152 msgid "" "**Outgoing goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **delivery " "order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" "**出荷品:** **配送オーダ** にシリアル番号を直接割当てます。入荷は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション -->" " 配送` にアクセスして確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156 msgid "" "Before assigning serial numbers on receipts or delivery orders, be sure that" " the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type " "` is enabled." msgstr "" "入荷オーダや配送オーダにシリアル番号を割当てる前に、 :ref:`オペレーションタイプごとに新規シリアル番号を作成 " "` " "機能が有効になっていることを確認してください。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161 msgid "Lots/serial number field" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号フィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` " "field on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "シリアル番号は、入荷または配送オーダの :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フィールドに直接入力できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt." msgstr "入荷時にシリアル番号欄の値を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170 msgid "" "To make the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field visible on a receipt or " "delivery order, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Adjust " "Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial " "Numbers` checkbox." msgstr "" "入荷または配送オーダに :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フィールドを表示するには、:icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " ":guilabel:`(調整設定)` アイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューで :guilabel:`シリアル番号` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "シリアル番号フィールドを、入荷または配送オーダに表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177 msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order." msgstr "例: 配送オーダの **シリアル番号** フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "在庫移動ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, " "click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a " "receipt." msgstr "" "シリアル番号を個別または一括で割当てるさまざまな方法については、入荷のプロダクト明細にある :icon:`fa-list` " ":guilabel:`(list)`アイコンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "明細追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best " "reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "列にシリアル番号を手動で入力します。この方法は、シリアル番号を1つまたは数個だけ追加する場合に最適です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up." msgstr "在庫移動ポップアップで、明細を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200 msgid "Generate Serials/Lots" msgstr "シリアル/ロットを生成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`シリアル/ロット生成` " "ボタンをクリックして、一度に複数のシリアル番号を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show generate serials pop-up." msgstr "シリアル番号生成のポップアップを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which " "contains a few fields:" msgstr "新しいポップアップが開き、:guilabel:`シリアル番号を生成する` というフィールドがいくつか表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the " "sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be " "followed to generate more serial numbers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最初のシリアル番号`: " "シーケンスを開始する最初のシリアル番号を入力します。そこから、Odooが自動的に、さらにシリアル番号を生成するためにどのようなパターンに従うべきかを検出します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to " "generate." msgstr ":guilabel:`シリアル番号の数`: 生成するシリアル番号の希望する数を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "The number of serials generated will be reflected in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the " "number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, " "Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered" " or received." msgstr "" "生成されたシリアル番号の数は、入荷または配送オーダの :guilabel:`数量` フィールドに反映されます。生成されたシリアル番号の数が " ":guilabel:`需要` の値を超える場合でも、Odoo は(シリアル番号に基づく)数量の配送または入荷を許可します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity." msgstr "シリアル番号の数量が配送オーダの数量にどのように影響するかを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing " "serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing " "serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`既存の明細を保持する` チェックボックス: 以前に追加された既存のシリアル番号を保持するには、このボックスにチェックを入れます。 " "リスト内の既存のシリアル番号を置き換える場合は、ボックスのチェックを外したままにしておきます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The " "newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the " "delivery order or receipt update automatically." msgstr "" "これらのフィールドに入力したら、:guilabel:`生成` ボタンをクリックします。新しく生成されたシリアル番号が、:guilabel:`在庫移動` " "ウィンドウに表示されます。:icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(保存)` " "をクリックすると、配送オーダまたは入荷の:guilabel:`数量`および :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フィールドが自動的に更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233 msgid "Import Serials/Lots" msgstr "シリアル/ロットをインポートする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235 msgid "" "Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the" " :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" "複数のシリアル番号を一度に割当てるもう一つの方法は、ポップアップウィンドウ :guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` の " ":guilabel:`シリアル/ロットをインポートする` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239 msgid "" "If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box " "is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" "インポートボタンが表示されていない場合は、:ref:`入荷設定ページ ` で :guilabel:`新規作成` ボックスにチェックが入っていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each " "serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text" " field." msgstr "" "それにより、:guilabel:`シリアル番号のインポート` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "テキストフィールドに、シリアル番号を明細ごとに分けて入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245 msgid "" "As when :ref:`generating serials `, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing " "serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them." msgstr "" ":ref:`シリアルを生成 ` " "の場合と同様に、既存のシリアル番号を維持するには、:guilabel:`現在の明細を維持` " "ボックスにチェックを入れ、上書きする場合はチェックを外します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250 msgid "" "To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing " "spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" "このプロセスを迅速化するには、既存のスプレッドシートからシリアル番号をコピー/ペーストし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "テキストフィールドに追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show import serials pop-up." msgstr "シリアルをインポートポップアップを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`需要` が `3.00` プロダクトの入荷では、 :guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` " "ポップアップウィンドウで1つのプロダクトに既にシリアル番号が割当てられています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" "そこで、:guilabel:`ロットをインポート` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "入力フィールドに次のように入力して、残りのプロダクトに2つのシリアル番号、`124` と `125` を割当てます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" " been assigned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`現在の明細を維持` オプションを選択すると、すでに割当てられているシリアル番号 `123` に **加えて** " "これら2つのシリアル番号が追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." msgstr "テキストフィールドにシリアル番号を正しく入力する例を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282 msgid "" "Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed " "Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including " "information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. " "This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when " "handling perishable or regulated goods." msgstr "" "入荷および配送オーダフォームの両方からアクセス可能な *詳細オペレーション* " "ページでは、シリアル番号、正確な場所、使用期限などの情報を含む、プロダクトの移動の詳細なビューを表示します。この詳細レベルにより、例えば、生鮮品や規制対象品を扱う場合など、より正確なトラッキングが可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287 msgid "" "To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery " "order `. Then, " "click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of " "the page." msgstr "" "このページにアクセスするには、まず :ref:`倉庫入荷または配送オーダを選択 " "` します。次に、ページ上部の " ":icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`移動` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from " "the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列に、各プロダクトの希望するシリアル番号を手動で入力 (またはドロップダウンメニューから選択) します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show the detailed Moves page." msgstr "詳細な仕訳ページを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the " "assigned serial numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "完了したら、入荷/配送オーダのブレッドクラムをクリックすると、割当てられたシリアル番号が自動的に保存されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" msgstr "配送伝票にシリアル番号を表示する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "When selling products tracked using serial numbers, it is possible to " "include the serial numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can" " be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as " "filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" "シリアル番号で追跡されているプロダクトを販売する際には、顧客に送付する配送伝票にシリアル番号を記載することができます。これは、顧客がRMAや修理依頼、製品登録など、シリアル番号が必要な場合に役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 msgid "" "To include serial numbers on delivery slips, open the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "配送伝票にシリアル番号を含めるには、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリを開き、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定` " "に移動します。 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号を配送伝票に表示`" " チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号を配送伝票に表示` " "を有効にすると、配送オーダが検証済の場合、シリアル番号で追跡されるプロダクトの配送伝票にシリアル番号が記載されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 msgid "" "To view serial numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to " "the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, " "and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" "配送オーダおよび配送伝票に記載されているシリアル番号を確認するには、:menuselection:`在庫` " "アプリに移動し、:guilabel:`配送オーダ` をクリックし、シリアル番号を使用して追跡されているプロダクトを含むオーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "" "To view the serial numbers of products included in the order, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the right of the tab. Ensure that the " ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a " ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" "オーダに含まれるプロダクトのシリアル番号を表示するには、:guilabel:`オペレーション` " "タブが選択されていることを確認し、タブの右側にある:icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(調整)` " "アイコンをクリックします。:guilabel:`シリアル番号` " "チェックボックスにチェックが入っていることを確認してください。これにより、:guilabel:`シリアル番号` " "列が表示されます。オーダに含まれる各プロダクトのシリアル番号がこの列に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 msgid "" "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :menuselection:`Print --> Delivery " "Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using " "the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to " "their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" "オーダフォームの上部にある :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(アクション)` " "ボタンをクリックし、:menuselection:`印刷 --> 配送伝票` を選択します。 配送伝票がダウンロードされます。 " "デバイスのブラウザまたはファイルマネジャーを使用して、配送伝票を開きます。 シリアル番号は、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "列のそれぞれのプロダクトの隣にリスト表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 msgid "Traceability & reporting" msgstr "トレーサビリティ & レポーティング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard" " and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and" " where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to." msgstr "" "メーカーや会社は、*ロット/シリアル番号* " "ダッシュボードとトレーサビリティレポートを参照することで、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体を確認することができます。いつ、どこで製造されたか、どこに保管されていたか、誰宛に出荷されたかなどです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:345 msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号ダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを見る、またはシリアル番号でグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト " "--> ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。そうすると :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:352 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "レポーティング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:354 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial " "numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-" "right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned " "to the chosen product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードでは、シリアル番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトでリスト表示されます。 " ":icon:`fa-caret-right` :guilabel:`(展開)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、選択したプロダクトに割当てられているシリアル番号が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:358 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-" "down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "シリアル番号(またはロット)でグループ化するには、まず右上の検索バーからデフォルトのフィルタを全て削除します。次に、:icon:`fa-caret-" "down` :guilabel:`(下向き矢印)` アイコンをクリックし、:guilabel:`カスタムグループ追加` " "を選択すると、ミニドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。このミニドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "を選択し、:guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:363 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be " "expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot " "number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just " "one product per serial number." msgstr "" "それにより、既存のシリアル番号とロットが全て表示されます。各行は、そのシリアル番号/ロット番号に割当てられたプロダクトの数量全てを表示して展開することができます。再利用されていない固有のシリアル番号については、シリアル番号ごとにプロダクトは1つのみ存在します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "ドロップダウンリストによるシリアル番号のレポートページ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:371 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, " "click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " ":guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" "個々のシリアル番号(またはロット)に関する追加情報については、シリアル番号の明細をクリックすると、特定の :guilabel:`シリアル番号` " "フォームが表示されます。このフォームから、:guilabel:`ロケーション` と :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "のスマートボタンをクリックすると、そのシリアル番号を使用した全ての手持在庫と、そのシリアル番号を使用した全てのオペレーションを確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:377 msgid ":doc:`Reassign `" msgstr ":doc:`再割当 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:379 msgid "" "In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there " "are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードの使用に加えて、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "フィールドを表示する、またはシリアル番号でフィルタリングする機能を持つ、レポートテンプレートがいくつかあります。 " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート` にアクセスするには、以下に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:383 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report" msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション` リポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:384 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report" msgstr ":guilabel:`移動履歴` レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report" msgstr ":guilabel:`移動分析` レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "配送と入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6 msgid "Inbound and outbound flows" msgstr "インバウンド・アウトバンドフロー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" "倉庫へのプロダクトの入荷 (受取) と出荷 (配送) の処理方法にはいくつかの方法があります。 " "在庫および販売する商品の種類、倉庫の規模、日次で確定する入荷オーダと配送オーダの量など、いくつかの要因によって、プロダクトの入出庫の処理方法は大きく異なります。" " 入荷と出荷に対して異なる設定を行うことができます。同じステップ数で設定する必要はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" "`ルートを使用する(eラーニングチュートリアル) `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" "`プッシュ& プル規則 (eラーニングチュートリアル) `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "入荷と出荷を処理するための適切な在庫フローの選択" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、Odooは出荷と入荷を3つの異なる方法で処理します。最もシンプルな設定は1ステップで、これがデフォルトです。倉庫で入荷または出荷プロセスに追加のステップが必要な場合は、プロダクトの入荷または出荷される前に実施するオペレーションが追加されます。これらの設定は、保管するプロダクトの要件に完全に依存します。例えば、入荷したプロダクトの品質チェックの実施や、出荷するプロダクトに特別なパッケージングを使用するなどです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "1ステップフロー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "1ステップ構成での入出荷規則は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "**入荷**: プロダクトを直接在庫として入荷します。品質チェック場所への転送など、入荷と在庫計上の間に中間ステップは発生しません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "**配送**: 在庫から直接プロダクトを出荷します。在庫から出荷までの間、梱包場所への転送などの中間ステップは発生しません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`, :abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`, または :abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` " "の払出方針を使用していない場合にのみ使用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "入荷および/または出荷は素早く処理されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "在庫レベルの低い小規模な倉庫や生鮮食品以外の商品にお勧めです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "商品は在庫から直接入荷または出荷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "2ステップフロー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "2ステップ設定の場合の入出荷規則は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" "**入力 + 在庫**: 在庫に入れる *前* " "に、プロダクトを入力場所に移動します。プロダクトは、倉庫に保管される前に、さまざまな棚、冷凍庫、施錠されたエリアなど、異なる内部保管場所に整理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "**ピック + 出荷**: 出荷前にプロダクトを出荷場所に移動します。出荷前に、梱包を運送会社や配送ドックごとに整理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`, :abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)` または :abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` " "払出方針のプロダクトを追跡するためのロット番号またはシリアル番号を使用するための最低条件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "在庫量が多い大型倉庫、または大型商品(マットレス、大型家具、重機など)の在庫管理に最適です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "入荷プロダクトは、在庫に振替えられる(運送される)まで製造・出荷等ができません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "3ステップフロー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "3ステップ設定の場合の入出荷規則は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "**受入+品質+在庫*: 受入場所でプロダクトを受取り、品質管理エリアに転送し、検査に合格したものを在庫に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "**ピック+梱包+出荷**: 払出方針に従ってプロダクトをピッキングし、専用梱包エリアで梱包し、出荷用に出荷ロケーションへ運びます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`, :abbr:`LIFO (後入後出)`, または :abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` " "払出方針を使用している際に、ロットまたはシリアル番号によってプロダクトを追跡する時に使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "在庫レベルの非常に高い大規模な倉庫にお勧めです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "在庫品を入荷する前に品質管理検査を行う必要がある倉庫に必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "倉庫内のクロスドックの整理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" "クロスドッキングとは、入荷したプロダクトを在庫に入れず、直接顧客に配送することです。トラックから *クロスドック* " "エリアに荷物を降ろし、プロダクトを整理して別のトラックに積み込むだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" "倉庫を整理する方法については、当社のブログをお読み下さい: `クロスドッキングとは？どのようなビジネスに適しているのか？ " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "*在庫* アプリで、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定`を開き、*複数ステップルート* を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "そうすることで、*保管場所* 機能も有効になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "これで、*入荷* と *出荷* の両方が2ステップで動作するように設定されるはずです。設定を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 -->" " 設定 --> 倉庫` に行き、倉庫を編集して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" "この変更により、*クロスドッキング* ルートが作成され、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` からアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "クロスドックルートでプロダクトを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "*クロスドックルート* を使用するプロダクトを作成し、在庫タブでルート *購買* と *クロスドック* " "を選択します。次に、購買タブで、プロダクトの仕入先を指定し、価格を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "プロダクトの販売オーダを作成し、確認します。Odooは自動的に販売オーダにリンクされる2つの運送を作成します。1つ目は *入荷ロケーション* から " "*出荷ロケーション* への転送で、*クロスドック* エリアでのプロダクトの移動に対応します。2つ目は、*出荷ロケーション* から *顧客ロケーション* " "への配送オーダです。どちらもまだサプライヤーにプロダクトをオーダする必要があるため、*他のオペレーション待ち* の状態です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" "次に、*購買* アプリにアクセスして下さい。そこには、システムによって自動的にトリガされた購買オーダがあります。それを確認し、プロダクトを " "*入荷ロケーション* で入荷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "プロダクトがサプライヤーから届いたら、最初の販売オーダに戻り、*入荷* から *出荷* への内部運送を検証することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "配送オーダを処理する準備が整い、検証することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step delivery" msgstr "3ステップ配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" "毎日大量の配送を処理する企業もあり、その多くは複数のプロダクトを含んでいたり、特別なパッケージングが必要だったりします。これを効率的に行うには、プロダクトを発送する前に梱包のステップが必要です。このため、Odooでは商品配送の3つのステップを用意しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" "デフォルトの3ステップ配送プロセスでは、配送オーダの一部であるプロダクトは、払出方針に従って倉庫でピッキングされ、梱包ゾーンに運ばれます。商品は梱包ゾーンでさまざまな貨物に梱包された後、出荷前に出荷ロケーションに運ばれます。これらのステップは、ビジネスのニーズに合わない場合は変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step " "` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "配送設定を :doc:`1ステップ ` から3ステップに変更するには、*複数ステップルート* " "オプションが :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 倉庫` " "で有効化されていることを確認して下さい。:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` は *保管場所* も有効化することに注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "在庫管理設定で複数ステップルートと保管場所を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "次に、倉庫を3ステップ配送用に設定する必要があります。これを行うには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` " "に行き、編集する :guilabel:`倉庫` をクリックします。そして :guilabel:`配送` の " ":guilabel:`梱包して出荷用置場に移動後配送(3ステップ)` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "3ステップで配送する発送オプションを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" "3ステップの受取と配達を有効化すると、2つの新しい内部ロケーションが作成されます: *梱包ゾーン* (WH/梱包ゾーン)と *出荷* " "(WH/出荷)です。これらの場所の名前を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " "に行き、変更したい :guilabel:`ロケーション` をクリックし、名前を更新します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "3ステップで配送(ピッキング + 梱包 + 配送)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "販売オーダを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new quote, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, which " "reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "新規に見積を作成するには、:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 作成` に移動し、空白の見積フォームを表示します。 " "空白の見積フォームで、:guilabel:`顧客` を選択し、在庫可能品として:guilabel:`プロダクト` を追加し、:guilabel:`確認`" " をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered " "product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" "見積フォームの右上に :guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンが表示されます。これをクリックするとピッキングオーダが開き、オーダされたプロダクトを`WH/在庫`から`WH/梱包ゾーン`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" "販売オーダを確認すると、それに関連した配送スマートボタンが\n" "表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "ピッキング処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "The picking order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view" " the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the" " :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" "販売オーダが確定すると、ピッキングオーダが作成されます。ピッキングを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 " ":guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードの :guilabel:`ピッキング` タスクカードを探します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order " "generated from the previously confirmed sales order." msgstr ":guilabel:`#未処理` ボタンをクリックすると、確認済の販売オーダから作成されたピッキングオーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`." msgstr "" "ピッキングをクリックして処理します。プロダクトに在庫がある場合、Odooは自動的にそのプロダクトを引当ます。:guilabel:`検証` " "をクリックするとピッキングが完了し、 :guilabel:`梱包ゾーン` への移動が完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Picking order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "移動元ロケーションと移動先ロケーションを示すピッキングオーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "梱包処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "After validating the picking, the packing order is ready to process. Click " "back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pack` " "task card on the dashboard." msgstr "" "ピッキングの確認後、梱包オーダを処理する準備ができました。guilabel:`在庫概要` に戻り、ダッシュボードで :guilabel:`梱包` " "タスクカードを探します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button (in this case, :guilabel:`1 To " "Process`). This reveals the packing order generated from the previously " "confirmed sales order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`#未処理` ボタン(ここでは :guilabel:`1未処理`) " "をクリックします。これにより、以前に確定した販売オーダから作成された梱包オーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "販売オーダに関連付けられている梱包オーダをクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして梱包を完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Packing order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "移動元ロケーションと移動先ロケーションを示す梱包オーダオペレーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "梱包オーダが認証されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン` ロケーションを離れ、 :guilabel:`WH/出荷` " "ロケーションに移動します。その後、ドキュメントのステータスは :guilabel:`完了` に変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "配送処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Once the packing order has been validated, the delivery order is ready to " "process. Navigate back to the original sales order to process the delivery " "by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order " "created previously." msgstr "" "梱包オーダが認証されると、配送オーダを処理する準備ができます。配送オーダを処理するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ` " "に戻り、以前に作成した販売オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "配送オーダは :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 配送` からもアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are 3 transfers, " "instead of one. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button shows the " "three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the " "delivery." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンは、1回ではなく3回の転送があることを示すようになりました。:guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、この配送オーダの3つの作業: ピッキング、梱包、配送が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click" " :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "配送(WH/OUT)転送をクリックして配送オーダを開きます。次に、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" "配送オーダの検証をクリックし、プロダクトを出荷ロケーションから顧客ロケーションに\n" "転送します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "配送オーダが検証されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/出荷` ロケーションを離れ、 :guilabel:`取引先/顧客` " "ロケーションに移動します。その後、ドキュメントのステータスは :guilabel:`完了` に変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropshipping" msgstr "直送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:7 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" "直送は、販売者が商品をサプライヤーから直接顧客に発送するオーダフルフィルメント戦略です。通常、販売者はサプライヤーからプロダクトを購入し、在庫として保管し、オーダが入るとエンド顧客に発送します。直送では、商品の保管と発送はサプライヤーが行います。これにより、販売者は倉庫の運営費などの在庫コストを削減することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "直送するプロダクトの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "フルフィルメント戦略として直送を使用するには、 :menuselection:`購買` アプリに移動し、 :menuselection:`設定 --> " "管理設定` を選択します。:guilabel:`物流` 見出しの下にある :guilabel:`直送` チェックボックスをクリックし、 " ":guilabel:`保存` で完了です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" "次に、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :menuselection:`プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "をクリックして既存のプロダクトを選択するか、 :guilabel:`作成` を選択して新しいプロダクトを設定します。:guilabel:`プロダクト` " "ページで、 :guilabel:`販売可能` と :guilabel:`購買可能` チェックボックスが有効になっていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームの \"販売可能\"と\"購買可能\"チェックボックスを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:29 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`購買` " "タブをクリックし、仕入先とプロダクトの販売価格を指定します。複数の仕入先を追加することもできますが、リストの一番上にある仕入先が購買オーダの際に自動的に選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "仕入先が指定されたプロダクトフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" "最後に :guilabel:`在庫` タブを選択し、 :guilabel:`ルート` セクションの :guilabel:`直送` " "チェックボックスを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "プロダクト在庫タブで直送オプションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "While it is not necessary to enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route in addition to" " the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of " "dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`直送` ルートに加えて、:guilabel:`購買` " "ルートを有効にする必要はありませんが、両方を有効にすることで、プロダクトを直送するか直接購買するかを選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "直送を利用したオーダへの対応" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated " "request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the " "product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. " "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales " "order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" "直送商品の販売オーダが作成されると、そのプロダクトを仕入先から購買するための見積依頼(RfQ)が自動的に作成されます。販売オーダは " ":menuselection:`販売` アプリで :menuselection:`オーダ --> オーダ` " "を選択すると表示されます。販売オーダの右上にある :guilabel:`購買` スマートボタンをクリックすると、関連する " ":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "右上にスマート購買ボタンがある直送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in " "the top-right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" " :abbr:`RFQ (見積依頼)`が確認されると、購買オーダとなり、直送入荷が作成され、リンクされます。入荷は購買オーダーフォームの右上にある " ":guilabel:`直送` スマートボタンをクリックすると表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "右上に入荷スマートボタンがある直送購買オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:70 msgid "" "The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the " ":guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the" " :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the" " customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the " "dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" "直送入荷には、 :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` フィールドに :guilabel:`取引先/仕入先` が、 " ":guilabel:`移動先ロケーション` フィールドに :guilabel:`取引先/顧客` " "が表示されます。プロダクトが顧客に届いたら、直送入荷の左上にある :guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリックし、届いた数量を確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "配送後、直送入荷を確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:79 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" "全ての直送オーダを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫` :guilabel:`概要` ダッシュボードに移動し、 " ":guilabel:`直送` カードのティール :guilabel:`未処理数` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "直送カードの緑色のボタンをクリックすると、全ての直送オーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "委託販売: 在庫を所有せずに売買" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" "通常、企業の倉庫に保管されるプロダクトは、サプライヤーから購買するか、自社で製造するかのどちらかです。しかし、サプライヤーは、企業が前もってそれらの商品を購入することなく、企業の倉庫に製品を保管し、販売することを許可することがあります。これは" " *委託* と呼ばれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" "委託販売は、サプライヤーが新しいプロダクトを発表し、簡単に顧客に届けることができる便利な方法です。また、プロダクトを保管する企業(受託人)にとっても、その労力に見合った収入を得ることができる優れた方法です。委託先側は、実際に所有していないプロダクトを保管する利便性に対して手数料を請求することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "委託在庫設定を有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "委託在庫を受け取り、保管し、販売するには、設定でこの機能を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定" " --> 詳細設定` に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`委託在庫` " "の隣にあるチェックボックスをオンにし、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "在庫設定で有効化済の委託在庫の管理設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "委託在庫を入荷(および保管)する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "Odooでこの機能を有効にすると、委託在庫を倉庫に入荷することができるようになります。メインの :menuselection:`在庫` " "ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`入荷` セクションをクリックします。次に :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" "委託在庫は、実際に仕入先から購買されるわけではなく、単に入荷して保管されるだけです。このため、委託在庫の受領には見積や購買オーダは必要ありません。そのため、委託在庫の入荷は全て手作業で行われます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`入荷元` フィールドに入力する仕入先を選択し、 :guilabel:`オーナーを割当` " "フィールドに入力する同じ仕入先を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" "仕入先から受け取ったプロダクトは同じ仕入先が所有することになるので、 :guilabel:`入荷元` と :guilabel:`オーナーを割当` " "フィールドは一致しなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" "仕入先関連のフィールドを設定したら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細にプロダクトを入力し、 :guilabel:`完了` " "列に倉庫に入荷する数量を設定します。もし :guilabel:`単位` 機能が有効であれば、 :abbr:`単位` " "も変更することができます。委託在庫を全て入荷したら、 :guilabel:`検証` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "委託入荷作成における仕入先フィールドの一致。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "委託在庫の販売と配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" "委託在庫が倉庫に入荷されると、プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`販売可能` " "オプションが有効になっている他の在庫プロダクトと同じように販売することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" "販売オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :guilabel:`見積` の概要から " ":guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドに入力する顧客を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`顧客` は、倉庫で入荷した(そして保管されている)委託在庫を供給した :guilabel:`仕入先` と異なっている " "*必要があります*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "オーダ明細の :guilabel:`プロダクト` 列に委託プロダクトを追加し、 :guilabel:`数量` " "を設定します。フォームに他の必要事項を記入して下さい。見積が完了したら、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "委託在庫の販売オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, " "the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "委託在庫のトレーサビリティとレポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" "委託在庫は倉庫に保管している会社ではなく、それを供給した仕入先が所有していますが、委託プロダクトは *それでも* 特定の在庫レポートに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "在庫レポートを見るには :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング` に行き、見たいレポートを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "プロダクト移動レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" "委託プロダクトの移動を所有者別に表示するには、:guilabel:`グループ化` フィルタを選択し、:guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` " "パラメータを選択し、:guilabel:`所有者から` を選択し、:guilabel:`適用` で終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "委託在庫の移動履歴" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "委託在庫の予測単位を見るには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 予測在庫` にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "手持在庫レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "置場規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "プッタウェイ(置場)とは、貨物の到着後、プロダクトを適切な保管場所に移動させるプロセスのことです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" "Odooは、プロダクトが指定された倉庫ロケーションをどのように移動するかを指示する *置場規則* を使用して、シームレスにこれを実行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" "貨物が到着すると、置場規則に基づいてオペレーションが生成され、プロダクトを指定された場所に効率的に移動させ、将来の配送オーダ時に簡単に取り出せるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" "特定の種類のプロダクトを処理する倉庫では、揮発性物質を倉庫管理者が決めた別の場所に誘導することで、揮発性物質が近くに保管されるのを防ぐこともできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 置場規則 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" "置場規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " "セクションの下にある :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能を有効化します。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`保管場所` " "機能も自動的に有効化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "在庫設定で複数ステップルートを有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "置場規則を定義する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" "特定のプロダクトの保管場所を管理するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 置場規則` " "に移動します。:guilabel:`プロダクト` または :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` に新しい保管規則を設定するには " ":guilabel:`作成` ボタンを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" "置場規則は、プロダクト/プロダクトカテゴリ、梱包タイプごとに定義することができます（:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定`で *梱包* 設定を有効にする必要があります）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" "同じ行の :guilabel:`プロダクト受入` のロケーションでは、置場規則がトリガされて、プロダクトを :guilabel:`保管先` " "の場所に移動するオペレーションが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" "これが機能するためには、:guilabel:`保管先` ロケーションは最初のロケーションの *サブロケーション* " "でなければなりません(例えば、`WH/在庫/果物` は `WH/在庫` " "内の特定の名前のロケーションで、ここに保管されているプロダクトを見つけやすくするためです)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "倉庫のロケーション、**WH/在庫** には、以下のサブロケーションがあります: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "WH/倉庫/果物" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "WH/倉庫/野菜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト`、 `リンゴ` が `WH/在庫` に到着したら、 :guilabel:`保管先` フィールドに `WH/在庫/果物`" " という場所を入力することで、全てのリンゴが果物セクションに保管されるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "これを全てのプロダクトに対して繰り返し、:guilabel:`保存` を押して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "リンゴとニンジンの置場規則を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "置場規則優先" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "Odooは一致する規則が見つかるまで、以下の優先順位リスト(高いものから低いもの)にもとづいて置場規則を選択します: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "梱包タイプとプロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "梱包タイプとプロダクトカテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "プロダクト `レモネード缶` には以下の置場規則が設定されています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" "レモネード缶 `パレット` (:guilabel:`梱包タイプ`) が入荷すると、`WH/在庫/パレット/PAL1` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" "レモネード缶`の :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` は `全て/飲料` で、このプロダクトカテゴリのアイテムの `箱` " "を受け取ると、アイテムは `WH/在庫/棚1` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "パレット上のプロダクトは `WH/在庫/パレット` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "プロダクト `レモネード缶` は `WH/在庫/棚2` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "`全て/飲料`のプロダクトカテゴリのプロダクトは、`WH/在庫/小冷蔵庫` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "置場規則の例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "One-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "1ステップ入荷・配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " "directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " "customers." msgstr "" "Odoo *在庫* " "では、デフォルトで入庫と出庫がワンステップで処理されるように設定されています。つまり購買は在庫に直接入荷され、配送は在庫から顧客に直接移動されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " "same amount of steps." msgstr "入荷と出荷配送は同じステップ数で設定する必要は **ありません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " "ship)." msgstr "" "例えば、倉庫の設定を行うことで、プロダクトを1つのステップで直接受け取り、3つのステップ(ピッキング＋梱包＋出荷)で配送することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" "倉庫のワンステップ入荷と配送を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` " "に移動し、編集する倉庫を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " "Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブで、:guilabel:`入荷`を:guilabel:`直接入荷(1ステップ)` " "に設定し、:guilabel:`出荷`を:guilabel:`直接出荷(1ステップ)` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "倉庫フォームで入出荷をワンステップに設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "" "Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" " shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." msgstr " Odooでは入出荷が1ステップで完了するため、*複数ステップルート*機能は必要*ありません*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " "form, the feature **must** be enabled." msgstr "しかし、:guilabel:`運送` の設定を倉庫のフォームに表示するためには、この機能が有効になっている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "feature." msgstr "" "*複数ステップルート* を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定`に移動します。:guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "の隣にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。そうすることで :guilabel:`保管場所` " "機能も有効化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:48 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接入荷(1ステップ)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "" "When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " "location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "プロダクトがワンステップで入荷されると、購買オーダ(PO)の検証済と同時に、仕入先からデータベース内の倉庫在庫に即座に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " "form." msgstr "" "|PO|(購買オーダ)を作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックします。これにより空白の :guilabel:`見積依頼書` (RfQ) フォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:59 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr ":guilabel:`仕入先` フィールドに仕入先を追加します。その後、必要に応じて |RfQ| の様々なフィールドに記入して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "新しい見積依頼フォームに記入。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト` タブで、:guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックし、|RfQ| に追加するプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." msgstr "" "準備ができたら :guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックして下さい。これで |RfQ| は:guilabel:`購買オーダ` " "のステージに移されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " "(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" " |PO|が確定されると、フォームの上部に :guilabel:`入荷` " "スマートボタンが表示されます。スマートボタンをクリックすると倉庫入荷(WH/IN)フォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "確定した購買オーダフォームの入荷スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "入荷処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" "倉庫入荷フォームから、オーダしたプロダクトを倉庫に入荷することができます。プロダクトを入荷するには :guilabel:`検証` " "をクリックします。検証済になると、入荷は :guilabel:`完了` ステージに移ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." msgstr "完了段階で検証済の倉庫入荷。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" " the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" "|PO|フォームを表示するには、(フォーム上部のパンくずを経由して)|PO|に戻るをクリックして下さい。プロダクト明細で、 " ":guilabel:`入荷済` 列の数量がオーダされた :guilabel:`数量` と一致するようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接配送(1ステップ)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" " to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" "プロダクトがワンステップで納品される場合、販売オーダ(SO)の検証と同時に、プロダクトは倉庫在庫からデータベース内の顧客ロケーションに即座に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" msgstr "販売オーダを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" "|SO|(販売オーダ)を作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックします。空白の販売見積フォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" " fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr ":guilabel:`顧客` フィールドに顧客を追加します。その後、必要に応じて販売見積フォームの様々なフィールドに記入して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "新規販売見積書を記入。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:115 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`プロダクト`タブで、:guilabel:`プロダクトの追加`をクリックし、販売オーダの見積に追加するプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " ":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。これで見積は :guilabel:`販売オーダ` のステージに移ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " "(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" "|SO| が確定すると、フォームの上部に :guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンが表示されます。スマートボタンをクリックすると、倉庫配送(WH/OUT)フォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "確認済販売オーダフォームの配送スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "Process delivery" msgstr "配送処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 msgid "" "From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " "be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" "倉庫配送フォームから、顧客が配送オーダしたプロダクトを倉庫から配送することができます。プロダクトを配送するには、 :guilabel:`数量` " "フィールドの値を :guilabel:`要求` フィールドのオーダ数量と一致するように変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " "moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" "準備ができたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。検証済になると、配送オーダは :guilabel:`完了` ステージに移ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." msgstr "完了ステージで検証済の配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:142 msgid "" "Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" " the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" " |SO|フォームを表示するには(フォーム上部のパンくずを経由して)|SO|に戻るをクリックして下さい。プロダクト明細の :guilabel:`配送済`" " 列の数量がオーダされた :guilabel:`数量` と一致するようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`" msgstr ":doc:`../daily_operations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "２ステップ入荷・配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " "of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " "this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" "企業のニーズによっては、プロダクトの入出荷に複数のステップが必要になる場合があります。Odoo *在庫* では、*複数ステップルート* " "を使用してこれを行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" " be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " "freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " "shelves." msgstr "" "2ステップ入荷処理では、プロダクトは入荷エリアで入荷され、その後在庫に転送されます。このような入荷プロセスは、冷凍庫や冷蔵庫、安全な施錠エリア、特別な通路や棚など、特定の保管場所を持つ倉庫にとって有益かもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " "transferred into stock." msgstr "" "プロダクトは保管場所に応じてソートすることができ、従業員は特定の場所に向かうプロダクトを全て在庫することができます。在庫に転送されるまでは、プロダクトはそれ以上処理できません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " "respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" " before being shipped to the customer." msgstr " 2ステップ配送処理では、プロダクトはまず倉庫のそれぞれの場所からピッキングされ、次に出荷場所に転送された後、顧客に出荷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:24 msgid "" "This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " "Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " "strategy." msgstr "これは、先入先出(FIFO)、後入先出(LIFO)、使用期限順先出(FEFO)の払出方針を採用している企業にとって有益かもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " "pack + ship)." msgstr "" "例えば、倉庫の設定は、プロダクトを2つのステップ(入荷＋在庫)で受け取り、3ステップ(ピッキング＋梱包＋出荷)で配送できるように設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " "Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" "Odoo *在庫* では、デフォルトで入出荷ともに1ステップで処理されるように設定されています。これらの設定を変更するには、*複数ステップルート* " "機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "在庫アプリの設定でマルチステップルート機能を有効にしました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " "select a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" "次に、2ステップ入荷と配送用に倉庫を設定します。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` " "に移動し、編集する倉庫を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " "Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " "and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " "and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`倉庫設定`タブで、:guilabel:`入荷`を:guilabel:`入荷場所で受入後在庫(2ステップ)` " "に設定し、:guilabel:`出荷` を:guilabel:`出荷用置場に移動後配送(2ステップ)` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "倉庫フォームで入出荷を2段階に設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:60 msgid "" "Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" " and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " "`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" "2ステップの入荷と配送を選択すると、自動的にデータベースに新しい *入荷* と *出荷* の倉庫場所が作成され、それぞれ`WH/入荷` と " "`WH/出荷` という名前になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" "これらのロケーションの名前を変更したり編集したりするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "ロケーション`に移動し、希望のロケーションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " "other necessary changes." msgstr "ロケーションフォームで、:guilabel:`ロケーション名` を変更し、その他必要な変更を加えます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70 msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "入荷を2ステップで処理(入力＋在庫)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " "location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " "warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " "and a subsequent internal transfer." msgstr "" "プロダクトが2ステップで入荷されると、まず仕入先ロケーションから入荷ロケーションに移動されます。次に、購買オーダ(PO)の検証とそれに続く内部運送により、入荷ロケーションからデータベース内の倉庫在庫に移動されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr ":guilabel:`仕入先` フィールドに仕入先を追加します。その後、必要に応じて |RfQ| の様々なフィールドに記入して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." msgstr "仕入先から新しい見積依頼書を記入。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." msgstr "検証済購買オーダの配送スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " "be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " "warehouse." msgstr "" "異なるステップ設定を持つ複数の倉庫を持つビジネスでは、|PO| フォームの :guilabel:`配送先` " "フィールドは、2ステップ倉庫に接続された正しい *入荷場所* として指定される **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:107 msgid "" "This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " "includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." msgstr "これは、名前の最後に`入荷`ラベルを含むドロップダウンメニューから倉庫を選択することで行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 msgid "" "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" " move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" "倉庫入荷フォームから、オーダしたプロダクトを倉庫に入荷することができます。プロダクトを入荷するには :guilabel:`検証` " "をクリックします。検証済になると、入荷は :guilabel:`完了` ステージに移り、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/入荷` " "の場所に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "仕入先に発注したプロダクトの入荷フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126 msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "内部運送の処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "入荷が確認されると、内部運送が作成され、処理できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "内部運送を見るには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`内部運送`タスクカードを探します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " "with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" "タスクカードの :guilabel:`# 未処理` ボタンをクリックして、処理する内部運送のリストを表示し、検証済の入荷に関連する運送を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "準備ができたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして転送を完了し、プロダクトを :guilabel:`WH入荷`から " ":guilabel:`WH/在庫` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139 msgid "" "Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "転送が検証済になると、プロダクトは在庫に入り、顧客への配送や製造オーダが可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "仕入先からオーダされたプロダクトの内部運送フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "配送オーダを2ステップで処理(ピッキング＋出荷)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " "an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " "location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " "subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" "プロダクトが2ステップで配送される場合、倉庫の在庫から出荷ロケーションに移動されます。次に、ピッキングオーダとそれに続く配送オーダ(DO)の検証時に、出荷ロケーションからデータベース内の顧客ロケーションに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr " 新規販売オーダフォームに記入。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オーダ明細`タブで、:guilabel:`プロダクト追加`をクリックし、販売オーダ見積に追加するプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "検証済販売オーダフォームの配送スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" msgstr "ピッキングを処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "販売オーダが確認されると、ピッキングオーダが作成され、処理できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" "To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " "locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" "ピッキングを完了するには、 :guilabel:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`在庫概要`ダッシュボードで " ":guilabel:`ピッキング` タスクカードを探します。また、販売オーダフォームの上部にある :guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンからもピッキングオーダにアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " "all pickings to process." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫概要` ページから、 :guilabel:`ピッキング` タスクカードの :guilabel:`# 未処理` " "ボタンをクリックします。これにより、全ての未処理のピッキングのリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "販売オーダに関連付けられているピッキング(WH/ピッキング)オペレーションをクリックすると、ピッキングオーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "販売オーダに含まれるプロダクトのピッキングオーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr ":guilabel:`要求`列の値に合わせて、:guilabel:`数量`列の値を変更することで、数量を手動で設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" " product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" "準備ができたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックしてピッキングを完了し、プロダクトを :guilabel:`WH/在庫` から " ":guilabel:`WH/出荷` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " "process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " "form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" "ピッキングが検証済になると、配送オーダが作成され、処理できるようになります。販売オーダフォームの :guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、新しく作成された配送オーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "" "Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." msgstr "" "また、配送オーダを見るには、パンくずリストで :guilabel:`在庫概要` ページに戻り、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ` " "タスクカードを探します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " "previously validated picking." msgstr "" "タスクカードの :guilabel:`# 未処理` " "ボタンをクリックして、処理する配送オーダのリストを表示し、検証済のピッキングに関連するオーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "顧客がオーダしたプロダクト用の配送オーダフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" "To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " "to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" "プロダクトを配送するには、 :guilabel:`数量` フィールドの値を :guilabel:`要求` " "フィールドのオーダ数量と一致するように変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step receipt" msgstr "3ステップ入荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" "会社によってはサプライヤーから商品を入荷する前に品質管理プロセスを必要とします。そのため、Odooでは3段階の商品入荷プロセスを用意しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" "3ステップの入荷プロセスでは、プロダクトは入荷エリアで入荷され、次に品質エリアに移動して検査が行われます。品質検査に合格したプロダクトは、在庫に移されます。プロダクトは、品質エリアから在庫に移されるまで、それ以降の処理はできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed in order " "to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* " "option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "Odooはデフォルトで :doc:`商品を1ステップで入荷・配送する ` " "に設定されているため、3ステップの入荷を利用するには設定を変更する必要があります。まず、*複数ステップルート* オプションが " ":menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 倉庫` " "で有効になっていることを確認して下さい。:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` を有効化すると、*保管場所* も有効化されることに注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "在庫設定で複数ステップルートと保管場所を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" "次に、倉庫を3ステップ入荷用に設定する必要があります。そのためには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` " "に行き、編集したい倉庫を選択します。そうすると、その倉庫の詳細フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" "その :guilabel:`倉庫` 詳細フォームページで、:guilabel:`入荷` 用に " ":guilabel:`入荷、品質検査後に在庫(3ステップ)` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "3つのステップで入荷する入荷オプションを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" "3ステップの入荷と配送を有効化すると、2つの新しい内部ロケーションが作成されます： " "*入荷*(WH/入荷)と*品質管理*（WH/品質管理）です。これらの場所の名前を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定" " --> ロケーション` に行き、希望のロケーションをクリックして名前を変更(または更新)します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "3ステップ入荷(受入+品質+在庫)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "購買オーダを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" "新しい :abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` を作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> 新規` に移動し、空白の " ":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` フォームページを表示します。このページで :guilabel:`仕入先` を選択し、 " ":guilabel:`プロダクト` を在庫可能品として追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" "右上に :guilabel:`入荷` スマートボタンが表示され、入荷は購買オーダと関連付けられます。guilabel:`入荷` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、入荷オーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "購買オーダを確認すると、入荷スマートボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "入荷処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "Once the purchase order (PO) is confirmed, a receipt (`WH/IN`) operation is " "generated and ready to process." msgstr "購買オーダ(PO)が確認されると、入荷(`WH/入荷`)オペレーションが生成され、処理の準備が整います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "The receipt can be confirmed from the original purchase order form, or it " "can be accessed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and " "locating the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card." msgstr "" "入荷の確認は、元の購買オーダフォームから行うことができます。または :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 " ":guilabel:`入荷` タスクカードを見つけることでアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all incoming receipts to" " process. Click the receipt associated with the previous purchase order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`#未処理` ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の全ての入荷が表示されます。前の購買オーダに関連付けられている入荷をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to " "the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`." msgstr ":guilabel:`検証` をクリックして入荷を確認し、プロダクトを移動先の :guilabel:`WH/入荷` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location." msgstr "WH/入荷ロケーションに移動するプロダクトの入荷オペレーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "品質管理へ移動処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move " "the product to quality control is ready to process." msgstr "入荷が確認されると、プロダクトを品質管理に移動させるための内部運送オペレーションが準備されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to " "the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" "パンくずの :guilabel:`在庫概要` をクリックしてダッシュボードに戻り、 :guilabel:`内部運送` タスクカードを探します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers " "to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated" " receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`#未処理` ボタンを選択すると、処理する内部運送が全て表示されます。次に、検証済入荷に関連する内部運送を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`." msgstr "" "準備ができたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして移動を完了し、プロダクトを :guilabel:`WH/入荷` から " ":guilabel:`WH/品質管理` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone." msgstr "品質管理ゾーンに移動するプロダクトの内部運送。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "在庫への運送を処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been " "validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into " "warehouse stock is ready to process." msgstr "プロダクトを品質管理に移動する内部運送が検証されると、プロダクトを倉庫在庫に移動する別の内部運送オペレーションが処理できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`YourCompany: Internal Transfers` in the breadcrumbs to " "reveal the list of all internal transfers to process. Then, select the new " "internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to " "`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`パンくずの中の:内部運送` " "をクリックすると、処理する全ての内部運送のリストが表示されます。次に、新しい内部運送を選択して、プロダクトを `WH/品質管理` から `WH/在庫` " "に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "準備ができたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして運送を完了し、プロダクトを :guilabel:`WH/品質管理` から " ":guilabel:`WH/在庫` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock." msgstr "倉庫在庫に移動するプロダクトのための内部運送。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "仮想ロケーションを利用した複数倉庫からの在庫販売" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" "小規模な企業であれば、1つの倉庫で在庫を保管し、在庫を販売することも可能かもしれませんが、大企業では、複数の場所にある複数の倉庫に在庫を保管したり、複数の倉庫から在庫を販売したりする必要があるかもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" "1つの販売オーダに含まれるプロダクトが、2つ(またはそれ以上)の倉庫から在庫を引く場合があります。Odooでは、*仮想ロケーション* " "を使用して販売オーダを満たすために複数の倉庫からプロダクトを引き出すことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" "このドキュメントでは、複数の倉庫のオーダを処理するために仮想倉庫を使用することを説明していますが、このソリューションにはいくつかの制限があります。先に進む前に、以下の点を考慮して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" "販売オーダで :guilabel:`倉庫` " "フィールドが仮想倉庫に設定されている場合、ピッキング、梱包、配送フォームには仮想倉庫の住所が表示され、実際の倉庫の住所は表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" "各ロケーションは `warehouse_id` (隠しフィールド)を持っています。つまり、仮想倉庫の在庫は実際の倉庫の在庫の合計では " "*なく*、倉庫IDが仮想倉庫のロケーションの在庫の合計になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" ":doc:`2 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` または" " :doc:`3ステップ配送 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " "を使用している場合に制限される可能性があります: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "各種フォームに記載されている出荷ゾーンまたは梱包ゾーンが、仮想倉庫の住所として誤って記載されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "2ステップまたは3ステップ配送に対する回避策はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "仮想倉庫の住所を出荷または梱包ゾーンとして設定することが、企業のワークフローの理にかなっている場合 **のみ** 実行して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" "倉庫内に仮想の場所を作成し、次のステップに進むためには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションを有効にします。そして、" " :guilabel:`保存` で変更を終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "仮想の親ロケーションを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "仮想保管場所を作成する前に、*仮想* 倉庫として機能する新しい倉庫 — 他の実際の倉庫の *親* ロケーションを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" "仮想倉庫は、実際の倉庫を複数持つ企業に最適です。というのも、ある倉庫で特定のプロダクトの在庫が切れても、別の倉庫にはまだ在庫があるという状況が発生するかもしれないからです。この場合、これらの2つ(またはそれ以上)の倉庫からの在庫は、単一の販売オーダを満たすために使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" "\"仮想\" " "倉庫は企業の実際の倉庫に保管されている全ての在庫を集約する役割を果たし、Odoo内で(トレーサビリティの目的のため)ロケーションの階層を作成するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "新しい倉庫を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` " "をクリックします。ここから倉庫の :guilabel:`名前` と :guilabel:`略称` を変更し、その他の倉庫の詳細は " ":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブで変更できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" "最後に、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックし、*通常* 倉庫の作成を終了します。仮想親倉庫の設定を完了するには、以下の手順を続けて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "新規倉庫フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`倉庫設定 <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr ":ref:`入荷および出荷配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "子倉庫を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "仮想倉庫にリンクするために、少なくとも2つの *子* 倉庫を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" "販売オーダを満たすために複数の倉庫から在庫を引くには、仮想の親ロケーション倉庫の子ロケーションとして機能する倉庫が少なくとも**2つ**必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に移動し、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックし、 " ":ref:`事前指示 ` に従って実際の在庫ロケーションを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "**親倉庫**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr ":guilabel:`親倉庫`: `仮想倉庫`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: `VWH/在庫`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "**子倉庫**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`: `倉庫A` と `倉庫B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: `WHA` と `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "親ロケーションに紐づく子ロケーション 'WHA' と 'WHB'のグラフィック。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" "仮想在庫ロケーションは後で'ビュー'に変更されますが、次のセクションで:ref:`子倉庫をリンクする`ために、この時点で:guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ`は:guilabel:`内部ロケーション`である**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "子倉庫を仮想在庫にリンクする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" ":ref:`前のステップ ` " "で設定した仮想ロケーションの子ロケーションとして実際の倉庫を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "ロケーション` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" "検索バーからフィルタを取り除きます。次に、子ロケーション(例：`WHA`)として作成した実際の倉庫 :guilabel:`ロケーション` " "をクリックし、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`親ロケーション` フィールドを :guilabel:`実際のロケーション` " "から仮想倉庫の**在庫ロケーション**(例：`VWH/在庫`)にドロップダウンメニューから変更し、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`親ロケーション`ドロップダウンメニューで仮想倉庫の在庫ロケーションを選択するには、親倉庫の在庫ロケーション(例：`VWH/在庫` " ")の :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` が :guilabel:`内部ロケーション` に設定されている **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "子倉庫の *親倉庫の場所* を仮想倉庫に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "2つ以上の子倉庫を設定するには、前述の手順を繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "一旦完了すると、仮想の親倉庫(例：`VWH/在庫`)は、子倉庫(例：`WHA`と`WHB`)の在庫を使用してオーダを処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "仮想在庫ロケーションを'ビュー'として設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" "仮想在庫ロケーションの :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` を :guilabel:`ビュー` " "に設定します。これは、様々な実際の倉庫をグループ化するために使用される存在しないロケーションだからです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロケーション` リストから、:ref:`前回作成済 ` " "の仮想倉庫の在庫ロケーション (例 :` VWH/在庫`) をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" "ロケーションフォームの :guilabel:`追加情報` 見出しの下にある :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` を :guilabel:ビュー`" " に設定します。変更を :guilabel:`保存` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "ロケーション作成スクリーンでの倉庫ロケーションタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" "リンクされている **全て** の子倉庫の合計数量を表示するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:guilabel:`手持` " "スマートボタンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "全てのリンク済倉庫の在庫を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "例: 仮想倉庫からプロダクトを販売" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" "仮想の親ロケーションを使用して複数の倉庫からプロダクトを販売するには、データベースは少なくとも **2つ** " "の倉庫が、それぞれ各倉庫に手持ちの数量で、少なくとも **1つ** のプロダクトで構成されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "プロダクト、`おもちゃの兵隊` は各ロケーションに以下の数量があります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "`WHA/在庫` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "`WHB/在庫` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "倉庫 `WHA` と `WHB` は仮想倉庫 `VWH` の子倉庫です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動して :guilabel:`作成` をクリックし、プロダクトの見積を作成します。見積に " ":guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックして2つの倉庫に保管されている2つのプロダクトを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" "次に、販売オーダフォームの :guilabel:`その他情報` タブをクリックします。:guilabel:`配送` セクションの " ":guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドの値を :ref:`事前に作成済 ` " "で指定した仮想倉庫に変更します。次に、販売オーダを :guilabel:`確認` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "販売オーダの*その他情報*タブの*倉庫*フィールドとして仮想倉庫を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックします。倉庫配送フォームから、 :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` " "の値が販売オーダの :guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドの値と一致することを確認します。両方が仮想倉庫の場所をリストしているはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" "最後に、倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブで、各プロプロダクトの :guilabel:`元` 列の " ":guilabel:`ロケーション` が、仮想親ロケーションに紐づく子ロケーションと一致していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "移動元と子ロケーションが一致する配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" "倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` と販売オーダの :guilabel:`その他情報` タブにある " ":guilabel:`倉庫` は、販売オーダ内のプロダクトが異なる倉庫から引き出されるためには一致する **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" "倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` フィールドに仮想倉庫がない場合は、次の方法でプロダクト予約を再試行して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" "スケジューラ実行: :ref:`開発者モード `をオンにし、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " "オペレーション -->スケジューラ実行` に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダで :guilabel:`利用可能確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" "もし仮想倉庫が販売オーダの :guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドに割当てられて **いない** なら、その販売オーダを取消し、 " ":guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドに仮想倉庫を設定して新規販売オーダを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" "販売オーダフォームに :guilabel:`倉庫` " "フィールドがない場合、複数の子倉庫が正しく設定されていない可能性があります。:ref:`前のセクション` を見直して、正しい設定を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" "仮想 *親* ロケーションを販売オーダのデフォルト倉庫として使用するには、各販売担当者が、従業員フォームの :guilabel:`デフォルト倉庫` " "の隣にあるドロップダウンメニューから仮想倉庫を割当てなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "従業員フォームのデフォルト倉庫ロケーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "保管カテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5 msgid "" "A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules `, as an " "extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations " "for products." msgstr "" "*保管カテゴリ* は :doc:`置場規則 ` と併せて使用されます。 " "追加のロケーション属性として、プロダクトに最適な保管場所を自動的に提案します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8 msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:" msgstr "以下のステップに従い、設定を完了させて下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature `" msgstr ":ref:`保管カテゴリ機能を有効化する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11 msgid "" ":ref:`Define a storage category ` with " "specific limitations" msgstr "特定の制限で :ref:`保管カテゴリを定義する ` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12 msgid "" "Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations `" msgstr ":ref:`カテゴリを保管場所に ` 割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13 msgid "" "Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`置場規則 ` に属性として置場カテゴリを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`putaway`" msgstr ":doc:`置場`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20 msgid "" "Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet " "specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then " "evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the " "best one on the warehouse transfer form." msgstr "" "保管場所にカテゴリを割当てることで、Odooにその場所が温度やアクセス性などの特定の要件を満たしていることを伝えます。Odooは、定義された容量に基づいてこれらの場所を評価し、倉庫移動フォーム上で最適な場所を推奨します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features are enabled." msgstr "" "保管カテゴリを有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "に移動します。次に、:guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで、:guilabel:`保管場所` と:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "機能が有効になっていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` 機能を有効にしたら、 :guilabel:`保管` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1 msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature." msgstr "保管カテゴリ機能を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "保管カテゴリの定義" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43 msgid "" "A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, " "before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage " "location." msgstr "最適な保管場所を決定するために、ロケーションに適用する前に、特定の制限のある保管カテゴリをまず作成する **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "保管カテゴリを作成するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 保管カテゴリ` に 行き、:guilabel:`作成` " "をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the " ":guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "保管カテゴリフォームから、カテゴリの名前を :guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` フィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52 msgid "" "Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package " "type." msgstr "重量、プロダクト、梱包タイプ別に容量を制限するオプションも利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55 msgid "" "Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a " "maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred " "kilograms)." msgstr "重量制限は、梱包またはプロダクトごとに容量と組み合わせることができます (例:合計重量200キログラムのプロダクトを最大100個)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58 msgid "" "While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the " "same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts " "across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by " "package `." msgstr "" "同一の場所でプロダクトや梱包タイプごとに容量を制限することも可能ですが、この例 :ref:`梱包ごとの容量 `のように、様々なロケーションに異なる量の商品を保管する方が実用的かもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is " "considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`新規プロダクトを許可` フィールドは、プロダクトを保存するのにそのロケーションが利用可能であるとみなされる条件を定義します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーションが空の場合`: ロケーションが空の場合のみプロダクトを追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトが同じ場合`: 同じプロダクトが既にある場合のみ、そこにプロダクトを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトの混在を許可`: 複数の異なるプロダクトを同時にこの場所に保管することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72 msgid "" "When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage " "locations the category has been assigned to." msgstr "クリックすると、:guilabel:`ロケーション` スマートボタンは、カテゴリがどの保管場所に割当てられているかを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76 msgid "Capacity by weight" msgstr "重量ごとの容量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78 msgid "" "On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max" " Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage " "category." msgstr "" "保管カテゴリフォーム (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 保管カテゴリ`)で、:guilabel:`最大重量` " "フィールドにプロダクトの最大重量を設定します。この制限は、この保管カテゴリが割当てられた各ロケーションに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83 msgid "Capacity by product" msgstr "プロダクトごとの容量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to " "input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクトごとの容量` タブで、:guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックして項目を入力し、:guilabel:`容量` " "フィールドにそれぞれの容量を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89 msgid "" "Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right " "Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in" " the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form." msgstr "" "保管カテゴリフォームの :guilabel:`プロダクトごとの容量` タブでそれらの数量を指定することで、1つの保管場所に保管される " "`大型キャビネット` は最大5つ、 `コーナーデスク右向き` は最大2つに抑えることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count." msgstr "プロダクト数による保管カテゴリの制限を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100 msgid "Capacity by package" msgstr "梱包ごとの容量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102 msgid "" "For companies using :doc:`packages " "<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure" " real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, " "bins, boxes, etc.)." msgstr "" " :doc:`梱包 <../../product_management/configure/package>` を使用している企業では、梱包の種類 " "(例:クレート、大型箱、箱など) に基づくリアルタイムの保管容量チェックを確実に実行することが可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` " "tab." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包` 機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で " ":guilabel:`梱包別容量` タブを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High " "Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "`高頻度パレット` の保管カテゴリを作成することで、パレット保管の物品の置場規則を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages " "for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` " "`Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包ごとの容量` タブで、指定した :guilabel:`梱包タイプ` の梱包数を指定し、特定の場所の最大数を `2.00` " "`パレット` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "ページに収納カテゴリを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124 msgid "Assign to location" msgstr "ロケーションに割当る" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to " "the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created " "category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "" "保管カテゴリが作成されたら、それをロケーションに割当てます。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " "に移動してロケーションを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` フィールドで作成したカテゴリを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets " "stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-" "location." msgstr "" "`高頻度パレット` 保管カテゴリ (いずれのロケーションでも保管されるパレットを制限する) を `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` " "サブロケーションに割当ます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "保管カテゴリが作成されると、倉庫ロケーションにリンクすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141 msgid "Putaway rule" msgstr "置場規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143 msgid "" "With the :ref:`storage category ` and " ":ref:`location ` set up, create the " ":doc:`putaway rule ` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`." msgstr "" " :ref:`保管カテゴリ ` と :ref:`ロケーション " "` 設定で、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "置場規則` に移動し、:doc:`置場規則 ` を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the " ":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the " "storage category." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`作成` ボタンをクリックして置場規則を作成します。新しい置場規則フォームで、:guilabel:`カテゴリあり` " "フィールドを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151 msgid "" "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage " "category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to " "locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned " "to them `." msgstr "" "前の例の続きで、レモネードを積んだパレットを、:ref:`ロケーションに割当られた ` `高頻度パレット` の保管カテゴリを持つロケーションに誘導する置場規則に対して `高頻度パレット` " "の保管カテゴリが割当てられています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "様々な置場規則で使用される保管カテゴリ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160 msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package" msgstr "使用例: 梱包ごとに容量を制限します" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162 msgid "" "To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of " "packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package " "`." msgstr "" "保管場所の容量を特定の梱包数に制限するには、:ref:`梱包ごとの容量で保管カテゴリを作成 ` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165 msgid "" "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage " "category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "上の例の続きで、`高頻度パレット` 保管カテゴリは`PAL1` と `PAL2` ロケーションに割当られます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168 msgid "" "Then, :ref:`putaway rules ` are set, so that " "any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` " "and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" "その後、 :ref:`置場規則 ` が設定され、 倉庫に入荷したパレットは全て`PAL1`" " および `PAL2` ロケーションに保管されるよう誘導されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171 msgid "" "Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations," " when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios " "happen:" msgstr "各保管場所に保管されているパレットの数に応じて、レモネードのパレットが1つ届くと、次のような状況が発生します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174 msgid "" "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to " "`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "`PAL1` および `PAL2` が空の場合、パレットは `WH/在庫/パレット/PAL1` に再配置されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175 msgid "" "If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`." msgstr "`PAL1` が満杯の場合、パレットは `WH/在庫/パレット/PAL2` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176 msgid "" "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to " "`WH/Stock/Pallets`." msgstr "`PAL1` および `PAL2` が満杯の場合パレットは`WH/在庫/パレット` に再配置されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "ルートおよびプッシュ/プル規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different " "locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set" " up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on " "specific conditions." msgstr "" "Odooの *ルート* " "は、プッシュとプルの規則を使用して、社内または社外を問わず、異なる場所間のプロダクトの移動を管理します。これらの規則は一度設定すると、特定の条件に基づいたプロダクト移動のロジスティクスを自動化できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Routes `_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: ルート `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`" msgstr ":doc:`Odooのスタンダードルート <../daily_operations>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "" "Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, " ":ref:`packagings `, and on " "the sales order line." msgstr "" "ルートは、プロダクト、プロダクトカテゴリ、配送方法、:ref:`パッケージング `、および販売オーダ明細に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "About routes and terminology" msgstr "ルートと用語について" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" "一般的な倉庫には、入荷ドック、品質管理エリア、保管場所、ピッキング・梱包エリア、配送ドックがあります。プロダクトは全てこれらのロケーションを通過します。プロダクトがロケーションを移動するとき、各ロケーションはプロダクトの指定されたルートそして規則をトリガします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "在庫と品質管理エリアのある一般的な倉庫の様子。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" "この例では、仕入先のトラックがオーダ製品のパレットを入荷ドックに降ろします。その後、オペレータが入荷エリアでプロダクトをスキャンします。プロダクトのルートと規則によって、これらのプロダクトのいくつかは品質管理区域に送られ(例えば、製造工程で使用される部品であるプロダクト)、他のものはそれぞれの場所に直接保管されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "プロダクトを荷受けする時の規則への一般的なプッシュのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective " "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" "フルフィルメント・ルートの例です。朝、その日のうちに準備する必要のあるオーダを全てピッキングします。これらの商品は保管場所からピッキングされ、オーダが梱包される場所の近くにあるピッキングエリアに移動します。その後、オーダはそれぞれの箱に詰められ、ベルトコンベアで出荷ドックに運ばれ、顧客に配送されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "発送準備時の規則からの一般的なプルのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "プッシュ規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" "Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as" " they arrive at a specific receiving location." msgstr "プッシュ規則は、特定の入荷ロケーションにプロダクトが到着次第、*保管場所にプロダクトを供給* するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "プッシュ規則は、すでにプロダクト運送を生成したプル規則がない場合にのみトリガできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "In a :doc:`one-step receipt route `, which uses " "one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can " "automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules " "can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage " "locations." msgstr "" "1つのプッシュ規則を使用する :doc:`1ステップ入荷ルート ` " "では、プロダクトが倉庫に到着すると、プッシュ規則によって自動的に *保管場所* に転送されます。 " "異なるプッシュ規則を異なるプロダクトに適用することで、保管場所をカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route." msgstr "1ステップ入荷用のルート規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route." msgstr "'1ステップで入荷' ルートにプッシュ規則を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90 msgid "" "For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure " "rules section `." msgstr "" "規則の設定に関する詳細については :ref:`ルール設定規則セクション ` をご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "プル規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74 msgid "" "Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a " ":doc:`need to restock " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`." msgstr "" "販売オーダや :doc:`再仕入の必要 " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` " "など、オンデマンドでプロダクトの仕訳をトリガするプル規則。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a " ":ref:`two-step delivery ` " "route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to " "the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from " "*Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull " "rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then" " process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping." msgstr "" "プル規則は、要求された場所から逆方向に機能します。例えば、:ref:`2ステップ配送 " "` ルートでは、アイテムが *在庫* から *出荷* " "に仕訳され、*顧客ロケーション* に配送される前に、プル規則がまず *出荷* から顧客への転送を作成します。プロダクトが *出荷* " "にない場合、別のプル規則により *在庫* から *出荷* への転送が作成されます。 " "その後、倉庫作業員がこれらの転送を逆の順序で処理します。つまり、ピッキング、配送の順です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Example pull rule." msgstr "プル規則の例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route." msgstr "'2ステップで入荷' ルートにプル規則を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "*ルート* は *プッシュ規則とプル規則* の集合体であるため、Odooでは以下のような高度なルート設定を管理することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "プロダクト製造チェーンを管理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "プロダクトごとにデフォルトロケーションを管理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "品質管理、アフターサービス、サプライヤーからの返品など、ビジネスニーズに応じて在庫倉庫内のルートを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "レンタルしたプロダクトの返却を自動生成することで、レンタル管理に役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "プロダクトのルートを設定するには、まず :guilabel:`在庫` アプリケーションを開き、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定`" " に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能を有効にし、 " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo在庫の複数ステップルート機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr ":guilabel:`保管場所` 機能は :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能と同時に自動的に有効化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "この最初のステップが完了すると、ユーザはOdooに付属している設定済のルートを使用することも、カスタムルートを作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "事前設定済ルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "Odooの設定済ルートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> " "倉庫`にアクセスして下さい。次に倉庫フォームを開きます。:guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブで、ユーザは倉庫で事前に設定された " ":guilabel:`入荷配送` と :guilabel:`出荷配送` のルートを見ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo在庫での事前設定済倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" "ピッキング-梱包-配送など、より高度なルートもあります。ユーザはビジネスニーズに最適なルートを選択できます。:guilabel:`入荷配送` と " ":guilabel:`出荷配送` のルートが設定されたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` " "にアクセスして、Odooが生成した特定のルートを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "Odooが提供する全ての事前設定済ルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ルート` ページでルートをクリックすると、ルートフォームが開きます。ルートフォームでは、ユーザはルートがどの場所で " ":guilabel:`適用箇所` かを見ることができます。ユーザはルートを特定の :guilabel:`会社` " "にのみ適用するように設定することもできます。これは複数会社環境で便利です。例えば、ユーザはA国に会社と倉庫を持ち、B国に2つ目の会社と倉庫を持つことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:150 msgid "" ":ref:`Applicable on packagings `" msgstr ":ref:`パッケージングに適用可 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリと倉庫に適用されるルート例のビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:156 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" "ルートフォームの下部で、ユーザはルートの :guilabel:`規則` を見ることができます。それぞれの :guilabel:`規則` には " ":guilabel:`アクション`、 :guilabel:`発送元ロケーション`、 :guilabel:`発送先ロケーション` があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo在庫でのプッシュ＆プルアクションのある規則の例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "カスタムルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:167 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" "カスタムルートを作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` に行き、 :guilabel:`作成` " "をクリックします。次に、このルートを選択できる場所を選択します。ルートは複数の場所に適用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "ピッキング-梱包-配送ルートのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" "それぞれの場所で動作が異なるので、有用なものだけにチェックを入れて、それぞれのルートにそれに応じて適合させることが重要です。次に、ルートの " ":guilabel:`規則` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:178 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" "ルートがプロダクトカテゴリに適用される場合、ルートは :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` " "のプロダクトカテゴリフォームで手動で設定する必要があります。次に、プロダクトカテゴリを選択し、フォームを開きます。次に :guilabel:`編集` " "をクリックし、 :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで :guilabel:`ルート` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:183 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" "プロダクトカテゴリにルートを適用すると、ルートに設定された規則は全て、そのカテゴリ内の **全ての** " "プロダクトに適用されます。これは、ビジネスが同じカテゴリの全てのプロダクトに直送プロセスを使用する場合に役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "\"全ての\" プロダクトカテゴリに適用されたルートのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:191 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" "同じ動作が倉庫にも適用されます。ルートが :guilabel:`倉庫` " "に適用できる場合、選択された倉庫の内部で発生する転送で、ルートの規則の条件を満たすものは全てそのルートに従います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "倉庫で適用を選択した場合の倉庫ドロップダウンメニューのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:199 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" "もしルートが :guilabel:`販売オーダ明細` " "に適用される場合は、多かれ少なかれその逆になります。ルートは見積を作成する際に手動で選択する必要があります。これはいくつかのプロダクトが異なるルートを通る場合に便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:203 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" "見積/販売オーダの :guilabel:`ルート` " "列の表示を切替えを忘れずに行って下さい。そうすれば、見積/販売オーダの各明細でルートを選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "販売オーダに新規明細を追加するためのメニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" "最後に、プロダクトに適用できるルートがあります。これらのルートはプロダクトカテゴリとほぼ同じように機能します:一度選択すると、ルートはプロダクトフォーム上で手動で設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:213 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" "プロダクトにルートを設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "に進み、目的のプロダクトを選択します。次に :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動し、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで " ":guilabel:`ルート` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "ルートを選択する必要があるプロダクトフォームのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "ルートが機能するためには、規則がルートに設定されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "規則はルートフォームで定義します。まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` " "に行き、目的のルートフォームを開きます。次に :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`規則` セクションで " ":guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "新規規則を追加できる規則メニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" "利用可能な規則は様々なアクションをトリガします。Odooが *プッシュ* と *プル* 規則を提供している場合、他の規則も利用できます。各規則は " ":guilabel:`アクション` を持っています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`以下からプル:`: " "この規則は特定のロケーションでプロダクトが必要とされた場合にトリガされます。このニーズは販売オーダから発生することもあれば、特定の部品を必要とする製造オーダから発生することもあります。移動先ロケーションにニーズが表示されると、Odooはこのニーズを満たすためにピッキングを生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`以下へプッシュ`: " "この規則は、定義された移動元にプロダクトが到着した場合にトリガされます。ユーザが移動元ロケーションにプロダクトを移動した場合、Odooはそれらのプロダクトを移動先ロケーションに移動するピッキングを生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プル & プッシュ`: " "この規則では、上で説明した2つの状況でピッキングを生成することができます。つまり、特定のロケーションでプロダクトが必要になった場合、そのニーズを満たすために前のロケーションから転送が作成されます。これにより、前のロケーションでニーズが発生し、それを満たすための規則がトリガされます。つ目のニーズが満たされると、プロダクトは移動先ロケーションにプッシュされ、全てのニーズが満たされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr ":guilabel:`購買`: 移動先ロケーションでプロダクトが必要な場合、そのニーズを満たすために見積依頼が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr ":guilabel:`製造`: プロダクトがソースロケーションで必要とされるとき、必要を満たすために製造オーダが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" "在庫と梱包ゾーン間の転送を作成する \"以下からプル:\"規則の\n" "概要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` も規則で定義する必要があります。これは規則からどの種類のピッキングが作成されるかを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" "規則の :guilabel:`アクション` が :guilabel:`以下からプル:` または :guilabel:`プル & プッシュ` " "に設定されている場合、 :guilabel:`調達方法` " "を設定する必要があります。guilabel:`調達方法`は移動元ロケーションで何が起こるかを定義します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫を消費`: プロダクトは移動元の在庫から取り出されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`他のルールをトリガ`: " "システムはソースロケーションにプロダクトを運ぶための在庫規則を見つけようとします。利用可能な在庫は無視されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫を消費、もし利用不可能な場合、他の規則をトリガ`: " "プロダクトは移動元ロケーションの利用可能な在庫から取り出されます。利用可能な在庫がない場合、システムは移動元ロケーションにプロダクトを運ぶ規則を見つけようとします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "フロー例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "この例では、カスタム *ピッキング - 梱包 - 配送* ルートを使って、高度なカスタムルートによる全フローを試してみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" "最初に、ルートの規則とその調達方法を簡単に見てみましょう。3つの規則があり、全て :guilabel:`以下からプル:` の規則です。各規則の " ":guilabel:`調達方法` は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫を消費`: guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン` にプロダクトが必要な場合、*ピッキング* " "(:guilabel:`WH/在庫` から :guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン` への内部運送) が :guilabel:`WH/在庫` " "から作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`他の規則をトリガ` を参照して下さい: guilabel:`WH/出荷`でプロダクトが必要になると、*梱包* (内部運送 " ":guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン` から :guilabel:`WH/出荷` へ)が :guilabel:`WH/出荷ゾーン` から作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`他の規則をトリガ` を参照して下さい: guilabel:`取引先ロケーション/顧客` " "でプロダクトが必要になると、その必要を満たすために :guilabel:`WH/出荷` から *配送オーダ* が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "ピックアップ-梱包-出荷ルートで作成された全ての転送の概要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" "つまり、*ピックアップ - 梱包 - 配送* ルートが設定されているプロダクトを顧客がオーダすると、配送オーダが作成され、オーダが履行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "運送からのプルによって作成されたオペレーションのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" "複数の転送元ドキュメントが同じ販売オーダの場合、ステータスは同じではありません。リストの前の運動がまだ完了していない場合、ステータスは " ":guilabel:`他の処理待ち` になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "処理開始時の運送の様々なステータスのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "配送オーダを準備するため、出力エリアでは梱包されたプロダクトが必要となり、梱包ゾーンから内部運送が要求されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "梱包ゾーンと出荷ゾーン間の運送の詳細オペレーションのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" "当然ながら、梱包ゾーンには梱包準備の整ったプロダクトが必要です。そこで、内部運送を在庫に要請し、従業員は倉庫から必要なプロダクトを集めることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "在庫ゾーンと梱包ゾーン間の運送の詳細オペレーションのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" "ドキュメントの紹介で説明したように、プロセスの最後のステップ(このルートでは配送オーダ)が最初にトリガされ、その後、プロセスの最初のステップ(ここでは在庫から梱包エリアへの内部運送)に到達するまで、他の規則がトリガされます。これで、オーダされた商品を顧客が受け取れるように、全てが処理される準備が整いました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "この例では、全ての規則がトリガされ転送が完了すると、プロダクトが顧客に配送されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "ルート完了時の運送ステータスのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5 msgid "Picking methods" msgstr "ピッキング方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "バッチピッキング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the number of times needed to navigate to a warehouse location. " "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" "*バッチピッキング* により、1人のピッカーが複数のオーダを同時に処理することができ、倉庫内の場所を移動する回数を減らすことができます。 " "バッチでピッキングを行う際には、オーダはグループ化され、ピッキングリストに統合されます。 " "ピッキング後、バッチは出荷場所に運ばれ、そこでプロダクトはそれぞれの配送パッケージに仕分けられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:12 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" "オーダはピッキングされた後、出荷ロケーションで仕分けする必要があるため、このピッキング方法は、オーダの多いプロダクトが少ないビジネスに適しています。アクセスしやすい場所に需要の高い商品を保管することで、効率的に対応できるオーダの数を増やすことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:16 msgid "" "Batch picking is ideal for industries or warehouses that handle high order " "volumes with a stable demand. This method increases efficiency by allowing " "workers to pick items for multiple orders in one trip through the warehouse," " reducing travel time and boosting productivity." msgstr "" "バッチピッキングは、安定した需要のある大量のオーダを処理する業界・倉庫に最適です。この方法では、作業員が倉庫内を1回巡回するだけで複数のオーダの品目をピッキングできるため、移動時間を短縮し、生産性を向上し業務効率を高めることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster " "Transfers` box." msgstr "" "バッチピッキングオプションを有効化するには、まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、:guilabel:`バッチ、ウェーブ、クラスタ転送` ボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定の*バッチ転送* を可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:30 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "バッチピッキングはOdooで *ピッキング* 作業を最適化する方法であるため、この設定ページでは :guilabel:`倉庫` の下にある " ":guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションもチェックする必要があります。設定が完了したら " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr " *保管ロケーション* と *複数ステップルート* を有効化します。在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:107 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in two steps " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr ":doc:`2ステップ配送 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:42 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "一括転送を作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually group transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`, hover over the desired operation type from the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` menu (e.g. the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card), click the " ":icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select " ":guilabel:`Prepare Batch`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ` " "から直接転送を手動でグループ化するには、:guilabel:`在庫概要`メニューから希望するオペレーションタイプ " "(:guilabel:`入荷かんばんカード` など) にカーソルを合わせて、:icon: `fa-ellipsis-v` " ":guilabel:`(縦三点リーダ)` アイコンをクリックし、:guilabel:`バッチを準備` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." msgstr "バッチ処理オプションがハイライトされた在庫ダッシュボード。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:230 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "一括転送フォームに以下の項目を入力して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`担当者`: " "ピッキングに割当てられた従業員。*どの作業者でも*このピッキングを遂行できる場合は、このフィールドは空白のままにしておいて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`: ドロップダウンメニューから、ピッキングが分類されるオペレーションタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr ":guilabel:`計画日`: :guilabel:`担当者`が出荷ロケーションへの転送を完了する日付を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:62 msgid "" "To learn more about the :guilabel:`Dock Location`, :guilabel:`Vehicle`, and " ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category` fields, see :doc:`dispatch management system " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ドックロケーション`、:guilabel:`車両`、および :guilabel:`車両カテゴリ` " "フィールドの詳細については、:doc:`発送管理システム " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:66 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" "次に :guilabel:`運送` リストで :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックして :guilabel:`追加: 運送` " "ウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" "もし :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` フィールドが埋まっていた場合、リストは選択された :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` " "に一致する転送レコードをフィルタリングします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:72 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr ":guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして、新規運送を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "一括転送レコードを選択したら、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックして一括ピッキングを確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:77 msgid "" "A new batch transfer is assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel " "Willis`, for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled" " Date` is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" "新しい一括転送が、:guilabel:`担当`、`Joel Willis`、`ピック` :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` " "に割当てられます。 :guilabel:`予定日` は `8月11日` に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "*一括転送*フォームビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:83 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`明細追加`ボタンをクリックすると、 " ":guilabel:`追加:転送`ウィンドウが開き、ピッキングだけが表示されます。これは一括転送フォームで :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`" " が `ピッキング` に設定されているためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:87 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" "WH/PICK/00001`と`WH/PICK/00002`の左側のチェックボックスをクリックして、新規運送に含めます。そして " ":guilabel:`選択` ボタンをクリックして :guilabel:`追加:運送` ウィンドウを閉じます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "*追加:運送*ウィンドウから複数運送を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:97 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "運送リストからバッチを追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:99 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" "一括転送を作成するもう一つの方法は、リスト内の :guilabel:`バッチに追加` " "オプションを使用することです。menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション` ドロップダウンメニューに移動し、 " ":guilabel:`運送` のいずれかを選択すると、運送のフィルタリングされたリストが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" "全ての運送タイプをドロップダウンメニューで表示します: 入荷、配送、内部運送、\n" "製造、一括転送、直送。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:107 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the " "resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "転送リストで、一括転送に追加する転送の左にあるチェックボックスを選択します。次に、:icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`アクション` " "ボタンに移動し、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`バッチに追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "*アクション* ボタンリストから *バッチに追加* ボタンを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:126 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" "そうすると :guilabel:`バッチに追加` ポップアップウィンドウが開き、そこでピッキングの :guilabel:`担当者` を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:117 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" "guilabel:`既存の一括転送`に追加するか、 :guilabel:`新規の一括転送`を作成するか、2つのラジオオプションから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." msgstr "このバッチに :guilabel:`説明` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field can be used to add additional information " "to help workers identify the source of the batch, where to place the batch, " "what shipping containers to use, etc." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`説明` " "フィールドは、作業員がバッチのソースを特定したり、バッチをどこに配置するか、どの出荷用コンテナを使用するかなどを判断するのに役立つ情報を追加するために使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:126 msgid "" "To create a batch to be processed at a later time, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "後で処理するバッチを作成するには、:guilabel:`ドラフト` チェックボックスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr ":guilabel:`確認` をクリックして処理を終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "一括転送を作成するには、*バッチに追加* ウィンドウを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134 msgid "Automatic batches" msgstr "自動バッチ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically created and assigned based on several criteria." " The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level." msgstr "" "バッチは、複数の基準に基づいて自動的に作成および割当てることができます。 *自動バッチ* オプションは、*オペレーションタイプ* レベルで定義されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:140 msgid "" "In a multi-steps delivery process, the picking operation can be grouped by " "customer, while the shipping operation can be organized by carrier and " "destination country." msgstr "" "複数のステップからなる配送プロセスでは、ピッキングオペレーションは顧客ごとにグループ化でき、出荷オペレーションは運送会社と配送先国ごとに整理できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:143 msgid "" "To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type " "(e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Then, select one or more" " :guilabel:`Batch Grouping` criteria by ticking the appropriate checkbox. " "Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one batch is " "created." msgstr "" "*自動バッチ* を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動し、希望するオペレーションタイプ (例：:guilabel:`配送`、:guilabel:`ピッキング`など) " "を選択します。次に、適切なチェックボックスをオンにして、1つまたは複数の :guilabel:`バッチグループ化` " "基準を選択します。複数のグループ化オプションを選択した場合でも、作成されるバッチは1つだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:" msgstr "バッチは、以下の基準に基づいて自動的に生成することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`" msgstr ":guilabel:`連絡先`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`" msgstr ":guilabel:`運送会社`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`配送先国`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`" msgstr ":guilabel:`移動元ロケーション`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" msgstr ":guilabel:`移動先ロケーション`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping " "criteria visible." msgstr "自動バッチグループ化の基準が表示された、一括転送とウェーブ転送の設定ページ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "一括転送を処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:162 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 一括転送`ページで一括転送を処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" "ここから、リストから希望する運送を選択します。次に、一括運送フォームの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブで、各プロダクトの " ":guilabel:`完了` 数量を入力します。最後に :guilabel:`検証` を選択してピッキングを完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:170 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" "guilabel:`確認`ボタンが紫色にハイライトされたら、一括転送が完了したことを確認して下さい。その代わりに :guilabel:`利用可能確認` " "ボタンがハイライトされている場合は、現在在庫がないアイテムがバッチに含まれていることを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:177 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" "ピッキングされた `WH/PICK/00001` と `WH/PICK/00002` のプロダクトを含む一括転送で、 " ":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブは :guilabel:`完了` 列が :guilabel:`引当済` 列の値と一致するため、プロダクト" " `ドア付きキャビネット` がピッキングされたことを示しています。しかし、もう1つのプロダクト `ケーブル管理ボックス` は `0.00` " "の数量がピッキングされています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "*詳細オペレーション*タブに2つのピッキングからのプロダクトの一括転送を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:185 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`タブには在庫プロダクトのみが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" "完全なプロダクトリストを表示するには、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブに切り替えます。このリストでは、 :guilabel:`需要` " "列がオーダの必要数量を示します。guilabel:`引当済`列は、オーダを満たすために利用可能な在庫を示します。最後に、:guilabel:`完了` " "列はピッキングが完了し、次のステップに進む準備ができたプロダクトを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:193 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in stock to fulfill the batch transfer." msgstr "" " :ref:`上記の例 ` と同じバッチのプロダクト " "`デスクパッド` は 一括転送を実行するのに必要な :guilabel:`引当済` 数量が在庫にないため、:guilabel:`オペレーション` " "タブでのみ表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:197 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr ":guilabel:`利用可能確認`ボタンをクリックすると、在庫のあるプロダクトを再度検索します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "*オペレーション*タブに使用できない引当済数量を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "バックオーダを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" "一括転送フォームで、プロダクトの :guilabel:`完了` 数量が :guilabel:`引当済` 数量より *少ない* " "場合、ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "このポップアップ・ウィンドウには、 :guilabel:`バックオーダを作成しますか？`オプションを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:210 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer." msgstr ":guilabel:`バックオーダを作成` ボタンをクリックすると、新しい一括転送が自動的に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213 msgid "" "When creating a new backorder, the transfers that have **not** been " "validated in the batch will be removed from it." msgstr "新しいバックオーダを作成する際、バッチで検証済で **ない** 転送は、そのバッチから削除されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr ":guilabel:`バックオーダなし`をクリックすると、バッチピッキングを作成すること *なく* ピッキングを終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:218 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "検証を取消し、一括転送フォームに戻るには :guilabel:`Discard` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "*バックオーダ作成*ポップアップを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "クラスターピッキング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced picking method that combines the efficiency " "of :ref:`batch picking ` with immediate " "sorting during the picking process. It is best suited for warehouses with " "high order volumes where organization and speed are critical." msgstr "" "クラスターピッキングは、:ref:`バッチピッキング` " "の効率性とピッキングプロセス中の即時仕分けを組み合わせた高度なピッキング方法です。 整理とスピードが重要な大量のオーダを扱う倉庫に最適です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:14 msgid "" "Unlike batch picking, which requires a separate sorting step after picking, " "cluster picking sorts items directly into designated bins or containers for " "each *sales order* (SO). This eliminates the need for post-picking " "consolidation, making it ideal for operations prioritizing speed and " "accuracy." msgstr "" "バッチピッキングとは異なり、ピッキング後に別途仕分け作業が必要となることはありません。クラスターピッキングでは、各販売オーダ(SO)ごとに指定された容器やコンテナに直接商品を仕分けます。これにより、ピッキング後の統合作業が不要となり、スピードと正確性を重視するオペレーションに最適です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:18 msgid "" "Cluster picking is particularly effective in environments where immediate " "organization is crucial, and orders contain a mix of items that need precise" " sorting during, rather than after, the picking process." msgstr "" "クラスターピッキングは、即時に行うことが不可欠な環境において特に効果的であり、オーダにはピッキングプロセス中ではなく、その後に正確な仕分けが必要なアイテムが混在しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:22 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" "しかし、クラスターピッキングにはデメリットもあります。例えば、急ぎのオーダには優先順位がつけられず、最適化されたバッチを事前に手作業で作成しなければなりません。その結果、ピッキング作業が障害となる可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "|SO| 1要求 1リンゴ、オレンジ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "|SO| 2要求 1リンゴ、バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:31 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "|SO| 3要求 1リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:33 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "リンゴは棚Aに、オレンジは棚Bに、バナナは棚Cに保管されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:35 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "一度に3つのオーダのプロダクトをピッキングするために、カートは3つの空の梱包でロードされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:37 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" "棚Aからスタートし、ピッカーはリンゴを各梱包に入れます。 次に、ピッカーは棚Bに移動し、|SO| 1 と |SO| " "3に指定された梱包の中にオレンジを入れます。最後に、ピッカーはカートを棚Cに押し、 |SO| 2 と |SO| 3の梱包の中にバナナを1本ずつ入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:41 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr " |SOS| 3つ全ての梱包が完了すると、ピッカーはカートを出荷用ロケーションまで押し、そこで梱包は密封され発送準備に入ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "販売オーダ2と3を一度に処理する例を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & " "Cluster Transfers` options." msgstr "" "クラスターピッキングを有効にするには、まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`パッケージング` と " ":guilabel:`バッチ、ウェーブ、クラスタ転送` オプションを有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "管理設定で*梱包*と*一括転送*機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:57 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" "バッチピッキングはOdooの *ピッキング* 作業を最適化するために使用されるため、この設定ページでは :guilabel:`倉庫` の下にある " ":guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションもチェックする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:48 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" "*保管場所* は、ピッキング可能な特定の場所にプロダクトを保管することを可能にし、*複数ステップルート* は、ピッキング作業そのものを可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:64 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:72 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "梱包設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74 msgid "" "To configure the containers to be used during the picking process, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" "ピッキングプロセスで使用するコンテナを設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包` " "に移動します。:guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして、新しいパッケージを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:78 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" "新規梱包フォームの :guilabel:`梱包参照` には、システム内で次に利用可能な `梱包` 番号があらかじめ入力されています。 " ":guilabel:`梱包日` には、フォームの作成日が自動的に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:82 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包使用` フィールドを :guilabel:`再利用可能箱` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr ":doc:`梱包 <../../product_management/configure/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:88 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" "クラスターピッキング用の梱包は、識別しやすいように`CLUSTER-PACK-3` " "という名前が付けられています。このワークフローでは、プロダクトは出荷用のボックスに直接梱包されるため :guilabel:`梱包使用` は " ":guilabel:`再利用可能箱` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "新規梱包フォームを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:96 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "クラスターバッチを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98 msgid "" "To create a cluster, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app` and select " "the operation type card, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` " "(whichever is the first operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" "クラスタを作成するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、オペレーションタイプカード、:guilabel:`配送オーダ`または " ":guilabel:`ピッキング` (配送フローの最初のオペレーション) を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:103 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "クラスターピッキングバッチは、1ステップ、2ステップ、または3ステップで出荷配送用に作成できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" msgstr ":doc:`1ステップ配送 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:108 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr ":doc:`3ステップ配送 <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:110 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "バッチに追加する対応する送信オペレーションの左にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。 選択したアイテムが選択された状態で、:icon:`fa-cog`" " :guilabel:`アクション` ボタンをクリックし、表示されるドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`バッチに追加` " "オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:115 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" " :ref:`上記の例` " "にあるように、2ステップ出荷配送で設定された倉庫でクラスターバッチを作成するには、以下のピッキングオペレーションを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:119 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: |SO| 88にリンク済 1リンゴとオレンジ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: |SO| 89にリンク済 1リンゴとバナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:121 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00009`: |SO| 90にリンク済 1リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`に追加` フィールドで、以下のいずれかを選択します: " ":guilabel:`既存の一括転送`へ追加、または:guilabel:`新規の一括転送` を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132 msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." msgstr "次に、このバッチの :guilabel:`説明` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "後日確定するドラフト一括ピッキングを作成するには、:guilabel:`ドラフト` チェックボックスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:147 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "バッチ処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:149 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" "バッチ処理するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 一括転送` " "に移動します。バッチをクリックして選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:152 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr ":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブでは、ピッキングされるプロダクトが場所ごとにグループ化されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that " "particular order." msgstr ":guilabel:`先梱包` を、その特定のオーダ専用のパッケージに設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" "リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ :ref:`例 ` " "の3つのオーダに対して、それぞれのピッキングを専用の梱包に割当ててクラスターバッチを処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:160 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three reusable packages, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`," " `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" "りんごの保管場所 `WH/在庫/棚A` で、3回のピッキングで集めたりんごを、3つの再利用可能なパッケージング `CLUSTER-PACK-1`, " "`CLUSTER-PACK-2` または `CLUSTER-PACK-3` の1つに割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:163 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "Odooの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`先梱包` フィールドを使用してこれを記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "*在庫*のクラスターピッキングの処理例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3 msgid "Wave transfers" msgstr "ウェーブ転送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:7 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "contains certain parts of different pickings. In Odoo, wave transfers are " "batch transfers with an extra step: transfers are split before being grouped" " in a batch." msgstr "" "一括転送は複数のピックアップのグループですが、**ウェーブ転送** は異なるピックアップの特定のパーツを含みます。 " "Odooでは、ウェーブ転送は追加のステップを含む一括転送です。転送はバッチにグループ化される前に分割されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:11 msgid "" "Wave picking is ideal for warehouses that need to optimize the handling of " "high order volumes while managing complex picking criteria. With wave " "transfers, orders are grouped into waves based on factors like product " "location, category, or scheduled shipping times. Each wave is assigned to a " "different employee for the most efficient execution." msgstr "" "ウェーブピッキングは、大量の注文を最適に処理しながら、複雑なピッキング基準を管理する必要がある倉庫に最適です。 " "ウェーブ転送では、プロダクトのロケーション、カテゴリ、または出荷予定時間などの要因に基づいてオーダがグループ化されます。 " "最も効率的に実行できるよう、各ウェーブは異なる従業員に割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 msgid "" "Wave picking is particularly useful for operations where multiple sales " "orders (SOs), or a single order, must be picked across different waves. This" " approach enables flexible scheduling, allowing warehouses to align picking " "activities with shipping deadlines, or resource availability." msgstr "" "複数の販売オーダ(SO)または単一のオーダを異なる複数ウェーブからピッキングする必要があるオペレーションでは、特にウェーブピッキングが有効です。このアプローチにより柔軟なスケジューリングが可能になり、倉庫はピッキング活動を出荷期限やリソース空き状況と一致させることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange" msgstr "|SO| 1要求 1リンゴ、1オレンジ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana" msgstr "|SO| 2要求 1リンゴ、1バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas" msgstr "|SO| 3要求 1リンゴ、1オレンジ、2バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C. A " "warehouse employee is assigned to the wave, and is provided with the " "following instructions:" msgstr "りんごは棚A、オレンジは棚B、バナナは棚Cに保管されています。倉庫作業員はウェーブに割当てられ、以下の指示が与えられます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:28 msgid "" "Shelf A: Pick three apples. Place them into a central cart designated for " "the wave." msgstr "棚A: リンゴ3個をピッキングし、中央のウェーブ用カートに入れて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29 msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart." msgstr "棚B: オレンジを2個ピッキングし、同じカートに追加して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart." msgstr "棚C: バナナを3本ピッキングし、カートに入れて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "" "The employee then takes the cart to the sorting/packing station. Items are " "then sorted and packed into individual orders." msgstr "次に、従業員がカートを仕分け/梱包ステーションに運びます。 アイテムはその後、個々のオーダに仕分けられ、梱包されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:38 msgid "" "To enable wave picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick " "the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the " "setting." msgstr "" "ウェーブピッキングを有効にするには、まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、:guilabel:`バッチ、ウェーブ、クラスタ転送` " "チェックボックスをオンにして設定を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "Odoo在庫アプリの設定でウェーブ転送オプションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:45 msgid "" "Next, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on " "this settings page." msgstr "" "次に、この管理設定ページでも、:guilabel:`倉庫` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`保管場所` と " ":guilabel:`複数ステップルート` のオプションも確認する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "Create a wave" msgstr "ウェーブを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. Find the desired " "Kanban card, then click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical " "ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click " ":guilabel:`Prepare Wave`." msgstr "" "ウェーブ転送には、同じオペレーションタイプの転送からのプロダクト明細のみ含めることができます。特定のオペレーションの転送とプロダクト明細を全て表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ`" " に移動します。目的のかんばんカードを見つけ、:icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(縦三点リーダ)` " "アイコンをクリックしてオプションメニューを開きます。:guilabel:`新規作成` の下にある :guilabel:`ウェーブを準備` " "をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "オペレーションタイプのオペレーションリストの入手方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "Create a new wave" msgstr "新規ウェーブを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Prepare Wave` pop-up, stock moves lines are grouped by " "source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be " "added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ウェーブを準備` " "ポップアップ画面では、移動明細がソース別にグループ化されています。追加するプロダクトのチェックボックスを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`ウェーブに追加`" " をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "ウェーブに追加するラインを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:75 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc." msgstr "検索バーの:guilabel:`フィルタ` を使用して、同じプロダクト、場所、運送会社などの明細をグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79 msgid "Add products to an existing wave" msgstr "プロダクトを既存のウェーブに追加する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81 msgid "" "To add products to an existing wave, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the " "list to open it." msgstr "" "既存のウェーブにプロダクトを追加するには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> ウェーブ転送` に移動します。 " "リストから該当するウェーブをクリックして開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:84 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." " Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, search for the desired product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブで、:guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`プロダクト` " "フィールドで、希望するプロダクトを検索します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88 msgid "Process a wave" msgstr "ウェーブを処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the " "appropriate wave from the list to open it." msgstr "" "全てのウェーブ転送とそのステータスを表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> ウェーブ転送` に移動します。 " "リストから該当するウェーブをクリックして開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:93 msgid "" "To assign the wave to a specific employee, click the :guilabel:`Responsible`" " field and select the appropriate name from the drop-down list." msgstr "" "特定の従業員にウェーブを割当てるには、:guilabel:`担当者` フィールドをクリックし、ドロップダウンリストから該当する名前を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:96 msgid "" "To designate a :ref:`Dock location `, " "select an option from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Docks Location` " "field." msgstr "" ":ref:`ドックロケーション ` " "を指定するには、:guilabel:`ドックロケーション` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューからオプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:100 msgid "" "The :doc:`dispatch management system " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` feature in Odoo is " "used to plan and build shipments. Assigning batches to loading docks ensures" " the right products are pack into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" "Odooの :doc:`発送管理システム " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` " "機能は、配送の計画と構築に使用されます。 バッチを積込みドックに割当てることで、適切なプロダクトが配送用の適切なトラックに確実に積込まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:104 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Vehicle` from the drop-down. Making a selection in this " "field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` field." msgstr "" "ドロップダウンから :guilabel:`車両` を選択します。このフィールドで選択を行うと、:guilabel:`車両カテゴリ` " "フィールドが自動的に更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired." msgstr "必要に応じて、このウェーブの :guilabel:`説明` を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for " ":ref:`automatic waves `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`説明` フィールドは :ref:`自動ウェーブ ` 用に自動的に生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116 msgid "Automatic waves" msgstr "自動ウェーブ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118 msgid "" "Waves can be automatically created and assigned based on different criteria." " The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level, " "which enables the creation of waves with distinct grouping criteria for each" " operation type." msgstr "" "異なる基準に基づいて、ウェーブを自動的に作成し、割当てることができます。 *自動バッチ* オプションは、*オペレーションタイプ* " "レベルで定義され、各オペレーションタイプに異なるグループ化基準でウェーブを作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:122 msgid "" "To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type " "(e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Under the " ":guilabel:`Batch & Wave Transfers` heading, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Batches` checkbox." msgstr "" "*自動バッチ* を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動し、希望するオペレーションタイプ(例：:guilabel:`配送`、:guilabel:`ピック` など) を選択します。 " ":guilabel:`バッチ＆ウェーブ転送` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`自動バッチ` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:127 msgid "" "Then, select one or more :guilabel:`Wave Grouping` criteria by ticking the " "appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, " "only one wave is created." msgstr "" "次に、適切なチェックボックスをオンにして、1つまたは複数の :guilabel:`ウェーブグループ化` " "条件を選択します。複数のグループ化オプションを選択した場合でも、作成されるのは1つのウェーブのみです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130 msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:" msgstr "ウェーブは、以下の基準に基づいて作成することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that " "have the same product." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: プロダクト別に転送を分割し、同じプロダクトを持つ転送をグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then " "group transfers that have the same product category." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`: プロダクトカテゴリ別に転送を分割し、同じプロダクトカテゴリを持つ転送をグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product " "category selected." msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリを選択したウェーブグループ化オプション付きの自動バッチ機能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "払出方針" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** " "products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for " "perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest " "expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" "倉庫を持つ企業では、*払出方針* によって、倉庫から **どの** プロダクトを、**いつ** " "払出すかが決定されます。例えば、生鮮食品の場合、使用期限が近いプロダクトのピッキングを優先することで、食品の腐敗を最小限に抑えることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "" "The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies " "available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the " "picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically " "select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" "以下の表の列には、Odooで利用可能な払出方針がリストされており、ピッキングの決定方法とピッキング順の詳細が記載されています。これらの払出方針を活用して、Odooがオーダ用にプロダクトを自動的に選択するようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" msgstr ":doc:`FIFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" msgstr ":doc:`LIFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" msgstr ":doc:`FEFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" msgstr ":doc:`最寄ロケーション `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" msgstr ":doc:`最小梱包 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" msgstr "基準" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" msgstr ":ref:`荷受日 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr ":ref:`廃棄日 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" msgstr ":ref:`ロケーション順序 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`梱包数量 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" msgstr "選択オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" msgstr "先入" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" msgstr "後入" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" msgstr ":ref:`先に使用期限が切れるもの `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "Alphanumeric name of location" msgstr "英数字のロケーション名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" msgstr "需要を満たすのに最も近い数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to " "each individual documentation page." msgstr "各払出方針の使用方法については、個々のドキュメントページを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage " "location." msgstr "払出方針は、プロダクトカテゴリまたは保管場所ごとに設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリまたはロケーションのいずれかの払出方針を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:53 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on the location by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting " "the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from " "the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options." msgstr "" "ロケーションで払出方針を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " "に行き、希望のロケーションを選択します。ロケーションフォームで、:guilabel:`払出方針フィールドのドロップダウンメニューオプションから払出方針を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "ロケーションで払出方針を設定するには、:guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "の設定が、:menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で有効になっている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "" "These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a" " location." msgstr "これらの機能は、ロケーションの払出方針を設定する場合に **のみ** 必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy " "from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options." msgstr "" "プロダクトカテゴリの払出方針を設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` " "に進み、対象のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`払出方針強制` ドロップダウンメニューから払出方針を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:69 msgid "" "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and" " product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force " "Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is " "applied as top priority." msgstr "" "プロダクトロケーションとプロダクトカテゴリの両方に異なる払出方針が適用されている場合、:guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` " "フォームの:guilabel:`払出方針強制`フィールドに設定された値が最優先で適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "Required features" msgstr "必要な機能" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:76 msgid "" "While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down " "menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" "デフォルトで利用可能な払出方針がいくつかあり、:guilabel:`払出方針強制` または:guilabel:`払出戦略` " "のドロップダウンメニューに払出戦略オプションを表示させるには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "でいくつかの追加機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:81 msgid "" "Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, " "refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on" " requirements and usage." msgstr "必要な機能の概要については、以下の表を参照して下さい。それ以外の要件や使用方法の詳細については、払出方針の専用セクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" msgstr "LIFO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" msgstr "FEFO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "最寄りのロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:93 msgid "Least Packages" msgstr "最少梱包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" msgstr "ロット & シリアル番号、使用期限" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "保管場所、複数ステップルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" msgstr "ロット・シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "" "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track " "information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under" " the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots " "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" "ロット番号とシリアル番号は、同一のプロダクトを区別し、到着日や使用期限などの情報を追跡するために使用されます。この機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫" " --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "の見出しの下にある:guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` の横にあるボックスにチェックを入れると、この機能が有効になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product " "form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial " "Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options." msgstr "" "次に、メニューから :menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "と選択してプロダクトフォームに移動し、希望するプロダクトを選択して、対象のプロダクトがロットまたはシリアル番号で追跡されていることを確認します。プロダクトフォームで" " :guilabel:`在庫` タブに切り替え、:guilabel:`追跡` フィールドの下にある :guilabel:`シリアル番号` または " ":guilabel:`ロット` オプションのいずれかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or during " ":ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" "機能を有効にした後、プロダクトにロット番号またはシリアル番号を割当てるには、:doc:`在庫調整 " "<../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` を使用するか、または " ":ref:`プロダクト入荷 ` 中に実行します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" msgstr "ロケーションとルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "" "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for " "setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these " "features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy" " since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" " " "保管場所と複数ステップのルートは、そのロケーションにおける全てのタイプの払出方針を設定する上で必要な機能です。しかし、これらの機能は、ロケーションレベルでのみ適用されるため、最も近いロケーションの払出方針に特に必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:132 msgid "" "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable" " the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features." msgstr "" "これらの機能を有効化するには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " "の見出しの下で、:guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` の機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "ロケーションとルート機能を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "有効期限日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best " "before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> " "管理設定`に移動して、使用期限、賞味期限、ロット番号またはシリアル番号ごとの払出日や警告日を追跡するには、**使用期限** 機能を有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` 見出しの下で、:guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号` 機能が選択されていることを確認し " ":guilabel:`使用期限日` 用にチェックボックスを選択して機能を有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "FEFO用に使用期限日付を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:161 msgid "" "The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required " "for the least packages removal strategy." msgstr "*梱包* 機能はプロダクトをグループ化するために使用され、最少梱包払出方針には必須です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、:guilabel:`梱包` 機能用にチェックボックスを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "梱包機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr ":doc:`梱包 <../product_management/configure/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`2-step delivery `" msgstr ":doc:`2ステップ配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid ":doc:`3-step delivery `" msgstr ":doc:`3ステップ配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" msgstr "最寄ロケーション払出" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "" "For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on " "the alphanumeric order of storage location titles." msgstr "*最寄ロケーション* 払出方針では、保管場所のタイトルを英数字順に並べ、その順番に基づいてプロダクトがピッキングされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8 msgid "" "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long" " journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer " "location." msgstr "この方針の目的は、プロダクトがより近い場所にもある場合に、倉庫作業員が遠い棚まで長い距離を移動する手間を省くことです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" msgstr ":doc:`払出方針について <../removal_strategies>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "" "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider " "the following example:" msgstr "最寄払出方針における *ロケーション順序* を理解するには、次の例を考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 msgid "" "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf " "A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "あるプロダクトが以下のロケーションに保管されています: `棚A/パレット`, `棚A/ラック1`, `棚A/ラック2`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "実際の倉庫内の保管場所の模型を表示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 msgid "" "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are " "easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and " "`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic " "order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" "`パレット` というサブロケーションは、地上階にあります。`ラック1` や`ラック2` " "にフォークリフトでアクセスする必要があるのに比べ、ここで保管されているプロダクトは取り出しが容易です。保管場所は、アクセスしやすさに基づいてアルファベット順に戦略的に命名されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 msgid "" "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "この払出方針を使用するには、:guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "の設定が、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で有効になっている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr ":ref:`払出方針を設定する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" msgstr "ロケーション名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure location names, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select" " an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and " "then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" "ロケーション名を設定するには、まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " "に移動します。次に、既存のロケーションを選択するか、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックして新規作成し、:guilabel:`ロケーション名` " "フィールドに希望の名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity" " to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the " ":ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" "出荷または梱包ロケーションからの近さに基づいて、ロケーションがアルファベット順に命名されたら、:ref:`親ロケーション " "` の払出方針を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 msgid "" "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of" " the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "これを行うには、:guilabel:`ロケーション` リストで、アルファベット順に名付けられた保管場所の親となる場所を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 msgid "" "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" "そうすると、親ロケーション用のフォームが開きます。:guilabel:`払出方針` フィールドで、:guilabel:`最寄ロケーション` " "を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest " "to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for " "shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three " "locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" "倉庫では、保管場所 " "`WH/在庫/棚1`が梱包エリアに最も近く、棚から取り出されたプロダクトが発送用に梱包されます。人気商品の`iPhone充電器`は、`WH/在庫/棚1`," " `WH/在庫/棚2`, `WH/在庫/棚3` の3つの場所に保管されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 msgid "" "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, " "'WH/Stock'." msgstr "最寄ロケーションを使用するには、親ロケーションである'WH/在庫'の払出方針を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "ワークフロー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 msgid "" "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the " "following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is" " stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" " 最寄ロケーション払出方針がどのように機能するかを理解するために、人気プロダクトである`iPhone充電器` が " "`WH/在庫/棚1`、`WH/在庫/棚2`、`WH/在庫/棚3` に保管されている例を考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 msgid "" "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "それぞれの場所に15、5、30ユニットの在庫があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 msgid "" "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product" " form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "各保管場所の在庫を確認するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:guilabel:`手持在庫` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "全ロケーションの手持在庫を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen " "units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`販売アプリ` に行き、新しい見積を作成して `iPhone充電器` 18ユニット分の :ref:`配送オーダ " "` を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 msgid "" "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery " "order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal " "strategy." msgstr "" "プロダクトを追加したら、:guilabel:`確認` " "をクリックして配送オーダを作成します。配送オーダは払出方針を使用して最寄ロケーションに保管された在庫を引当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" "どこでユニットがピッキングされたかについての詳細は、右端にある :guilabel:`⦙≣ (箇条書き)` アイコンを選択して下さい。 " "すると、払出方針に従って引当された商品がどのようにピッキングされたかを表示する :guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` " "ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then " "selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`ピッキング元` フィールドには、guilabel:`需要` " "を満たす数量が選択された場所が表示されます。 最寄ロケーションである `WH/在庫/棚1` " "に保管されている15個のユニット全てがまず最初に選択されます。 残りの3個のユニットは、2番目に近い場所である `WH/在庫/棚2` から選択されます" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." msgstr "iPhone充電器のオーダ数量を *ピッキング元* 数量で表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 msgid "FEFO removal" msgstr "FEFO払出" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for " "removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "*使用期限順先出* (FEFO) 払出方針は、指定された使用期限に従って払出の優先順位を決めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 msgid "Removal date" msgstr "廃棄日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 msgid "" "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, " "which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration " "date*." msgstr "プロダクトは、プロダクトの *使用期限日* の一定期間前に設定される *廃棄日* までに、在庫から削除されなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 msgid "" "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` " "or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" "この日数は、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動してユーザが設定します。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " "セクションで、:guilabel:`追跡` フィールドが :guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` " "に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the " ":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`使用期限` オプションを選択すると、:guilabel:`廃棄日` " "フィールド(およびその他の日付フィールド)が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." msgstr "" "使用期限日を追跡するには、:guilabel:`ロット番号とシリアル番号` および :guilabel:`使用期限日` " "の機能が、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で有効になっている **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 msgid "" "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the " "product was received to the number of days specified in the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" "プロダクトの使用期限日は、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`使用期限日` " "フィールドで指定された日数に、プロダクトが入荷した日付を加算することで決定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 msgid "" "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of " "days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." msgstr "廃棄日は、この使用期限日から、プロダクトフォームの:guilabel:`廃棄日` フィールドで指定された日数を差引いた日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 msgid "" ":doc:`Expiration dates " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`使用期限日 <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following " ":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" msgstr " プロダクト `卵` の :guilabel:`在庫` タブで、ユーザにより以下の :guilabel:`日付` が設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" msgstr ":guilabel:`使用期限日`: 入荷から `30` 日後" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" msgstr ":guilabel:`廃棄日`: 使用期限日の `15` 日前" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームで設定された使用期限日と廃棄日を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 msgid "" "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the " "expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By " "extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." msgstr "" " 1月1日に卵が倉庫に入荷しました。そのため、卵の使用期限日は **1月31日** (1月1日+30)となります。そこから廃棄日は **1月16日** " "(1月31日-15日) となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 msgid "" "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product " "form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "在庫品の使用期限日を確認するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:guilabel:`手持在庫` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 msgid "" "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and " "select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal " "Date`." msgstr "" "次に、右端にある追加オプションアイコンをクリックし、列: :guilabel:`使用期限日` と :guilabel:`廃棄日` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "" "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" "smart button from the product form." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームの *手持在庫*\n" "スマートボタンからアクセスできる在庫調整モデルから、使用期限日を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures " "that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." msgstr ":abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` 払出方針により、廃棄日が最も近いプロダクトから初めにピッキングされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 msgid "" "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following " "example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing" " twelve eggs." msgstr "" "この払出方針がどのように機能するかを理解するために、以下で `卵の入った箱` というプロダクトの例を挙げて説明します。箱には12個の卵が入っています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 msgid "" "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First" " Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" "プロダクトは :guilabel:`ロット` で追跡され、プロダクトカテゴリの :guilabel:`払出方針強制` は " ":guilabel:`使用期限順先出(FEFO)` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" msgstr ":ref:`払出方針強制を設定する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" msgstr ":ref:`ロット追跡を有効にする `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products " "`_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 生鮮品 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 msgid "LOT1" msgstr "ロット1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 msgid "LOT2" msgstr "ロット2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 msgid "LOT3" msgstr "ロット3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "手持在庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:231 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 msgid "April 4" msgstr "4月4日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 msgid "April 10" msgstr "4月10日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 msgid "April 15" msgstr "4月15日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr ":ref:`廃棄日 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 msgid "February 26" msgstr "2月26日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 msgid "March 4" msgstr "3月4日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 msgid "March 9" msgstr "3月9日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and create a new quotation." msgstr "払出方針を実際に確認するには、:menuselection:`販売アプリ` に移動し、新しい見積を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December " "29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, " "using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`確認` " "をクリックすると、本日12月29日の配送オーダが作成され、使用期限日が最も早いロット番号が、:abbr:`FEFO(使用期限順先出)` " "払出方針に従って確保されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "詳細なピッキング内容を確認するには、配送オーダの :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブにある卵の箱プロダクト明細の一番右にある " ":guilabel:`⦙≣(箇条書き)` アイコンをクリックします。すると :guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`ピッキング元` フィールドは :guilabel:`需要` " "を満たす数量が選択されるフィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 msgid "" "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with " "the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is " "selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." msgstr "" "このオーダでは卵6箱を要求しているため、:abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` 払出方針に従って、廃棄日が2月26日の `LOT1` " "の5箱全てがピッキングされます。残りの箱は、廃棄日が3月4日の `LOT2` から選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." msgstr "FEFOを使用して廃棄されるロットを示す在庫移動ウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "FIFO払出" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the " "earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products" " that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock " "retention of specific styles." msgstr "" "*先入先出* " "(FIFO)による払出方針は、入荷日が最も早いプロダクトが選択されます。この方法は、例えば、アパレル製品など、需要サイクルが短いプロダクトを販売する企業にとって有益です。" " :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)` を用いることで、企業は特定のスタイルの在庫が長期にわたって滞留するのを防ぐことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 msgid "" "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive" " on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that " "have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are " "selected first for picking." msgstr "" "ロット番号で追跡される `Tシャツ` というプロダクトが、8月1日と8月25日にそれぞれ異なる数量で入荷しました。9月1日に作成されたオーダでは、 " ":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)` " "払出方針により、最も長い期間在庫として保管されていたロットが優先されます。そのため、8月1日に入荷したプロダクトがまずピッキングの対象として選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "FIFOにより在庫の最も古いプロダクトを選択している図。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" msgstr ":ref:`ロット/シリアル番号設定詳細 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "到着日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 msgid "" "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" "最初に在庫に着荷したプロダクトロットまたはシリアル番号を確認するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> " "ロット/シリアル番号` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a" " product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial " "numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the " "lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." msgstr "" "そして、プロダクト明細の左にある :guilabel:`▶️ (右向き矢印)` " "アイコンを選択すると、在庫にあるプロダクトのロットまたはシリアル番号の全リストが表示されます。 :guilabel:`作成日` " "フィールドにはロット/シリアル番号の作成日が表示されます。これは、実質的にには到着日です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 msgid "" "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on" " December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." msgstr "" "プロダクト `扉付きキャビネット` 到着日12月29日のシリアル番号`00000000500`は、:guilabel:`作成日` " "フィールドに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "商品のロットの到着日を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 msgid "" "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, " "consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr "" " :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)` " "がどのようにプロダクトを回転させるかを理解するために、以下の例を3ロットの白いシャツに焦点を当てて考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 msgid "" "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In," " First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" "シャツは *全て/衣類* カテゴリに属しており、 :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)` が:guilabel:`払出方針強制` " "として設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 msgid "" "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "白いシャツは、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブで :guilabel:`ロット` 別に追跡されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 msgid "" "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of " "white shirts." msgstr "以下の表は、白いシャツの在庫とロット番号の詳細を表しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:228 msgid "3" msgstr "3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr ":ref:`作成日 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 msgid "March 1" msgstr "3月1日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 msgid "April 1" msgstr "4月1日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 msgid "May 1" msgstr "5月1日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for six white shirts by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" "払出方針を実際に確認するには、:ref:`販売アプリ` に移動して新しい見積を作成し、6枚の白いシャツの :ref:`配送オーダ " "` を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with" " the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "販売オーダの :guilabel:`確認` をクリックすると、シャツのロット番号が最も古い配送オーダが、:abbr:`FIFO(先入先出)` " "払出方針を使用して引当されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "詳細なピッキング内容を確認するには、配送オーダの :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの白シャツのプロダクト明細の一番右にある " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (箇条書き)` アイコンをクリックします。 そうすると、 :guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` " "ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from " "`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`ピッキング元` フィールドには、:guilabel:`需要`" " を満たす数量がどこから選択されるかが表示されます。 オーダでは、シャツを6枚、`ロット1` から全5枚、`ロット2` から1枚が選択されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "FIFO方針による販売オーダ用に2つのロットが確保されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "最少梱包払出" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the " "fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock " "without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" "*最少梱包* 払出方針は、最小数の梱包を開けることでオーダ需要を満たします。 複数の箱を開けることなく、整理された在庫を維持するのに最適です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages " "`_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 最少梱包 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "" "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following " "example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk " "packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "払出方針がどのように機能するかを理解するために、小麦粉のバルク梱包 `100 kg` を保管する倉庫を例に考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 msgid "" "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the " "least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened " "package." msgstr "" "湿気を最小限に抑え、かつ/または開封した梱包への外注の侵入を防ぐため、最少梱包払出方針を適用し、1つの開封済の梱包からピッキングを行います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 msgid "" "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some " "orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" "いくつかのオーダに対応した後、`100 kg` の小麦粉が `54 kg` に減りました。在庫には他の `100 kg` の梱包があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 msgid "" "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is " "selected." msgstr " 小麦粉の `14 kg` のオーダが入力されると、 `54 kg` の梱包が選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 msgid "" "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 " "kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in " "two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." msgstr "" "小麦粉のオーダが `54 kg` を超える数量の場合、未開封の `100 kg` " "の梱包がオーダを満たすため使用されます。これにより一時的に開封された梱包が2つになりますが、次のピッキングではこれらの開封された梱包が優先されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "" "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is " "used to fulfill an order." msgstr "最少梱包払出方針では、オーダを満たすために使用される梱包の数が最少に抑えられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`Packages feature ` " "**must** be enabled to use this strategy." msgstr "" "この方針を使用するには :ref:`梱包機能 ` が有効化されている " "**必要があります** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The " "product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, " "is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one " "remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." msgstr "" "次の例では、プロダクト `小麦粉` を例に考えてみましょう。プロダクトフォームにあるプロダクトの :guilabel:`単位` フィールドは `kg` " "に設定されています。プロダクトは `100 kg` の梱包で保管されており、残りの梱包には `54 kg` が残っています。プロダクトカテゴリの " ":guilabel:`払出方針強制` は :guilabel:`最少梱包` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`プロダクトカテゴリの払出方針を設定する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 msgid "" "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and " "click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "プロダクトの在庫を確認するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:guilabel:`手持在庫` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "各梱包の手持在庫を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty " "kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a" " new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is " "created." msgstr "" "小麦粉80kgの :ref:`配送オーダ ` " "を作成するには、:menuselection:`販売アプリ` に移動し、新しい見積を作成します。 :guilabel:`確認` " "をクリックすると、配送オーダが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 msgid "" "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount " "automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "配送オーダの :guilabel:`数量` フィールドには、払出方針に従って自動的にピッキングされた数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" "*どこ* でユニットがピッキングされたかについての詳細は、右端にある :guilabel:`⦙≣ (箇条書き)` アイコンを選択して下さい。すると、 " ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウが開き、払出方針に従って引当されたアイテムがどのようにピッキングされたかが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the " "quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` " "is selected." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`ピッキング元` フィールドには、:guilabel:`需要` " "を満たす数量が選択された場所が表示されます。 オーダは80kgを要求しており、これは開封済の梱包の数量である `54 kg` " "を超えるため、未開封の梱包である`100 kg` が選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1 msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "どの梱包が *ピッキング元* フィールドでピッキングされたか表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "LIFO払出" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** " "products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock." msgstr "*後入先出* (LIFO)払出方針は、倉庫の在庫に入荷した日付に基づいて、**最新** の在庫プロダクト手持在庫をピッキングします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " "First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that " "has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that " "entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" " :abbr:`LIFO(後入先出)` " "方針を使用するプロダクトのオーダが作成されるたびに、在庫に直近に入庫されたロット/シリアル番号(倉庫の在庫に入庫した **最後** " "のロット/シリアル番号)の運送が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" "多くの国々では、古いプロダクトや使用期限切れ、あるいは旧式のプロダクトが顧客に配送される可能性があるため、:abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)` " "払出方針は禁止されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 msgid "" "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is " "tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product " "category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" "次の例を考えてみましょう。プロダクト`軽量コンクリートブロック` は、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブで " ":guilabel:`ロット` で追跡されています。軽量コンクリートブロックのプロダクトカテゴリの :guilabel:`払出方針強制` は " ":guilabel:`先入先出(LIFO)` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" msgstr ":ref:`到着日を確認する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 msgid "" "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various" " lot number details." msgstr " 以下の表は、在庫の軽量コンクリートブロックと、それぞれのロット番号の詳細を表しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 msgid "June 1" msgstr "6月1日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 msgid "June 3" msgstr "6月3日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 msgid "June 6" msgstr "6月6日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" "払出方針を実際に確認するには、:ref:`販売アプリ` に移動して新しい見積を作成し、7つの軽量コンクリートブロックに対する :ref:`配送オーダ " "` を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so " "reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "販売オーダを :guilabel:`確認` すると、配送オーダが作成されます。これにより、最新のロット番号が :abbr:`LIFO(後入先出)` " "払出方針に従って予約されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "詳細なピッキング内容を確認するには、配送オーダの :guilabel:`オペレーション` " "タブにある、軽量コンクリートブロックのプロダクト明細の一番右にある :guilabel:`⦙≣(箇条書き)` アイコンをクリックします。 そうすると、 " ":guilabel:`在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder" " blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`ピッキング元` フィールドには、:guilabel:`需要` " "を満たす数量がどこから選択されるかが表示されます。 オーダでは 7 個の軽量コンクリートブロックが要求されているため、:abbr:`LIFO " "(後入先出)` 払出方針を使用して、`ロット3` から最新の軽量コンクリートブロックが選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "詳細オペレーションを見ると、どのロットがピッキング対象として選択されているかがわかります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6 msgid "Reservation methods" msgstr "引当方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8 msgid "" "Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they " "always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can " "deliver products on time." msgstr "" "顧客に商品を販売・配送する企業は、新たな販売オーダが確定した場合、納期通りにプロダクトを配送することができるよう、常に在庫を確保しておく必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation " "methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be " "reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for " "the correct orders." msgstr "" "Odooでは、これを *引当方法* " "を使用して処理できます。引当方法は配送オーダ(DO)に含まれるプロダクトをどのように配送用に引当するのかをコントロールし、適切なオーダに対して適切な時に引当されるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15 msgid "" "There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, " "*Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*." msgstr "Odooには3種類の引当方法があります: *確認時*、*手動*、*予定日前* です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20 msgid "At Confirmation" msgstr "確定時" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22 msgid "" "Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock" " is already available." msgstr "販売オーダが確定され、在庫がある場合 *のみ* プロダクトを引当てします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27 msgid "" "Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked " "manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually." msgstr "見積確定後、プロダクトの在庫状況を手動で確認し、必要な数量を手動で予約する **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30 msgid "Before scheduled date" msgstr "予定日前" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32 msgid "" "A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of " "days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved." msgstr "特定の日数を選択することができます。これは、プロダクトが引当される必要のある配送予定日*前までの*最大日数です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38 msgid "" "Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure " "reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "引当方法は個々のオペレーションタイプに設定されます。引当方法を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "オペレーションタイプ` に進みます。引当方法を設定するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "を開きます。または :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして新規作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be " "used for this type of operation." msgstr "" "オペレーションタイプフォームの :guilabel:`全般` タブで :guilabel:`引当方法` " "オプションを探し、このタイプのオペレーションにどの方法を使用するかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form." msgstr "配送オーダ運用タイプフォームの予約方法欄。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a " "new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this" " field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before " "when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`予定日前` の引当方法が選択された場合、下に新しい:guilabel:`予定日前` フィールドが表示されます。このフィールドから " ":guilabel:`日前` と :guilabel:`日前(星付き)` をデフォルトの `0` から変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of " "days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved." msgstr ":guilabel:`日前` の値を変更すると、プロダクトを予約する予定日の最大日数が変更されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers " "for products should be reserved." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`日前(星付き)`の値を変更すると、プロダクトのスター付き(お気に入り)運送が予約される予定日の最大日数が変更されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0 msgid "" "Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method " "chosen." msgstr "選択された予定日前引当方法での予定日前引当フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66 msgid "Required applications" msgstr "必要なアプリケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68 msgid "" "The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed " "` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and " "*Inventory* apps." msgstr "" "引当方法を使用するために **必須の** :ref:`installed ` アプリケーションは、 *販売* と " "*在庫* の2つです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72 msgid "" "In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for " "*manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for " "*repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure " "the additional settings:" msgstr "" "配送オーダだけでなく、必要に応じて、*製造オーダ*、*外注先在庫補充* オーダ、*修理* オーダ、*内部運送* " "にも引当方法を使用できます。これを有効にするには、追加設定を行います:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76 msgid "" "**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by " "going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing*" " app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" "**製造オーダの場合:** *製造* アプリケーションをインストールするには、 :menuselection:`アプリ` " "アプリケーションに行き、*製造* アプリケーションを探し、 :guilabel:`インストール` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79 msgid "" "**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "**外注先在庫補充用:** :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで :guilabel:`外注` を有効にします。そして :guilabel:`保存` " "をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82 msgid "" "**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the " ":menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" "**修理用:** :menuselection:`アプリ` アプリケーションに行き、*修理* アプリを探し、 :guilabel:`インストール` " "をクリックして、*修理* アプリケーションをインストールします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84 msgid "" "**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "**内部運送の場合:** :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " "セクションで :guilabel:`保管場所` を有効にします。そして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88 msgid "" "Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled " "from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by" " default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type." msgstr "" "これらのアプリがインストールされると、引当方法を機能させるために設定から追加機能を有効にする必要はありません。これらの機能は特定のオペレーションタイプでデフォルトで使用可能で、" " :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動し、特定のオペレーションタイプをクリックすることで表示・変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on " "an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** " "available." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` フォームの :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` が :guilabel:`入荷` " "に変更された場合、引当方法は利用でき **ません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 msgid "" "Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the " "Inventory app." msgstr "在庫アプリの設定サブメニューで強調表示されたオペレーションタイプ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3 msgid "At confirmation reservation" msgstr "引当確認" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9 msgid "" "The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a " "sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products " "included in the |SO| is already available." msgstr "" "*確認時* 引当方式は、販売オーダ(SO)が確認され、**かつ** その |SO| に含まれるプロダクトの十分な在庫がすでにある場合に " "*のみ*、プロダクトを引当します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`" msgstr ":doc:`引当方法について <../reservation_methods>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "引当方法を *確認時* に設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動します。次に、設定したい :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` を選択するか、 :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして新規作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At " "Confirmation`." msgstr "" "オペレーションタイプフォームの :guilabel:`概要` タブで、 :guilabel:`引当方法` フィールドを探し、 " ":guilabel:`確認時` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32 msgid "" "To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO|" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" "引当方法が *確認時* にどのように機能するかを確認するには、、:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 新規` に移動して新規 |SO| " "(販売オーダ)を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to " "sell." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`顧客` フィールドに顧客を追加します。次に :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブで :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` " "をクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから見積に追加するプロダクトを選択します。最後に、:guilabel:`数量` " "列で、販売するプロダクトの希望数量を調整します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックして販売オーダを確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the " "product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order." msgstr "" "プロダクト明細の :guilabel:`📈(エリアグラフ)` アイコンをクリックすると、プロダクトの :guilabel:`利用可能` " "ツールチップが表示され、このオーダの :guilabel:`引当済` 個数が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57 msgid "" "If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in" " the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green." msgstr "" "|SO| に含まれる商品の在庫が十分で **ない** 場合、:guilabel:`📈(エリアグラフ)` のアイコンは緑ではなく赤になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals " "the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`利用可能` ツールチップは、引当済オーダの単位数を表示する代わりに、:guilabel:`利用可能` " "と表示し、利用可能な単位数を表示します。 (例 `0個`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected." msgstr "プロダクト利用可能ツールチップが選択された販売オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56 msgid "Forecasted Report" msgstr "予測レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58 msgid "" "To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the " ":guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard." msgstr "" "プロダクト引当に影響する全ての要素を見るには、 :guilabel:`予測照会` の内部リンク矢印をクリックして :guilabel:`予測レポート` " "ダッシュボードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the " "product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the " "product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the " ":guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`予測レポート` は、販売オーダに含まれるプロダクトの予測情報を表示します。つまり、そのプロダクトの入荷状況や、 " ":guilabel:`使用先` 列に表示される有効な販売オーダを表示します。各オーダは :guilabel:`補充` 列に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top " "of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` " "quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:" msgstr "" "さらに、 :guilabel:`手持`と :guilabel:`入荷`の数量を足し、 :guilabel:`出荷`の数量を引くことで、 " ":guilabel:`予測`数量が、以下に表示されるようにページの一番上で計算されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page." msgstr "予測レポートページの予測数量方程式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74 msgid "" "If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the " ":guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" "あるオーダを他のオーダよりも優先させたい場合は、 :guilabel:`補充` 列の対応するオーダ明細の :guilabel:`引当解除` " "ボタンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77 msgid "" "To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the " "top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked " "properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads " "`Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and " ":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read " "`100.00`)." msgstr "" "プロダクトを配送するには、販売オーダフォームの上部にある :guilabel:`配送` " "スマートボタンをクリックします。引当が正しく行われたことを確認するために、 :guilabel:`プロダクト利用可能` フィールドが `利用可能` " "(緑色のテキスト) と表示され、 :guilabel:`需要` と :guilabel:`数量` 列の数字が一致していることを確認します " "(この場合、両方とも `100.00` と表示されるはずです)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "" "Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation " "reservation." msgstr "確認時に引当の販売オーダに含まれるプロダクトの配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "用意ができたら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation `" msgstr ":doc:`手動引当 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation `" msgstr ":doc:`予定日前に引当`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3 msgid "Before scheduled date reservation" msgstr "予定日前引当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a " "specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a " "scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should" " be reserved." msgstr "" "*予定日前* 引当は、販売オーダ(SO)に含まれるプロダクトを引当する際に、配送予定日 **前** " "の最大日数として機能する特定の日数をユーザが選択できる引当方法です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "引当方法を *予定日前* に設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動します。次に、設定したい :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` を選択するか、 :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして新規作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`." msgstr ":guilabel:`概要` タブで、:guilabel:`引当方法` フィールドを探し、:guilabel:`予定日前` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34 msgid "" "Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears" " below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" "選択されると、下に新しい :guilabel:`予定日前に引当` フィールドが表示されます。このフィールドでは :guilabel:`日前` と " ":guilabel:`重要度の高い日までの日数` をデフォルトの `0` から変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if " "the transfers are starred (favorited)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`重要度の高い日までの日数` " "の値を変更すると、転送が星付き(お気に入り)の場合にプロダクトが引当される予定日の最大日数が変更されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45 msgid "" "Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`." msgstr "ここでは、:guilabel:`日前` の値を2日前、:guilabel:`日前(星付き)` の値を3日前に設定しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48 msgid "" "This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date" " for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for " "starred (favorited) transfers." msgstr "つまり、通常配送オーダは配送予定日の2日前、星付き(お気に入り)配送は配送予定日の3日前にプロダクトが予約されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values." msgstr "予定日前の予約フィールドに数値を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55 msgid "" "This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below." msgstr "これは、以下のワークフローに適用される設定です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58 msgid "Edit product form" msgstr "プロダクトフォームを編集" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60 msgid "" "Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure " "that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with " "this method." msgstr "*予定日前* 引当方式を使用する前に、この方式で販売予定のプロダクトに *顧客リードタイム* が追加されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select the desired product to configure." msgstr "" "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に移動し、設定したいプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer " "Lead Time` field." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`在庫` タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`物流` セクションで " ":guilabel:`顧客リードタイム` フィールドの値を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69 msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days." msgstr "このワークフローの例では、`5` 日に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71 msgid "" "This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days" " after the creation date of the sales order." msgstr "これは、この特定のプロダクトの予定納期を、配送オーダの作成日から5日後に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab." msgstr "在庫タブで顧客のリードタイムを設定したプロダクトフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a " "new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" "*予定日前* 引当方法がどのように機能するかを見るには、:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 新規` に移動して新しい |SO| " "を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, " "to add to the quotation form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`顧客` フィールドで顧客を追加し、次に、:guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブで、:guilabel:`プロダクト追加` " "をクリックし、見積フォームに追加する *顧客リードタイム* が設定されているプロダクトをドロップダウンメニューから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of " "the product to sell." msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`数量` 列で、販売するプロダクトの希望する数量を調整します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90 msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`." msgstr "このサンプルワークフローでは、 :guilabel:`数量` を `10` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads " "`0 Units`." msgstr "" "プロダクト明細の緑色の :guilabel:`📈(エリアグラフ)` アイコンをクリックすると、プロダクトの :guilabel:`利用可能` " "ツールチップが表示されます。このツールチップには、このオーダ用の引当済単位数が表示されます。引当方法が *予定日前* に設定されているため、 " ":guilabel:`引当済` の数量は `0単位` と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, " "is five days from the order date." msgstr "" "しかし、その下には `利用可能な在庫` " "と表示されています。これは数量は入手可能であるが、このワークフローの例では予定日がオーダから5日後であるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102 msgid "" "Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it " "will not reserve the products until then." msgstr "引当は配送予定日の2日前からとなるため、それまではプロダクトの引当はできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the" " available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`利用可能` ツールチップは、オーダに対して予約されたユニット数を表示する代わりに、:guilabel:`引当済` " "と表示し、使用可能なユニット数を表示します。 (例: `0個`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also" " reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text." msgstr "さらに、セット補充か入荷中のものがない限り、赤い文字で :guilabel:`利用可能予定なし` と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックすると配送オーダフォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121 msgid "" "On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" "配送オーダフォームの :guilabel:`プロダクト利用可能` フィールドのステータスが、緑ではなく黄色のテキストで `利用可能` " "と表示されています。これは、このオーダに対して十分な在庫があるにもかかわらず、数量がまだ予約されていないためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125 msgid "" "Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation " "date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days " "from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト利用可能` フィールドの上にある :guilabel:`予定日` " "フィールドには、オーダ作成日から5日後の日付が表示されていることに注意して下さい。これは今日の日付から3日後(配送予定日の2日前)までプロダクトが引当されていないことを示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity." msgstr "配送オーダフォームにプロダクトの在庫と引当済数量を記載します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, " "while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト` 行の :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブで、 :guilabel:`需要` 列と " ":guilabel:`数量` 列の数字が一致していません(この場合、 :guilabel:`需要` 列には `10.00` が、 " ":guilabel:`数量` 列には `0` が表示されます)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't " "reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically " "reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the " ":guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`数量` 列に `0` と表示されているのは、プロダクトが配送日の *2日前* " "まで引当されていないためです。Odooは予定日が来ると自動的にプロダクトを引当し、その時点で :guilabel:`需要` と " ":guilabel:`数量` 列が一致します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142 msgid "" "If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled " "reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually " "reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check " "Availability` at the top of the form." msgstr "" "もし |SO| 内のプロダクトが予約予定日よりも *早く* " "予約されるべき場合は、予約を手動で上書きすることができます。予定よりも早くプロダクトを手動で予約するには、フォーム上部の " ":guilabel:`利用可能確認` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146 msgid "" "This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` " "field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to " "match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" "これは :guilabel:`プロダクト利用可能` フィールドの `利用可能` ステータスを緑色にし、 :guilabel:`数量` 列の数値を " ":guilabel:`需要` 列と一致するように変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation `" msgstr ":doc:`確認時に引当 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3 msgid "Manual reservation" msgstr "手動引当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9 msgid "" "Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation " "method does **not** reserve products automatically." msgstr "*確認時* 引当方法とは異なり、*手動* 引当方法は自動的にプロダクトを予約 **しません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12 msgid "" "Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must**" " be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved " "manually." msgstr "その代わりに、販売オーダ(SO)が確定されると、プロダクトの在庫状況を手動で確認し、必要な数量を手動で予約する **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "予約方法を *手動* に設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動します。次に、設定したい :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` を選択するか、 :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして新規作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`." msgstr ":guilabel:`概要` タブで、:guilabel:`引当方法` フィールドを探し、:guilabel:`手動` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39 msgid "" "To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" "手動 *引当方法* がどのように機能するかを見るには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 新規` に移動して新しい |SO| " "を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`." msgstr "" "プロダクト明細の緑色の :guilabel:`📈(エリアグラフ)` アイコンをクリックすると、プロダクトの :guilabel:`在庫状況` " "ツールチップが表示されます。このツールチップには、このオーダの引当済単位数が表示されます。予約方法が *手動* に設定されているため、 " ":guilabel:`引当済` 数量は `0単位` と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but must be manually reserved." msgstr "しかし、その数量の下には`利用可能な在庫` と表示されています。これは、その数量は利用可能ですが、手動で引当する必要があるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, " "and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` page." msgstr "" " |SO|が確認されたら、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`在庫概要` ページで " ":guilabel:`配送オーダ`カードを探します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live " "orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this " "status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been " "reserved yet, or are not in stock at all." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードには、:guilabel:`待機中` " "ステータスを含む、現在の配送オーダのステータスが表示されます。このステータスを持つオーダは、そのオーダのプロダクトがまだ引当されていないか、在庫が全くないことを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders." msgstr "待機中ステータスオーダのある配送オーダタスクカード。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button" " on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)." msgstr "" "以前に作成された |SO| を見るには、カードの :guilabel:`(#) 待機数` ボタンをクリックして下さい(この場合、`8 待機数`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84 msgid "" "Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created," " and click the line to view it." msgstr "先に作成した |SO| に紐づく配送オーダ (DO)を探し、その明細をクリックして表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product" " Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送オーダ` フォームの :guilabel:`プロダクト利用可能` フィールドのステータスが、緑ではなく黄色のテキストで " "`利用可能` と表示されます。これは、このオーダには十分な在庫がありますが、まだ数量が引当されていないためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do *not* match." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細で、 :guilabel:`需要` 列と " ":guilabel:`数量` 列の数字が一致 *しません*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94 msgid "" "In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`." msgstr "この場合、 :guilabel:`需要` 列には `10.00` が、 :guilabel:`数量` 列には `0` が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101 msgid "" "To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, " "click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. " "Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field green, and changes the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" "このオーダで指定された数量のプロダクトを手動で引当するには、フォーム上部の :guilabel:`利用可能確認` " "ボタンをクリックします。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`プロダクト利用可能` フィールドの `利用可能` ステータスが緑色に変わり、 " ":guilabel:`数量` 列の数字が :guilabel:`需要` 列と一致するように変更されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106 msgid "" "This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the " "order." msgstr "これは、オーダに対して引当するのに十分な在庫数量があるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111 msgid "" "Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same" " time, and set to *Ready* status." msgstr "*待機中* ステータスの複数のオーダを同時に手動で引当し、*準備完了* ステータスに設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114 msgid "" "To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page" " is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Overview`." msgstr "" "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫` アプリを開いて :guilabel:`在庫概要` ページを表示します。また、 " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 概要` に移動しても :guilabel:`在庫概要` ページにアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) " "Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫概要` ページから、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードの :guilabel:`(#)待機数` " "ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121 msgid "" "Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the " "checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the " "page at once." msgstr "" "次に、希望する各オーダの左側にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れるか、ヘッダー行の左端にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、ページ上の全てのオーダが一度に選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the " "page." msgstr "次に、ページ上部の :guilabel:`利用可能確認` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126 msgid "" "If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, " "this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` " "status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from" " the :guilabel:`Waiting` list." msgstr "" "全ての選択されたオーダに含まれるプロダクトに十分な在庫がある場合、これによりプロダクトを引当し、オーダを :guilabel:`準備完了` " "ステータスに移動します。:guilabel:`準備完了` ステータスを受取ると、オーダは :guilabel:`待機中` リストから消えます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130 msgid "" "If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current " "status, and remains on the list." msgstr "十分な在庫が *ない* 場合、オーダは現在のステータスを維持し、リストに残ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0 msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button." msgstr "待機中状態のオーダ覧と利用可能確認ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "配送方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "Odooを有効化すると、*配送方法* 設定で販売オーダとeコマースショッピングカートの配送費用を計算するオプションが追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr ":ref:`サードパーティ運送会社設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odooチュートリアル: 配送価格 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:21 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" "販売オーダとEコマースの送料を計算するには、*配送費用* " "モジュールをインストールする必要があります。インストールするには、Odooのメインダッシュボードから :menuselection:`アプリ` " "アプリケーションに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`アプリ` フィルタを削除し、 :guilabel:`検索...` バーに `配送費用` " "と入力します。:guilabel:`配送費用` モジュールを見つけたら、 :guilabel:`有効化` をクリックしてインストールします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module." msgstr "配送費用モジュールをインストールします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "配送方法を追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" "配送方法は、個々の明細項目として表示される配送プロダクトの形で販売オーダに追加することができます。まず、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ " "--> オーダ --> オーダ` で目的の販売オーダに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" "販売オーダで :guilabel:`配送方法の追加` ボタンをクリックすると、 :guilabel:`配送方法の追加` " "ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。そして、リストから :guilabel:`配送方法` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オーダ重量合計` は、プロダクトの重量(各プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` " "タブで定義されています)に基づいてあらかじめ入力されています。フィールドを編集して正確な重量を指定し、 :guilabel:`追加` " "をクリックして配送方法を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:47 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr ":guilabel:`オーダ重量合計` で定義された量は、プロダクトフォームで定義されたプロダクト重量合計を上書きします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "配送費用は、配送方法フォームに記載された :guilabel:`配送プロダクト` として、*販売オーダ明細* に追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:54 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "販売オーダ `S00088` に定額料金 `$200` の配送プロダクト `家具配送` が追加されました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "販売オーダ明細に配送オーダを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:265 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "配送オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:63 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" "販売オーダに追加された配送方法は、配送オーダの配送運送会社の詳細とリンクしています。配送時に配送方法を追加または変更するには、:guilabel:`追加情報`" " タブに移動し、:guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドを変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "配送フォームに記載されている運送会社の情報。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3 msgid "Bpost integration" msgstr "Bpost統合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5 msgid "" "Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to " "clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:" msgstr "Odooで*Bpost* 配送コネクタを設定し、Odoo内で直接顧客へのBpost配送を管理することができます。設定方法は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8 msgid "Create a Bpost account." msgstr "Bpostアカウントを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9 msgid "" "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" ":ref:`アカウントIDおよびパスフレーズ ` を入手します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo " "`." msgstr ":ref:`Odooで配送方法を設定する `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "" "Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on " "package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost " "business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through " "Odoo." msgstr "" "完了後、梱包サイズと重量に基づいて送料を計算し、Bpostビジネスアカウントに直接料金を適用し、Odooを通してBpost追跡ラベルを自動的に印刷することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" msgstr ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`" msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Account setup" msgstr "アカウント設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "" "To begin, go to the `Bpost website " "`_ to create, or log into, the " "company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the " "company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready." msgstr "" "まず、Bpostのウェブサイト `_ " "にアクセスし、会社のBpostビジネスアカウントを作成するか、ログインします。Bpostアカウントを作成する際には、会社のVAT番号と携帯電話番号を用意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29 msgid "" "Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for " "shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual " "business relationship between the company and Bpost." msgstr "" "ウェブサイトの手順に従って登録を完了し、配送サービスを申し込みます。これにより、会社とBpostとの間で契約上の取引関係を結ぶことになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33 msgid "" "Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost " "`_ accounts." msgstr "" "Odooは、`非ビジネスBpost `_ アカウントと統合することは **できません。**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35 msgid "" "After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item." msgstr "設定が完了したら、:guilabel:`配送管理` メニューに移動して、BpostアカウントIDとパスフレーズを取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, " "then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account " "ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送管理` ページで、 :guilabel:`管理` タブを開き、 :guilabel:`一般設定` " "タブで、Odooの配送方法を設定するために必要な :guilabel:`アカウントID` と :guilabel:`パスフレーズ` を確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase." msgstr "*管理*タブで、アカウントIDとパスフレーズを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "Shipping method configuration" msgstr "配送方法設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "" "With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in " "Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" "これらの必要な認証情報を使用して、Odooの :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` " "でBpost配送方法を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` ページで、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the " "bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロバイダー` フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから:guilabel:`Bpost` " "を選択します。そうすることで、フォームの下部に :guilabel:`Bpost設定` タブが表示され、Bpostの認証情報を入力することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61 msgid "" "For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party " "carrier ` documentation." msgstr "" "配送方法の他のフィールド、例えば :guilabel:`配送プロダクト` の設定の詳細については、 :doc:`サードパーティ運送会社を設定する " "` ドキュメンテーションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65 msgid "" "To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels ` through Odoo, ensure the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and " "Create Shipment`." msgstr "" "Bpostの :doc:`出荷ラベル ` をOdooで作成するには、 :guilabel:`統合レベル` オプションが " ":guilabel:`レートを取得して配送を作成` に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost設定` タブで、以下のフィールドに記入して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's " "unique :ref:`account ID ` from " "the Bpost website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpostアカウント番号` (必須項目): Bpostウェブサイトから、その会社固有の :ref:`アカウントID " "` を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase " "` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`パスフレーズ` (必須項目): Bpostウェブサイトから :ref:`パスフレーズ " "` を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or " ":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` " "shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` " "enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel " "Return Instructions` fields." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpost配送環境`: :guilabel:`国内` または :guilabel:`国際` " "の配送サービスを選択します。:guilabel:`国内` を選択すると :guilabel:`オプション` セクションが表示され、 " ":guilabel:`国際` を選択すると :guilabel:`Bpost配送タイプ` と :guilabel:`Bpost小包返送方法` " "フィールドが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost小包タイプ`: 配送サービスのタイプをドロップダウンメニューから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80 msgid "" "For `domestic delivery `_, the options are: " ":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Bus`." msgstr "" "`国内配送 `_ について、オプションは: :guilabel:`bpack 24h " "Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Bus` があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83 msgid "" "For `international delivery `_, the options are:" " :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." msgstr "" "`国際配送 `_ について、オプションは: :guilabel:`bpack World " "Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Europe " "Business` があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international " "deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, " ":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or " ":guilabel:`OTHER`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`BpostBpost発送タイプ` (必須フィールド): 国際配送の場合、梱包されている商品のタイプを " ":guilabel:`サンプル`、 :guilabel:`ギフト`、 :guilabel:`商品`、 :guilabel:`ドキュメント`、または " ":guilabel:`その他` として宣言します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an " "international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: " ":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or " ":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Bpost小包返送先住所`: 国際貨物が配達されなかった場合の返送先住所。ドロップダウンメニューから " ":guilabel:`破棄`、 :guilabel:`航空便で差出人に返送`、 :guilabel:`陸送便で差出人に返送` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ラベルタイプ`: :guilabel:`A6` または :guilabel:`A4` " "のラベルサイズをドロップダウンメニューから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット`: :guilabel:`PDF` または :guilabel:`PNG` " "をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95 msgid "" "For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the " ":guilabel:`Options` section:" msgstr "国内配送の場合、これらの機能は :guilabel:`オプション` セクションで利用可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as " "possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` " "selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`土曜日配送` 機能を有効にすると、土曜日を配達可能日に含めることができます。選択された " ":guilabel:`Bpost梱包タイプ` によって、このオプションは会社に追加費用が発生する可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print " "a return label upon validating the delivery order." msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベルの生成` 機能を有効にすると、配送オーダの検証時に返品ラベルが自動的に印刷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "Show Bpost shipping method." msgstr "Bpost配送方法を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "配送業者への出荷依頼を取消する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odooはサードパーティ配送業者を含む様々な配送方法に対応できます。Odooは運送会社の追跡システムと連動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "これにより輸送会社、実際の価格、目的地を管理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "運送会社システムへの要求は簡単に取消できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "配送要求の取消方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "配送オーダが **検証済** でない場合は、出荷依頼が行われていません。配送を取消するか、配送業者を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "**検証** " "をクリックした場合、依頼は完了し、追跡番号とラベルが届いているはずです。まだ依頼を取消することもできます。その場合は、**運送会社追跡参照** " "の横にある **取消** ボタンをクリックして下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "出荷が取消されたことが確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "ご希望であれば運送会社を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "出荷依頼を取消した後、出荷依頼を送信する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" "出荷依頼を取消した後、利用する運送会社を変更することができます。**配送業者に送信**　ボタンをクリックして確認して下さい。新しい追跡番号と新しいラベルが発行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:163 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`請求`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:164 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`複数梱包`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "DHL integration" msgstr "DHL統合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "DHL is one of the shipping carriers for which a *shipping connector* is " "available in Odoo's **Inventory** app. By enabling the shipping connector in" " the app's settings, and configuring at least one *shipping method*, the " "process of :doc:`calculating shipping rates <../setup_configuration>` and " ":doc:`generating shipping labels ` is greatly simplified." msgstr "" "DHLは、Odooの **在庫** アプリで利用できる *配送コネクタ* " "が利用できる運送会社の1つです。アプリの設定で配送コネクタを有効にし、少なくとも1つの *配送方法* を設定することで、:doc:`送料の計算 " "<../setup_configuration>` および :doc:`配送ラベルの生成 1` のプロセスが大幅に簡素化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "While a variety of shipping connectors are available for different carriers," " this documentation details the configuration settings specific to " "integrating DHL. For instructions on configuring the integration settings " "common to all shippers, see the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers " "`." msgstr "" "さまざまな運送会社に対応する多様な配送コネクタが利用可能ですが、このドキュメントでは、DHLとの統合に特化した設定の詳細を説明します。全ての配送業者に共通する統合設定の構成方法については、:doc:`サードパーティ配送業者に関するドキュメントを参照して下さい" " ` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Enable DHL shipping connector" msgstr "DHL配送コネクタを有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Before creating a DHL shipping method, it is necessary to enable the " "carrier's shipping connector. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "DHLの配送方法を作成する前に、運送会社の配送コネクタを有効にする必要があります。 " "これを行うには、次の順に移動します。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the " "checkbox next to :guilabel:`DHL Express Connector`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送コネクタ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`DHL Expressコネクタ` " "の横にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。最後に、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:25 msgid "" "Once the connector has been enabled, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL" " Shipping Methods` link appears below. Click the link to open a page showing" " all shipping methods configured for DHL." msgstr "" "コネクタが有効化されると、その下に :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL 配送方法` " "リンクが表示されます。このリンクをクリックすると、DHL用に設定された全ての配送方法を示すページが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:29 msgid "Configure DHL shipping method" msgstr "DHL配送方法を設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:31 msgid "" "After enabling the shipping connector for DHL, shipping methods can be " "configured for the carrier. Once configured, a shipping method can be added " "as a line item to sales orders (SOs), which allows for automatic computation" " of shipping rates, and generation of shipping labels." msgstr "" "DHLの配送コネクタを有効にすると、運送会社向けの配送方法の設定が可能になります。 " "配送方法が設定されると、販売オーダ(SO)に明細として追加できるようになり、送料の自動計算や配送ラベルの作成が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new DHL shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, select the :guilabel:`DHL Shipping Methods` link below the " ":guilabel:`DHL Express Connector` checkbox." msgstr "" "DHLの新しい配送方法を作成するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 設定` " "に移動します。:guilabel:`配送コネクタ` セクションで、:guilabel:`DHL Expressコネクタ` チェックボックスの下にある " ":guilabel:`DHL配送方法` リンクを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "It is also possible to see existing shipping methods for every carrier, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" "また、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` に移動すると、各運送会社の既存の配送方法を確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:43 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank shipping method form. If a shipping " "method has already been created, it can be selected from this screen." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックすると、空の配送方法フォームが開きます。配送方法がすでに作成されている場合は、この画面から選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst-1 msgid "The form for a DHL shipping method." msgstr "DHL配送方法用のフォーム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:60 msgid "General information" msgstr "一般情報" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin configuring the shipping method by entering its title in the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` フィールドに配送方法のタイトルを入力して、配送方法の設定を開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:56 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`DHL` " "option. After doing so, a new :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab appears at " "the bottom of the form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロバイダ`ドロップダウンメニューで、:guilabel:`DHL` オプションを選択します。そうすると、フォームの下部に新しい " ":guilabel:`DHL 設定` タブが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "All other fields in this section are identical on the shipping method forms " "for each shipping carrier. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party " "shippers ` for instructions on how to properly " "configure them." msgstr "" "このセクションの他の全てのフィールドは、各運送会社の配送方法フォームで同一です。それらを適切に設定する方法については、:doc:`サードバーティ配送業者" " ` のドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:64 msgid "DHL Configuration" msgstr "DHLの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab on the shipping method form is used to" " connect the user's DHL account to Odoo, and configure the shipping method's" " details." msgstr "" "配送方法フォームの :guilabel:`DHL設定` タブは、ユーザの DHLアカウントをOdooに接続し、配送方法の詳細を設定するために使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:70 msgid "DHL SiteID, password, and account number" msgstr "DHL SiteID、パスワード、アカウント番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:72 msgid "" "A DHL SiteID, password, and account number are used to link a DHL account " "with third-party services, like Odoo's **Inventory** app. The SiteID and " "password are different credentials than the ones used to log in to a DHL " "account." msgstr "" "DHLのSiteID、パスワード、およびアカウント番号は、DHLのアカウントとOdoo **在庫** " "アプリなどのサードパーティサービスをリンクするために使用されます。SiteIDとパスワードは、DHLアカウントへのログインに使用される認証情報とは異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:76 msgid "" "To obtain a DHL SiteID, password, and account number, it is necessary to " "register on the `DHL API Developer Portal " "`_, by filling out the following " "information:" msgstr "" "DHLの SiteID、パスワード、およびアカウント番号を取得するには、以下の情報を記入して `DHL API開発者ポータル " "` に登録する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`First name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`名`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Last name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`姓`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Email address`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメールアドレス`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ユーザ名`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`会社名`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`国`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:87 msgid "" "After filling out all of the fields, tick the :guilabel:`I have read and " "accept the terms of use and the privacy policy` checkbox, and click " ":guilabel:`Send` to register." msgstr "" "全ての項目を入力したら、:guilabel:`利用規約とプライバシーポリシーを読み、同意します` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`送信` をクリックして登録します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:90 msgid "" "After registering, a confirmation email is sent to verify the application. " "Click the link inside the email to activate the developer portal account, " "and set a password." msgstr "" "登録後、申請を確認するための確認メールが送信されます。Eメール内のリンクをクリックして開発者ポータルアカウントを有効化し、パスワードを設定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:93 msgid "" "This email also includes the account number for the developer portal " "account. Enter the number in the :guilabel:`DHL Account Number` field on the" " shipping method form." msgstr "" "このEメールには、開発者ポータルアカウントの口座番号も記載されています。この番号を、配送方法フォームの:guilabel:`DHLアカウント番号`フィールドに入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the developer portal account has been confirmed, log in to the portal " "using the username and password. Click on the user avatar in the top-right " "corner of the screen to open the user dashboard." msgstr "" "開発者ポータルアカウントが確認されたら、ユーザ名とパスワードを使用してポータルにログインします。画面右上のユーザアバターをクリックして、ユーザダッシュボードを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:99 msgid "" "On the dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` tab, and select an app. In " "the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, click the :guilabel:`Show key` button " "below the :guilabel:`API Key` and :guilabel:`API Secret` fields." msgstr "" "ダッシュボードで、:guilabel:`アプリ` タブをクリックし、アプリを選択します。:guilabel:`認証情報` " "セクションで、:guilabel:`APIキー` および :guilabel:`APIシークレット` フィールドの下にある " ":guilabel:`キーを表示` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:103 msgid "" "Return to the shipping method form in the Odoo database. Enter the *DHL API " "Key* in the :guilabel:`DHL SiteID` field, and the *API Secret* in the " ":guilabel:`DHL Password` field." msgstr "" "Odooデータベースの配送方法フォームに戻ります。:guilabel:`DHL SiteID`フィールドに *DHL APIキー* " "を入力し、:guilabel:`DHLパスワード` フィールドに *APIシークレット* を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:123 msgid "Shipping details" msgstr "配送詳細" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:109 msgid "" "The rest of the fields in the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab are used to " "configure the shipping method itself:" msgstr ":guilabel:`DHL設定` タブのその他のフィールドは、配送方法自体の設定に使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region in which the shipping method is used." msgstr ":guilabel:`地域`: その配送方法が使用される地域" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DHL Product`: the shipping service purchased from DHL (e.g. " "Express Worldwide)." msgstr ":guilabel:`DHLプロダクト`: DHLより購入された配送サービス (例: Express Worldwide)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DHL Package Type`: the type of DHL package used for delivery " "(e.g. DHL Box)." msgstr ":guilabel:`DHL梱包タイプ`: 配送に使用されるDHL梱包のタイプ (例: DHLボックス)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: the unit of measure used to display package" " weight." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包重量単位`: パッケージの重量を表示する際に使用される単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Dimension Unit`: the unit of measure used to display " "package size." msgstr ":guilabel:`パッケージ寸法単位`：パッケージのサイズを表示する際に使用される単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: the file format used to generate shipping labels." msgstr ":guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット`: 配送ラベルを生成するために使用されるファイルフォーマット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Template`: the paper size used to print shipping labels." msgstr ":guilabel:`ラベルテンプレート`: 出荷ラベルの印刷に使用される用紙サイズ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:121 msgid "" "Before selecting service options for a shipping method, make sure those " "services are actually available for the DHL account. Available services " "depend on the contract negotiated with DHL." msgstr "" "配送方法のサービスオプションを選択する前に、それらのサービスがDHLアカウントで実際に利用可能であることを確認して下さい。利用可能なサービスは、DHLとの契約内容によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:125 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:127 msgid "" "Additional settings are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section at the " "bottom of the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab:" msgstr "追加の設定は、:guilabel:`DHL設定` タブの下部にある :guilabel:`オプション` セクションで利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Enable this option to automatically " "generate a return label after validating a delivery order." msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベルを生成`: このオプションを有効にすると、配送オーダの検証後に返品ラベルが自動的に生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dutiable Material`: Enable this option if the shipping method is " "liable to customs or other duties." msgstr ":guilabel:`関税対象物`: 配送方法が関税やその他の税金がかかる可能性がある場合は、このオプションを有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:3 msgid "Dispatch management system" msgstr "発送管理システム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *dispatch management system* feature in Odoo is used to plan and build " "shipments. Key features include:" msgstr "Odooの*発送管理システム* 機能は、配送の計画と構築に使用されます。主な機能は次のとおりです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:8 msgid "" "**Load building**: Group products for specific carriers, assign those " ":doc:`batches <../picking_methods/batch>` to loading docks, and manage " "vehicle assignments based on fleet capacity. This ensures the right products" " are packed into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" "**積載構築**: 特定の運送会社向けのプロダクトをグループ化し、それらの :doc:`バッチ <../picking_methods/batch>` " "を積み込みドックに割当て、車両の割当てを車両の容量に基づいて管理します。これにより、適切なプロダクトが配送用の適切なトラックに確実に積み込むことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:11 msgid "" ":doc:`Fleet management <../../../../hr/fleet>`: Track and manage the " "capacity of in-house delivery vehicles." msgstr ":doc:`フリート管理 <../../../../hr/fleet>`: 社内配送車両の容量を追跡し、管理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:17 msgid "" "To use the dispatch management system, the following setup must be " "completed:" msgstr "発送管理システムを使用するには、以下の設定を完了する必要があります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Install ` the **Fleet** application." msgstr " **フリート** アプリを :ref:`インストール ` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:20 msgid "" "Configure vehicle :ref:`capacity (volume and weight) " "`." msgstr "" "車両 :ref:積載量 (容積および重量) ` " "を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:22 msgid "Enter vehicle :doc:`car model(s) <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`." msgstr "車両 :doc:`車両モデル <../../../../hr/fleet/models>` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:23 msgid "" "Enable :ref:`necessary features ` in the **Inventory** app." msgstr "" "**在庫** アプリで、:ref:`必要機能 ` " "を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:25 msgid "" "Set up :ref:`vehicles as delivery methods " "`." msgstr "" ":ref:`車両を配送方法 ` " "として設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:27 msgid "Create :ref:`dock locations `." msgstr ":ref:`ドックロケーション ` を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:32 msgid "Vehicle capacity" msgstr "車両積載量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:34 msgid "" "To configure the vehicle capacity, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> " "Configuration --> Categories`." msgstr "車両積載量を設定するには :menuselection:`フリートアプリ --> 設定 --> カテゴリ` に行きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:37 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing" " category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of " "vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the " "vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and " ":guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields." msgstr "" "次に、新しいカテゴリを追加するには :guilabel:`新規` をクリックし、既存のカテゴリを修正するにはそのカテゴリをクリックします。 " ":guilabel:`名前` フィールドに車両の種類 (例：`ピックアップトラック`、`バン`、または`貨物トラック` など) " "を入力します。次に、:guilabel:`最大重量` (キログラム単位)および :guilabel:`最大容積` " "(立方メートル単位)のフィールドに車両の積載量を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume." msgstr "重量と容積が定義された車両カテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:47 msgid "" "The units of measurement for vehicle capacity are assigned at the global " "level in the **Settings** app, in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` section." msgstr "車両容量の測定単位は、**設定** アプリの :guilabel:`測定単位` セクションで全体レベルで割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 msgid "Show units of measure settings." msgstr "測定単位の設定を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:54 msgid ":ref:`Vehicle category `" msgstr ":ref:`車両カテゴリ `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:58 msgid "Car model" msgstr "車両モデル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:60 msgid "" "Configuring a vehicle's car model is required when adding vehicles in Odoo. " "Ensure the correct *Category* is selected for a car model. Doing so " "automatically applies weight and volume capacities to all vehicles of that " "type." msgstr "" "Odooで車両を追加する際には、車両の車種を設定する必要があります。 車種には正しいカテゴリが選択されていることを確認して下さい。 " "そうすることで、そのタイプの車両全てに重量と容量が自動的に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:64 msgid "" "To configure, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> " "Models`." msgstr "設定するには、:menuselection:`フリートアプリ --> 設定 --> モデル` に移動して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:66 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Models` list, select an existing model, or click " ":guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner to create a new model. Then, set the " "relevant :guilabel:`Category` field to the relevant vehicle category." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`モデル` リストから既存のモデルを選択するか、左上隅にある :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして新しいモデルを作成します。次に、関連する :guilabel:`カテゴリ` フィールドを該当する車両カテゴリに設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Create car model <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`" msgstr ":doc:`車両モデルの作成 <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:77 msgid "Inventory settings" msgstr "在庫設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "and enable the required features for dispatch management." msgstr "次に、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、発送管理に必要な機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:82 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & " "Cluster Transfers` checkbox to prepare batches of orders for delivery." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、:guilabel:`バッチ、ウェーブ、クラスタ転送` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、配送用のオーダのバッチを準備します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:85 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, tick the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` " "and :guilabel:`Dispatch Management System` checkboxes. Doing so allows " "specific vehicles to be :ref:`set as carriers " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送` セクションで、:guilabel:`配送方法` と :guilabel:`発送管理システム` " "のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。そうすることで、特定の車両を :ref:`運送会社として設定 " "` できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:89 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`" " checkbox to assign specific locations in the warehouse as loading zones for" " delivery trucks." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで、:guilabel:`保管場所` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れると、配送トラックの荷積みゾーンとして倉庫内の特定のロケーションを割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:92 msgid "" "Then, once all the configurations are complete, be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "そして、全ての設定が完了したら、必ず :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Delivery method" msgstr "配送方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, assign each delivery vehicle as a *Carrier* by configuring a delivery " "method." msgstr "次に、配送方法の設定により、各配送車両を *運送会社* として割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:101 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Select an existing delivery method, or " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "配送方法を設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "配送方法`に移動します。既存の配送方法を選択するか、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery method <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr ":doc:`配送方法の設定 <../setup_configuration>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:107 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` form, enter a name for the delivery " "method. It is recommended to use identifying information, such as the " "vehicle description and license plate number (e.g. `Truck 123-ABCD`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送方法` " "フォームに、配送方法の名称を入力します。車両の説明やナンバープレート番号など、識別可能な情報を使用することをお勧めします(例: `トラック " "123-ABCD`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:111 msgid "" "Since the delivery methods are managed internally, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to either :guilabel:`Fixed Price` or :guilabel:`Based " "on Rules`. For more information about how shipping prices are calculated, " "refer to the :doc:`Delivery method <../setup_configuration>` article." msgstr "" "配送方法は内部で管理されているため、:guilabel:`プロバイダー` を :guilabel:`固定価格` または " ":guilabel:`計算規則に基づく` のいずれかに設定します。配送価格の計算方法の詳細については、:doc:`配送方法 " "<../setup_configuration>` の記事を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, set a :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, which is the product that shows up" " as the customer's :ref:`delivery charge ` " "on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:118 msgid "" "Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Availability` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` to " "limit the range of local delivery." msgstr "" "オプションとして、:guilabel:`利用可能` タブで、:guilabel:`国`、:guilabel:`州/都道府県`、または " ":guilabel:`郵便番号プレフィクス` を設定して、ローカル配送の範囲を限定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124 msgid "Delivery method form." msgstr "配送方法フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124 msgid "" "Example delivery method, with the :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` set to San " "Francisco's zip code." msgstr ":guilabel:`郵便番号プレフィクス` をサンフランシスコの郵便番号に設定した配送方法の例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:129 msgid "Dock locations" msgstr "ドックロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:131 msgid "" "Each loading dock must have a dedicated location. To create or configure " "dock locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "各ローディングドックには専用のロケーションが必要です。ドックロケーションを作成または設定するには、次の場所に移動します。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ" " --> 設定 --> ロケーション`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:134 msgid "" "Click the desired location, which opens the :guilabel:`Location` form. In " "the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, tick the :guilabel:`Is a " "Dock Location` checkbox." msgstr "" "希望のロケーションをクリックすると、:guilabel:`ロケーション` フォームが開きます。:guilabel:`追加情報` " "セクションで、:guilabel:`ドックロケーションである` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140 msgid "Location configuration." msgstr "ロケーション設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140 msgid "" "Location configuration page with :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox " "ticked." msgstr ":guilabel:`ドックロケーションである` チェックボックスにチェックが入った状態のロケーション設定ページ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:143 msgid "Build loads" msgstr "載積を構築する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:145 msgid "" "Once setup is complete, :ref:`assign orders to a carrier " "` and :ref:`group them into " "batches `. Then, :ref:`configure " "the batch form `, as needed." msgstr "" "設定が完了したら、:ref:`運送会社にオーダを割当て `、:ref:`バッチにグループ化 ` " "します。その後、必要に応じて、:ref:`バッチフォームを設定 ` " "します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:150 msgid "" "To group products, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Deliveries`, which reveals a list of outgoing deliveries." msgstr "" "プロダクトをグループ化するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 配送` " "に移動し、発送済みの配送のリストを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:154 msgid "" "Since this article is about a specific use case, explore details about each " "picking method in their dedicated articles." msgstr "この記事は特定のユースケースに関するものですので、各ピッキング方法の詳細については、それぞれの専用記事をご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`Wave picking <../picking_methods/wave>`" msgstr ":doc:`ウェーブピッキング <../picking_methods/wave>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`" msgstr ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:165 msgid "Carrier assignment" msgstr "運送会社の割当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:167 msgid "" "Reveal the *Carrier* column, if it is not visible by default, by clicking " "the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon in the top-right " "corner, and ticking the :guilabel:`Carrier` checkbox." msgstr "" "デフォルトで表示されていない場合は、右上隅にある :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(設定)` " "アイコンをクリックして、:guilabel:`運送会社` チェックボックスにチェックを入れることで、*運送会社* 列を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:172 msgid "" "Other useful columns to enable can be :guilabel:`Zip` code, " ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`, and :guilabel:`Shipping Volume`." msgstr "" "有効にできるその他の便利な列は、:guilabel:`郵便番号`、:guilabel:`配送重量`、:guilabel:`配送容量` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:175 msgid "" "Select the delivery orders for the batch by ticking the checkboxes on the " "left. Next, click into the line's :guilabel:`Carrier` fields. In the " "resulting drop-down menu, choose the desired vehicle's :ref:`delivery method" " `. A " ":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, indicating the number of " "orders being added to the batch. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the carrier " "is updated for all the selected records." msgstr "" "左側のチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、バッチの配送オーダを選択します。次に、明細の :guilabel:`運送会社` " "フィールドをクリックします。ドロップダウンメニューから、希望する車両の :ref:`配送方法 " "` " "を選択します。:guilabel:`確認` というポップアップウィンドウが表示され、バッチに追加されるオーダの数が示されます。 " ":guilabel:`確認` をクリックすると、選択したレコードの全てに対して運送会社が更新されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184 msgid "Set carrier." msgstr "運送会社を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184 msgid "" "The delivery method `Truck 1-MER-001` is set as the :guilabel:`Carrier` for " "two delivery orders." msgstr "配送オーダ2件に対して、配送方法 `トラック 1-MER-001`が :guilabel:`運送会社` として設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:189 msgid "Create batch" msgstr "バッチを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:191 msgid "" "With the carrier set, begin adding orders to a batch or wave transfer by " "ticking the checkbox." msgstr "運送会社を設定したら、チェックボックスにチェックを入れ一括転送またはウェーブ転送にオーダを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:194 msgid "" "If a delivery order is already assigned to a batch transfer, assigning a " "batch transfer here does **not** update it." msgstr "配送オーダがすでに一括転送に割当てられている場合、ここで一括転送を割当てても、**更新はされません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:197 msgid "" "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click either " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` or :guilabel:`Add to wave`. In the pop-up window, " "ensure :guilabel:`Add to` is set to :guilabel:`a new [batch/wave] transfer`," " then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "次に、:icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`アクション` ボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`バッチに追加` または " ":guilabel:`ウェーブに追加` のいずれかをクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`追加先` が " ":guilabel:`新規 [一括/ウェーブ] 転送` に設定されていることを確認し、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204 msgid "Example wave." msgstr "ウェーブの例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204 msgid "Delivery orders are selected to be grouped into a wave transfer." msgstr "配送オーダは、ウェーブ転送にグループ化されるように選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:207 msgid "Alternative batch creation method" msgstr "代替のバッチ作成方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:209 msgid "" "Another place to create batches is by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card," " click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(three dots)` icon. In the " "resulting drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Prepare batch`." msgstr "" "バッチを作成する別の場所は、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリに移動し、:guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードで、:icon:`fa-" "ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(3つのドット)` " "アイコンをクリックします。表示されるドロップダウンメニューで、:guilabel:`バッチを準備` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:214 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Transport Management` drop-down menu contains other tools for" " fleet management:" msgstr ":guilabel:`輸送管理`ドロップダウンメニューには、車両管理用の他のツールも含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Batches`: open list of batches" msgstr ":guilabel:`バッチ管理`: バッチのリストを開く" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dock Dispatching`: open weekly calendar view of scheduled batch " "operations" msgstr ":guilabel:`ドック配車管理`: スケジュールされたバッチオペレーションの週次カレンダを開く" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batches by Route`: Kanban view of batches grouped by fulfillment " "route" msgstr ":guilabel:`ルート別バッチ`: フルフィルメントルートごとにグループ化されたバッチのカンバンビューを開く" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calendar`: open hourly calendar view of scheduled operations" msgstr ":guilabel:`カレンダ`: スケジュールされた作業の時間単位カレンダを開く" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers" msgstr ":guilabel:`統計`: 一括転送のピボットテーブルを開く" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "" "Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu." msgstr "輸送管理のドロップダウンメニューからバッチオプションの準備を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:228 msgid "Batch form" msgstr "バッチフォーム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave blank if " "*any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`担当`:ピッキングに割当てられた従業員。 * どの作業員でも* このピッキングを行える場合は、空欄のままにして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Location`: select the loading location." msgstr ":guilabel:`ドックロケーション`: 積載場所を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle, which will auto-fill " ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`." msgstr ":guilabel:`車両`: 車両を選択すると、:guilabel:`車両カテゴリ` が自動入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`: show if the order exceeds the :ref:`vehicle's " "capacity limits `" msgstr ":guilabel:`車両カテゴリ`: オーダが :ref:`車両の容量制限 ` を超える場合に表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Volume` bar is grayed out because the capacity has been " "reached." msgstr "容量が限界に達しているため、:guilabel:`容量` バーはグレー表示になっています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 msgid "Show batch form." msgstr "バッチフォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:250 msgid "Prepare delivery route" msgstr "配送ルートを準備する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:252 msgid "" "To help the driver prepare, click the :guilabel:`Map` button at the top of " "the batch or wave form to view delivery destinations on a map. Selecting an " "individual delivery order pinpoints its location." msgstr "" "ドライバーが準備できるように、バッチまたはウェーブの上部にある :guilabel:`地図` " "ボタンをクリックして、配送先を地図上に表示します。個々の配送オーダを選択すると、その場所が特定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:256 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the " ":guilabel:`In progress` status." msgstr ":guilabel:`地図` ボタンは、:guilabel:`進行中` ステータスの転送に対してのみ表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders." msgstr "Odooで配送オーダ情報を表示した地図を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:261 msgid "" "Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a " "route from the warehouse to the delivery points." msgstr "さらに、:guilabel:`Googleマップで見る` ボタンを使用して、倉庫から配送先までのルートを生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "Show Google Map route." msgstr "Googleマップのルートを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:3 msgid "FedEx integration" msgstr "FedEx統合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:5 msgid "" "Integrating a FedEx account with Odoo's **Inventory** app makes it possible " "to :doc:`calculate shipping rates <../setup_configuration>`, and " ":doc:`generate shipping labels ` within Odoo. This is accomplished " "by enabling the FedEx *shipping connector*, then configuring at least one " "*shipping method*." msgstr "" "FedExアカウントをOdooの **在庫** アプリと統合すると、Odoo内で :doc:`送料の計算 " "<../setup_configuration>` や、:doc:`配送ラベルの生成 ` が可能になります。これは、FedExの " "*配送コネクタ* を有効にし、少なくとも1つの *配送方法* を設定することで行えます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:11 msgid "" "This documentation contains configuration details specific to FedEx " "integration. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers " "` for general shipper integration instructions." msgstr "" "このドキュメントには、FedEx " "との統合に固有の設定の詳細が記載されています。一般的な配送業者との統合手順については、:doc:`サードパーティ配送業者 " "` のドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:16 msgid "Enable shipping connector" msgstr "配送コネクタを有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:18 msgid "" "To enable the shipping connector for FedEx, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" "FedExの配送コネクタを有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "に移動します。:guilabel:`配送コネクタ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`FedExコネクタ` " "の横にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:22 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. After doing so, a " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button appears " "below :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" "最後に :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。その後、 :icon:`oi-arrow-right` " ":guilabel:`FedEx配送方法` ボタンが :guilabel:`FedExコネクタ` の下に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1 msgid "The FedEx Shipping Methods button below the FedEx Connector." msgstr "FedExコネクタの下にあるFedExの配送方法ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:30 msgid "Configure shipping method" msgstr "配送方法を設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the FedEx shipping connector is enabled, it is necessary to configure " "at least one shipping method. After doing so, the shipping method can be " "included in sales orders (SOs), and used to compute shipping costs, and " "print shipping labels." msgstr "" "FedEx配送コネクタを有効にすると、少なくとも1つの配送方法を設定する必要があります。設定後は、販売オーダ(SO)に配送方法を追加し、配送費用の計算や配送ラベルの印刷に使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:36 msgid "" "To enable a shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and click the :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping " "Methods` button below the :guilabel:`FedEx Connector` checkbox. Doing so " "opens a page that shows all existing FedEx shipping methods." msgstr "" "配送方法を有効化するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "に行き、:guilabel:`FedExコネクタ` チェックボックスの下にある :guilabel:`FedEx配送方法` " "ボタンをクリックします。そうすると、FedExの全ての既存の配送方法が表示されたページが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:41 msgid "" "To see all shipping methods for every shipper with a connector enabled, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" "コネクタが有効になっている全ての配送業者の全ての配送方法を確認するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` " "に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:44 msgid "" "Select a shipping method to open its form. Alternatively, click " ":guilabel:`New` to open a blank form, and configure a new shipping method." msgstr "" "配送方法を選択すると、フォームが開きます。または、:guilabel:`新規` をクリックして空のフォームを開き、新しい配送方法を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1 msgid "The form for a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "FedEx配送方法用のフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:52 msgid "" "Enabling the FedEx shipping connector automatically creates two default " "shipping methods: :guilabel:`FedEx US` and :guilabel:`FedEx International`. " "Each of these methods are pre-configured with test credentials, allowing " "them to be used for testing purposes." msgstr "" "FedEx配送コネクタを有効にすると、デフォルトの配送方法として :guilabel:`FedEx US` と :guilabel:`FedEx " "International` " "の2つが自動的に作成されます。これらの配送方法は、テスト用の認証情報で事前に設定されているため、テスト目的で使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:56 msgid "" "Before the shipping method can be used to create actual shipments, the test " "credentials must be replaced with credentials from a valid FedEx account." msgstr "この配送方法を使用して実際の出荷を行う前に、テスト用の認証情報を、有効なFedExアカウントの認証情報に置換える必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:62 msgid "" "At the very top of a shipping method form are fields used to configure the " "way the method operates in Odoo. In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select " ":guilabel:`FedEx` from the drop-down menu, if it is not already selected." msgstr "" "配送方法フォームの一番上には、Odooでの配送方法のオペレーションを設定するためのフィールドがあります。まだ選択されていない場合 " ":guilabel:`プロバイダー` フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`FedEx` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:66 msgid "" "The rest of the fields in this section are general to all shipping " "providers. For details on how to fill them out, see the documentation on " ":doc:`third-party shippers `." msgstr "" "このセクションの残りの項目は、全ての配送プロバイダに共通するものです。記入方法の詳細については、:doc:`サードパーティの配送業者 " "`ドキュメントを参照して下さい。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:70 msgid "Fedex Configuration tab" msgstr "Fedex設定タブ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:72 msgid "" "The options in the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of a FedEx shipping " "method form are used to connect the method to a FedEx account, and configure" " the shipping details associated with the method (drop-off type, package " "type, etc.)." msgstr "" "FedEx 配送方法フォームの :guilabel:`Fedex設定` タブのオプションは、その配送方法を FedEx " "アカウントに接続し、その配送方法に関連する配送の詳細 (配送物受け渡し方法、梱包タイプなど) を設定するために使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:76 msgid "" "A FedEx business account is required to obtain the information needed to " "fill out the fields in this tab. To create a new account, navigate to " "FedEx's `Open Account `_ " "page, click on :guilabel:`Create Account`, and follow the instructions." msgstr "" "このタブのフィールドに入力するために必要な情報を取得するには、FedExのビジネスアカウントが必要です。新しいアカウントを作成するには、 " "`アカウントの開設 ` " "ページに移動し、:guilabel:`アカウントの開設` をクリックし、指示に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:82 msgid "Developer Key and Meter Number fields" msgstr "開発者キーとメータ番号のフィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:84 msgid "" "A *developer key* is used to integrate a FedEx account with an external " "service, like the Odoo **Inventory** app. A *meter number* is a unique ID " "number used by FedEx to identify negotiated shipping rates for each account." msgstr "" "開発者キーは、FedExアカウントをOdoo **在庫** " "アプリなどの外部サービスと統合するために使用されます。メーター番号は、各アカウントの契約済送料を識別するためにFedExが使用する一意のID番号です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:88 msgid "" "To get a developer key and meter number, begin by navigating to FedEx's " "`Developer Resource Center `_. Then, click on the :guilabel:`FedEx Web Services` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" "開発者キーとメーター番号を取得するには、まず FedEx の `開発者リソースセンター ` " "に移動します。次に、:guilabel:FedExウェブサービス`ドロップダウンメニューをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:92 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Get Test Key` to start the process of getting a developer " "key and meter number which can be used to configure a shipping method for " "testing purposes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`テストキーの取得` " "をクリックして、テスト目的で配送方法を設定するために使用できる開発者キーとメーター番号を取得するプロセスを開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:95 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Get Production Key` to start the process of getting a " "developer key and meter number, which can be used to configure a shipping " "method that generates real shipments with FedEx." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクションキーの取得` " "をクリックすると、FedExで実際の出荷を行う配送方法を設定するために使用できるデベロッパーキーとメーター番号を取得するプロセスが開始されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:98 msgid "" "After clicking either option, follow the instructions until the " ":guilabel:`Confirmation` screen is reached. This screen displays the " "developer key and meter number." msgstr "" "いずれかのオプションをクリックした後、:guilabel:`確認` " "画面が表示されるまで指示に従ってください。この画面には開発者キーとメーター数が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the developer key and meter number are determined, enter them in the " ":guilabel:`Developer Key` and :guilabel:`Meter Number` fields on the " ":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form." msgstr "" "開発者キーとメーター番号が決定したら、配送方法フォームの :guilabel:`Fedex設定` タブにある :guilabel:`開発者キー` および" " :guilabel:`メーター番号` フィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:106 msgid "Password and Account Number fields" msgstr "パスワードおよびアカウント番号フィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:108 msgid "" "A *password* is used, along with a username, to log into a FedEx account. An" " *account number* is the unique number assigned to each FedEx account." msgstr "" "FedExのアカウントにログインするには、ユーザー名とともにパスワードが使用されます。アカウント番号とは、各FedExアカウントに割当てられた一意の番号です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:111 msgid "" "To find a FedEx account number, log in to a FedEx account at " "https://www.fedex.com. Click on the account holder's name in the top-right " "corner of the screen, and select :menuselection:`My Profile` from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" "FedExのアカウント番号を確認するには、https://www.fedex.comでFedExアカウントにログインします。画面右上のアカウント所有者の名前をクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから" " :menuselection:`マイプロフィール` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:115 msgid "" "On the profile page, click :guilabel:`Account Management` on the left side " "of the screen. The account number is displayed on this screen." msgstr "プロフィールページで、画面左側の :guilabel:`アカウント管理` をクリックします。この画面にアカウント番号が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the password and account number are determined, enter them in the " ":guilabel:`Password` and :guilabel:`Account Number` fields on the " ":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form." msgstr "" "パスワードとアカウント番号が決定したら、配送方法フォームの :guilabel:`Fedex設定` タブにある :guilabel:`パスワード` " "および :guilabel:`アカウント番号` フィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:125 msgid "" "The main section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab includes a " "number of additional fields used provide information about the shipping " "method:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fedex設定` タブのメインセクションには、配送方法に関する情報を提供するための追加フィールドがいくつか含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fedex Service Type`: The FedEx service used to ship a package." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fedexサービスタイプ`: 梱包を発送する際に使用するFedExサービス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fedex Drop-Off Type`: The method for getting a package into " "FedEx's possession." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fedex配送物受け渡し方法`: FedExに梱包を預ける方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fedex Package Type`: The type of package used for the shipping " "method." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fedex梱包タイプ`: 配送方法に使用される梱包の種類" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure used to weigh packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`パッケージ重量単位`: 梱包重量の測定に使用される単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Length Unit`: The unit of measure used to determine the " "dimensions of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包長さ単位`: パッケージングの寸法を決定するために使用される測定単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Type`: The type of shipping label used for packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`ラベルタイプ`: 梱包に使用される配送ラベルの種類" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: The file format used by Odoo to generate shipping " "labels." msgstr ":guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット`: Odooが配送ラベルを生成する際に使用するファイルフォーマット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Commercial Invoice Type`: The dimensions and type of the paper " "used to print invoices." msgstr ":guilabel:`コマーシャルインボイスタイプ`: インボイスを印刷する用紙の寸法と種類" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:138 msgid "" "The options that should be selected on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` " "tab of a shipping method depend on the negotiated shipping services of the " "associated FedEx account. To confirm the available services for a FedEx " "account, visit the *Account Management* page after logging in to the FedEx " "website, or speak with a customer service representative." msgstr "" "出荷方法の :guilabel:`Fedex設定` タブで選択すべきオプションは、関連する FedEx " "アカウントで交渉された出荷サービスによって異なります。 FedEx アカウントで利用可能なサービスを確認するには、FedEx " "ウェブサイトにログイン後、*アカウント管理* ページにアクセスするか、カスタマーサービス担当者にご相談下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:144 msgid "Options section" msgstr "オプションセクション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:146 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Options` section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab " "provides a few additional options to further configure the shipping method:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fedex設定` タブの :guilabel:`オプション` " "セクションでは、配送方法をさらに設定するための追加オプションがいくつか用意されています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Saturday Delivery`: Tick the checkbox to allow packages shipped " "with the delivery method to be delivered on Saturdays." msgstr ":guilabel:`土曜日配送`: このチェックボックスをオンにすると、この配送方法で発送された荷物を土曜日に配送できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Tick the checkbox to automatically " "generate a return label upon validation of a delivery order." msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベルを生成`: 配送オーダの検証済時に自動的に返品ラベルを生成するには、チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Use the drop-down menu to select whether duty " "charges should be paid by the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`税支払者`: ドロップダウンメニューを使用して、関税が :guilabel:`発送人` または :guilabel:`荷受人` " "のどちらによって支払われるべきかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:157 msgid "Activate shipping method" msgstr "配送方法を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:159 msgid "" "By default, shipping methods in Odoo are created within a *test " "environment*. This means they can only be used for testing purposes, and are" " unable to generate actual shipping orders." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、Odooの配送方法はテスト環境内に作成されます。これは、テスト目的でのみ使用でき、実際の配送オーダを生成できないことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:162 msgid "" "To activate a shipping method in a *production environment*, click the " ":icon:`fa-stop` :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button at the top of the " "shipping method form. After doing so, the smart buttons changes to read " ":icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" "*本番環境* で配送方法を有効化するには、配送方法フォームの上部にあるスマートボタンのアイコン :fa-stop:guilabel:`テスト環境` " "をクリックします。するとスマートボタンのアイコンが :fa-play:guilabel:`本番環境` に変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:166 msgid "" "With the production environment enabled, validating a delivery order using " "the shipping method generates an actual shipping label with FedEx." msgstr "本番環境が有効になっている場合、配送方法を使用して配送オーダを検証すると、FedExで実際の配送ラベルが生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:169 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment` smart button to" " return the shipping method to a test environment." msgstr ":icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`本番環境` スマートボタンをクリックして、出荷方法をテスト環境に戻します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:173 msgid "" "**Do not** enable the production environment for a shipping method before it" " is ready to be used for actual shipping orders. Doing so may lead to the " "creation of unwanted charges with FedEx." msgstr "実際の出荷オーダに使用できるようになる前に、本番環境で出荷方法を有効化しないで下さい。FedExで不要な料金が発生する可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Shipping cost invoicing" msgstr "配送費用請求" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "" "Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges " "based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method." msgstr "配送後に顧客へ請求書を発行することで、距離、重量、配送方法など、リアルタイムの配送要因に基づいた正確な請求が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:" msgstr "Odooでは配送費用は2つの方法で請求することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "" "Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale " "order. `" msgstr "固定費用について顧客と合意し、:ref:`販売オーダに含めます。`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery " "`, reflecting the actual expenses " "incurred by the business." msgstr "" "ビジネスで実際に発生した費用を反映し、:ref:`配送後に顧客に配送費用を請求します`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19 msgid "" "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable " "the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "配送方法に価格を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。guilabel:`配送` " "セクションで、 :guilabel:`配送方法` 機能を有効にします。その後、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "管理設定で\"配送方法\"機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "配送方法を追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and " "click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide " "details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" "次に、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` で各配送方法の価格を設定し、 :guilabel:`作成` " "ボタンをクリックします。そうすると、以下を含む配送プロバイダーの詳細を入力するフォームが開きます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method " "(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` (*必須*) 配送方法の名前(例: `定額配送`、`当日配送` など)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, " "if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロバイダ` (*必須*): サードパーティの運送業者を使用する場合、FedExなどの配送サービスを選択します。 " "配送業者との統合が適切にインストールされていることを確認し、ドロップダウンメニューからプロバイダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: 配送方法を特定の会社に適用する場合、ドロップダウンメニューから選択します。全てに適用する場合は空欄にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ウェブサイト`: " "eコマースページの配送方法を設定します。ドロップダウンメニューから該当するウェブサイトを選択するか、空白のままにしておくと全てのウェブページに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト` (*必須*): :ref:`販売オーダ明細 ` に配送費用として記載されているプロダクトです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料`: このボックスをチェックすると、顧客が指定した金額以上の買い物をした場合に送料が無料になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "Invoice cost on sales order" msgstr "販売オーダで費用を請求する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" "To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, " "go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order." msgstr "" "販売オーダで顧客請求書を作成するには、商品が配送される前に :menuselection:`販売アプリ` に移動し、必要な販売オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-" "right corner." msgstr "販売オーダで、右下にある :guilabel:`配送方法を追加` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." msgstr "右下の合計金額付近にある \"配送方法を追加\"ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended " "carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送方法を追加` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`配送方法` フィールドで希望の運送会社を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price " "based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`レート取得` ボタンをクリックすると、Odoo配送運送会社統合のリアルタイムの配送データに基づいて配送料金が計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the " "items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`費用` はオーダ内のアイテムの重量を使用して自動的に計算されます。最後に :guilabel:`追加` " "ボタンをクリックしてウィンドウを閉じます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." msgstr "配送方法を選択して送料を計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order " "Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost " "calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." msgstr "" "販売オーダでは、配送プロダクトは :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブに表示され、 :guilabel:`単価` は " ":guilabel:`配送方法を追加` ポップアップウィンドウで計算された送料として設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." msgstr "販売オーダ明細に配送プロダクトを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91 msgid "" "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create " "invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost " "that was added earlier." msgstr "" "最後に、プロダクトが配送された後、:guilabel:`請求書作成` ボタンをクリックすると、先に追加した配送費用を含む顧客請求書が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." msgstr "\"請求書作成\"ボタンを表示する。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft " "invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" "その後、:guilabel:`請求書作成・照会` " "ボタンをクリックすると、:guilabel:`請求書明細`タブに配送費用を含んだドラフト請求書が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." msgstr "顧客請求書に配送プロダクトを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108 msgid "Invoice real shipping costs" msgstr "実際の配送費用を請求する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110 msgid "" "To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps" " :ref:`above ` to create an invoice with a " "delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero." msgstr "" "実際の送料を反映するように顧客請求書を変更するには、 :ref:`上記 ` " "の手順に従って、 :guilabel:`単価` がゼロの配送プロダクトを持つ顧客請求書を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114 msgid "" "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the " "real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost" " by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "次に、ドラフト顧客請求書において、 :guilabel:`単価` を修正して実際の配送費用を反映させます。最後に、:guilabel:`確認` " "をクリックして、調整した配送費用を顧客に請求書します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." msgstr "顧客請求書の明細に配送プロダクトを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "配送ラベルサイズを変更する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" "Odooでは配送オーダ用に様々な種類の配送ラベルを選択することができます。使用される梱包の種類によっては、ラベルのサイズがより適切な場合があり、梱包に合わせて設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫` モジュールで、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 配送 --> 配送方法` に行きます。 " "配送方法をクリックして選択します。下記の例では、*FedEx International* を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "様々な配送方法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`設定` タブの :guilabel:`ラベルタイプ` " "で、利用可能なラベルタイプのいずれかを選択します。利用可能なラベルタイプは運送会社によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "ラベルタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" "対応する運送会社への販売オーダが確認され、配送オーダが検証されると、配送ラベルは自動的にPDFとして作成され、 :guilabel:`チャター` " "に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`販売` アプリケーションで :guilabel:`作成` " "をクリックし、海外の顧客を選択します。:guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックし、プロダクトを選択します。:guilabel:`配送の追加` " "をクリックし、配送方法を選択してから :guilabel:`レート取得` をクリックし、最後に :guilabel:`追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "販売オーダに配送方法とレートを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr ":guilabel:`確認` をクリックして見積を確定すると、:guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "配送オーダスマートボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" "配送オーダで :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして配送オーダが検証されると、配送ドキュメントが :guilabel:`チャター` " "に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "PDFドキュメントを発送します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "ラベルの例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" "デフォルトの :guilabel:`ラベルタイプ` は :guilabel:`紙レター` です。FedEx のレターサイズのラベルの例は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "全ページレターサイズのFedEx発送ラベル。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "比較のため、FedExの下半分のラベルの例を以下に示します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "半ページのレターサイズのFedEx発送ラベル。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3 msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "配送ラベルを印刷する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " "shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking " "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" ":doc:`サードパーティ運送会社 <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` " "とOdooを統合し、価格、宛先住所、追跡番号、バーコードを含む配送ラベルを自動生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatically print shipping carrier labels " "`" msgstr ":ref:`運送会社ラベルを自動的に印刷する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:18 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate " "the :ref:`delivery method `, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to " ":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. " "Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address " "` and :ref:`product " "weights `." msgstr "" "サードパーティ運送会社のラベルを生成するには、まず :doc:`サードパーティ配送コネクタ " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` をインストールします。次に、 :ref:`配送方法 " "` " "を設定し、有効化します。出荷ラベルを生成するために、 :guilabel:`統合レベル` を :guilabel:`レートの取得と出荷の作成` " "に設定して下さい。最後に、会社の :ref:`発送元住所 ` と :ref:`プロダクト重量 ` " "を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "\"レート取得と配送の作成\"オプションを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:36 msgid "Labels for multi-step" msgstr "複数ステップ用ラベル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38 msgid "" "For companies using :doc:`two " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " "delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " "triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " "Types`, and choose the desired operation." msgstr "" " :doc:`2 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` または " ":doc:`3ステップ配送 " "<../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`を使用している会社用に、ピッキングまたは梱包オペレーション検証後にラベルを自動的に印刷するようトリガできます。" " そのためには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ`に行き、希望のオペレーションを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:43 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " "third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` 設定ページで、:guilabel:`ラベル印刷` " "チェックボックスをチェックして下さい。この機能を有効にすると、このオペレーションの検証時にサードパーティの配送ラベルが印刷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48 msgid "" "For :doc:`two-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " "placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " "labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " "this flexibility." msgstr "" ":doc:`2ステップ配送 " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`、ピッキング中にプロダクトが直接梱包される場合用に、企業は配送時の代わりにピッキング中に配送ラベルを印刷することができます。このように柔軟な対応ができるよう、Odooではユーザがピッキング作業自体に" " :guilabel:`ラベル印刷` 機能を有効にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." msgstr "\"ラベル印刷\"機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:58 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "追跡ラベルを印刷する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:60 msgid "" "Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " "default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " "chatter." msgstr "" "トラッキングラベルは、特定のオペレーションが検証済の場合に印刷されます。デフォルトでは、配送オーダ(DO)を検証済みにすると、チャターにトラッキングラベルが生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:64 msgid "" "For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " "labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " "or packing operation." msgstr "" "2ステップまたは3ステップ配送を使用している会社については、 :ref:`複数ステップ配送用のラベル印刷 " "` " "セクションを参照して、ピッキングまたは梱包作業の検証済後にラベルを印刷する方法を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:68 msgid "" "When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " "order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " "` to the order. Then, " "navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" "step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." msgstr "" "*販売* アプリと *在庫* アプリの両方がインストールされている場合、 :menuselection:`販売` " "アプリから始め、目的の見積または販売オーダ(SO)に進みます。そこでオーダに :ref:`配送費用を追加 " "` します。その後、リンクされている |DO| " "(複数ステップ配送を使用している場合は別のオペレーションタイプ)に移動し、オペレーションを検証してラベルを印刷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:74 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " "Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" "*在庫* アプリだけがインストールされている場合、 :menuselection:`在庫` アプリで直接 :abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)` を作成し、" " :guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドにサードパーティの運送会社 ` を追加し、 |DO| を検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:82 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "見積に配送を追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:84 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " ":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation." msgstr "" "オーダの追跡ラベルを作成するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> 見積` で見積を作成し、 " ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックし、見積フォームに必要事項を記入します。次に、見積の右下にある :guilabel:`配送方法を追加` " "ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "見積に\"配送方法を追加\"ボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:92 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " "Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " "products in the order `. " "Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " "estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" "表示されるポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`配送方法` " "ドロップダウンメニューから目的の運送会社を選択します。:guilabel:`オーダ重量合計` フィールドは、 :ref:`オーダ内のプロダクト重量 " "` " "に基づいて自動的に入力されます。このフィールドを変更して予測重量を上書きし、この重量を使って送料を見積ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " "customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`レート取得` をクリックすると、:guilabel:`原価` " "フィールドにサードパーティの運送会社を経由した顧客用の配送費用が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` and :ref:`weight of products in the order " "` are properly configured." msgstr "" "もし :guilabel:`レート取得` をクリックするとエラーになる場合は、 :ref:`倉庫の住所 " "` と " ":ref:`オーダ内のプロダクトの重量 ` " "が適切に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " "`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to access the |DO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`追加` をクリックすると、見積に追加され、 :ref:`設定済配送プロダクト " "` として表示されます。最後に、見積の " ":guilabel:`確認` をクリックし、|DO| にアクセスするために :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "\"レート取得\" ポップアップウィンドウを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:115 msgid "" "For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " "navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" "*販売* アプリがインストールされていないユーザは、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリに行き、|DO| " "に移動し、:guilabel:`追加情報` タブに行き、:guilabel:`運送会社` を指定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダの\"追加情報\"タブを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:126 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "配送オーダを検証する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:128 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" "配送オーダフォームで、:guilabel:`追加情報` タブに移動し、サードパーティの運送会社が :guilabel:`運送会社` " "フィールドに追加されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "*販売* アプリがインストールされていない場合、サードパーティの運送会社が :guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドに設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:135 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "オーダ内の商品の梱包が完了したら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックして運送会社の追跡番号を取得し、配送ラベルを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`在庫` アプリで :guilabel:`配送オーダ` " "カードを選択して、配送オーダを作成するか、既存の配送オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the " "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`追跡参照` 番号は、配送オーダの:guilabel:`追加情報` タブで生成されます。guilabel:`追跡` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、運送会社のウェブサイトから追跡リンクにアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:146 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "追跡ラベルはPDF形式でチャターに掲載されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "生成された出荷ラベルをチャターに表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:153 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "複数梱包の場合、梱包ごとに1つのラベルが作成されます。各ラベルはチャターに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "OdooのFedExとの出荷コネクタから生成されたラベルのサンプル。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "複数梱包配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" "複数の商品の配送オーダの場合、複数梱包が必要となる場合があります。これは、商品が大きすぎて1つの梱包では発送できない場合や、特定の商品を一緒に梱包できない場合に必要となる場合があります。1つの配送オーダを複数の梱包で発送することで、複数の配送オーダを作成することなく、各アイテムの梱包方法を柔軟に変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" "配送オーダを複数の梱包に分割するには、*梱包* 設定を有効にする必要があります。そのためには :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 -->" " 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`梱包` の隣にあるチェックボックスを有効にします。:guilabel:`保存` " "をクリックして変更を確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "在庫アプリの設定ページにある梱包の設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "複数梱包での発送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" "同じ配送オーダ内のアイテムを複数の梱包に分割するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 配送オーダ` " "に移動し、複数のアイテム、同じアイテムの調達ロットサイズ、またはその両方を持つ配送オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オペレーション` タブで、最初の梱包で出荷されるプロダクトの明細の :guilabel:`⁞≣ (メニュー)` " "アイコンを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダのプロダクトのメニューアイコンです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" "これにより :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。ポップアップウィンドウの下部にある表の " ":guilabel:`引当済` 列には、配送オーダに含まれるプロダクトの合計数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" "最初の梱包で全量を出荷する場合は、 :guilabel:`完了` 列の数字を :guilabel:`引当済` " "列に入力します。最初の梱包で全数量を出荷しない場合は、:guilabel:`引当済` " "列に表示されている数字より小さい数字を入力します。guilabel:`確認` をクリックして :guilabel:`完了` " "の数量を確定し、ポップアップを閉じます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダ内のプロダクトの詳細オペレーションポップアップ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" "最初の梱包に含まれる全ての商品の数量について、同じ手順を繰り返します。そして :guilabel:`梱包する` " "をクリックし、選択されたアイテム全てを含む梱包を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダの梱包するボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" "次の梱包では、上記と同じ手順で、梱包に入れる各商品の数量を :guilabel:`完了` としてマークしてから、配送オーダの " ":guilabel:`梱包する` をクリックします。全ての商品の数量が梱包に追加されるまで、この作業を続けて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "最後に、梱包が全て発送されたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックし、配送オーダが完了したことを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" "1つ以上の梱包が作成されると、配送オーダの右上に :guilabel:`梱包` スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`梱包` " "スマートボタンをクリックすると、配送オーダの :guilabel:`梱包` " "ページに移動し、各梱包を選択してその中に含まれる全ての商品を表示することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダの梱包スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "後日発送する商品のバックオーダを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" "一部の商品の発送が他の商品より遅くなる場合、発送準備が整うまで梱包する必要はありません。その代わりに、後で出荷する商品のバックオーダを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" "即時発送するものから発送して下さい。複数の梱包で出荷する場合は、上記の :ref: の手順`に従って梱包して下さい。1つの梱包で出荷する場合は、 :guilabel:`完了` " "欄に出荷する各アイテムの数量をマークするだけで、:guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンはクリック **しないで** 下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" "すぐに出荷する数量を全て :guilabel:`完了済`とマークした後、 :guilabel:`検証`ボタンをクリックすると、 " ":guilabel:`バックオーダを作成しますか` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。そして :guilabel:`バックオーダ作成` " "ボタンをクリックします。そうすることで、すぐに出荷される商品が確認され、後で出荷される商品のための新しい配送オーダが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "バックオーダを作成しますか？ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" "バックオーダの配送オーダは :guilabel:`バックオーダ WH/OUT/XXXXXが作成されました` " "というメッセージで元の配送オーダのチャターにリストされます。メッセージ内の :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` " "をクリックすると、バックオーダの配送オーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "元の配送オーダのチャターに記載されているバックオーダの配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" "バックオーダの配送オーダは、 :menuselection:`在庫` に移動し、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードの " ":guilabel:`#バックオーダ` ボタンをクリックし、配送オーダを選択することでもアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "配送オーダカード上のバックオーダボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" "残りの商品を発送する準備ができたら、バックオーダの配送オーダに移動します。アイテムは :guilabel:`有効` をクリックし、表示される " ":guilabel:`今すぐ移動しますか?` ポップアップウィンドウで :guilabel:`適用` " "を選択することで、1つの梱包で発送することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" "また、一部の商品を発送する一方で、残りの商品のために別のバックオーダを作成することも可能です。その場合は、最初のバックオーダを作成したのと同じ手順を踏むだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Add a new delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of calculating the cost of " "shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping carts. The shipping cost " "can then be added to a sales order as a delivery product, and the shipping " "details can be added to the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr " :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に行きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:23 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送` セクションまでスクロールし、対応するチェックボックスにチェックを入れて :guilabel:`配送方法` " "機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "The Delivery Methods feature enabled in the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:31 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an **eCommerce** page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "FedEx, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu. For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as " ":ref:`fixed price ` or :ref:`based on rules " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: 特定の会社に配送方法を適用する場合は、ドロップダウンメニューから選択して下さい。 " "全てに適用する場合は、このフィールドを空白のままにして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable routes to define different " "delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying " "lead times. For more information, jump to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping " "method ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト` (*必須フィールド*): :ref:`販売オーダ行 ` に配送料として記載されているプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tracking Link`: This option adds a link to the portal so the " "customer can track their delivery. When a custom carrier is added in a " "delivery order, the tracking button is enabled, and the link directs to the " "tracking portal with that URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery " "method based on the order's content or destination:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is " "available." msgstr ":guilabel:`国`: その方法が利用可能な国を1つ以上指定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`: 最大重量を設定します。この方法は、この制限値以下のオーダに対してのみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大容量`: 最大容量の設定。この方法はこの制限値以下のオーダにのみ適用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one " "product in the order has one of these tags." msgstr ":guilabel:`必須タグ`: この方法は、オーダ内のプロダクトにこれらのタグが少なくとも1つ付いている場合にのみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product" " in the order has one of these tags." msgstr ":guilabel:`除外タグ`: オーダ内のプロダクトにこれらのタグが1つでも含まれている場合、この方法は利用できません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:72 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "特定の配送方法の設定方法については、以下のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:77 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "固定金額" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:79 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" "オーダ金額が指定金額を超えた場合に送料無料にするには、 :guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料` にチェックを入れ、金額を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:89 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr " `$100`以上購入すると送料が無料になる `$20` 定額送料を設定するには、以下のフィールドに入力して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`: :guilabel:`固定価格`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`固定金額`: `$20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料`: `$100.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: `[配送] 固定`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "配送方法の記入例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:104 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "計算規則に基づく" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:106 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" "価格設定規則に基づいて送料を計算するには、 :guilabel:`プロバイダー` フィールドを :guilabel:`規則に基づく` " "オプションに設定します。オプションで、 :guilabel:`レートへのマージン` と :guilabel:`追加マージン` " "を調整して、追加の送料を含めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:111 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "価格設定規則作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:113 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`価格設定` タブに移動し、 :guilabel:`明細の追加` をクリックします。:guilabel:`価格設定規則` " "ウィンドウが開き、プロダクトの重量、容量、価格、または数量に関連する :guilabel:`条件` を定義された金額と比較して " ":guilabel:`配送費用` を計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "終了したら、 :guilabel:`保存して新規` をクリックして別の規則を追加するか、 :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:121 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" "プロダクトが5つ以下のオーダに対して顧客に20ドルの配送料を請求するには、 :guilabel:`条件` を `数量 <= 5.00` に設定し、 " ":guilabel:`配送費用` を `$20` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "価格設定規則を追加するウィンドウを表示します。条件と配送費用を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:127 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the **eCommerce** website, " "in the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "配送費用を計算する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:134 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" "配送費用は :guilabel:`条件` を満たす規則で指定された :guilabel:`配送経費` に、 :guilabel:`レートへのマージン` " "と :guilabel:`追加マージン` による追加料金を加えたものです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:138 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "以下の2つの規則が設定されています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:144 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "オーダが5プロダクト以下の場合、送料は$20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "オーダに5つ以上のプロダクトが含まれる場合、送料は$50。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr ":guilabel:`レートへのマージン` は `10%` で、 :guilabel:`追加マージン` は `$9.00`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "マージンを設定した \"規則に基づく\"配送方法の例を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:152 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" "最初の規則を適用した場合、配送費用は31ドル(20 + (0.1 * 20) + 9)。2番目の規則が適用された場合、配送費用は64ドル(50 + " "(0.1 * 50) + 9)です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:158 msgid "Route on shipping method" msgstr "配送方法のルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:160 msgid "" "Optionally, set different warehouse delivery processes for a shipping method" " by configuring different :doc:`routes <../daily_operations/use_routes>` for" " it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:164 msgid "" "Configuring multiple routes per shipping method is helpful for adjusting " "warehouse delivery processes based on:" msgstr "配送方法ごとに複数のルートを設定すると、倉庫への配送プロセスを調整するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:167 msgid "" "speed (e.g., use :doc:`one-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>` for express shipping, or " ":doc:`two-step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` for " "standard shipping)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:170 msgid "" "international shipping (e.g. use :doc:`three-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` to prepare documents for " "customs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:172 msgid "" "in-store pickup or home delivery: ship from the central warehouse, or pick " "from the store's stock, depending on customer selection." msgstr "店頭受取または配送: 顧客の選択に応じて、中央倉庫から発送するか、店舗の在庫からピックアップします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:175 msgid "" "To set up routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Routes`. Click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired route." msgstr "" "ルートを設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ルート` に移動します。:guilabel:`新規作成` " "をクリックするか、希望のルートを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:178 msgid "" "On the route form, in the :guilabel:`Applicable On` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` checkbox." msgstr "ルートフォームの :guilabel:`適用対象` セクションで、:guilabel:`配送方法` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox selected." msgstr "配送方法のチェックボックスを選択すると、ルートが形成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "Routes form with the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:186 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery " "Methods`, and select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:189 msgid "" "On the shipping method form, in the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the " "available fulfillment routes from the drop-down menu." msgstr "配送方法フォームの :guilabel:`ルート` フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから利用可能なフルフィルメントルートを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:193 msgid "" "If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* " "option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section." msgstr "" "希望する配送方法が選択できない場合は、その *配送方法* が該当する配送方法の *適用対象* セクションで有効になっていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Show set routes on shipping method form." msgstr "配送方法フォームに設定されたルートを表示する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:3 msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" msgstr "印刷可能な配送PDF" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:5 msgid "" "Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " "containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." msgstr "Odooの配送関連PDFドキュメントやラベルを自動的に印刷し、梱包の受取人の詳細や内容物、取扱方法を記載することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:8 msgid "" "The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" " operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" msgstr "*在庫* オペレーション(入荷、ピッキング、配送オーダ、品質チェックなど)の検証時に、以下のPDFを印刷するように設定できます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" msgstr ":ref:`配送伝票 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" msgstr ":ref:`返品伝票 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " "`" msgstr ":ref:`注文商品のプロダクトラベル `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" msgstr ":ref:`ロット・シリアル番号ラベル `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Carrier labels `" msgstr ":ref:`運送会社ラベル `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Export documents `" msgstr ":ref:`出荷ドキュメント `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`Package content `" msgstr ":ref:`梱包内容 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`Package label `" msgstr ":ref:`梱包ラベル `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:22 msgid "" "To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " "operation type." msgstr "" "これらのラベルを自動的に印刷するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に移動し、希望するオペレーションタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " "in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " "selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " "Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " "related section." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ハードウェア` タブで、 :guilabel:`検証時に印刷` セクションにある希望のオプションにチェックを入れると、 " ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` " "を検証済した後に、選択したドキュメントのPDFを自動的にダウンロードすることができます。各チェックボックスのオプションの詳細については、関連セクションにジャンプして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." msgstr "\"ピッキング\" *オペレーションタイプ*の*検証時に印刷* オプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:37 msgid "Delivery slip" msgstr "配送伝票" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:39 msgid "" "A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " "inside (or attached to) the package." msgstr "*配送伝票* には受取人と梱包の詳細が記載され、通常は梱包の中に同梱 (または添付) されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`Tracking label <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr ":doc:`追跡ラベル <../setup_configuration/labels>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:45 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " "` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " "configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " "operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`ハードウェア`タブ設定オプションで、 :ref:`配送伝票設定を有効化 " "` した後、希望するオペレーションタイプで " ":guilabel:`検証` をクリックすると配送伝票のPDFがダウンロードされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:49 msgid "" "The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " "number, and the total order weight." msgstr "配送伝票には、プロダクト、数量、配送オーダ参照番号、オーダ重量合計が記載されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Example delivery slip." msgstr "配送伝票の例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:59 msgid "Return slip" msgstr "返品伝票" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:61 msgid "" "Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." " It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " "details and customer information. It can also include specific return " "instructions for the customer." msgstr "" "*返品伝票* " "を印刷し、顧客の返品梱包用に、配送に同梱します。伝票は返品を識別し、販売オーダにリンクし、商品の詳細と顧客情報が記載されています。また、顧客用に具体的な返品方法を記載することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:65 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " "` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " "configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " "operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ハードウェア` タブの設定オプションで :ref:`返品伝票の設定を有効化 " "` した後、希望するオペレーションタイプで " ":guilabel:`検証` をクリックすると、返品伝票のPDFがダウンロードされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:69 msgid "" "The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " "for both the order and the return operation." msgstr "返送伝票には、会社の返送先住所と、オーダと返送オペレーションの両方のバーコードが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Example return slip." msgstr "返品伝票の例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:79 msgid "Product labels" msgstr "プロダクトラベル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:81 msgid "" "Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " "information, such as product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "オーダ内の商品に貼る *プロダクトラベル* を印刷します。プロダクト名、バーコード、価格などの必要な情報が含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:84 msgid "" "After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " "tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." msgstr "" "目的のオペレーションタイプ (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ`) " "に移動した後、:guilabel:`ハードウェア` タブで :guilabel:`プロダクトラベル` オプションにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:140 msgid "" "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" " each product label can be printed as:" msgstr "" "そうすると :guilabel:`ラベルを以下として印刷:` ドロップダウンメニューが表示され、各プロダクトラベルを次のように印刷することができます: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," " fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`2 x 7 価格あり`: " "プロダクト名、バーコード、価格がPDFに表示され、1ページあたり2行7列のプロダクトラベルに適合します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." msgstr "2 x 7 価格あり例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " "fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`4 x 7 価格あり`: " "プロダクト名、バーコード、価格がPDFに表示され、1ページあたり4行7列のプロダクトラベルに適合します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." msgstr " 4 x 7 価格あり例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " "twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr ":guilabel:`4 x 12`: プロダクト名とバーコードを表示します。1ページに4行12列のプロダクトラベルに適合します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 12." msgstr "4 x 12例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " "Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`4 x 12 価格あり`: " "プロダクト名、バーコード、価格がPDFに表示され、1ページあたり4行12列のプロダクトラベルに適合します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " "(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " "to automatically print labels." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`ZPLラベル`: プロダクト名とバーコードを含むZebraプログラミング言語 " "(ZP)のラベルを印刷します。Zebraプリンタが自動的にラベルを印刷する場合に読取り可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " "Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`ZPLラベル価格あり`: :abbr:`ZPL " "(Zebraプログラミング言語)`でプロダクト名、バーコード、価格を含むラベルを印刷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:125 msgid "" "Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." msgstr "プロダクトラベルは :guilabel:`ラベルを印刷` ボタンをクリックすることで、配送オーダから手動で印刷することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:131 msgid "Lot/SN Labels" msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号ラベル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:133 msgid "" "Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " "information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." msgstr "" "オーダ内のアイテムに貼る *ロット/シリアル番号ラベル* を印刷し、プロダクト名、ロットまたはシリアル番号、バーコードなどの重要な情報を提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:136 msgid "" "To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " "options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " "Labels` option." msgstr "" "このPDFを自動的に印刷するには、目的のオペレーションタイプのオプションページ (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "オペレーションタイプ`) に移動します。次に、:guilabel:`ハードウェア`タブで、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号ラベル` " "オプションにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " "numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " "barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - 1ロット/SN`: " "プロダクト名、ロット/シリアル番号、バーコードを含むオーダ内のユニークなロット/シリアル番号のラベル付きPDF。1ページに4行12列で収まります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号は一意のセットのみでオーダします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:153 msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号が一意のセットしかないオーダのラベル。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:155 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " "items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " "four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`4 x 12 - 単位ごとに１`： " "プロダクト名、ロット/シリアル番号、バーコードが表示された、アイテムの数量に合わせたラベル付きPDF。1ページに4行12列で収まります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " "Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " "barcode." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ZPLラベル - 1ロット/シリアル番号ごと`: :abbr:`ZPL (Zebraプログラミング言語)` " "で、プロダクト名、ロット/シリアル番号、バーコードを含むラベルを印刷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " "items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " "name, lot/serial number, and barcode." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`ZPLラベル - 1単位ごとに1`: :abbr:`ZPL " "(Zebraプログラミング言語)`で、プロダクト名、ロット/シリアル番号、バーコードを含む商品の数量分のラベルを印刷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:165 msgid "Carrier labels" msgstr "運送会社ラベル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:167 msgid "" "To automatically print a *carrier label* with the recipient address, " "tracking number, and carrier details for specific third-party shipping " "carriers, complete the following setup:" msgstr " 受取人の住所、追跡番号、特定のサードパーティ運送会社の詳細を含む*運送会社ラベル*を自動的に印刷するには、次の設定を完了します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:170 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Carrier Labels` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type " "settings `." msgstr "" ":ref:`オペレーションタイプ設定 ` の " ":guilabel:`運送会社ラベル` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:257 msgid "" ":doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` to Odoo's" " *IoT* app." msgstr "" ":doc:`プリンタを接続 <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` Odooの *IoT* アプリへ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:173 msgid "" ":ref:`Assign the carrier label to the printer " "`." msgstr "" ":ref:`運送会社ラベルをプリンタ ` に割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:174 msgid "" "Configure the shipping method's :ref:`label type " "`." msgstr "配送方法の :ref:`ラベルタイプ ` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:261 msgid "Assign printer" msgstr "プリンタの割当" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:181 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer " "<../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on " "connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the " "carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> " "Devices`, and selecting the desired printer." msgstr "" "Odooの *IoT* アプリにプリンタを接続する詳細については、 :doc:`プリンタを接続 " "<../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` " "ドキュメントを参照して下さい。接続が完了したら、:menuselection:`IoTアプリ --> デバイス` " "に移動し、希望のプリンタを選択して運送会社ラベルをプリンタに割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show a list of IoT devices." msgstr "IoTデバイスのリストを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:190 msgid "" "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab" " to configure the types of documents the printer automatically prints. Click" " :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window. " "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `Shipping`, and select " ":guilabel:`Shipping Labels`." msgstr "" "プリンタ設定フォームの :guilabel:`プリンタレポート` " "タブを開き、プリンタが自動的に印刷するドキュメントのタイプを設定します。guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックして、:guilabel:`追加: " "レポート` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます: レポート` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。:guilabel:`検索...` " "バーにタイプ`配送`と入力し、 :guilabel:`出荷ラベル` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:196 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents " "`." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`配送ドキュメント` レポートは :ref:`エクスポートドキュメント " "`用です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*." msgstr "*プリンタレポート*に追加された運送会社ラベルレポートを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:203 msgid "" "After adding the :guilabel:`Shipping Labels` report in the " ":guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Report Type` matches " "the IoT-connected printer's type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プリンタレポート` タブに :guilabel:`配送ラベル` レポートを追加した後、:guilabel:`レポートタイプ` が " "IoT 接続プリンタのタイプと一致することを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:206 msgid "" "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "レーザープリンタの場合、 :guilabel:`レポートタイプ` を :guilabel:`PDF` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:207 msgid "" "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "Zebraプリンタの場合は、 :guilabel:`レポートタイプ` を:guilabel:`テキスト` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:212 msgid "Shipping carrier label type" msgstr "配送運送会社ラベルタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:214 msgid "" "Next, complete the setup for the :doc:`third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. After that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and " "select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" " 次に、:doc:`サードパーティ配送コネクタ <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` " "のセットアップを完了します。その後、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` " "に進み、希望する配送方法を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:218 msgid "" "On the shipping method configuration form, in the :guilabel:`[carrier name] " "Configuration` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Label Format` matches the " ":ref:`report type assigned earlier `:" msgstr "" "配送方法設定フォームの :guilabel:`[運送会社名] 設定` タブで、 :guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット` が先に割当てられた " ":ref:`レポートタイプ ` " "と一致していることを確認します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:222 msgid "" "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "レーザープリンタの場合、 :guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット` を :guilabel:`PDF` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:223 msgid "" "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`." msgstr "Zebraプリンタの場合は、 :guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット` を :guilabel:`ZPL2` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page." msgstr "FedExの配送方法設定ページに*ラベルタイプ*フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:230 msgid "Example carrier label" msgstr "運送会社ラベルの例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:232 msgid "" "After validating the operation, the carrier label is generated in the " "chatter, and printed using the IoT-connected printer." msgstr "オペレーション検証後、チャターで運送会社ラベルが生成され、IoT接続プリンタで印刷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Show an example carrier label for FedEx." msgstr "FedExの運送会社ラベルの例を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:241 msgid "" "Carrier label for FedEx, containing the recipient address, tracking number, " "barcode, and other shipping information." msgstr "受取人の住所、追跡番号、バーコード、その他の配送情報が記載されたFedExの運送会社ラベル。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:245 msgid ":doc:`Print carrier labels <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr ":doc:`運送会社ラベルを印刷する <../setup_configuration/labels>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:250 msgid "Export document" msgstr "輸出ドキュメント" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:252 msgid "" "An *export document*, required by customs to ship packages from one country " "to another, can be automatically printed in Odoo by following these steps:" msgstr "ある国から別の国へ荷物を発送する際に税関で要求される *輸出ドキュメント* は、以下の手順でOdooで自動的に印刷することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:255 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Export Documents` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type " "settings `." msgstr "" ":ref:`オペレーションタイプ設定 ` の " ":guilabel:`輸出ドキュメント` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:258 msgid "Assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "輸出ドキュメントをプリンタに割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:263 msgid "" "Similar to the :ref:`printer assignment instructions for carrier labels " "`, after connecting a " "compatible printer to the Odoo *IoT* app, go to :menuselection:`IoT app --> " "Devices`, and select the desired printer." msgstr "" ":ref:`運送会社ラベル用プリンタ割当の説明 ` " "と同様に、互換性のあるプリンタをOdoo *IoT* アプリに接続した後、 :menuselection:`IoTアプリ --> デバイス` " "で希望のプリンタを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:267 msgid "" "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " "tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-" "up window that appears, add the :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report to " "assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "" "プリンタ設定フォームで :guilabel:`プリンタレポート` タブを開き、 :guilabel:`明細を追加` " "をクリックします。表示される:guilabel:`追加: レポート` ポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`出荷ドキュメント` " "レポートを追加して、輸出ドキュメントをプリンタに割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:277 msgid "Export document for a shipment from the USA to Belgium." msgstr "米国からベルギーへの貨物の輸出ドキュメント。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:282 msgid "Package content" msgstr "梱包内容" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:284 msgid "" "A *package content* PDF includes the package's barcode, packed date, along " "with a list of contained products and quantities." msgstr "*梱包内容* のPDFには、梱包のバーコード、梱包日、同梱プロダクトと数量のリストが含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:287 msgid "" "To print this form automatically, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type. " "Then, go to the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Package " "Contents` checkbox." msgstr "" "このフォームを自動的に印刷するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " "に進み、希望するオペレーションタイプを選択します。次に:guilabel:`ハードウェア` タブを開き、 :guilabel:`梱包内容` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:292 msgid "" "If the option is not available, enable the :doc:`Packages " "<../../product_management/configure/package>` feature, by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, ticking the " ":guilabel:`Packages` checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "このオプションが利用できない場合は、:doc:`梱包 <../../product_management/configure/package>` " "機能を有効にして下さい。 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、:guilabel:`梱包` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:297 msgid "" "After enabling the feature in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, validating the " "operation prints a PDF of the package contents." msgstr ":guilabel:`ハードウェア` タブで機能を有効にした後、オペレーションを検証すると梱包内容のPDFが印刷されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "" "Package contents form showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "梱包内容、バーコード、梱包日が記載された梱包内容フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:306 msgid "Package contents showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "梱包内容、バーコード、梱包日を示す梱包内容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:311 msgid "Package label" msgstr "梱包ラベル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:313 msgid "" "A *package label* that shows the package's barcode and pack date can be " "configured to print upon clicking the *Put in Pack* button." msgstr "梱包のバーコードと梱包日を示す *梱包ラベル* は、*梱包する* ボタンをクリックすると印刷されるように設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:317 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available **only** when the " ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>` feature is " "enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンは **only** when the feature is enabled in " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で :doc:`梱包 " "<../../product_management/configure/package>` 機能が有効の時 **のみ** 利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:321 msgid "" "After it is enabled, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available on all " "inventory operations (e.g. receipt, pickings, internal transfers, delivery " "orders, etc.)." msgstr "" "これを有効にすると、 :guilabel:`梱包する` " "ボタンは全ての在庫オペレーション(入荷、ピッキング、内部運送、配送オーダなど)で利用できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:324 msgid "" "To automatically print the package label when the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` " "button is clicked, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Operation Types`. Select the desired operation type, and tick the " ":guilabel:`Package Label` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab. Labels " "can be printed in :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`ZPL` file formats, as " "defined in the :guilabel:`Print label as` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンをクリックしたときに梱包ラベルを自動的に印刷するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定" " --> オペレーションタイプ` に進みます。必要なオペレーションタイプを選択し、:guilabel:`ハードウェア` " "タブの:guilabel:`梱包ラベル` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。ラベルは :guilabel:`ラベルを以下として印刷:` " "フィールドで定義された :guilabel:`PDF` または :guilabel:`ZPL` ファイル形式で印刷できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "PDF of package barcode and package date." msgstr "梱包バーコードと梱包日のPDF" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sendcloud integration" msgstr "Sendcloud統合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" "Sendcloudはヨーロッパの運送会社とOdooの統合を促進する配送サービスアグリゲーターです。統合後、ユーザはOdooデータベースの在庫管理で運送会社を選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud統合ドキュメンテーション `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "Sendcloudでの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "アカウントを作成し運送会社を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "開始するには、`Sendcloudのプラットフォーム`_にアクセスしてアカウントを設定し、コネクタ認証情報を生成します。Sendcloudアカウントでログインするか、必要に応じて新規アカウントを作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "新規アカウント作成の際、Sendcloudは :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added Tax Identification)`番号または " ":abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration and " "Identification)`番号の入力を要求します。アカウント設定が完了したら、Odooデータベースで使用する運送会社を有効化(または無効化)します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "**required**." msgstr "" "OdooとSendcloudの統合は、Sendcloudは無料配送を行わないため、Sendcloudの無料プランで銀行口座がリンクされている場合のみ機能します。配送規則や個別の運送会社連絡先を使用するには、Sendcloudの有料プランが**必要です**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "倉庫設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" "Sendcloudアカウントにログインしたら、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 配送 --> 住所` に移動し、 " ":guilabel:`倉庫住所` のフィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Sendcloud設定で住所を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" "Sendcloudが返品も処理できるようにするには、 :guilabel:`返送先住所` が必要です。:guilabel:`その他セクション`の下に " ":guilabel:`住所名(オプション)` というフィールドがあります。ここにはOdooの倉庫名を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "**SendClould設定**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr ":guilabel:`その他`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`住所名 (オプション)`: `倉庫 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ブランド`: `デフォルト`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "**Odoo倉庫設定**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`: `倉庫 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr ":guilabel:`略称`: `WH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: `自社 (San Francisco)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`住所`: `自社 (San Francisco)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`フィールドの入力が、Odoo設定とSendcloud設定の両方で全く同じであることに注目して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Sendcloud認証情報を生成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" "Sendcloudアカウントで、右側のメニューから :menuselection:`設定 --> 統合` に移動します。次に " ":guilabel:`Odoo Native` を検索します。次に :guilabel:`接続` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Connect` をクリックすると、ページは :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` " "の設定ページにリダイレクトされ、そこで :guilabel:`公開キー` と :シークレットキー` が生成されます。次のステップは " ":guilabel:統合` に名前を付けることです。命名規則は以下の通りです:ユーザの会社名を `CompanyName` " "に置き換えて下さい(例：`Odoo StealthyWood`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`サービスポイント`の横のボックスをチェックし、この統合の配送サービスを選択します。保存後、:guilabel:`公開キーとシークレットキー`が生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Sendcloud統合の設定と認証情報の受信。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:165 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Odooでのセットアップ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 msgid "" "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " "` and :ref:`link " "` the Sendcloud shipping" " connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " "`, so Sendcloud can " "accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" "SendcloudとOdooをシームレスに統合するには、:ref:` をインストール` してSendcloud配送コネクタをSendcloudアカウントに :ref:`リンク " "` して下さい。それから " ":ref:`Odooフィールドを設定 `すると、Sendcloudは、配送データを正確に取込み、ラベルを生成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "Sendcloud配送モジュールをインストールする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" "Sendcloudアカウントのセットアップと設定が完了したら、Odooデータベースの設定を行います。まずはOdooの :guilabel:`アプリ` " "モジュールで `Sendcloud配送`統合を検索し、インストールして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo アプリモジュールのSendcloud配送モジュール。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud配送コネクタ設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" "インストールしたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で :guilabel:`Sendcloud 配送` " "モジュールを有効化します。guilabel:`Sendcloudコネクタ` の設定は :guilabel:`配送コネクタ` セクションにあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloudコネクタ` を有効化した後、リストされたコネクタの下にある :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送方法` " "リンクをクリックします。guilabel:`配送方法` ページで、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送方法`は :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 配送 --> 配送方法`からもアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "guilabel:`新規配送方法`フォームに以下の項目を入力して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法`: type `Sendcloud DPD`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`: ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`Sendcloud` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: この配送方法に設定されたプロダクトを設定するか、新しいプロダクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "guilabel:`SendCloud設定`タブで、:guilabel:`Sendcloud公開キー`を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "guilabel:`SendCloud設定`タブで、:guilabel:`Sendcloud秘密キー`を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" "手動で :guilabel:`配送方法/新規` パンくずの横にある雲のアイコンをクリックして、フォームを :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "フォームを設定し保存した後、以下の手順に従って配送プロダクトをロードして下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" "guilabel:`新規配送方法` フォームの :guilabel:`SendCloud設定` タブで、 " ":guilabel:`SendCloud配送プロダクトをロードする` リンクをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "配送と返品に使用する配送プロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Click :guilabel:`選択`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odooで設定されたSendcloud配送プロダクトのサンプル:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr ":guilabel:`配送`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`運送会社`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`最小重量`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`: `31.50`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`国`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria` " "`Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr ":guilabel:`返品`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`返品配送プロダクト`: `DPD 返品 0-20kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`返品運送会社`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`返品最小重量`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`返品最大重量`: `20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr ":guilabel:`返品国`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Odooで設定された配送プロダクトの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is " "cancelled within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" "Sendcloudでは、会社がOdooで荷物の発送をテストする際にテストキーを提供しません。つまり、荷物が作成された場合、作成から24時間以内に関連する荷物が取消されない限り、設定したSendcloudアカウントに料金が請求されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" " " "Odooにはテスト環境での不要な請求に対する保護機能が組込まれています。テスト環境では、ラベル作成に配送方法が使用された場合、ラベル作成後すぐに取消されます。これは、自動で行われます。テスト環境と本番環境の設定は、それぞれのスマートボタンから切替えることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "配送情報" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "" "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " "**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "Sendcloudを使用して配送ラベルを作成するには、Odooで以下の情報を正確かつ完全に入力する**必要があります**:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "" "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " ":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " "address." msgstr "" " **顧客情報**：見積を作成する際、選択した :guilabel:`顧客` " "が検証済の電話番号、Eメールアドレス、配送先住所を持っていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 msgid "" "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." " Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " "with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" "確認するには、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドを選択して連絡先ページを開きます。ここで、 :guilabel:`連絡先` " "フィールドに配送先住所、 :guilabel:`携帯電話`番号、 :guilabel:`Eメールアドレス` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 msgid "" "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " ":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " "Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " "` of this article for " "detailed instructions." msgstr "" "**プロダクト重量**: オーダ内の全てのプロダクトが :プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブで指定された " ":guilabel:`重量` を持っていることを確認します。詳細な手順については、この記事の :ref:`プロダクト重量セクション " "`を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "" "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " "the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " "` in the Sendcloud " "setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " ":ref:`warehouse configuration section " "` of the third-party " "shipping documentation." msgstr "" "**倉庫住所**: Odooの倉庫名と住所がSendcloud設定の " ":ref:`定義済の倉庫`と一致していることを確認して下さい。Odooでの倉庫設定の詳細については、サードパーティ配送ドキュメントの " ":ref:`倉庫設定セクション ` " "を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" msgstr "Sendcloudでラベルを生成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" "Odooで見積を作成する際、配送と :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送プロダクト` を追加します。そして :guilabel:`配送を検証` " "して下さい。配送ラベルのドキュメントはチャターで自動生成されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "梱包の数量に応じた :guilabel:`配送ラベル`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel: `返品ラベル` Sendcloudコネクタが返品用に設定された場合。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`通関書類' 配送先国が通関書類を必要とする場合。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "さらに、追跡番号も利用できるようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "返送用ラベルが作成されると、Sendcloudは設定されたSendcloudアカウントに自動的に課金します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "Shipping rules" msgstr "配送規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223 msgid "" "Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels " "tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be " "created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase " "insurance." msgstr "" "オプションとして、異なるプロダクトのニーズに合わせた出荷ラベルを自動的に生成するための配送規則を作成します。例えば、高価な宝飾品を発送する顧客が保険を購買するための規則を作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228 msgid "" "Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations " "`, and are only used to " "improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" "配送規則は、:ref:`送料計算 `には影響しません。配送ラベルの生成プロセスを改善するためにのみ使用されます `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232 msgid "" "To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended " "`Sendcloud` shipping method." msgstr "" "配送規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送: " "配送方法`に移動し、目的の`Sendcloud`配送方法を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the " ":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules" " apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud設定`タブの :guilabel:`オプション`セクションで、 " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud配送規則を使用する`フィールドから配送規則を適用する出荷の種類を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239 msgid "" "From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, " ":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`." msgstr "" "ここから、顧客への:guilabel:`発送`、顧客からの:guilabel:`返品`、 :guilabel:`両方` のいずれかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Use Shipping Rules field." msgstr "配送規則フィールドを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246 msgid "" "Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create " "New`." msgstr "" "次に、Sendcloudウェブサイトで :menuselection:`設定 --> 配送規則` " "に移動します。新規作成`をクリックして、新しい配送規則を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine" " when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the " "condition." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`アクション`セクションで、規則が適用されるタイミングを決める :guilabel:`条件` " "を設定します。次に、梱包が条件を満たしたときに何をするかを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253 msgid "" "`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud `_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloudでの配送規則作成 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "出荷重量が重すぎる" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" "設定されているSendcloudサービスに対して荷物が重すぎる場合、複数の梱包をシミュレートするために重量が分割されます。転送を検証してラベルを生成するには、プロダクトを別々の" " :guilabel:`梱包` に入れる必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`規則`をSendcloudに設定して、重量が重すぎる場合に他の配送方法を使用することもできます。ただし、これらの規則は販売オーダでの送料計算には適用されないことに注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "個人運送会社契約" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" "CSVアップロードにより、直接運送会社の契約からカスタム価格を使用できます。まずSendcloudにログインし、:menuselection:`設定 " "--> 運送会社 --> 自分の契約`に移動し、目的の契約を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Sendcloudの契約セクションに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`契約価格`セクションで、:guilabel:`CSVダウンロード`をクリックし、CSVファイルテンプレートの:guilabel:`価格`列に契約価格を記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "CSVファイルに正しい価格が含まれていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "Sendcloudからの契約書CSVのサンプルを表示し、価格列を強調表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" "guilabel:`完成したCSVファイルをSendcloudにアップロードし、 :guilabel:`これらの価格を保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: 運送会社との契約価格をアップロードする方法 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "体積重量の測定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" "多くの運送会社では、重量についていくつかの尺度を持っています。小包に含まれるプロダクトの実際の重量があり、*容積重量*があります(:dfn:`容積重量とは、輸送中に梱包が占める容積のことです。言い換えれば梱包の物理的な大きさです`)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "選択した運送会社に、容積重量の計算式がすでに定義されているかどうかを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: 小包の容積重量の計算と自動化の方法 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "送料が計算できません" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315 msgid "" "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " "by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" "まず、配送するプロダクトの重量が、選択した配送方法でサポートされていることを確認します。これが設定されている場合は、宛先の国が運送会社によってサポートされていることを(顧客住所から)確認します。発送元の国(倉庫住所)も運送会社がサポートしている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" msgstr "Starshipit配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration " "of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can " "create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific " "couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined " "conditions." msgstr "" "StarshipitはOdooとオーストラリア配送業者の統合を促進する配送サービスオペレータです。一度統合されると、ユーザは事前に定義された条件に基づいて、特定の宅配業者(Australia" " Post、NZ Post、DHLなど)から自動的に料金を取得する配送方法を作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr ":doc:`送料の自動計算 <../setup_configuration>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers `" msgstr ":doc:`他のサードパーティ運送会社を統合する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "Setup in Starshipit" msgstr "Starshipitでの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "Create an account and activate couriers" msgstr "アカウントの作成と運送会社の有効化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform `_ to " "configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" " `Starshipitプラットフォーム `_ " "にアクセスしてアカウントを設定し、コネクタ認証情報を生成します。Starshipitのアカウントでログインするか、必要に応じて新しいアカウントを作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25 msgid "Pickup address configuration" msgstr "集荷住所設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" "Starshipitアカウントにログインしたら、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 集荷住所` に移動し、 :guilabel:`集荷住所`" " を入力します。このフィールドが倉庫の住所と一致していることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit設定に住所を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Couriers configuration" msgstr "運送会社設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`." msgstr "" "サードパーティの運送会社と統合するには、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 運送会社` に移動し、 :guilabel:`運送会社` " "を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45 msgid "" "For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's " "support center `_." msgstr "" "様々な運送会社との統合の詳細については、`Starshipit' " "のサポートセンター`_ を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49 msgid "Checkout rates" msgstr "チェックアウト料金" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs " "are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "" "配送料金の計算を設定するには :menuselection:`設定 --> チェックアウト料金` " "に移動して下さい。選択された配送費用は、Odooで配送費用を計算する際に自動的に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit設定のチェックアウト料金。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "Starshipit API key" msgstr "Starshipit APIキー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders " "based on specific conditions." msgstr "特定の条件に基づいてオーダに適切な配送方法を割当てる配送規則を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click " ":guilabel:`Add a new rule`." msgstr "" "規則を作成するには、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 規則` に行き、 :guilabel:`新規規則を追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66 msgid "" "While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:" msgstr "規則を設定する方法は複数ありますが、以下を設定することをお勧めします:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`" msgstr ":guilabel:`条件` を :guilabel:`含む` へ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`" msgstr ":guilabel:`値` を :guilabel:`プロダクトコード` へ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr ":guilabel:`アクション` から :guilabel:`運送会社&プロダクトコードを設定` へ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit設定の配送規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials" msgstr "Starshipit API 認証情報を探す" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81 msgid "" "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in " "the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming " "Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" "Starshipitアカウントで、サイドメニューの :menuselection:`設定 --> API` " "に移動します。このページにはOdooに接続するために必要な :abbr:`API (Application Programming " "Interface)` キーが含まれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "Starshipit APIキーを見つけます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93 msgid "Install" msgstr "インストール" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "" "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database." " To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to " "install it." msgstr "" "Starshipitアカウントの設定が完了したら、Odooデータベースと統合します。これを行うには、Odooの :guilabel:`アプリ` " "モジュールで :guilabel:`Starshipit配送` モジュールを検索し、 :guilabel:`有効化` をクリックしてインストールします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "OdooアプリモジュールのStarshipit配送モジュール。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option." msgstr "" "インストールしたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で機能を有効化します。guilabel:`配送コネクタ` " "セクションで :guilabel:`Starshipitコネクタ` オプションを有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. " "Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Starshipitコネクタ` を有効化した後、リストされたコネクタの下にある " ":guilabel:`Starshipit配送方法` リンクをクリックします。guilabel:`配送方法` ページで、 :guilabel:`作成` " "をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:" msgstr "Odooの :guilabel:`配送方法` フォームのフィールドに以下のように入力し、Starshipitを設定します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法`: タイプ `Starshipit`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`: ドロップダウンメニューから:guilabel:`Starshipit` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that " "will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: 配送費用が計算される際に販売オーダ行に表示される配送プロダクトを割当て、または作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" "The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit." " For more information about the other fields, refer to " ":doc:`../setup_configuration`." msgstr "" "送料を自動計算 " "このセクションで説明されているフィールドは、Starshipitの設定に固有のものです。その他のフィールドの詳細については、:doc:`../setup_configuration`" " を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Starshipit設定` タブで、以下のフィールドに入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application " "Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit APIキー`: :ref:`Starshipit " "` から取得した :abbr:`API (Application " "Programming Interface)` キーを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained" " from the same place as the :ref:`API key " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Starshipitサブスクリプションキー`: " ":ref:`APIキー` " "と同じ場所から取得したサブスクリプションキーを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped " "from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and " ":ref:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`出荷元住所`: プロダクトの発送元住所を入力します。このフィールドは配送料金の計算や :ref:`配送ラベルの生成 " "` に重要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the " "weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates." msgstr ":guilabel:`デフォルト梱包タイプ`: デフォルトの梱包タイプを設定し、送料を自動計算する際に空の梱包の重量を含めるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143 msgid "" "To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in" " :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "デフォルトの梱包タイプを設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で *梱包* 機能を有効にする " "**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149 msgid "" "To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select " "a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "新たに設定した配送プロダクトをロードするには、 :guilabel:`Starshipit設定` タブの下部にある " ":guilabel:`Starshipitアカウントにリンクされたサービスを選択` リンクをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up " "window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired " "shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "そうすることで、:guilabel:`配送サービスの選択`ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。:guilabel:`配送サービス` " "フィールドで、配送と返品に使用する配送サービスをドロップダウンメニューから選択します。最後に :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` " "field." msgstr "選択された配送サービスは、:guilabel:`サービス名` フィールドに入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odooで設定されたStarshipit配送プロダクトのサンプル:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle配送物受け渡し`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`" msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: `Sendle配送`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Starshipitサービスコード`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170 msgid "" "Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be" " charged." msgstr "" "Starshipitは、企業がOdooで梱包の送信をテストする際、テストキーを提供しません。つまり、梱包が作成された場合、アカウントに請求が発生する可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after creation" " — this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping " "provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless" " the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal." msgstr "" "Odooには、テスト環境を使用している際に発生する可能性のある不要な請求に対する保護機能が組み込まれています。テスト環境で、配送方法を使用してラベルを作成した場合、作成されたラベルは直ちにキャンセルされます。これは自動的に行われます。ただし、使用している配送業者の種類によっては、配送業者のポータルでオーダを手動で取消しない限り、ラベルの印刷に対してアカウントに請求が発生する場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180 msgid "" "Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form." msgstr "配送方法フォームの上部にある :guilabel:`環境` スマートボタンをクリックして、テスト環境と本番環境を切り替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit" msgstr "Starshipitでラベルを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button." msgstr "Odooで見積を作成する際、:guilabel:`配送を追加` ボタンをクリックしてStarshipit配送方法を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in" " the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送方法の追加` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`配送方法` フィールドでStarshipitを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194 msgid "" "Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click" " :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, " "labeled as the *delivery product*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`レート取得` をクリックして送料を計算します。最後に、:guilabel:`追加` をクリックして、*配送プロダクト* " "と表示された販売オーダ明細に配送費用を含めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications." msgstr "" "Odooの *販売* アプリケーションと *eコマース* アプリケーションの **両方** で、Starshipitの送料を自動的に計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are " "automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" msgstr "その後、:guilabel:`検証` を行います。配送ラベルのドキュメントはチャターで自動生成されます: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." msgstr "選択した配送業者が対応している場合 :guilabel:`追跡番号`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "Starshipitコネクタが返品用に設定されている場合の :guilabel:`返品ラベル`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "Odooの配送済オーダの例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products " "plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping " "option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" "Odooの梱包重量は、プロダクトの重量とデータベースに保存されている空の梱包重量を加算して計算されます。梱包重量は自動的には確認されないため、正しい配送オプションが選択されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "" "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is " "created." msgstr "Starshipitはオーダ作成時に配送先住所を確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email " "address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are " "set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "" "最後に、配送業者によっては、メールアドレスや電話番号など、その他の情報を必要とする場合があります。出荷オーダを送信する際には、必要な情報が全て設定されていることをご確認下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" msgstr "返品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" msgstr "Starshipitでは、以下の配送業者での返品が可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" msgstr "Australia Post eParcel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228 msgid "TNT" msgstr "TNT" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229 msgid "Couriers Please" msgstr "Couriers Please" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Aramex" msgstr "Aramex" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231 msgid "StarTrack" msgstr "StarTrack" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" msgstr "DHL Express" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" msgstr "NZ Post Domestic" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the " "intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the " ":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available." msgstr "" "これは配送オーダの :guilabel:`返品` スマートボタンをクリックすることで可能です。選択した配送業者が返品をサポートしている場合、 " ":guilabel:`返品ラベルを印刷` ボタンが利用可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "取消" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived " "in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier " "itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the " "cancellation manually." msgstr "" "配送オーダがOdooで取消された場合、Starshipitで自動的にアーカイブされます。ただし、取消は宅配業者に送信されませんので、必ず宅配業者のプラットフォームにログインし、手動で取消処理を行って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "Third-party shipping carriers" msgstr "サードパーティ運送会社" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to " "verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically " "calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr "" "ユーザはサードパーティの配送会社を Odoo データベースにリンクして、特定の住所への運送会社の配送を検証し、:doc:`配送費用を自動計算 " "<../setup_configuration>` し、配送ラベルを :doc:`配送ラベルを生成 ` することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "" "In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or" " delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring " "shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting " "` section." msgstr "" "Odooでは、運送会社を販売オーダ(SO)、顧客請求書、配送オーダに適用することができます。配送コネクタの設定時によくある問題を解決するヒントについては、" " :ref:`トラブルシューティング ` " "セクションをご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" msgstr "以下はOdooで利用可能な配送コネクタのリストです:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "配送業者" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30 msgid "Region availability" msgstr "利用可能地域" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`FedEx `" msgstr ":doc:`FedEx `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36 msgid "All" msgstr "全て" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`DHL Express `" msgstr ":doc:`DHL Express `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`UPS `" msgstr ":doc:`UPS `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "US Postal Service" msgstr "US Postal Service" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "アメリカ合衆国" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "Some European countries (see details below)" msgstr "一部のヨーロッパ諸国 (詳細は下記参照)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" msgstr ":doc:`Bpost `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "ベルギー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "Easypost" msgstr "Easypost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44 msgid "North America" msgstr "北アメリカ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "Shiprocket" msgstr "Shiprocket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "India" msgstr "インド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`Starshipit `" msgstr ":doc:`Starshipit `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "Australia and New Zealand" msgstr "オーストラリア・ニュージーランド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported." msgstr "DHLの他のサービスはサポートされて **いません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53 msgid "" "Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, " "Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** " "any European country." msgstr "" "Sendcloudは現在、オーストリア、ベルギー、フランス、ドイツ、イタリア、オランダ、スペイン、英国からの発送、およびヨーロッパのあらゆる国への発送に対応しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow " "these steps:" msgstr "Odooでサードパーティ運送会社を正しく設定するには、以下の手順に従って下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr "" ":ref:`配送コネクタをインストール `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" ":ref:`配送方法の設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Activate production environment " "`." msgstr ":ref:`本番環境の有効化 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr ":ref:`倉庫設定 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr ":ref:`プロダクト重量の指定 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "配送コネクタをインストールする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72 msgid "" "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "配送コネクタをインストールするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`　　にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party " "shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping " "connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送コネクタ`　セクションで、サードパーティ運送会社のチェックボックスにチェックを入れてインストールします。複数のサードパーティ配送コネクタを一度に選択することができます。その後、" " :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with" " operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, " "refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` " "documentation." msgstr "" ":doc:`配送方法 <../setup_configuration>` は *販売*、*eコマース*、*ウェブサイト* " "アプリのオペレーションと統合することもできます。インストールについては、:ref:`アプリとモジュールのインストール " "` ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "Odooで利用可能な配送コネクタのオプション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin " "by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" "API認証情報を設定し、運送会社を有効化するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` " "にアクセスし、希望する配送方法を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same " ":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic " "shipping." msgstr "" "このリストには、同じ :guilabel:`プロバイダ` の **2つ** の配送方法が含まれていることがあります: " "1つは国際配送用、もう1つは国内配送用です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 msgid "" "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as " ":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`." msgstr "" "特定の目的のために、追加の配送方法を定義することができます。例えば、:doc:`パッケージング " "<../../product_management/configure/packaging>`　などです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr ":doc:`配送方法の設定 <../setup_configuration>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "" "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the " "*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the " "desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart " "button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" "配送方法が *ウェブサイト* " "アプリで利用可能な場合に公開されていることを確認します。ウェブサイトで配送方法を公開するには、希望の配送方法をクリックし、:guilabel:`未公開`" " スマートボタンをクリックします。スマートボタンが :guilabel:`公開済` に変更されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, " "including:" msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` ページには、以下のようなプロバイダに関する詳細が含まれています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` (*必須項目*): 配送方法の名前（例: `FedEx US`、`FedEx EU` など）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that" " is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable " "website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to " "all web pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ウェブサイト`: データベース内の特定のウェブサイトに接続されている *eコマース* " "ページの配送方法を設定します。ドロップダウンメニューから該当するウェブサイトを選択するか、空白のままにしておくと全てのウェブページに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery " "service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration " "Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` " "fields become available." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロバイダ` (*必須フィールド*): FedEx のようなサードパーティの配送サービスを選択します。プロバイダを選択すると、 " ":guilabel:`統合レベル`, :guilabel:`請求ポリシー`、 :guilabel:`保険パーセンテージ` " "フィールドが利用可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an " ":ref:`estimated shipment cost `" " on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`統合レベル`: :guilabel:`レート取得` を選択すると、|SO| または顧客請求書上の :ref:`見積配送費用 " "` を取得できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:128 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr ":guilabel:`レートの取得と配送の作成` を選択すると、:doc:`配送ラベル生成 ` も行われます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name " "that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト` (*必須フィールド*): |SO| または顧客請求書に追加される配送料金の名前。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated " "cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real" " cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping " "costs ` document." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`請求方針`: 運送会社から直接選択し、:guilabel:`見積費用` を計算します。 代わりに、配送の " ":guilabel:`実際原価` が必要な場合は、:doc:`実際送料を請求する `ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to" " the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, " "packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`レートへのマージン`: " "手数料、パッケージング資材、為替レートなどの追加コストをカバーするために、基本配送料金に追加するパーセンテージを指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders " "surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding " ":guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料`: :guilabel:`金額` フィールドに入力された金額を超えるオーダの送料を無料にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the " "shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in" " transit." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`保険パーセンテージ`: 輸送中に梱包が紛失または盗難にあった場合に、送り主に払戻される配送費用のパーセンテージを指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "FedEx配送方法のスクリーンショット。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr " `FedEx US`用の**配送方法**設定ページ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields " "(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party" " shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For " "more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the " "following documents:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`設定` " "タブで、API認証情報フィールド(APIキー、パスワード、アカウント番号など)を入力します。:guilabel:`プロバイダ` " "フィールドで選択したサードパーティ運送会社によって、:guilabel:`設定` " "タブの必須項目は異なります。特定の運送会社の認証情報の設定については、以下のドキュメントを参照して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`DHL認証情報 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud認証情報 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`UPS認証情報`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "本番環境" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167 msgid "" "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test " "Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" "配送方法の詳細を設定したら、:guilabel:`テスト環境` スマートボタンをクリックして、:guilabel:`本番環境` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:171 msgid "" "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** " "shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their " "carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers " "for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the " "delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" "配送方法を :guilabel:`本番` に設定すると、**実際の** 配送ラベルが作成され、ユーザは顧客に配送料を請求する **前に** " "運送会社のアカウント(UPS、FedExなど)を通じて請求されるリスクがあります。配送方法を :guilabel:`本番` " "へ起動する前に、設定が全て正しいことを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "\"テスト環境\"スマートボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185 msgid "" "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and " ":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "the desired warehouse." msgstr "" "倉庫の :guilabel:`住所` (郵便番号を含む)と :guilabel:`電話番号` が正確に入力されていることを確認します。そのためには、 " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、目的の倉庫を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:189 msgid "" "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "倉庫の設定ページで、:guilabel:`会社` フィールドをクリックして倉庫の連絡先ページを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "\"会社\"フィールドを強調します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:196 msgid "" "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are " "correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`住所` と :guilabel:`電話番号` が正しいことを確認して下さい。配送コネクタが正しく動作するために必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "会社住所と電話番号を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "プロダクト重量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:208 msgid "" "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "selecting the desired product." msgstr "" "運送会社との統合を適切に行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "でプロダクトの重量を指定し、必要なプロダクトを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the " ":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" "次に :guilabel:`在庫` タブに切り替え、 :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションでプロダクトの :guilabel:`重量` " "を定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームの在庫タブに\"重量\"フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "サードパーティ運送会社を適用する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:223 msgid "" "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or " "delivery order." msgstr "運送会社は、:abbr:`SO (販売オーダ)`、顧客請求書、配送オーダに適用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:225 msgid "" "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method " "` in Odoo, create or" " navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders " "--> Quotations`." msgstr "" "Odooでサードパーティ運送会社の :ref:`配送方法` を設定した後、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> 見積` " "で見積を作成または表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:232 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "販売オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:234 msgid "" "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of " "shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of " "shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" "サードパーティ運送会社を割当て、送料の見積を取得するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> 見積` " "を開きます。guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの右下にある:guilabel:`配送方法を追加` " "ボタンをクリックして、見積を作成するか既存の見積を選択し、サードパーティ運送会社を利用した配送費用を見積に追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "見積の下部に\"配送方法を追加\"ボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "" "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the" " intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" "表示された :guilabel:`配送方法を追加` ポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`配送方法` " "ドロップダウンメニューから目的の運送会社を選択します。:guilabel:`原価` フィールドは、以下の内容に基づいて自動的に入力されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:247 msgid "" "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is " "not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights " "` in the order is used)" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オーダ重量合計` フィールドで指定された量(指定されなかった場合は、オーダ内の :ref:`プロダクト重量 " "` の合計が使用されます)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:249 msgid "" "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address " "` and the customer's " "address." msgstr "" "倉庫の :ref:`配送元住所 ` " "から顧客住所までの距離。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254 msgid "" "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` " "field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` " "pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the " "|SO| or invoice." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送方法` フィールドでサードパーティプロバイダを選択した後、:guilabel:`配送方法を追加` " "ポップアップウィンドウで:guilabel:`レート取得` をクリックし、配送コネクタを通して見積費用を取得します。その後、:guilabel:`追加`" " ボタンをクリックして、配送料を |SO| または顧客請求書に追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:260 msgid "" ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery `" msgstr ":doc:`プロダクト配送後に送料を顧客に請求する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267 msgid "" "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the " "shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, " "and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as " ":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" "*販売* アプリをインストールせずに配送を行うユーザは、まず :menuselection:`在庫` アプリで配送オーダに運送会社を割当てます。次に、 " ":guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`配送オーダ` オペレーションタイプを選択し、 :guilabel:`完了済`" " または :guilabel:`取消済` としてマークされていない配送オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to" " the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set " "to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`追加情報` タブで、 :guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドを希望するサードパーティ運送会社に設定します。配送方法を " ":ref:`本番モード ` " "に設定すると、 :guilabel:`追跡参照` が提供されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr ":doc:`配送ラベルの生成 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "配送オーダの \"追加情報\"タブを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:288 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "トラブルシューティング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290 msgid "" "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some " "checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "配送コネクタの設定は複雑な場合があるため、ここでは期待どおりに動作しない場合には以下のチェック項目を試してみて下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293 msgid "" "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information " "` (e.g., address and " "phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the " "shipping provider's website." msgstr "" "Odooの :ref:`倉庫情報 ` " "(例:住所や電話番号)が正しいか、配送プロバイダのウェブサイトに保存されているレコードと一致しているか確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:296 msgid "" "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure " "the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" ":ref:`梱包タイプ ` " "とパラメータが運送会社で有効であることを確認して下さい。確認するには、運送会社のウェブサイトで配送を直接作成できることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299 msgid "" "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the " "provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to " ":ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" "Odooの見積費用とプロバイダの料金に不一致がある場合、まず配送方法が :ref:`本番環境 " "` に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303 msgid "" "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify" " the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the " "*debug logs*." msgstr "その後、運送会社のウェブサイトとOdooの両方で配送を作成し、Odoo、運送会社、*デバッグログ* で価格が同じであることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:307 msgid "" "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says " "the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the " "package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's " "side." msgstr "" "デバッグログで価格の不一致をチェックする際、リクエストでは梱包の重量が6kgであるにもかかわらず、FedExからのレスポンスでは梱包の重量が7kgである場合、問題はFedEx側にあると結論づけられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:312 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "デバッグログ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:314 msgid "" "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that," " go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping" " method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate " ":guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" "デバッグログを有効化して配送データの不整合を追跡します。そのためには、配送方法の設定ページ (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 " "--> 配送方法`) に移動し、希望する配送方法を選択します。:guilabel:`デバッグなし` スマートボタンをクリックして " ":guilabel:`デバッグ要求` を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "デバッグなし\"スマートボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323 msgid "" "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector " "is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the " ":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer " "mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical" " --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`デバッグ要求` を有効化すると、送料コネクタが送料の見積に使用されるたびに、 :guilabel:ロギング` " "レポートにレコードが保存されます。このレポートにアクセスするには :ref:`開発者モード ` をオンにし、 " ":menuselection:`設定アプリ --> 技術設定 --> データベース構成セクション --> ロギング` に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:329 msgid "" "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate " "` button is clicked on " ":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the " "shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`や顧客請求書で :ref:`レート取得 ` ボタンがクリックされる度に、**および** 顧客が *ウェブサイト* " "アプリでオーダに運送会社を追加する度に、配送方法に対してログが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr " \"技術設定\"メニューから\"ロギング\"オプションを見つける方法を提示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:338 msgid "" "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the " "correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP " "response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" "*HTTPリクエスト* 明細項目をクリックして詳細ページを開き、正しい情報がOdooから運送会社に送信されていることを確認します。*HTTPレスポンス*" " で、同じ情報が受信されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging." msgstr "管理設定 > 技術設定 > ロギングでデバッグエスト履歴を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "UPS integration" msgstr "UPS統合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "UPS is a shipping carrier service that integrates with Odoo to coordinate " "shipping to all regions. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods " "that estimate shipping costs and :doc:`generate labels `." msgstr "" " " "UPSはOdooと統合し、全ての地域への配送をコーディネートする運送会社サービスです。統合されると、ユーザは送料を見積もる配送方法を作成し、:doc:`ラベルを生成`することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:12 msgid "To set up the UPS shipping connector in Odoo, complete these steps:" msgstr "OdooでUPS発送コネクタを設定するには、以下のステップを完了して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:14 msgid "" "Create a UPS account to get :ref:`account number " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`アカウント番号 ` " "を取得するためにUPSアカウントを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:16 msgid "" "Create UPS developer account to get :ref:`client credentials " "`" msgstr "" "UPS開発者アカウントを作成し、 :ref:`顧客認証情報 ` " "を取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:18 msgid "Set up shipping method in Odoo" msgstr "Odooでの配送方法セットアップ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:21 msgid "" "When configuring a shipping method to use UPS, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Provider` is set to :guilabel:`UPS`, **NOT** :guilabel:`UPS " "Legacy`." msgstr "" "UPSを使用する配送方法を設定する際は、:guilabel:`プロバイダー` が :guilabel:`UPS` " "に設定されていることを確認して下さい。:guilabel:`UPS レガシー` では **ありません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:24 msgid "" "If shipping methods currently exist with the :guilabel:`Provider` set to " ":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive them, and create new shipping methods using " ":guilabel:`UPS`, instead." msgstr "" "現在、配送方法が存在し、:guilabel:`プロバイダー` が :guilabel:`UPSレガシー` " "に設定されている場合は、それをアーカイブし、代わりに :guilabel:`UPS` を使用して新しい配送方法を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:28 msgid "UPS account setup" msgstr "UPSアカウントセットアップ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "To get started, go to the `UPS website `_ and click the" " :guilabel:`Log In` button in the top-right corner to log in or create a UPS" " account." msgstr "" "`UPSウェブサイト`_ にアクセスし、右上の :guilabel:`ログイン` " "ボタンをクリックしてログインするか、UPSアカウントを作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select" " :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "ログイン後、右上のプロフィールアイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`アカウントと支払` を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home " "screen." msgstr "ホーム画面から\"口座と支払\"ページに移動する方法を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be " "configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card." msgstr ":guilabel:`アカウントと支払オプション` ページで、2つのアカウントを設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:44 msgid "Shipping account" msgstr "配送アカウント" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the" " :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" "Odooの配送アカウントを追加するには、 :guilabel:`支払方法追加` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`新規アカウント追加` " "を選択し、 :guilabel:`追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "ドロップダウンメニューから\"アカウント追加\"オプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:53 msgid "" "On the next screen, labeled :guilabel:`Open a Shipping Account`, complete " "the forms to configure the shipping account type (e.g. :guilabel:`Business`)" " and if any regulated items will be shipped. Then finish the remaining three" " steps in the wizard to :guilabel:`Add Addresses`, :guilabel:`Verify " "Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being " "optional." msgstr "" "次の画面では :guilabel:`配送アカウントを開く` と表示され、配送アカウントのタイプ（例 " ":guilabel:`ビジネス`）と、規制されている商品を配送するかどうかを設定します。:guilabel:`住所を追加する`、 " ":guilabel:`本人確認を行う`、 :guilabel:`割引を検討する` の3つのステップを完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:58 msgid "" "When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to " "finish setting up the shipping account." msgstr "完了したら、ウィザードの最後のページにある申請書を送信して、配送アカウントの設定を完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information." msgstr "UPSのフォームを表示し、会社の配送情報を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:68 msgid "Get account number" msgstr "アカウント番号を取得する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:70 msgid "" "With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes" " available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts " "and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field." msgstr "" "配送アカウントが設定されると、UPSの :guilabel:`アカウント番号` が利用可能になります。アクセスするには、 " ":menuselection:`プロフィール --> アカウントと支払` に移動し、配送アカウントの :guilabel:`番号` " "フィールドを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account." msgstr "配送アカウントのアカウント\"番号\"フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:79 msgid "Payment card" msgstr "支払カード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the " ":guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment " "Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card " "information." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`アカウントと支払` ページに戻り、 :guilabel:`支払方法追加` ドロップダウンメニューから " ":guilabel:`支払カード追加` オプションを選択します。その後、フォームを入力してクレジットカード情報を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down." msgstr "ドロップダウンから \"支払カード追加\" オプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:90 msgid "UPS developer account setup" msgstr "UPS開発者アカウントの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:92 msgid "" "Next, log into the `UPS developer account `_ to " "generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-" "right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "次に、`UPS開発者アカウント `_ " "にログインして開発者キーを生成します。まず、右上のプロファイルアイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`アプリ` " "オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture " "icon." msgstr "プロフィール画像アイコンをクリックした後、 \"アプリ\"ドロップダウンオプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:101 msgid "Add app" msgstr "アプリ追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Apps` button to begin filling out the form. " "In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select " ":guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`アプリ追加` ボタンをクリックして、フォームへの入力を開始します。guilabel:`API認証情報が必要、理由は \\*`" " フィールドで、:guilabel:`UPSの技術をビジネスに統合したい` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:107 msgid "" "Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these " "credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-" "down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account " "number ` linked to the UPS " "account created in the previous step." msgstr "" "次のラベル、 :guilabel:`これらの認証情報と関連付けるアカウントを選択します。\\*` 対応するフィールドのドロップダウンメニューから " ":guilabel:`既存のアカウントを追加` を選択し、前のステップで作成した UPS アカウントにリンクされている :ref:`アカウント番号 " "` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number." msgstr "UPSアカウント番号を記入するフォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:116 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and " "fill out the fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`次` をクリックし、:guilabel:`アプリ追加` フォームに進み、フィールドに必要事項を入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by." msgstr ":guilabel:`アプリ名`： アプリを識別するための名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: " "`https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`コールバックURL`: 次のフォーマットでOdooデータベースのURLを入力して下さい: " "`https://databaseName.odoo.com`。URLには `www` を含め **ない** で下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click " "the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:" msgstr "" "右側の :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` セクションで :guilabel:`+ (プラス)` " "アイコンを検索してクリックすると、以下のプロダクトがアプリに追加されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token" " to request information from the UPS API." msgstr ":guilabel:`認証(O Auth)`： UPS API に情報を要求するための認証トークンを生成するために使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in " "the United States and Puerto Rico." msgstr ":guilabel:`住所検証`： 米国およびプエルトリコの住所を通りレベルで検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type" " and available services." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーター`:タイプや利用可能なサービスに基づいてUPSの配送先を検索できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to " "link to shipments." msgstr ":guilabel:`ペーパレスドキュメント`: 配送にリンクするドキュメント画像のアップロードを可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing " "packages for shipment, managing returns, and cancelling scheduled shipments." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送`: UPSの配送サービスを有効にします。出荷準備、返品管理、出荷予定の取消などのサービスが利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates." msgstr ":guilabel:`評価`: 配送サービスと配送レートを比較します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:136 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions." msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして、UPSの利用規約に同意します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:139 msgid "`UPS API Catalog `_" msgstr "`UPS APIカタログ `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured." msgstr "アプリの詳細を設定する\"アプリを追加\"フォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:148 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret" msgstr "クライアントIDとクライアントシークレット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150 msgid "" "With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> " "App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view " "the UPS credentials." msgstr "" "新しいアプリが作成されたら、 :menuselection:`プロファイル --> Myアプリ --> アプリ` ページで、 " ":guilabel:`認証` セクションからアプリを選択して UPS認証情報を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section." msgstr "新しく作成したアプリを \"Myアプリ\"セクションに表示します。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:157 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " ":guilabel:`Client Secret` key." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`認証情報` セクションで、 :guilabel:`顧客ID` と :guilabel:`クライアントシークレット` " "キーをコピーします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key." msgstr "\"クライアントID\"と\"クライアントシークレット\"キーを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:167 msgid "" "With the credentials obtained, configure the UPS shipping method in Odoo by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" "取得した認証情報を使って、Odooの :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` でUPS配送方法を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:170 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr " :guilabel:`配送方法`ページで、:guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:173 msgid "" "For existing UPS shipping methods whose :guilabel:`Provider` is " ":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using " ":guilabel:`UPS`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロバイダ` が:guilabel:`UPSレガシー` である既存のUPS配送方法については、それをアーカイブし、 " ":guilabel:`UPS` を使用して新しい配送方法を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`UPS`. Doing so reveals " "the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, where various fields must be entered." " For details instructions on configuring the other fields on the shipping " "method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier " "` documentation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`フィールドで、:guilabel:`UPS` を選択します。そうすると :guilabel:`UPS設定` " "タブが表示され、様々なフィールドを入力する必要があります。配送方法のその他のフィールドの設定方法については、 :doc:`サードパーティ運送会社` " "ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:181 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`UPS設定` タブで、以下のフィールドに入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number " "` from the UPS portal." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPSアカウント番号`: (*必須*) UPSポータルから " ":ref:`アカウント番号` を取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Client ID`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client ID " "` from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPS顧客ID`: (*必須*) UPS開発者のウェブサイトから :ref:`顧客ID " "` を取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Client Secret`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client Secret " "` key from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPSクライアントシークレット`: (*必須*) :ref:`クライアントシークレット " "` キーをUPS開発者ウェブサイトから取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of " "shipping service." msgstr ":guilabel:`UPSサービスタイプ`:ドロップダウンメニューから配送サービスのタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:190 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Package Type`: (*required*) Select from the drop-down menu " "the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/configure/package>` that is" " supported for the shipping service." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPS梱包タイプ`: (*必須*) ドロップダウンメニューから、配送サービスでサポートされている :doc:`梱包タイプ " "<../../product_management/configure/package>` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包重量単位`: 梱包重量の単位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:193 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package " "dimensions." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包サイズ単位`: 梱包寸法の単位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: " ":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット`: 配送ラベルのラベルフォーマットを選択します: :guilabel:`PDF`、 " ":guilabel:`ZPL`、 :guilabel:`EPL`、または :guilabel:`SPL`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form." msgstr "配送方法フォームの\"UPS設定\" タブを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:" msgstr ":guilabel:`オプション` セクションでは、以下の機能が利用できます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in " "the *eCommerce* app." msgstr ":guilabel:`マイアカウントに請求`: *eコマース* アプリでユーザのUPSアカウントに送料を請求します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping" " after the shipment is delivered." msgstr ":guilabel:`代引き`: 商品が配達された後、お客様から配送料金を集金します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order " "after the delivery order is validated." msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベル生成`： 配送オーダが検証された後、オーダの返品ラベルを印刷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged " "to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`税支払者`： 関税またはその他の手数料をオーダの :guilabel:`発送人` または :guilabel:`受取人` " "に請求するかどうかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:3 msgid "Zebra label configuration" msgstr "Zebraラベル設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, labels printed in the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) file format " "are designed to fit a four-by-six inch label. To resize (or reformat) text " "to fit a variety of |ZPL| label sizes, :ref:`navigate to the ZPL label view " "`, and alter the |ZPL| code." msgstr "" "Odooでは、Zebraプログラミング言語 (ZPL)ファイルフォーマットで印刷されたラベルは4×6インチのラベルに合うようにデザインされています。 " "|ZPL| ラベルの様々なサイズに合わせてテキストのサイズを変更(または再フォーマット)するには、:ref:`ZPLラベルビュー " "` に移動し、|ZPL| コードを変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:13 msgid "" "When customizing code in Odoo, please note that upgrading the database to " "newer versions may break custom |ZPL| code. **Customers are responsible for " "maintaining their custom code**." msgstr "" "Odooでコードをカスタマイズする場合、データベースを新しいバージョンにアップグレードすると、カスタム |ZPL| " "コードが壊れる可能性がありますのでご注意下さい。**カスタムコードのメンテナンスはお客様の責任で行って下さい** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:16 msgid "" "Refer to the following sections for explanations, and example code, for " "frequently requested Zebra label customizations." msgstr " 頻繁に要求される Zebraラベルのカスタマイズの説明とコード例については、次のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Adjust margins `" msgstr ":ref:`余白を調整する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Enlarge/minimize barcodes `" msgstr ":ref:`バーコードの拡大/縮小 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Rotate elements `" msgstr ":ref:`要素を回転する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:26 msgid "Navigate to ZPL label view" msgstr "ZPLラベルビューに移動" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:28 msgid "" "To begin customizing a Zebra label in Odoo, turn on :ref:`developer mode " "`, and on the main Odoo dashboard, type `Reports`. From the " "search results that appear in the resulting pop-up window, choose " ":guilabel:`Settings / Technical / Reporting / Reports` to open the " ":guilabel:`Reports` page." msgstr "" "OdooでZebraラベルのカスタマイズを開始するには、:ref:`開発者モード ` " "をオンにし、Odooのメインダッシュボードで `レポート` と入力します。ポップアップウィンドウに表示される検索結果から :guilabel:`設定 /" " 技術 / レポーティング / レポート` を選択し、 :guilabel:`レポート` ページを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:34 msgid "" "To manually navigate to the :guilabel:`Reports` page, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Reporting: Reports`." msgstr "" "手動で :guilabel:`レポート` ページに移動するには、 :menuselection:`設定アプリ --> 技術 --> レポーティング: " "レポート` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1 msgid "Show global search result for \"Reports\"." msgstr "\"Reports\"グローバル検索結果を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:41 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Reports` page, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type " "`ZPL`, and hit :kbd:`Enter`. Upon doing so, Odoo presents a list of " "available Zebra labels in Odoo. Select the desired Zebra label from the list" " to modify it on a separate page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`レポート` ページの :guilabel:`検索...`バーに `ZPL` と入力して :kbd:`入力` " "キーを押します。Odooで利用可能なZebraラベルのリストが表示されます。リストから目的のZebraラベルを選択し、別のページで修正します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:46 msgid "Printable ZPL labels in Odoo:" msgstr "Odooの印刷可能なZPLラベル:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:48 msgid ":ref:`lot/serial number `" msgstr ":ref:`ロット/シリアル番号 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:49 msgid "operation type" msgstr "オペレーションタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:50 msgid "package barcode" msgstr "梱包バーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:51 msgid ":ref:`product label `" msgstr ":ref:`プロダクトラベル `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:52 msgid "product packaging" msgstr "プロダクトパッケージング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:53 msgid "finished product (Odoo *Manufacturing* app required)" msgstr "完成プロダクト (Odoo *製造* アプリが必要)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:55 msgid "" "Next, click the :icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qweb Views` smart button, and " "choose the desired label :doc:`view " "<../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>`." msgstr "" "次に、:icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qwebビュー` スマートボタンをクリックして希望のラベルを選択します :doc:`ビュー " "<../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62 msgid "Show Qweb smart button on the Lot and Serial Number (ZPL) report." msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号(ZPL)レポートにQwebスマートボタンを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62 msgid "" "**Lot and Serial Number (ZPL)** report, highlighting the Qweb smart button." msgstr "**ロットとシリアル番号 (ZPL)** レポート、Qwebスマートボタンを強調表示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:64 msgid "" "On the resulting view form, go to the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab to view " "the |ZPL| code." msgstr "結果のビューフォームで、:guilabel:`アーキテクチャ` タブに移動して、|ZPL| コードを表示して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:67 msgid "" "To ensure the customization is **not** overwritten during an update, click " "the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon on the view page. Then, select the" " :guilabel:`View Metadata` option from the resulting drop-down menu, in " "order to open the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window. Then, ensure the " ":guilabel:`No Update` field is set to :guilabel:`true (change)`. Click " ":guilabel:`Ok` to exit the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window." msgstr "" "カスタマイズした内容が更新中に上書き **されない** ようにするには、ビューページの :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(バグ)` " "アイコンをクリックします。その後、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`メタデータ照会` オプションを選択し、 " ":guilabel:`メタデータ照会` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。そして、 :guilabel:`更新なし` フィールドが " ":guilabel:`true(変更)` に設定されていることを確認します。:guilabel:`メタデータの表示` " "ポップアップウィンドウを閉じるには、 :guilabel:`OK` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1 msgid "Architecture tab in the view." msgstr "ビューのアーキテクチャタブ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:80 msgid "Adjust margin" msgstr "余白の調整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:82 msgid "" "Text gets cut off from standard |ZPL| labels printed in Odoo when the line " "exceeds fifty-five characters. To fit long product names, or lot numbers, on" " a single line, adjust the margin." msgstr "" "Odooで印刷される標準の |ZPL| " "ラベルで、明細が55文字を超えると文字が切れてしまいます。長いプロダクト名やロット番号を1行に収めるには、余白を調整して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:85 msgid "" "To begin, navigate to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label " "` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` " "tab. In the |ZPL| code for product labels, look for the `^FT` command, which" " specifies where to start placing the text, or graphic element, on the " "label. The two numbers immediately following `^FT` define the x-coordinate " "and y-coordinate in dots (:dfn:`similar to pixels for printers`) from the " "left and top margins." msgstr "" "始めに、 :guilabel:`アーキテクチャ` タブの :ref:`ラベルのZPLコード " "` に移動します。プロダクトラベルの |ZPL| コードの中で、`^FT`" " コマンドを探して下さい。このコマンドはラベル上のテキストやグラフィック要素を配置する位置を指定します。`^FT` " "にすぐ続く2つの数値は、左余白と上余白からのx座標とy座標をドット (:dfn:`プリンタのピクセルに類似`) で定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:92 msgid "" "When customizing lot/serial number labels, look for the `^FO` command, " "instead of `^FT`." msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号ラベルをカスタマイズする際には、 `^FT` の代わりに `^FO` コマンドを探して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:96 msgid "" "The following is an example where the product's name gets cut off with " "Odoo's default |ZPL| formatting. In the **Fixed** tab, the x-coordinate of " "the starting position of the label is changed from `^FT100,80` to `^FT0,80`," " to fit the entire name." msgstr "" "下記はプロダクト名がOdooのデフォルト |ZPL| フォーマットで切れてしまう例です。**固定** タブで、ラベルの開始位置のx座標が " "`^FT100,80` から `^FT0,80` に変更され、名前全体が収まるようになっています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:203 msgid "Default" msgstr "デフォルト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the product name cut off." msgstr "プロダクト名をカットしたバーコードラベルの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:225 msgid "**Code**:" msgstr "**コード**:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:219 msgid "Modified" msgstr "変更済" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "" "Example barcode label with the product name margin adjusted to the left." msgstr "プロダクト名の余白を左に調整したバーコードラベルの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:135 msgid "Resize barcode" msgstr "バーコードのサイズ変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:137 msgid "" "To adjust the size of the barcode to scale, begin by navigating to the " ":ref:`ZPL code of the label ` in the " ":guilabel:`Architecture` tab. Look for the `^FO` command (typically in the " "third line), which is the starting point of the margin for the barcode." msgstr "" "バーコードのサイズを調整するには、まず :guilabel:`アーキテクチャ` タブの :ref:`ラベルのZPLコード " "` に移動します。バーコードの余白の始点である `^FO` " "コマンド(通常は3行目)を探して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:141 msgid "" "The `^BY` command configures barcode size, and takes three numbers: bar " "width, width of wide bars relative to narrow bars, and bar height. By " "default, |ZPL| code in Odoo uses `^BY3`, setting the bar width to three " "dots, a typical size that is easy for barcode scanners to read." msgstr "" "`^BY` " "コマンドはバーコードのサイズを設定するコマンドで、バー幅、幅の狭いバーに対する幅の広いバーの幅、バーの高さの3つの数値を指定します。デフォルトでは、Odooの" " |ZPL| コードは `^BY3` を使用し、バーコードスキャナが読取りやすい典型的なサイズである3ドットにバー幅を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:146 msgid "To shrink the barcode to scale, `^BY3` is reduced to `^BY2`." msgstr "バーコードを縮小するために、`^BY3` は `^BY2` に縮小されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label." msgstr "バーコードラベル例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode size reduced." msgstr "バーコードサイズを縮小したバーコードラベルの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:185 msgid "Rotate elements" msgstr "要素を回転する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:187 msgid "" "To rotate elements in |ZPL|, begin by navigating to the :ref:`ZPL code of " "the label ` in the " ":guilabel:`Architecture` tab." msgstr "" " |ZPL|で要素を回転させるには、 " ":guilabel:`アーキテクチャ`タブのラベル`の " ":ref:`ZPLコード` に移動することから始めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:190 msgid "" "The `^BC` command's first parameter (:dfn:`information that affects the " "behavior of the command`) defines the rotation of an item, which can be:" msgstr " `^BC` コマンドの最初のパラメータ(:dfn:`コマンドの動作に影響する情報`)はアイテムの回転を定義し、次のようになります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:193 msgid "`N`: display normally" msgstr "`N`: 通常表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:194 msgid "`R`: rotate 90 degrees" msgstr "`R`: 90度回転" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:195 msgid "`I`: rotate 180 degrees" msgstr "`I`: 180度回転" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:196 msgid "`B`: rotate 270 degrees" msgstr "`B`: 270度回転" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:199 msgid "To rotate the barcode, `^BCN` is changed to `^BCB`." msgstr "バーコードを回転させるには、`^BCN` を `^BCB` に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode rotated." msgstr "バーコードを回転させたバーコードラベルの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "倉庫とストレージ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "在庫管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses " "` handle the broader organization and " "distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations" " ` provide a more detailed breakdown " "within each warehouse for efficient item management." msgstr "" "Odoo *在庫* アプリでは、:doc:`倉庫 ` " "は異なる物理的な場所間での在庫の大まかな整理と分配を処理し、:doc:`ロケーション " "` は効率的な商品管理のために各倉庫内でのより詳細な内訳を提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13 msgid "" "This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts " "necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of " "how things work, refer to individual documentation pages." msgstr "" "このドキュメントは *在庫* " "を使いこなすために必要な用語や概念の紹介しています。具体的な説明や動作例については、各ドキュメンテーションのページを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odooチュートリアル: 倉庫 & ロケーション `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouses ` represent a physical " "place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored." msgstr "" ":doc:`倉庫 ` represent a physical place, with" " a physical address, where a company's items are stored." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26 msgid "" "Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, " "within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses " "`." msgstr "" ":doc:`ルート <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "を設定して、倉庫内のプロダクトが顧客宛、仕入先から、倉庫内で、または :doc:`倉庫間 " "` でどのように移動されるかをコントロールします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33 msgid "" ":doc:`Locations ` refer to specific " "areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-" "divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can " "create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize " "inventory more precisely." msgstr "" " :doc:`ロケーション ` " "は倉庫内の棚、フロア、通路などの特定のエリアを指します。これらは倉庫内の小区画であり、その倉庫に固有のものです。ユーザは、在庫をより正確に整理するために、1つの倉庫内に多数のロケーションを作成し、管理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47 msgid "Location types" msgstr "ロケーションタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49 msgid "" "*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and " "what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only " "internal locations are displayed." msgstr "" "Odooの *ロケーションタイプ* は、プロダクトがどこにあり、どのようなアクションが必要かを分類・管理するのに役立ちます。デフォルトでは " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` ページに内部ロケーションのみが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53 msgid "" "To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:" msgstr "" "Odooの7つのロケーションタイプを表示するには、任意のロケーションを選択します。　 　:guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` " "フィールドに以下があります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from " "vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`仕入先ロケーション`: 仕入先から購買したプロダクトがあるエリアを定義します。ここにある商品は在庫に **ありません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. " "For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all " "internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, " "and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`ビュー`: 倉庫の階層を整理し、構造化するために使用されます。例えば、ビューロケーション " "`WH`(倉庫の略)は、`在庫`、入庫ドック、品質チェックポイント、梱包エリアなどの全ての内部ロケーションをグループ化し、全て同じ倉庫に属していることを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64 msgid "" "View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move " "them there." msgstr "ビューロケーションはプロダクトがあっては**いけません**が、そこにプロダクトを移動することは可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items" " stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation " "<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`内部ロケーション`: 倉庫内の保管場所です。これらの場所に保管されている項目は :doc:`在庫評価 " "<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "にて計上されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here " "are no longer in stock." msgstr " :guilabel:`顧客ロケーション`: 販売されたプロダクトが追跡される場所; ここにある項目はもう在庫にありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or" " create stock, accounting for discrepancies." msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫ロス`: 不足項目を消費したり、在庫を作成したり、不一致の会計処理をするための相手先ロケーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, " "used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, " "which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses." msgstr "" " Odooでは、在庫ロスロケーションの例として、*在庫調整*があり、在庫カウントの間に不一致の会計処理に使用され、*廃棄*は " "*在庫ロスを計上するため、破損した商品を送る場所です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80 msgid "" "`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in " "`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, " "five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory " "Adjustment`." msgstr "" "`仮想ロケーション/在庫調整`は :guilabel:`在庫ロス` " "タイプのロケーションです。データベースでは`WH/Stock`に`65`個ありますが、在庫を確認すると`60`個であることが分かりました。数量を修正するために、5単位を" " `WH/在庫` から `仮想ロケーション/在庫調整`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0 msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment." msgstr "プロダクトは最終的に仮想ロケーション/在庫調整で終わります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and " ":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`製造`: ここで原材料が消費され、 :doc:`製造プロダクト <.../../manufacturing>` が作られます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse " "operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as " ":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`積送ロケーション`: :ref:`物理的ロケーション/倉庫間輸送 " "` " "のように、異なる住所間で配送されたプロダクトを追跡するために、企業間または倉庫間オペレーションで使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1 msgid "List of locations in Odoo." msgstr "Odooでのロケーションリスト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:" msgstr " Odooではロケーションタイプは色分けされています: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102 msgid "**Red**: internal locations" msgstr "**赤**: 内部ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "**Blue**: view locations" msgstr "**青**: ビューロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104 msgid "" "**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and " "customer locations)." msgstr "**黒**: 外部ロケーション(在庫ロス、仕入先、顧客ロケーションを含む)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107 msgid "View locations in Odoo" msgstr "Odooのビューロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the " "hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish " "between internal and external locations." msgstr "" "Odooデータベースにはロケーションの階層を整理するためのビューロケーションがあらかじめ設定されています。これらは有用なコンテキストを提供し、内部と外部のロケーションを区別します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112 msgid "" "*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without " "changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur " "when products move from internal to external locations)." msgstr "" "*物理的ロケーション*は、プロダクトの在庫価値を変えることなく、外部ロケーションの傘として機能します。(在庫評価の変更は、プロダクトが内部から外部ロケーションに移動するときに発生します)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119 msgid "" "When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in " "either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they " "are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit " "Location` type." msgstr "" "倉庫 `WH` と `WH2` にあるプロダクトを移動する場合、項目はどちらの倉庫にもありませんが、会社のものであることに変わりはありません。移動中は " ":guilabel:`積層ロケーション` タイプの `倉庫間移動`ロケーションに置かれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123 msgid "" "This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating " "that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of " "the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the " "products." msgstr "" "このロケーションはビューロケーション、`物理的ロケーション` の下にあり、`倉庫間輸送` " "は倉庫の外ですが、会社の一部であることを示しています。これはプロダクトの在庫評価には影響しません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127 msgid "" "*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)" " together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation." msgstr "" "*取引先ロケーション*は、顧客と仕入先のロケーション(外部ロケーション)をグループ化したものです。これらの拠点への輸送は在庫評価に影響します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it " "is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items " "that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors." msgstr "" " " "*仮想ロケーションとは、物理的に存在**しない**ロケーションですが、在庫にない項目を置くことができる場所です。紛失やその他の要因で在庫がなくなってしまった項目などがこれにあたります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "在庫調整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:8 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. Discrepancy between counts can be due to damage, human error, " "theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to " "reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the " "database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:15 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "在庫調整ページ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:17 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "在庫調整ページに表示されている在庫プロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page lists all products that are " "currently in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" "Only products with a quantity greater than zero are listed on the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. To view product lines with zero " "current quantity, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30 msgid "For each product line, the following information is listed:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored. This column is **only** visible if :doc:`Storage Locations " "` are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Favorite`: identifies products that have been favorited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: 在庫調整明細に数量が記載されているプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: " "リスト済の特定のプロダクトに割当てられた追跡識別子です。アルファベット、数字、またはその両方を組合わせることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:40 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number, or lot number, assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: the date on which the goods with this serial " "number are due to expire." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Last Count Date`: the last time the quantity was updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Package`: the package containing the quantity listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr ":guilabel:`手持数量`: 現在データベースに記録されているプロダクトの数量です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (e.g., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default but can be changed, depending on " "if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`差異`: :guilabel:`手持数量` と :guilabel:`棚卸数量` " "の差分で、在庫調整が行われた後の値です。差分は在庫調整が行われる度に自動的に計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr ":guilabel:`予定日`: カウントを行う日付です。特に指定がない場合、この日付のデフォルトは現在の年の12月31日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`User`: " "データベースのカウントに割当てられたユーザです。これは在庫を物理的にカウントする人、またはデータベースでカウントを適用する人のどちらかになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:65 msgid "" "Additional columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the" " :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right of " "the form's top row, and reveal any desired column by ticking the checkbox " "next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "在庫調整を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:78 msgid "" "|Ia| can also be created from the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` on an " "individual product record. To open the report, navigate to a product record " "and click the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart button. Then, at the top of the " "page, click :guilabel:`Update Quantity`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0 msgid "" "The Update Quantities button on a Forecast report in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:86 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number needs to be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:92 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment line can also be used to create or record lots and " "serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列の値を、在庫調整プロセスでそのプロダクトについてカウントされた数量に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:97 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment for traceability purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:103 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" "新しい在庫調整明細に全て変更を加えたら、その明細からクリックして離れます。そうすることで、調整が保存され、明細がページの一番上に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and have not been changed at all, no value appears in the" " :guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "在庫調整ページの差異列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:115 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" "この段階では、カウント(:dfn:`在庫調整`)は記録されていますが、まだ適用されていません。これは、調整前の手持数量が、新しい実際の棚卸数量と一致するようにまだ更新されていないことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:122 msgid "Apply adjusted count" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:124 msgid "" "|Ia| can be completed in several ways. The first way is to click the " ":guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the page. The " "second way is to tick the checkbox on the far left of the line. Doing so " "reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is an " ":guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:130 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reason` field is " "pre-populated with today's date, the date the adjustment is being made on, " "but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:134 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "準備ができたら、 :guilabel:`適用` をクリックして在庫調整を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" "Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " "line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " "traceability." msgstr "" "在庫調整を適用すると、トレーサビリティのため、*移動履歴* レポートに :doc:`在庫移動明細 (SML) " "<../reporting/moves_history>` が同時に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "全て適用オプションは、理由が指定されると在庫調整を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 msgid "Relocate products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" "|Ia| can also be used to relocate products to different storage locations, " "or to different packages. To relocate a product, tick the checkbox at the " "far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click " "the :guilabel:`Relocate` button. Doing so opens a pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "The Relocate products pop-up on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "On the resulting pop-up, enter the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid ":guilabel:`To Location`: the new location for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`To Package`: the new package for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for relocation`: the reason for the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:161 msgid "" "Product relocations **only** work on internal locations. Products **cannot**" " be moved between companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" "Only users with *Administrator* rights can perform product relocations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:167 msgid "Set to zero" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:169 msgid "" "|Ia| can also be used to clear inventory counts by setting the quantity to " "zero. To do this, tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the " "desired product. At the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` " ":guilabel:`Actions` button to open a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Set to" " 0`. Once this is complete, :ref:`apply ` the " "adjusted count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:175 msgid "Count products" msgstr "プロダクトをカウントする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical " "Inventory` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the :icon:`fa-" "bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" "これにより :guilabel:`手持数量` 列の値が :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列にコピーされ、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値が " "`0.00` に設定されます。その後、適用されると、`0.00` :guilabel:`完了数量` の在庫移動がプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "ゼロカウント在庫調整移動。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :icon:`fa-bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon, record the real value" " in the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" "これを行うには、カウントを変更するプロダクトの特定の在庫調整明細の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列のフィールドをクリックします。これで自動的に " ":guilabel:`棚卸数量` に `0.00` が割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" "この値を変更するには、新しくカウントされた実際の値と一致する新しい値を入力します。その後、明細をクリックします。そうすることで調整が保存され、自動的に " ":guilabel:`差異` 列の値が調整されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" "その後、適用されると :guilabel:`手持数量` と :guilabel:`棚卸数量` の差による移動がプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "在庫調整履歴ダッシュボードには、過去のプロダクト移動のリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Actions` menu appears when one or more products' checkboxes " "are selected. The :guilabel:`Actions` menu includes the option to " ":guilabel:`Set to quantity on hand`, which sets the selected products' " ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, and " ":guilabel:`Set to 0`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted " "Quantity` to zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Inventory Adjustments Actions menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:314 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" "カウントが発生しても、すぐにデータベースで適用できないことがあります。実際にカウントしてから在庫調整を適用するまでの間に、プロダクトの移動が発生することがあります。その場合、データベースの手持数量が変更され、棚卸数量と一致しなくなる可能性があります。念のため、在庫調整を適用する前にOdooは確認を求めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "Revert an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "To revert the changes made in an inventory adjustment, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:238 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At " "the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` button to" " open a drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Revert Inventory Adjustment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:243 msgid "" "After an inventory adjustment is reverted, the line is not removed from the " ":guilabel:`Moves History` report. Instead, an additional line is added, this" " time with the word `[reverted]` added to the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0 msgid "The reference fields on the Moves History report in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:251 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "在庫カウント頻度を変更する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:253 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for |ia| are always scheduled for the 31st " "of December of the current year. However, for some companies, it is crucial " "that they have an accurate inventory count at all times. In such cases, the " "default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:257 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" "デフォルトの予定日を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。そして、 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、 :guilabel:`年度末棚卸の月日` " "設定を探します。このドロップダウンメニューはデフォルトで12月31日に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "年度末棚卸の月日の設定で、次回の在庫棚卸日を調整します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:264 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, enter a number from `1-31`, depending on " "the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "月を変更するには、:guilabel:`12月` をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示し、希望の月を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:270 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "全ての変更が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:273 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "大規模な在庫棚卸の計画" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:275 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:278 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by ticking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:282 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, tick the checkbox" " at the top of the table, in the header row next to the :guilabel:`Location`" " label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count pop-up on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:289 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Request" " a Count` pop-up window, where the following information can be filled:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:293 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`棚卸日`: 棚卸の予定日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`ユーザ`:棚卸を担当するユーザ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr ":guilabel:`会計日`: 在庫の調整が計上される日付。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:296 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`カウント`: 各プロダクトラインの手持ち数量を空白にするには、 :guilabel:`空白のまま` " "を選択します。各プロダクト明細の手持数量をあらかじめデータベースに記録されている現在の値で埋めるには、 :guilabel:`現在の値を設定` " "を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:301 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Leave Empty` option forces the employee conducting the audit " "to manually type in the number they counted, while the :guilabel:`Set " "Current Value` option only requires the employee to *verify* the counted " "quantity and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:305 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "最後に、準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてカウントを要求します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "在庫調整ページの棚卸ポップアップを要求します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:311 msgid "" "In the Odoo **Barcode** app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to *them*, and are scheduled for *today* or *earlier*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:321 msgid "Adjustment history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:323 msgid "" "Details regarding inventory adjustment can be viewed by clicking the " ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:326 msgid "" "The user who performed the count is listed in parenthesis in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` field, while the user who applied the count is listed " "in the :guilabel:`Done By`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "The history record for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:333 msgid "Inventory audit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:335 msgid "" "An inventory audit can be accessed from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment`" " page. This audit includes an inventory record both before and after a count" " is completed, to track what changed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:338 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, tick the checkbox at the top-" "left of the page to select all of the lines. Then click the " ":guilabel:`Request a Count` button. On the pop-up, set :guilabel:`Count` to " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:342 msgid "" "After returning to the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, select all of " "the lines again. Click :menuselection:`Print --> Count Sheet`. The " ":guilabel:`Count Sheet` exports in PDF form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:346 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "サイクルカウント" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" "ほとんどの企業では、倉庫在庫の集計は年に一度しか必要ありません。そのため、Odooで *在庫調整* " "を行った後、次回の在庫棚卸予定日はその年の12月31日に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" "しかし、企業によっては、常に正確な在庫数を把握することが重要な場合もあります。このような企業は、重要な在庫レベルを正確に保つために *循環棚卸* " "を使用しています。循環棚卸とは、企業が在庫を特定の *ロケーション* " "でより頻繁に棚卸し、物理的な在庫棚卸数が在庫記録と一致していることを確認する方法です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage " "Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "Odooでは循環棚卸はロケーションごとに実行されます。そのため、循環棚卸を実行する前に *保管場所* 機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "この機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " "セクションまでスクロールダウンします。そして :guilabel:`在庫ロケーション` の隣にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、 " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "在庫設定の保管場所設定を有効化済。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "場所ごとの在庫棚卸頻度の変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple " "locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be " "changed for specific locations." msgstr "*保管場所* 機能が有効になり、倉庫内に複数の保管場所が作成されると、特定の保管場所の在庫棚卸頻度を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" "ロケーションを表示、編集するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " "に移動します。これにより、現在作成され倉庫にリストされている全てのロケーションを含む :guilabel:`ロケーション` ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location." msgstr "このページから、場所をクリックすると、その場所の管理設定と設定ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by " "default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, " "change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`循環棚卸` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`棚卸頻度(日)` フィールドを探します。デフォルトでは `0` " "に設定されているはずです (この場所が編集されていない場合)。このフィールドで、棚卸の頻度を任意の日数に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "ロケーションのロケーション頻度設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "30日ごとの在庫カウントが必要なロケーションは :guilabel:`棚卸頻度 (日)` 値を `30` に設定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next " "scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field." msgstr "" "このロケーションに在庫調整が適用されると、 :guilabel:`在庫頻度(日)` " "フィールドに入力された値に基づいて、次の予定日が自動的に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "ロケーションごとの在庫棚卸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" "倉庫内の特定の場所の循環棚卸を行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 物理的在庫` に移動します。すると" " :guilabel:`在庫調整` ページが表示され、現在在庫のあるプロダクトが全て表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options " "(accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right " "of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations " "and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" "このページから :guilabel:`フィルタ` と :guilabel:`グループ分` オプション( :guilabel:`検索...` " "バーの右にある :guilabel:`⬇️ (下向き矢印)` " "アイコンをクリックすることでアクセス可能)を使って、特定の場所を選択したり、在庫棚卸を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68 msgid "" "To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, " "click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" "特定のロケーションを選択し、そのロケーション内の全てのプロダクトを表示するには、 :guilabel:`検索...` バーの右にある " ":guilabel:`⬇️ (下向き矢印)` アイコンをクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`グループ分` 列で、 " ":guilabel:`カスタムグループ追加` をクリックすると、新しいドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "在庫調整ページのフィルタとグループ化メニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu. Doing so sorts products " "into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, " "and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" "ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロケーション` をクリックします。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`在庫調整` " "ページでプロダクトが保管場所にソートされ、その場所にある全てのプロダクトに対して循環棚卸を実行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ " "(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" "複数のロケーションがあり、プロダクトが大量にある大規模な倉庫では、希望の特定のロケーションを検索する方が簡単かもしれません。これを行うには、 " ":guilabel:`在庫調整` ページから、 :guilabel:`検索...` バーの右にある :guilabel:`⬇️ (下向き矢印)` " "アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`" " to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` 列で、 :guilabel:`カスタムフィルタを追加` をクリックして、 " ":guilabel:`カスタムフィルタを追加` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "" "In the first field, click the value and select :guilabel:`Location` from the" " list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the " "third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" "最初のフィールドで値をクリックし、オプションのリストから :guilabel:`ロケーション` を選択します。2番目のフィールドで " ":guilabel:`含む` を選択します。3番目のフィールドに、検索するロケーションの名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr ":guilabel:`追加` をクリックすると、その場所がページに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." msgstr "カスタムフィルタの追加ポップアップウィンドウに場所の値が入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "全在庫棚卸頻度の変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also" " be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" "循環棚卸は通常、ロケーションごとに実行され、予定された日にちより前倒するために、倉庫内の在庫プロダクトの全棚卸予定日を手動で変更することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` " ":guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" "デフォルトの予定日を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。そして、 " ":guilabel:`オペレーション年度末棚卸の月日` セクションで、 :guilabel:`年間在庫日および月` 設定フィールドを探します。 " "ドロップダウンフィールドがあり、デフォルトでは `31` :guilabel:`12月` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "在庫アプリ管理設定の頻度フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "日を変更するには、`31`をクリックし、その年の希望の月によって`1-31`の範囲内の日に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "必要な変更が全て完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:3 msgid "Product catalog" msgstr "プロダクトカタログ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:10 msgid "" "The product *catalog* is a feature integrated with any Odoo app that allows " "users to add products or components to an order. This includes the " "**Inventory**, **Manufacturing**, **Sales**, **Purchase**, and **Repairs** " "apps, among others." msgstr "" "プロダクト *カタログ* " "は、ユーザがオーダにプロダクトや構成品を追加できる機能で、Odooアプリに統合されています。これには、**在庫**、**製造**、**販売**、**購買**、**修理**" " などのアプリが含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:14 msgid "" "The product catalog can be accessed from the first tab of a quotation, " "request for quotation (RfQ), order, or bill of materials (BoM) form, and " "opens in a new page when selected. The catalog displays products and " "components in a user-friendly, POS-style format, from which they can be " "selected and added to forms." msgstr "" "プロダクトカタログは、見積書、見積依頼書(RfQ)、オーダ、または部品表(BoM)フォームの最初のタブからアクセスでき、選択すると新しいページで開きます。カタログには、ユーザフレンドリーなPOSスタイルのフォーマットでプロダクトと構成品が表示され、そこから選択してフォームに追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:19 msgid "" "The product catalog simplifies the creation of new sales orders (SOs), " "purchase orders (POs), manufacturing orders (MOs), bill of materials (BoMs)," " and more, by providing a visual interface through which products and " "components can be quickly selected." msgstr "" "プロダクトカタログは、プロダクトや構成品を素早く選択できる視覚的なインターフェースを提供することで、新規販売オーダ(SO)、購買オーダ(PO)、製造オーダ(MO)、部品表(BoM)などの作成を簡素化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:24 msgid "Use product catalog" msgstr "プロダクトカタログを使用する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "To use the product catalog, begin by creating or opening a quotation, |RfQ|," " order, or |BoM| to which products or components can be added. For example, " "create a new sales quotation by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app`, " "and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "プロダクトカタログを使用するには、まずプロダクトや構成品を追加する見積依頼書 |RfQ| オーダ、または部品表 |BoM| " "を作成または開きます。例えば、:menuselection:`販売アプリ` " "に移動し、:guilabel:`sh`をクリックして、新しい販売見積を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:30 msgid "" "On the form (quotation, |RfQ|, order, |BoM|), make sure the first tab on the" " bottom is selected. Depending on the form being configured, this tab may be" " titled *Order Lines*, *Components*, *Products*, or *Parts*." msgstr "" "フォーム (見積、見積依頼書 |RfQ|、オーダ、部品表 |BoM|) " "で、一番下の最初のタブが選択されていることを確認して下さい。設定するフォームによって、このタブのタイトルは、*オーダ明細*、*構成品*、*プロダクト*、または" " *パーツ* となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:34 msgid "" "On the first blank line of the tab, click the :guilabel:`Catalog` link to " "open the catalog in a new page." msgstr "タブの最初の空白行で、:guilabel:`カタログ` リンクをクリックして、新しいページでカタログを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "The \"Catalog\" button on the \"Order Lines\" tab of a sales quotation." msgstr "販売見積の \"オーダ明細\" タブにある \"カタログ\" ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:41 msgid "" "The product catalog displays a card for each product added to Odoo. Each " "card displays a few key details about the corresponding product:" msgstr "" "プロダクトカタログには、Odooに追加された各プロダクトのカードが表示されます。各カードには、対応するプロダクトに関するいくつかの重要な詳細が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:44 msgid "Product photo" msgstr "プロダクト写真" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:45 msgid "Product title" msgstr "プロダクトタイトル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:46 msgid "" "Price or cost of the product, depending on whether it is bought, sold, or " "used as a component" msgstr "プロダクトの価格または原価、それが購入・販売されたか、または構成品として使用されるかどうかによって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:48 msgid "Reference code (e.g. *DESK0005*)" msgstr "参照番号コード (例 *DESK0005*)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:49 msgid "On-hand quantity" msgstr "手持在庫数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:50 msgid "Variant attributes (e.g. *Color: White*)" msgstr "バリアント属性 (例 *色: 白*)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "A product card in the product catalog." msgstr "プロダクトカタログ内のプロダクトカード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:56 msgid "" "Products can be filtered using the search bar at the top of the page, or the" " sidebar on the left side of the page." msgstr "プロダクトは、ページ上部の検索バー、またはページ左側のサイドバーからフィルタリングできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:59 msgid "" "To filter by product type, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down " "arrow)` button on the right side of the search bar to open the search menu. " "In the :guilabel:`Filters` section, select the :guilabel:`Services` filter " "to only show service products, or the :guilabel:`Products` filter to only " "show physical products." msgstr "" "プロダクトタイプでフィルタリングするには、検索バーの右側にある :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(下向き矢印)` " "ボタンをクリックして検索メニューを開きます。 :guilabel:`フィルタ` セクションで、サービスプロダクトのみを表示するには " ":guilabel:`サービス` フィルタを、または物理的なプロダクトのみを表示するには :guilabel:`プロダクト` フィルタを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating or configuring a quotation or |SO|, specifically, an " ":guilabel:`In the Order` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Filters` section " "of the search bar. Select this filter to only show products that have " "already been added to the form." msgstr "" "見積または販売オーダ |SO| を作成または設定する際、特に、:guilabel:`オーダ時` フィルタが検索バーの :guilabel:`フィルタ` " "セクションに表示されます。このフィルタを選択すると、フォームにすでに追加されているプロダクトのみが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:68 msgid "" "In the sidebar on the left side of the page, select an option in the " ":icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`PRODUCT CATEGORY` section to filter by product" " category, or an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`ATTRIBUTES` " "section to filter by variant attribute." msgstr "" "ページの左側のサイドバーで、プロダクトカテゴリによるフィルタリングを行うには :icon:`fa-th-list` " ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` セクションのオプションを選択し、バリエーション属性によるフィルタリングを行うには :icon:`fa-th-" "list` :guilabel:`属性` セクションのオプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "The filter sidebar in the product catalog." msgstr "プロダクトカタログ内のフィルタサイドバー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:76 msgid "" "To add a product, click on the product's card, or click the :icon:`fa-" "shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button in the bottom-right corner of the " "card. Doing so adds one unit of the product, which is displayed in a field " "in the bottom-left corner of the card." msgstr "" "プロダクトを追加するには、プロダクトのカードをクリックするか、カードの右下隅にあるアイコン :fa-shopping-" "cart:guilabel:`追加` ボタンをクリックします。そうすると、プロダクトが1単位追加され、カードの左下隅のフィールドに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a product has been added, clicking the product card continues to add " "units of the product in increments of one." msgstr "プロダクトを追加した後は、プロダクトカードをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量が1ずつ増加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:83 msgid "" "To adjust the quantity of the product added, click the :icon:`fa-minus` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` button to reduce the quantity by one, or the :icon:`fa-" "plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` button to increase it by one." msgstr "" "追加されたプロダクトの数量を調整するには、:icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(マイナス)` " "ボタンをクリックして数量を1つ減らすか、:icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(プラス)` ボタンをクリックして数量を1つ増やします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, a specific quantity can be entered by selecting the field " "between the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` and :icon:`fa-plus` " ":guilabel:`(plus)` buttons, and typing in the desired quantity." msgstr "" "あるいは、:icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(マイナス)` と :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(プラス)`" " ボタンの間のフィールドを選択して、希望の数を入力することで、特定の数量を指定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:91 msgid "" "To remove a product from the order or |BoM| entirely, either click the " ":icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button in the bottom-right corner of the" " product card, or click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button " "until the quantity has been reduced to zero." msgstr "" "プロダクトをオーダから、または部品表 |BoM| から完全に削除するには、プロダクトカードの右下にある :icon:`fa-trash` " ":guilabel:`削除` ボタンをクリックするか、:icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(マイナス)` " "ボタンをクリックして数量がゼロになるまで減らします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "A product card for a product that has been added." msgstr "追加されたプロダクトのプロダクトカード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the desired quantity of each product has been added, return to the form" " by clicking the :guilabel:`Back to [X]` button at the top of the screen. " "This button differs depending on the type of form being configured " "(quotation, |BoM|, etc.)." msgstr "" "各プロダクトの希望数量を追加したら、画面上部の :guilabel:`[X] に戻る` " "ボタンをクリックしてフォームに戻ります。このボタンは、設定するフォームの種類 (見積、部品表 |BoM| など) によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:104 msgid "" "Products appear in the product catalog, and can be added to orders, even if " "there are zero units of the product on hand. As a result, it is important to" " confirm the quantity of a product being added to an order is actually " "available, or inventory inconsistencies may arise." msgstr "" "プロダクトカタログにプロダクトが表示されると、プロダクトの手持在庫数量がゼロであっても、オーダに追加することができます。そのため、オーダに追加されたプロダクトの数量が実際に利用可能であることを確認することが重要です。確認しないと、在庫の不整合が発生する可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "廃棄在庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" "Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " "damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " "possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" " scrapped." msgstr "" "企業の倉庫在庫にあるプロダクトに、修理可能な限度を超えた損傷や欠陥が見つかることがあります。プロダクトを修理したり、仕入先に返品することが不可能な場合、廃棄されることがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " "materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" "Odoo *在庫* " "ではユーザが在庫を廃棄することができ、廃棄(またはリサイクル)するために使用できなくなった商品や販売できなくなった材料を指定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " "removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " "virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" "データベースで在庫を廃棄すると、物理的な在庫から廃棄プロダクトを削除し、仮想haiki \n" "ロケーション(*仮想ロケーション/廃棄*)に置くことで、在庫数を正確に保つことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " "warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " "tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" "Odooの仮想ロケーションは倉庫内に実在する物理的なスペースでは " "**ありません**。仮想ロケーションとは、倉庫内の物理的なスペースではなく、物理的な在庫にカウントされない項目を追跡するためのデータベース上のロケーションです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`location types " "`." msgstr "" "仮想ロケーションの詳細については、以下のドキュメントを参照して下さい :ref:`ロケーションタイプ " "`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "在庫から廃棄" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" "在庫プロダクトの新規廃棄オーダ (SP) を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 廃棄` " "に移動し、 :guilabel:`新規` をクリックします。新規|SP|フォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" "Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " "product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " "scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクト` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、在庫から廃棄するプロダクトを選択します。:guilabel:`数量`" " フィールドで、値を廃棄するプロダクトの数量に変更します(デフォルトでは、この値は `1.00` に設定されています)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "新規廃棄オーダフォームにプロダクトの詳細を記入。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:40 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " "designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " "these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` のデフォルトは、プロダクトが現在保管されている場所です。:guilabel:`廃棄ロケーション` " "のデフォルトは指定された廃棄ロケーション (:guilabel:`仮想ロケーション/廃棄`) " "です。これらのロケーションは、それぞれのドロップダウンメニューから別のロケーションを選択することで変更できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " "operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" "廃棄が特定の既存のオペレーションに関連している場合は、 :guilabel:`移動元ドキュメント` フィールドにそのオペレーションを指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " "product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " "scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社` " "フィールドには、このプロダクトが属する倉庫の会社が表示されます。廃棄するプロダクトに補充規則が設定されており、プロダクトを補充する必要がある場合は、 " ":guilabel:`補充数量` のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:52 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " "validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " "the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックして新しい |SP| (廃棄オーダ)を完成させます。検証済になると、フォームの上部に " ":guilabel:`プロダクト移動` スマートボタンが表示されます。スマートボタンをクリックすると、廃棄オペレーションの詳細が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "新規廃棄オーダフォームのプロダクト移動スマートボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " ":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" "廃棄された品目の全ての合計数量を表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` に移動します。 " ":guilabel:`検索...` バーの :guilabel:`内部` フィルタ上にある :guilabel:`x (削除)` " "ボタンをクリックし、仮想ロケーションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" " button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`仮想ロケーション/廃棄` ロケーションを選択します。:guilabel:`廃棄` ロケーションのフォームから、フォーム上部の " ":guilabel:`現在の在庫` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68 msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "全ての廃棄プロダクトとその数量のリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." msgstr "仮想廃棄ロケーションにある全ての廃棄プロダクトの現在の在庫リスト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" msgstr " 既存オペレーションからの廃棄" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:77 msgid "" "Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " "receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " "into, or removed from, stock for an operation." msgstr "" "廃棄オーダ(SP)は、オペレーションのために在庫に入出庫する前に、入荷、配送オーダ、内部運送など、既存のオペレーションから作成すること*も*できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " "click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " "the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" "オペレーション中にプロダクトを廃棄するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動します。guilabel:`在庫概要` " "から、オペレーションのタスクカード(つまり :guilabel:`入荷` タスクカード)の :guilabel:`# 未処理` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." msgstr "在庫概要ページの入荷タスクカードの# 未処理ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 msgid "" "Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " "orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." msgstr "次に、表示された既存のオーダリストから処理するオペレーションを選択すると、そのオペレーションのフォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " ":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(歯車)` アイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`廃棄` " "を選択します。これにより :guilabel:`プロダクト廃棄` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." msgstr "オペレーションフォームのプロダクト廃棄ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:99 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" " field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " "Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." msgstr "" "このポップアップウィンドウから、:guilabel:`プロダクト` " "フィールドのドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、廃棄するプロダクトを選択します。必要に応じて :guilabel:`数量` フィールドの値を調整します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," " a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" " field." msgstr "" "選択した :guilabel:`プロダクト` がロット番号またはシリアル番号を使って追跡されている場合、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル` " "フィールドが表示されます。そのフィールドに追跡番号を指定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " "changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " "scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" "必要に応じて :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` と :guilabel:`廃棄ロケーション` " "を変更することができます。廃棄するプロダクトに補充規則が設定されており、プロダクトを補充する必要がある場合、 :guilabel:`補充数量` " "のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:110 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " "view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト廃棄` をクリックします。オペレーションフォームの上部に :guilabel:`廃棄` " "スマートボタンが表示されます。このスマートボタンをクリックすると、このオペレーションで作成された全ての廃棄オーダの詳細を見ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "廃棄スマートボタンはオペレーションからの全ての廃棄オーダを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc." msgstr "*ロケーション* とは、倉庫内の特定のスペースのことです。棚、部屋、通路などです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10 msgid "" "To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage " "Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "特定の保管場所を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で *保管場所* " "機能を有効にします。guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで :guilabel:`保管場所` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。その後、 " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 msgid "" "Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with " ":doc:`Multi-Step Routes " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how " "products move between locations." msgstr "" "通常、:guilabel:`保管場所` 機能は、プロダクトが保管場所の間をどのように移動するかを制御する :doc:`複数ステップルート " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` と共に使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Show Storage Locations feature." msgstr "保管場所機能を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create new location" msgstr "新規ロケーションを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "*保管場所* を有効にした後、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "List of internal locations." msgstr "内部ロケーションのリスト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be " "configured as follows:" msgstr "このページで :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして下さい。新規ロケーションフォームは以下のように設定できます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション名`: ロケーションの分かりやすい名前。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location " "exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the " ":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a " "specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`親ロケーション`: 新規ロケーションが所在するロケーションです。ロケーションが作成されると、そのロケーションは " ":guilabel:`ロケーション` ページに *ロケーション階層* " "を使って表示され、特定の場所が、倉庫の大きなエリアの中でどのように位置づけられるかが分かります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 msgid "" "In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location " "name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the " "path showing where this spot is within the warehouse." msgstr "" "`WH/在庫/ゾーンA/冷蔵庫 1`では、\"冷蔵庫 1\" がロケーション名、\"ゾーン " "A\"が親ロケーションであり、それ以前のすべてが、この場所が倉庫内のどこにあるかを示すパスです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Additional Information section" msgstr "追加情報セクション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" "In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location " "fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:" msgstr "上記の必須項目に加えて、以下のロケーション項目を設定し、データベース内でロケーションが適切に機能するようにして下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor" " Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, " ":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, " ":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the " "location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location " "Types section `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ`: " "ドロップダウンメニューから、:guilabel:`仕入先ロケーション`、:guilabel:`ビュー`、:guilabel:`内部ロケーション`、:guilabel:`顧客ロケーション`、:guilabel:`在庫損失`、:guilabel:`生産`、または:guilabel:`積送ロケーション`" " を選択して、ロケーションを分類します。各ロケーションタイプの詳細については、:ref:`ロケーションタイプセクション " "` を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage " "Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` " "feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`保管カテゴリ`: :doc:`保管カテゴリ " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` 機能が " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で有効になっている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to." msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: ロケーションが属する会社" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`廃棄ロケーションか?`: このチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、このロケーションで廃棄/破損品の保管をすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " "be returned to this location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:返品ロケーションか?`: このチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、プロダクトをこのロケーションに返品することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to " ":ref:`identify actions ` at this location when " "scanned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`バーコード`: *バーコード* アプリで使用します。バーコードをスキャンすると、このロケーションでの :ref:`アクションを識別" " ` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox " "to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, " "*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly " "supplied to the warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`補充ロケーション`: :doc:`設定ルート " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "で使用します。このチェックボックスをオンにすると、*購買*、*製造*、またはその他の調達ルートからプロダクトを受け取る先としてロケーションを設定でき、プロダクトが正しく倉庫に供給されるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." msgstr "新しいロケーション作成フォームの追加情報セクション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:75 msgid "" "Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " "section as follows:" msgstr ":guilabel:`追加情報` セクションの残りのフィールドを以下のように設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " "Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: このロケーションが所属する倉庫の会社。複数の会社で共有する場合は、このフィールドを空欄のままにして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." msgstr ":guilabel:`バーコード`: ロケーションに割当られたバーコード。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " "replenish at this location." msgstr ":guilabel:`補充ロケーション`: このチェックボックスをオンにすると、このロケーションで補充する全ての数量を取得できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " "necessary." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`周期的カウンティング` セクションで、必要に応じて、:guilabel:`棚卸頻度(日)` フィールドの値をデフォルトの `0` " "から変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." msgstr "新規ロケーション作成フォームのサイクルカウンティングセクション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:94 msgid "" "When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " "this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." msgstr " `0` 以外の値を設定すると、このロケーションに保管されているプロダクトの在庫棚卸日が指定された頻度で自動的に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " "field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " "<../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` for how items should be " "removed from this location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションの:guilabel:`払出方針` " "フィールドでドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、このロケーションから商品をどのように払出すかを示す :doc:`払出方針 " "<../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:104 msgid "Cyclic Counting section" msgstr "サイクルカウントセクション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 msgid "" "To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By " "default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)." msgstr "" "このロケーションで定期的な棚卸をスケジュールするには、:guilabel:`棚卸頻度(日数)` " "フィールドを希望する間隔に設定します。デフォルトでは、`0` (予定なし)に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:109 msgid "" "For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty " "days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the " ":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation `." msgstr "" "例えば、このフィールドを `30` " "に設定すると、30日ごとに棚卸が実行されるようになります。この機能の設定および使用方法の詳細については、:doc:`周期的カウント " "`ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last " "inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts " "are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date" " of the next inventory count." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最終実在庫` " "フィールドには、このロケーションでの最後の棚卸日付が表示されます。棚卸が予定されている場合、:guilabel:`次回棚卸予定` " "フィールドには、次の棚卸予定日が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117 msgid "" "With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the " ":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the " ":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15." msgstr "" "在庫棚卸は `30` ごとに実施される予定で、7月16日に :guilabel:`最終実在庫`の棚卸が行われ、 :guilabel:`次回棚卸予定` " "は8月15日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form." msgstr "ロケーションフォームのサイクルカウント" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:125 msgid "Logistics section" msgstr "ロジスティクスセクション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:127 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally " "select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of" " how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, " ":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" "ロケーションフォームの :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで、オプションとして :guilabel:`払出方針` " "を選択し、在庫からプロダクトがピックされるオーダと優先順位を決定します。選択肢は " ":guilabel:`先入先出法(FIFO)`、:guilabel:`後入先出法(LIFO)`、 " ":guilabel:`最寄ロケーション`、　:guilabel:`先消費先出 (FEFO)` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:136 msgid "Current stock at location" msgstr "ロケーションの現在庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:138 msgid "" "To view the current stock at a single location, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select " "the desired location." msgstr "" "単一のロケーションの現在庫を確認するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " "に移動し、希望のロケーションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:141 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all " "products at the location." msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`現在庫` スマートボタンをクリックして、ロケーションにある全てのプロダクトのリストを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:145 msgid "" "A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` " "desks." msgstr "`棚1` の現在の在庫リストは、キャビネットが `266`、机が `39` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1." msgstr "棚1に在庫を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an " "address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, " "or physical store." msgstr "Odooの *在庫* アプリでは、*倉庫* とは、保管施設、配送センター、実店舗など、物品を保管するための住所を持つ物理的なスペースです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. " "Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them." msgstr "" "各データベースには、会社の住所が設定済みの倉庫が用意されています。ユーザは複数の倉庫を設定し、それらの倉庫間で :doc:`在庫移動を作成 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "倉庫の作成または管理は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` から行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the " "following fields:" msgstr "" "次に、既存の倉庫を選択するか、:guilabel:`新規` をクリックして新しい倉庫を作成します。倉庫フォームが開き、以下のフィールドが表示されます: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫` (*必須フィールド*): 倉庫の正式名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the " "warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default " "warehouse in Odoo is `WH`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`略称` (*必須フィールド*): 倉庫の短縮コード(最大5文字)。Odooのデフォルトの倉庫の短縮名は `WH` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is " "recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" " "(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`略称` " "は倉庫のドキュメントに表示されるため、覚えやすいものを使用することをお勧めします。例えば、\"WH[ロケーションの頭文字]\" (例:`WHA`, " "`WHB` など) です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To " "change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover " "over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " "arrow)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`住所` (*必須フィールド*): " "倉庫の住所です。複数の倉庫を作成する際に倉庫の住所を変更するには、フィールドにカーソルを合わせて、:icon:`fa-arrow-right` " ":guilabel:`(右矢印)` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;" " this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company " "of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社` (*必須フィールド*): " "倉庫を所有する会社。これは、Odooデータベースを所有する会社、または顧客や仕入先の会社として設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name " "<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies" " in the European Union." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Intrastat地域`: :doc:`地域名 " "<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` がEU圏内の会社用に必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* " "feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" "以下のオプションは、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で *複数ステップルート* " "機能が有効になっている場合にのみ利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from " "the warehouse in :doc:`one " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`three " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`入荷`: :doc:`1 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`2 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` または" " :doc:`3 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` " "ステップで倉庫からのプロダクトを荷受けするためのオプションを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from " "the warehouse in :doc:`one " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`three " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" ":guilabel:出荷`: :doc:`1 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`2 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`3 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " "ステップで倉庫からのプロダクトを荷受けするためのオプションを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* " "feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and " "dropship them to subcontractors." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`外注先直送`: :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で *外注* " "機能が有効になっている場合に利用可能です。このチェックボックスをオンにすると、仕入先から構成品を購買し、外注業者に直送することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* " "feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials " "stored in *this* specific warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`外注先に補充`: *外注* 機能で利用可能です。このチェックボックスをオンにすると、*この* " "特定の倉庫に保管されている原材料を外注業者に供給できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items " "to be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`製造して補充`: このチェックボックスをオンにすると、この倉庫で商品の製造が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one" " <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three" " steps <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`製造`: プロダクトを :doc:`1 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`、 :doc:`2 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`、 または " ":doc:`3ステップ <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` " "で製造するかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased " "products to be delivered to the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`購買して補充`: このチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、購買したプロダクトを倉庫に配送できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the " "database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`補充元`: データベース内の複数の倉庫から利用可能です。オーダを処理するために在庫の移動 *元の* 倉庫を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses " "`" msgstr ":doc:`在庫調整を利用して新しい倉庫に在庫を追加する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Example warehouse form." msgstr "倉庫フォーム例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the" " *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* " "(MPS)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18 msgid "" "Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a " "purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice " "depending on the business process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42 msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "補充レポートと再オーダ規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47 msgid "" "Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock " "level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales " "requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, " "Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish " "stock to the maximum level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52 msgid "" "When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When " "using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed" " guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report ` " "and :doc:`reordering rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56 msgid "Key points include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic reordering rules `: " "Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum " "level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Manual reordering rules `: " "Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing " "adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `: A " "strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "受注生産" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76 msgid "" "An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only " "after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when " "products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage" " capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such " "cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" "再オーダ規則を使用して補充されたプロダクトとは異なり、Odooは自動的に販売オーダを |PO| または |MO| ルートで生成された |MTO| " "にリンクします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" "再オーダ規則と |MTO| (オーダ基準調達)のもう一つの違いは、|MTO| の場合、|SO| " "(販売オーダ)が確定した直後に|PO|(購買オーダ)または |MO| " "(製造オーダ)のドラフトが生成されます。再オーダ規則では、プロダクトの予測在庫が設定された最小数量を下回ると、ドラフト |PO| または |MO| " "が生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" "さらに、Odooは予測が変更されると、|PO| (購買オーダ)または |MO| (製造オーダ)が確定していない限り、自動的に |PO| または |MO|" " に数量を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "|MTO| (オーダ基準調達) ルートは、カスタマイズされたプロダクトや、手元に在庫がないプロダクトに最適な補充戦略です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Master production schedule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products " "and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed " "manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order" " or produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104 msgid "" "This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The " ":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used " "alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual " "replenishment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Lead times" msgstr "リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:11 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:16 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "リードタイムタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:18 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "業務によって異なるリードタイムは、オーダフルフィルメントプロセスの様々な段階に影響を与えます。Odooのリードタイムの種類の概要です:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "全てのリードタイムが連動するグラフィックを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: " "default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" " the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " "date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " "*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " "days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " "shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" " of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " "earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " "that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " "report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " "days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " "confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " "number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:49 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " "number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " "of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " "Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" " good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " "`: number of days " "needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " "product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " "*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " "the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:60 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the |MO| forward by a specified " "number of days. When used in conjunction with :ref:`replenish to order " "`, the security lead time makes " "the need appear earlier on the replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:68 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "販売リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:70 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" "顧客リードタイムと販売オーダリードタイムは、 :abbr:SO (販売オーダ)`の *配送予定日* " "を自動的に計算するように設定できます。予定納期は、倉庫からの出荷に対して現実的な *納期* 設定を保証します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "Odooは設定された配送オーダが予定日より早い場合、警告メッセージを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:78 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" "ココナッツの香りのキャンドルを含むSO(販売オーダ)が7月11日に確定しました。このプロダクトの顧客リードタイムは14日で、販売安全リードタイムは1日です。リードタイムの入力に基づき、Odooは配送日を15日後の7月26日と提案します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "販売オーダで*配送日*を設定します。配送リードタイム機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "以下のセクションでは、配送予定日を自動的に計算する方法を説明します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "顧客リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:90 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" "プロダクトページに移動して、各プロダクトフォームに顧客リードタイムを設定します。そのためには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> " "プロダクト --> プロダクト` に進みます。そこから目的のプロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`在庫`タブに切り替えます。次に、 " ":guilabel:`顧客リードタイム` フィールドの下に、配送オーダの開始から終了までに必要な日数を記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:96 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" "`ココナッツの香りのキャンドル` のプロダクトフォームに移動して、14日間の顧客リードタイムを設定します。そして :guilabel:`在庫` タブの " ":guilabel:`顧客リードタイム` フィールドに `14.00` 日と入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームで*顧客リードタイム*を設定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:106 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "販売安全リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:108 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で、*販売安全リードタイム* を全体に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "設定ページの :guilabel:`高度なスケジューリング` の下にある :guilabel:`販売用安全リードタイム` " "のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:114 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。この安全リードタイムは、予定日よりも早く出荷の準備をするようチームに通知するバッファです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:118 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`販売用安全リードタイム` を `1.00` 日に設定すると、配送オーダ(DO)の :guilabel:`予定日` " "が1日前倒しになります。この場合、あるプロダクトの配送予定日が4月6日で、安全リードタイムが1日の場合、配送オーダの新しい予定日は4月5日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "販売設定から販売設定の安全リードタイムを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "複数プロダクトを配送する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:129 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" "リードタイムが異なる複数のプロダクトを含むオーダでは、見積から直接リードタイムを設定することができます。見積書の :guilabel:`その他情報` " "タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`配送ポリシー` を設定します：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`なるべく早く` は、プロダクトの準備ができ次第、すぐに配送します。:abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)` の " ":guilabel:`予定日` は、オーダ内のプロダクトの中で最も短いリードタイムに今日の日付を加えて決定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`全プロダクトが準備できてから` は、オーダ全体を一度に処理するために待機します。abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)` の " ":guilabel:`予定日` は、オーダ内のプロダクトの中で最もリードタイムの長いものに今日の日付を足して決定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "見積の*その他情報*タブに*配送ポリシー*フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:145 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" "`ヨガマット` と `レジスタンスバンド`、という2つのプロダクトを含む見積で、リードタイムはそれぞれ8日と5日です。今日の日付は4月2日です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:148 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送ポリシー` が :guilabel:`なるべく早く` に設定されている場合、配送予定日は本日から5日後: 4月7日です。一方、" " :guilabel:`全プロダクトが準備できてから` を選択すると、予定日は今日から8日後: 4月10日に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "購買リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:157 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "サプライヤーへのオーダ発注日を自動的に決定することで、調達プロセスを簡素化できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" "Odooはプロダクトが倉庫で必要とされる日付に基づいて、サプライヤー出荷の *入荷日* と :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` " "の締切日を計算します。入荷日から逆算することで、仕入先リードタイムと購買安全リードタイムが考慮され、:abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` " "期限が決定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:165 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "この期限は、入荷予定日までにタイムリーな到着を確保するために、オーダが確定されるべき期日です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "仕入先のリードタイムを利用した購買オーダ期日と入荷日の可視化。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`PO scheduling with reordering rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:175 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "仕入先リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:177 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" "仕入先から倉庫に届くオーダのリードタイムを設定するには、まず :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "からプロダクトフォームに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:180 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" "次に、希望のプロダクトを選択し、:guilabel:`購買` タブに切り替えます。編集可能な仕入先の価格リストで、 :guilabel:`明細追加` " "ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`仕入先の名前` 、 :guilabel:`プロダクト価格` 、 :guilabel:`納品リードタイム` " "などの仕入先詳細を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "複数の仕入先とリードタイムを仕入先価格リストに追加することができます。デフォルトの仕入先とリードタイムは、リストの一番上に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:190 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームの仕入先価格リストで、選択された仕入先の :guilabel:`配送リードタイム` が `10日間` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "プロダクトの仕入先価格リストに配送リードタイムを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:196 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" "仕入先リードタイムを設定することで、商品の到着予定日は自動的に :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` " "の確認日に仕入先リードタイムを加えた日付として決定されます。これにより、プロダクトが予定された期間内に到着しない場合、倉庫の従業員に通知されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:202 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" "7月11日に確定された :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` で、10日間の仕入先リードタイムが設定されたプロダクトに対して、Odooは自動的に " ":guilabel:`入荷日` を7月21日に設定します。また、 :guilabel:`PO(購買オーダ)` にある :guilabel:`入荷` " "スマートボタンからアクセスできる倉庫の入荷フォームにも、入荷日付が :guilabel:`予定日` として表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "仕入先からのプロダクトの*入荷予定日*を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "仕入先からのプロダクト到着*予定日*を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:216 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "購買安全リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:218 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "*購買安全リードタイム*は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` でビジネス全体に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:221 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`設定` ページの :guilabel:`高度なスケジューリング` の下にある :guilabel:`購買安全リードタイム` " "のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:224 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。安全リードタイムを設定することで、仕入先の納品が遅れる可能性を考慮したバッファが設定されます。次に " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:228 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`購買用セキュリティリードタイム` を `2.00` 日に設定すると、 :guilabel:`入荷予定日` " "が2日後倒しになります。この場合、プロダクトの入荷予定日が4月6日、安全リードタイムが2日の場合、新しい入荷予定日は4月8日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "在庫＞設定＞管理設定から購買の安全リードタイムを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239 msgid "Days to purchase lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241 msgid "" "To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for " "the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "製造リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials (BoMs)." msgstr "リードタイムは、部品表(BoM)のある製造プロダクトで使用される消耗品や構成品の調達プロセスを簡素化するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253 msgid "" "The |MO| deadline, which is the deadline to begin the manufacturing process " "to complete the product by the scheduled delivery date, can be determined by" " configuring the manufacturing lead times and manufacturing security lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "計画製造オーダ日製造リードタイム決定の可視化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:261 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "製造リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:263 msgid "" "Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " "of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "プロダクトの製造リードタイムは、プロダクトの部品表(BoM)から設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:265 msgid "" "To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" " |BoM|にリードタイムを追加するには、:menuselection:`製造アプリ --> プロダクト --> " "部品表`に移動し、編集したい|BoM|を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:268 msgid "" "On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" " (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" " days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" "|BoM| フォームの :guilabel:`その他` " "タブをクリックします。:guilabel:`製造リードタイム`フィールドの値(日数)を変更して、プロダクトの製造に必要な暦日数を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr " プロダクトの部品表に記載されている製造リードタイムの値。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:275 msgid "" "If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " "of the components are added." msgstr " 選択された|BoM|が複数レベルの|BoM|である場合、構成品の製造リードタイムが追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278 msgid "" "If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " "be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" " |BoM|プロダクトが外注されている場合、 :guilabel:`製造リードタイム`は、構成品を下請業者に送る日付を決定するために使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281 msgid "" "Establish a |MO| deadline, based on the *expected delivery date*, indicated " "in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:284 msgid "" "The |MO| deadline, which is the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the " "|MO|, is calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the " "manufacturing lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "これにより、配送オーダに間に合うよう、製造工程を時間通りに開始することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:289 msgid "" "However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." " Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " "capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " "center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" "しかし、リードタイムは暦日に基づいていることに注意することが重要です。リードタイムは、週末や休日、*作業区のキャパシティ* " "(:dfn:`作業区で同時に実行できる作業数`)は**考慮していません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:294 msgid "" ":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr ":doc:`製造計画 <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:295 msgid ":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules `" msgstr ":doc:`再オーダ規則による製造オーダスケジューリング `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:298 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" "あるプロダクトの :abbr:`DO (配送オーダ)`上の出荷予定日が8月15日です。このプロダクトの製造には14日を要します。従って、 " ":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` をコミット日に間に合うように開始する直近の日付は8月1日です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:305 msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" msgstr "製造オーダ準備所要日数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:307 msgid "" "Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" " going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" "あるプロダクトを製造するために構成品を集めるのに必要な日数を、そのプロダクトの|BoM|で設定します。そのためには " ":menuselection:`製造アプリ --> プロダクト --> 部品表` に行き、必要な |BoM| を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:311 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" " needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " "prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " "ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " "semi-finished products." msgstr "" "|BoM|の " ":guilabel:`その他`タブで、:guilabel:`製造オーダ準備所要日数`フィールドにプロダクトの構成品を入手するのに必要な暦日数を指定します。こうすることで事前に" " |MO|を作成し、構成品の補充や半製品の製造に十分な時間を確保することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:317 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" " Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " "components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`製造オーダ準備所要時間`フィールドの隣にある :guilabel:`計算`をクリックすると、 " "|BoM|にリストされた全ての構成品の中で最も長いリードタイムを計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:320 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " "added to this value." msgstr "この特定の |BoM| に影響を与える購買安全タイム* もこの値に加算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:324 msgid "" "A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " "and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " "prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." msgstr "" " |BoM|には2つの構成品があり、1つは製造リードタイムが2日、もう1つは購買リードタイムが4日です。:guilabel:`製造オーダ準備所要時間`は4日です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "製造安全リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " "Lead Time`." msgstr "" "*製造セキュリティリードタイム*は :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "でそのビジネスに対して全体的に設定されます。:guilabel:`計画`の下にある、:guilabel:`セキュリティリードタイム`のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:337 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。セキュリティリードタイムを設定することにより、製造工程における潜在的な遅延を考慮したバッファが設定されます。次に " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "製造アプリの設定から製造の安全リードタイムのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the |MO| reflects the latest date to begin the manufacturing order." " In this example, the planned date on the |MO| is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:350 msgid "Global example" msgstr "全体例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "タイムリーなオーダを実現するために、全てのリードタイムがどのように連携しているかを理解するために、次の例をご覧下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:355 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**販売安全リードタイム**: 1日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**製造安全リードタイム**: 2日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:357 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**製造リードタイム**: 3日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:358 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**購買安全リードタイム**: 1日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:359 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**仕入先リードタイム**: 4日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:361 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" "顧客は9月1日に製造済プロダクトをオーダし、倉庫からの配送予定日は9月20日です。Odooはリードタイムと自動再オーダ規則を使用し、9月20日の出荷納期に基づいて必要なオペレーションをスケジュールします:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "倉庫作業のスケジュールを立てるために、リードタイムがどのように連動しているかを時系列で示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:368 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**9月1日**:販売オーダが作成され、販売担当者により確認済。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:370 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "**9月9日**: 製造開始時に間に合わせるための部品オーダ期限(仕入先リードタイム4日間)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:373 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "**9月13日** 部品入荷予定日。当初は9/14としていましたが、購買安全リードタイムが1日となったため、1日早まりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:376 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "**9月14日** 製造開始期限。納品予定日9月19日から製造リードタイム3日、製造安全リードタイム2日を差し引いた日数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:380 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" "**9月19日**: " ":guilabel:`配送オーダフォームの:guilabel:`予定日`は更新された配送日を表示します。当初は、9月20日でしたが、販売安全リードタイムにより、予定日が1日早まりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:384 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" "Odooの補充計画は、ビジネスのオーダ処理プロセスをマッピングし、潜在的な遅延のためのバッファ日数を含め、事前に決められた納期と原材料の発注日を設定します。これにより、製品が予定通りに納品されることが保証されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "受注補充(MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:13 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time " "it is required to fulfill a sales order (SO), or when it is needed as a " "component in a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" "*オーダ基準補充*、別名 *MTO* (受注生産) は、販売オーダ (SO) を履行するためにプロダクトが必要になるたびに、あるいは製造オーダ (MO)" " の構成品として必要になるたびに、プロダクトのドラフトオーダを作成する補充戦略です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "" "For products that are purchased from a vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ)" " is created to replenish the product, while an |MO| is created for products " "that are manufactured. The creation of an |RFQ| or |MO| occurs every time an" " |SO| or |MO| that requires the product is confirmed, regardless of the " "current stock level of the product being ordered." msgstr "" "仕入先から購買されるプロダクトについては、プロダクトを補充するための見積依頼 (RFQ) が作成され、製造されるプロダクトについては製造オーダ |MO|" " が作成されます。 プロダクトを必要とする販売オーダ |SO| または製造オーダー |MO| " "が確認されるたびに、発注されるプロダクトの現在の在庫レベルに関係なく、見積依頼 |RFQ| または製造オーダ |MO| が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "In order to use the |MTO| route, the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature " "must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" " |MTO| ルートを使用するには、:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " "機能を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " "管理設定`に移動し、:guilabel:`倉庫` の見出しの下にある " ":guilabel:`複数ステップルート`の横のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change." msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 msgid "Unarchive MTO route" msgstr "MTOルートのアーカイブ解除" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、Odooは |MTO| ルートを *アーカイブ済* に設定しています。これは |MTO| " "が特定の企業でのみ使用される、ややニッチなワークフローであるためです。必要な場合は、簡単なステップでルートのアーカイブを解除することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the " ":icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the" " search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it." msgstr "" "これを行うには、まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ルート` に移動します。 :guilabel:`ルート` " "ページで、検索バーの右側にある :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(下向き矢印)` " "アイコンをクリックし、:guilabel:`アーカイブ済` フィルタをクリックして有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "ルートページのアーカイブフィルタ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page " "shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`アーカイブ済` フィルタを有効にすると、:guilabel:`ルート` " "ページには現在アーカイブされている全てのルートが表示されます。 :guilabel:`受注補充 (MTO)` " "の隣にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`アクション` " "ボタンをクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`アーカイブ解除` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "ルートページのアーカイブ解除アクション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The " ":guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory*" " tab of each product page." msgstr "" "最後に、検索バーから :guilabel:`アーカイブ済` フィルタを削除します。 :guilabel:`ルート` " "ページには、アーカイブされていない全てのルートが表示され、その中には、各プロダクトページの *在庫* タブで選択可能な :guilabel:`受注補充 " "(MTO)` も含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 msgid "Configure product for MTO" msgstr "受注生産(MTO)用にプロダクトを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one." msgstr "" "|MTO| ルートがアーカイブされていない場合、プロダクトはオーダ補充を使用するように適切に設定することができます。 これを行うには、まず " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "に移動し、既存のプロダクトを選択するか、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックして新規プロダクトを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route." msgstr "" "プロダクトページで、:guilabel:`在庫` タブを選択し、:guilabel:`ルート` セクションで :guilabel:`購買` " "または:guilabel:`製造` ルートとともに :guilabel:`受注補充(MTO)` ルートを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture " "it)." msgstr "" "別のルートも選択しない限り、:guilabel:`受注補充 (MTO)` ルートは動作 " "**しません**。これは、Odooがプロダクトのオーダ(購買または製造)が発行された際に、プロダクトをどのように補充するのかを知る必要があるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "インベントリタブでMTOルートと2つ目のルートを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the " ":guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes" " the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below." msgstr "" "プロダクトが販売オーダ |SO| を満たすために仕入先から購買される場合、プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`購買可能` " "のチェックボックスを有効にして下さい。これにより、他のタブと並んで :guilabel:`購買` タブが表示されるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the " ":guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`購買` タブをクリックし、:guilabel:`仕入先` と、そのプロダクトの :guilabel:`価格` を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87 msgid "" "Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot " "generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from." msgstr "" "このワークフローでは、仕入先を指定することが不可欠です。なぜなら、Odooは誰からプロダクトが購買されたのかがわからないと、 見積依頼書 |RFQ| " "を生成できないからです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) " "configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" "プロダクトが製造されている場合は、そのプロダクト用に構成された部品表(BOM)があることを確認して下さい。 これを行うには、画面上部の " ":guilabel:`部品表` スマートボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`部品表` ページで :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして、プロダクト用の新しい BOM を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills " "of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" "BOM作成の概要については、次のドキュメントを参照して下さい: :doc:`bills of materials " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 msgid "Replenish using MTO" msgstr "受注生産(MTO)による補充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is " "confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in" " addition to |MTO|." msgstr "" "プロダクトを 受注生産 |MTO| ルートで使用するように設定すると、そのプロダクトを含む販売オーダ |SO| または 製造オーダ " "|MO|が確認されるたびに、そのプロダクトに対する補充オーダが作成されます。作成されるオーダの種類は、受注生産 |MTO| " "に加えて選択された2番目のルートによって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created " "upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "例えば、*購買* が2番目に選択された場合、販売オーダ |SO| の確認時に 購買オーダ |PO| が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even " "if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without" " buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" "プロダクトに対して 受注生産 |MTO| ルートが有効になっている場合、販売オーダ |SO| または 製造オーダ |MO| " "の確認時に補充オーダが常に作成されます。これは、そのプロダクトの追加数量を購買または製造することなく、販売オーダ |SO| " "を満たすのに十分な在庫がプロダクトの手持在庫にある場合でも同様です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* " "routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, " "which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" "受注生産 |MTO| ルートは、*購買* または *製造* ルートと併用できますが、このワークフローの例では *購買* " "ルートを使用します。まず、:menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、:guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックして、空白の見積フォームを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|." msgstr "" "見積フォームに :guilabel:`顧客` を追加します。次に、:guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの下にある " ":guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックし、*受注生産(MTO)* および *購買* ルートを使用するように設定したプロダクトを入力します。 " ":guilabel:`確認` をクリックすると、見積が販売オーダ |SO| に変換されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. " "Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`購買` スマートボタンがページの上部に表示されました。クリックすると、販売オーダ |SO| に関連付けられた 見積依頼書 " "|RFQ| が開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "|PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the " "|PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to " "open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products" " into inventory." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックして、見積依頼書 |RFQ| を確認し、購買オーダ |PO| に変換します。 購買オーダ |PO| " "の上部に、紫色の :guilabel:`プロダクト入荷` ボタンが表示されます。 プロダクトを受領したら、:guilabel:`プロダクト入荷` " "をクリックして受領オーダを開き、:guilabel:`検証済` をクリックして在庫にプロダクトを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129 msgid "" "Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and " "selecting the|SO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`販売オーダ` パンくずをクリックするか、:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> オーダ` " "に移動して、販売オーダ |SO| を選択すると、販売オーダ |SO| に戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order" " to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the " "customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" "最後に、オーダの上部にある :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックして配送オーダを開きます。 " "プロダクトが顧客に発送されたら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックして配送を確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 msgid "" "For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following" " documentation:" msgstr "受注生産 |MTO| ルートを含むワークフローについては、次のドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" "*再オーダ規則* " "は、指定された上限を超えることなく、予測在庫レベルを一定の閾値以上に保つために使用されます。これは、在庫が下回ってはならない最小数量と、在庫が超えてはならない最大数量を指定することで実施されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for " "quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odooチュートリアル: 自動再オーダ規則 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 手動オーダ規則 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30 msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Reordering rules setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr ":ref:`トリガ `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:137 msgid ":ref:`Preferred route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36 msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr ":ref:`可視性日数 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44 msgid "Reordering rules setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46 msgid "" "To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48 msgid "" ":ref:`Product type configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49 msgid ":ref:`Replenishment method `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:50 msgid ":ref:`Create rule `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:55 msgid "Product type configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:57 msgid "" "A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then" " select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:61 msgid "" "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Goods`, and make sure the " ":guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary for Odoo " "to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Product Type and Track Inventory configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "Replenishment method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" "Next, configure the replenishment method (e.g., buy or manufacture) by going" " to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is purchased, :ref:`install ` the " "**Purchase** app, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox is " "enabled under the product name. In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, add at " "least one vendor to the :doc:`vendor pricelist " "<../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`. Odoo uses the vendor at the top of " "the list to generate |RFQs| when reordering rules are triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's :guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the " ":guilabel:`Buy` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`Buy route <../../../purchase/manage_deals/rfq>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Vendor pricelist <../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:87 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, :ref:`install ` the " "**Manufacturing** app, and in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's " ":guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the :guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, ensure at least one :doc:`bill of materials " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` (BoM) is displayed " "in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product " "form. This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for " "products with a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:95 msgid "" "If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, click the :guilabel:`Bill" " of Materials` smart button, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new " "|BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 msgid "" ":doc:`Manufacture route " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "新しい再オーダ規則の作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Operations --> Replenishment`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and fill out " "the following fields for the new reordering rule line item:" msgstr "" "新しい再オーダ規則を作成するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 再補充` " "に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックし、新しい再オーダ規則の明細として以下のフィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`:規則によって補充されるプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`:プロダクトが保管されている場所。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted without the " "rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this number, a " "replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最小`: 規則がトリガされない場合でも予測可能な最小数量です。在庫予測がこの数値を下回ると、プロダクトの補充オーダが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大`: 在庫が補充される最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "新しい再オーダ規則を作成するためのフォームです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "" "To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and " "future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic " "` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 msgid "" "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering" " rule fields:" msgstr "再オーダ規則の高度な使用法については、以下の再オーダフィールドについて学んで下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:138 msgid ":ref:`Vendor `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:139 msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:140 msgid "" ":ref:`Procurement group `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:144 msgid "" "The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by " "selecting the |adjust| in the far-right corner and selecting the desired " "column from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150 msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule" msgstr "0/0/1 再オーダ規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152 msgid "" "The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product " "that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that" " product." msgstr "" "*0/0/1*再オーダ規則は、手元にないプロダクトを、そのプロダクトの販売オーダ(SO)が確定するたびに補充するために使用される特別な規則です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "" "The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* " "route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon " "confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" "0/0/1再オーダ規則は *受注補充(MTO)* ルートと似ており、どちらのワークフローも販売オーダの確認時にプロダクトを補充するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:159 msgid "" "The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order*" " route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be " "replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|." msgstr "" "この2つの方法の主な違いは、*販売オーダ* " "ルートは、補充される原因となった販売オーダのためにプロダクトを自動的に予約することです。つまり、そのプロダクトを別の販売オーダに使用することは " "**できません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:163 msgid "" "The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product " "replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be" " used as needed." msgstr "" "0/0/1再オーダ規則にはこの制限はありません。この規則を使って補充されたプロダクトは、特定の販売オーダのために予約されることはなく、必要に応じて使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166 msgid "" "Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the " "*Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button" " at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a " "replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|." msgstr "" "もう一つの重要な違いは、*オーダ基準補充* ルートで作成された補充オーダーは、オーダの上部にあるスマートボタンによって、元の |SO| " "にリンクされるということです。0/0/1再オーダ規則を使用する場合、補充オーダは作成されますが、元の |SO| にはリンクされません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 msgid "" "See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) ` documentation for a full " "overview of the MTO route." msgstr "受注補充(MTO)ルートの全容については、 :doc:`受注補充(MTO) ` ドキュメンテーションをご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid "" "To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" " 0/0/1の再オーダ規則を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> " "プロダクト`に移動し、プロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 msgid "" "At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering " "Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to" " begin configuring a new reordering rule." msgstr "" "プロダクトのページの上部にある :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`再オーダ規則` スマートボタンをクリックして、プロダクトの " ":guilabel:`再オーダ規則` ページを開きます。表示されたページで :guilabel:`新規` " "をクリックし、新しい再オーダ規則の設定を開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the " "location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this " "location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "新しい再オーダ規則の :guilabel:`ロケーション` フィールドで、補充されたプロダクトを保管する場所を選択します。デフォルトでは、この場所は " ":guilabel:`WH/在庫` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:182 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to " "replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a " "vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ルート` フィールドで、規則が商品の補充に使用する規則を選択します。例えば、プロダクトを仕入先から購買する場合、 " ":guilabel:`購買` ルートを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, " "leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a " "value of `1.00`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最小数量` フィールドと :guilabel:`最大数量` フィールドの値は `0.00` " "のままにしておきます。:guilabel:`オーダ予定` フィールドには `1.00` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "A 0/0/1 再オーダ規則。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191 msgid "" "With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| " "causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used " "to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the " ":guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" "これらの値を使って再オーダ規則を設定すると、|SO|によってプロダクトの予測数量が :guilabel:`最小数量` の `0.00` " "を下回るたびに、選択された :guilabel:`ルート` を使ってプロダクトを1単位ずつ :guilabel:`最大数量` の `0.00` " "まで補充します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197 msgid "" "A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the " "*Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given " "time." msgstr "額縁には、*購買* ルートを使用する0/0/1の再オーダ規則が設定されています。手元には常に額縁の0個が保管されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:200 msgid "" "An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the " "forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, " "which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame." msgstr "" "|SO| が額縁1個分確定され、予測数量が `-1.00` に下がります。これにより再オーダ規則がトリガされ、額縁1個分の|PO| " "が自動的に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:204 msgid "" "Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the" " picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, " "but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be " "used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order." msgstr "" "プロダクトが仕入先から入荷すると、額縁の予測数量は `0.00` に戻ります。現在手元には額縁が1つありますが、購買のトリガとなった |SO| " "のために予約されているわけではありません。この額縁はその |SO| を満たすために使用することもできますし、別のオーダのために引当することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:212 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "トリガー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" "A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While " "both function the same way, the difference between the two types of " "reordering rules is how the rule is launched:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 msgid "" ":ref:`Auto `: A purchase or " "manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls" " below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the " ":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:220 msgid "" ":ref:`Manual `: The " ":doc:`Replenishment report ` lists products needing replenishment, " "showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can " "review forecasts before clicking *Order*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:224 msgid "" "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Operations --> Replenishment`. Then, click the |adjust|, located to the" " far-right of the column titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or " ":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different" " types of reordering rules." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`トリガ` 列で :guilabel:`自動` または :guilabel:`手動` " "を選択します。異なるタイプの再オーダ規則については、以下のセクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:234 msgid "Auto" msgstr "自動" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 msgid "" "*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or " "manufacturing orders when either:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 msgid "" "The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "" "A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the " "product below the minimum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:243 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To " "view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders " "--> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:246 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated." " To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249 msgid "" "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" "ルートが選択されていない場合、Odooはプロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブで指定された :guilabel:`ルート` " "を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "スケジューラはデフォルトで1日1回実行するように設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:255 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure " ":ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click" " the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" "スケジューラが実行される前に手動で再オーダ規則をトリガするには、 :ref:`開発者モード` " "が有効になっていることを確認し、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> スケジューラ実行` " "を選択します。次に、表示されるポップアップウィンドウで紫色の :guilabel:`スケジューラ実行` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:260 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "これは他のスケジュールされたアクションもトリガすることに注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 msgid "" "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger " "when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of " "`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering " "rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" "このプロダクト `オフィスランプ` には、予測数量が :guilabel:`最小数量` の `5.00` " "を下回るとトリガされる自動再オーダ規則が設定されています。現在の :guilabel:`予測` は `55.00` なので、再オーダ規則は " "**トリガされません**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "再オーダ規則ページから自動再オーダ規則を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the " ":doc:`replenishment dashboard ` when the forecasted quantity falls " "below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, " "because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the " "forecasted quantity is not enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers " "sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It " "displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the " ":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:286 msgid "" "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Order` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with " "the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Order button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:295 msgid "Route" msgstr "ルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:297 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods " "under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it " "is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, " "indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:302 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the replenishment method (e.g., buying or manufacturing) that " "the rule defaults to, if multiple are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306 msgid "" "To specify a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:309 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden. To reveal it, select the" " |adjust| to the far-right of the column titles, and ticking " ":guilabel:`Route` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:312 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" "再オーダ規則の行の列の内側をクリックすると、ドロップダウンメニューにその規則で利用可能なルートが全て表示されます。1つを選択し、優先ルートを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "ドロップダウンから希望のルートを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:319 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the *Buy* route, " "then *Manufacture*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323 msgid "Advanced uses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:325 msgid "" "Pairing :guilabel:`Route` with one of the following fields on the " "replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. " "Consider the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:330 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Route` is :guilabel:`Buy`, " "setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple vendors on the " "vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is automatically " "populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the creation of a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Route` is set to " ":guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying " "the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders " "are created with this |BoM| in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:343 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|" " that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. " "It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:348 msgid "" "Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart " "buttons to appear when using the :doc:`MTO route `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Showing smart button to PO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:354 msgid "" "Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:356 msgid "In the context of reordering rules:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:358 msgid "" "Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is " "why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the " ":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360 msgid "" "To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not " ":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific " "demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:363 msgid "" "Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined " "into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times " "for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by " "consolidating demands into fewer orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367 msgid "" "Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on " "the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under " "the same demand, based on the defined route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372 msgid "" "How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Route* fields on the" " replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five different products" " in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, Azure Interior, and " "ensure other demands for these products are handled separately?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:379 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for " "all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:381 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is " "created for the same supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:383 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:384 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Order` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the five " "products tied to `SO35`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "" "After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement " "Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future " "demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different " "|RFQs| (the usual behavior)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:394 msgid "Just-in-time logic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:396 msgid "" "*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders " "precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted " "date `, which determines when " "replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400 msgid "" "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product " "if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing" " the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor " "lead times ` and :ref:`purchasing " "delays ` for purchases, " "or :ref:`manufacturing lead times ` " "for production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:408 msgid "" "For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date " "in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just " "in time for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:411 msgid "Important considerations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:413 msgid "" "**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead" " times ` for more flexibility." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:415 msgid "" "While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, " "**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery " "dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are " "immediately triggered when needed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:422 msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:424 msgid "" "To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the " ":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering " "rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:428 msgid "" "The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo." " It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's " "replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current " "date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433 msgid "" "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can " "receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is " "calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:438 msgid "" "A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:440 msgid "" "Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and " "the days to purchase is 2 days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442 msgid "Today's date is November 26." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:443 msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:445 msgid "" "A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days " "from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in " "the **To Order** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448 msgid "" "However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet" " appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they " "fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely" " when needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:455 msgid "" "The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's " "necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:458 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:460 msgid "" "If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted " "date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:462 msgid "" "If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, " "replenishment can wait." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464 msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:466 msgid "" "By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes " "stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements " "are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without " "the stress!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:471 msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:473 msgid "" "|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in" " the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476 msgid "" "They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by " "clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the " "replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted " "quantity**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:485 msgid "" "Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to" " December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities " "are zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:491 msgid "" "Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` " "units is `5.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:496 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "可視性日数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:498 msgid "" "*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities " "should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted " "stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering " "rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional " "future demand by the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:503 msgid "" "This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future " "needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger " "orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:506 msgid "" "To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days " "in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " "Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:510 msgid "" "Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the |adjust| " "to the far right and choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, " "enter the desired visibility days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:514 msgid "" "The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks " "the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on " "the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:518 msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:520 msgid "" "A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a" " shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>` and tariffs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:524 msgid "" "November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:525 msgid "" "|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing " "$100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:526 msgid "" "|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov " "19, costing an additional $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:528 msgid "" "|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov " "25, costing another $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:531 msgid "" "Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Show forecasted date visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:536 msgid "" "Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" " "20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:539 msgid "" "It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by " "consolidating orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:540 msgid "" "|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the " "other two orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Visibility days visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:546 msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:548 msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:550 msgid "" "**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days " "later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:551 msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:552 msgid "" "|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the " "order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment " "notification until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:555 msgid "" "This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing " "it to balance replenishment costs more effectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8 msgid "" "The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses " ":doc:`manual reordering rules `, lead times, and upcoming " "demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12 msgid "" "Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the" " user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage " "suggestions for replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15 msgid "" "This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand " "without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" "補充レポートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 補充` にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21 msgid "" "The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed " "below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create " "reordering rules section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` " ":guilabel:`Order Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30 msgid "" "Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates " "the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the " "replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34 msgid "" "Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the " "vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can" " reduce shipment costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41 msgid "" "Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by " "default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44 msgid "Replenishment information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46 msgid "" "In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-" "circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment " "Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted " "date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50 msgid "" "For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to" " the :ref:`Just in time logic ` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "倉庫間補充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7 msgid "" "When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail " "shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central " "warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that " "enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, " "automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo " ":guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock." msgstr "" "倉庫、小売店、製造施設など、複数のロケーションで事業を展開している場合、中央倉庫から在庫を補充することが必要になることがあります。 " "Odooは、ロケーションが中央流通センターから補充できるようにする *ルート* 設定を使用しており、*倉庫間移動* を自動的に生成します。 Odoo " ":guilabel:`在庫` で、こうした転送を管理し、店舗の在庫数を維持することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two " "replenishment strategies:" msgstr "このガイドでは、2つの補充戦略を使用した倉庫間の転送方法について説明します: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) `" msgstr ":ref:`受注生産 (MTO) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule `" msgstr ":ref:`再オーダ規則 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`" msgstr ":doc:`受注生産(MTO) と再オーダ規則の違い <../replenishment>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. " "First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage " "Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" "両方の補充戦略の初期設定は同じです。まず、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " "に移動します。:guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで、:guilabel:`保管場所` を有効化します。次に、:guilabel:`保存` " "をクリックして設定を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "在庫設定で保管ロケーションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35 msgid "" "Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage " "locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." msgstr "" "中央倉庫と接続されている保管場所の管理設定を設定するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` から行います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. " "For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse." msgstr "各中央倉庫およびその他のロケーションには、必ず独自の倉庫が必要です。例えば、各店舗はローカル倉庫とみなされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" "Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the " "central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a " "name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's " "transfers." msgstr "" "既存の倉庫を選択するか、または中央倉庫から補充される新しい倉庫を作成するには、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックします。次に、倉庫に名前と " ":guilabel:`短縮名` を指定します。短縮名は、その倉庫の転送に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the " ":guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows " "which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブで、:guilabel:`補充元` フィールドのロケーションを確認します。 " "中央倉庫の名前の隣にあるボックスにチェックを入れます。 複数の倉庫から再補充できる場合は、それらの倉庫のボックスにもチェックを入れます。 " "これで、Odooはどの倉庫からこの倉庫に補充できるかを知ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52 msgid "" "The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central " "warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on " "the shop's warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" "店舗に商品を供給する中央倉庫は `中央倉庫` と呼ばれます。店舗の倉庫設定ページで、この倉庫が :guilabel:`補充元` " "フィールドに設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "倉庫設定タブで、倉庫に別の倉庫を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "プロダクトにルートを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses." msgstr "プロダクトを倉庫間で転送するためには、適切な設定が必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select " "the desired product." msgstr ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、設定したいプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: " "Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the " "store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that " "sends products." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫` タブでは、新しいルートが :guilabel:`X: Yからプロダクトを供給する` として :guilabel:`ルート`" " セクションに表示されます。ここで 'X' はプロダクトを受け取る店舗の倉庫、'Y' はプロダクトを発送する倉庫です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to" " be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by " "moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated " "sections below to continue the process." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`X: Yからプロダクトを供給する` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。これは、受注生産 |MTO| " "ルートまたは再オーダ規則と併用して、プロダクトをある倉庫から別の倉庫に移動させることで在庫を補充することを目的としています。処理を継続するには、以下の専用セクションに進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "MTO" msgstr "受注生産(MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "" "To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form" " and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived " "`, so it appears in the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" "受注生産方式でプロダクトを補充するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:ref:`受注生産(MTO)ルートがアーカイブ解除 " "` " "されていることを確認します。そうすると、:guilabel:`Inventory` タブの :guilabel:`ルート` セクションに表示されます。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87 msgid "" "With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: " ":ref:`Replenish from another warehouse " "`." msgstr "" "補充と 受注生産 |MTO| のルートが確認できたら、次のセクション :ref:`別の倉庫から補充する " "` にジャンプします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central " "warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the " "following routes are selected:" msgstr "" "倉庫名 `店舗` で販売されるプロダクトは、中央倉庫 `YourCompany` から補充されます。\n" "受注生産 |MTO| を使用して製品を補充するために、次のルートが選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`" msgstr ":guilabel:`店舗: YourCompanyからプロダクトを供給`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`受注補充 (MTO)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "第2倉庫からプロダクトを補充するためのルート設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104 msgid "Reordering rule" msgstr "再オーダ規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" "To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X:" " Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab " "of the product form." msgstr "" "再オーダ規則を使用してプロダクトを補充するには、まず、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブで :guilabel:`X: Y " "からプロダクトを供給する` ルートが選択されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" "Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button." msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`再オーダ規則`スマートボタンをクリックして、再オーダ規則を作成し、補充を自動化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:" msgstr ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックして以下を設定します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, " "`SHOP/Stock`." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: 小売店舗の在庫ロケーション。例えば、`店舗/在庫` など。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`." msgstr ":guilabel:`ルート`: :guilabel:`X: Yからプロダクトを供給する`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic " "stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最小数量` と :guilabel:`最大数量` を設定し、在庫が設定した閾値を下回った場合に自動在庫転送をトリガします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`" msgstr ":doc:`reordering_rules`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule ` to " "replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set" " to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: " "Resupply from YourCompany`." msgstr "" "A :ref:`0/0 再オーダ規則 ` " "が作成され、:guilabel:`ロケーション` が `店舗/在庫` に、:guilabel:`ルート` が :guilabel:`店舗: " "YourCompanyから補充する` に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Show reordering rule configurations." msgstr "再オーダ規則の設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "倉庫から倉庫への補充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "" "After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several " "methods, such as:" msgstr "セットアップが完了したら、以下の方法のうちの1つを使用して補充をトリガします :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138 msgid "" "Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another " "warehouse." msgstr "別の倉庫から補充されるプロダクトのプロダクトフォームに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. " "In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), " "and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "プロダクトページの左上にある :guilabel:`補充` ボタンをクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウで、倉庫を小売店(例: `店舗`) " "に設定し、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームの補充ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the " "product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set " "on the reordering rule." msgstr "" "見積を作成し、:guilabel:`その他情報` タブで :guilabel:`倉庫` を小売店 (例: `店舗`) " "に設定します。プロダクトを販売すると、プロダクトの手持在庫数量が再オーダ規則で設定された最小数量を下回ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Create a quote at the store." msgstr "店舗で見積を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from " "the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products " "to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main " "warehouse." msgstr "" "トリガされると、Odooは2つの転送を作成します。1つは、店舗に必要なプロダクト全てを供給する中央の供給倉庫からの *配送オーダ* " "で、もう1つは、店舗でのメイン倉庫からの *入荷* です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" "While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-" "warehouse transit`." msgstr "移動中は、プロダクトは `物理ロケーション/倉庫間輸送` にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162 msgid "" "A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the " "product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order " "from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse " "`SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are " "in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" "店舗でのプロダクトの販売オーダが作成されます。店舗でプロダクトを補充し、そこから出荷するために、Odooは中央倉庫の在庫である `倉庫/在庫` " "から店舗の倉庫 `店舗/在庫` への配送オーダを生成します。プロダクトが倉庫間を移動している間、所在は `物理ロケーション/倉庫間輸送` となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167 msgid "" "The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery " "address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide." msgstr "最終的な配送オーダは、店舗から顧客の配送先住所へのものであり、このガイドのワークフローには関係ありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store." msgstr "倉庫出荷から店舗への出荷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Stock valuation dashboard" msgstr "在庫評価ダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "" "When a company has physical assets, such as inventory, they often want to " "know approximately how much has been spent on these goods, or how much they " "are worth at the moment. This process of assigning a monetary value to " "account for inventory is known as *stock valuation*." msgstr "" "会社が在庫などの有形資産を保有している場合、それらの商品にどれくらいの費用がかかっているか、あるいは現在それらの価値がどれくらいあるかについて、概算で把握する必要があります。在庫を金額的価値に換算するこのプロセスは、*在庫評価*と呼ばれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:11 msgid "" "This value is often reported for accounting purposes. For instance, an " "insurance company may want to know the value of goods stored in a warehouse," " in the event of a flood or fire." msgstr "" "在庫価値は会計目的で報告されることがよくあります。例えば、洪水や火災が発生した場合に備えて、保険会社は倉庫に保管されている商品の価値を知る必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`Stock valuation " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:" msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫評価 " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "は通常、2つの会計システムのどちらかを利用しています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17 msgid "" "**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and " "the value is constantly changing." msgstr "**継続**：在庫は常に(継続的に)更新され、価値は常に変化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19 msgid "" "**Periodic**: The inventory value is checked on an occasional (periodic) " "basis, and the value is set at this occasional time." msgstr "**定期**: 在庫の価値は随時(定期的に)チェックされ、その時点での価値が設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:22 msgid "" "Using :ref:`tracked inventory ` in Odoo necessitates a *perpetual* inventory accounting system " "because of the need to know when and where inventory exists, and how much of" " it is available or forecasted. There are a few common :ref:`stock valuation" " methods ` used in Odoo: " "*standard price*, *average cost* (AVCO), and *first in, first out* (FIFO) " "accounting. It is important to know that the valuation method chosen for a " "product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation " "reports." msgstr "" "Odooで :ref:`追跡されている在庫 ` " "を使用するには、いつどこに在庫があるか、また在庫がどれだけあるか、あるいは予測されるかを知る必要があるため、*継続* " "在庫会計システムが必要です。Odooで使用される一般的な :ref:`在庫評価方法 " "` には、*標準価格*、*平均原価* " "(AVCO)、*先入先出* (FIFO) 会計などがあります。 " "プロダクトに選択された評価方法が、在庫評価レポートの複数のフィールドの計算に影響を与えることを知っておくことが重要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" msgstr "ダッシュボードを開く" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "" "Odoo's *Stock Valuation* dashboard displays the financial value of all " "tracked inventory, according to each product's stock valuation method. This " "report can provide insights into potential issues in the supply chain, such " "as sunken purchase costs or delays in profitability. To access the " "dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" "Odooの *在庫評価* ダッシュボードは、各プロダクトの在庫評価方法に従って、追跡された在庫の全てについて財務価値を表示します。 " "このレポートは、購買原価の低下や収益性の遅延など、サプライチェーンにおける潜在的な問題についての洞察を提供することができます。 " "ダッシュボードにアクセスするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 在庫評価` に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:39 msgid "" "The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to " "users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "**在庫** のメニュー :menuselection:`レポーティング`は、:doc:`管理アクセス " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 権限を持つユーザのみがアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42 msgid "" "This dashboard has three different views, or inventory reports — :ref:`list " "view ` (i.e. the default " "stock valuation report), :ref:`pivot view " "` (i.e. the stock aging report), " "and :ref:`graph view `. Each view " "can be customized with different fields to break down inventory valuation by" " product, operation type, date, or company." msgstr "" "このダッシュボードには、3つの異なるビュー、または在庫レポートがあります。 :ref:`リストビュー " "` " "(例:デフォルトの在庫評価レポート)、:ref:`ピボットビュー `（例:在庫滞留レポート）、:ref:`グラフビュー `" " です。各ビューは、プロダクト、オペレーションタイプ、日付、会社別に在庫評価を分類するために、異なるフィールドでカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 msgid "" "All three views can be filtered by various fields. To apply filters, click " "into the search bar at the top of the report, or click the drop-down arrow " "next to it. For example, selecting the filter :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty` " "will show only products that are currently in stock." msgstr "" "3つのビュー全ては、様々なフィールドでフィルタリングすることができます。フィルタを適用するには、レポートの上部にある検索バーをクリックするか、その隣にあるドロップダウン矢印をクリックします。例えば、フィルタ" " :guilabel:`残数量あり` を選択すると、現在在庫のあるプロダクトのみが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55 msgid "List view: stock valuation" msgstr "リストビュー: 在庫評価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays in *list " "view*, represented by the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. This" " report shows a detailed record of stock movements and their valuations." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、:guilabel:`在庫評価` ダッシュボードは *リストビュー* で表示され、:icon:`oi-view-list` " ":guilabel:`(リスト)` アイコンで表されます。このレポートは、在庫の動きとその評価の詳細な記録を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:199 msgid "Configure" msgstr "設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64 msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:" msgstr "デフォルトでは、以下の列が表示されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date and time when the :ref:`stock move " "` was created. The valuation report is " "sorted by this field by default, emphasizing the importance of time when " "valuing inventory. To sort the report by a different column, simply click on" " the column title." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`日付`: :ref:`在庫移動 ` が作成された日時です。 " "評価レポートは、在庫評価時に時間の重要性を強調するために、このフィールドでデフォルトでソートされます。 " "レポートを別の列でソートするには、列タイトルをクリックするだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference`: the reference document associated with this stock " "move (e.g., a warehouse receipt, a delivery order, or a manual inventory " "adjustment)." msgstr ":guilabel:`参照`: この在庫仕訳に関連する参照ドキュメント(例えば、倉庫入荷、配送オーダ、手動在庫調整など)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: 移動され、評価されたプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units by which this product's stock has " "increased or decreased in this particular stock move." msgstr ":guilabel:`Quantity`: この特定の在庫移動で増加または減少したプロダクトの在庫数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Value`: the value of the product's stock in this particular" " stock move, calculated by multiplying the :guilabel:`Quantity` and " ":guilabel:`Unit Value`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`合計金額`: この特定の仕訳におけるプロダクトの在庫の価値で、:guilabel:`数量` と:guilabel:`単価` " "を掛けて算出されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 msgid "" "If a :guilabel:`Reference` document includes several goods, there will be a " "separate line item generated on the report for each good." msgstr ":guilabel:`参照` ドキュメントに複数の商品が含まれている場合、レポートには各商品ごとに別々の明細が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:82 msgid "" "There are additional fields that can be added to this view to provide more " "insight into the stock's valuation. To add fields, click the :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and select the desired fields:" msgstr "" "このビューに追加できるフィールドがあり、在庫の評価についてより詳しく知ることができます。フィールドを追加するには、:icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(調整)` アイコンをクリックし、必要なフィールドを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number" " for this product." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: このプロダクトを唯一識別するロットまたはシリアル番号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: for businesses that operate with multiple companies, " "this field displays the company by which this stock move took place." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: 複数の会社でオペレーションを行っている企業の場合、このフィールドには、この在庫移動が行われた会社が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`: the number of units remaining for this " "valuation of the product, after demand has been accounted for (even from " "other stock moves). This field can be especially helpful for :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` accounting, as it " "conveys which units of stock came into a warehouse first and the value of " "said stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`残数量`: 需要が考慮された後(他の在庫移動も含む) の、このプロダクトの評価における残数量。このフィールドは、 " ":abbr:`FIFO(先入先出)` および :abbr:`AVCO(平均原価)` " "会計に特に役立ちます。なぜなら、どの在庫が最初に倉庫に入庫されたか、およびその在庫の価値が分かるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Value`: the cost of one unit of the product for the company " "(**not** the price to consumers)." msgstr ":guilabel:`単価`: 会社にとってのプロダクト1単位あたりの原価 (消費者への価格では **ありません**）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: a description of the reason for this stock " "valuation (typically, a stock move has occurred). By default, this field is " "set as the concatenation of the :guilabel:`Reference` and " ":guilabel:`Product` fields. However, the field may also display other " "important messages for this line item, such as a note stating that the line " "item is an adjustment due to a change in the product's inventory valuation " "method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`説明`: この在庫評価の理由(通常は、在庫移動の発生)の説明。 デフォルトでは、このフィールドは :guilabel:`参照` " "および :guilabel:`プロダクト` フィールドの結合として設定されます。 " "ただし、このフィールドには、この明細行に関するその他の重要なメッセージ " "(例えば、明細行がプロダクトの在庫評価方法の変更による調整であることを示すメモなど) も表示できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Remaining Value`: the value of this product's current stock " "levels for this particular stock move, after demand has been accounted for. " "Along with :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`, this field can be especially " "helpful for :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Cost)` accounting, as they convey which stock came into a warehouse first " "and the value of said stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`残在庫価値`: 需要が考慮された後の、この在庫移動における、現在の在庫レベルの価値。:guilabel:`残数量` " "とともに、このフィールドは、:abbr:`FIFO(先入先出)` および :abbr:`AVCO(平均原価)` " "会計に特に役立ちます。なぜなら、どちらの在庫が先に倉庫に入庫されたか、またその在庫の価値が示されるからです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:107 msgid "" "Some of these settings may not appear unless first enabled in Odoo's " "**:doc:`Settings <../../../general>`** application." msgstr "" "これらの設定の一部は、Odooの **:doc:`管理設定 <../../../general>`** " "アプリケーションで最初に有効にしないと表示されない場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation report." msgstr "在庫評価レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116 msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)" msgstr "在庫評価レイヤ(SVL)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118 msgid "" "Each line item in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report represents a record" " in Odoo's system known as a *stock valuation layer (SVL)*. :abbr:`SVLs " "(stock move layers)` are generated when products move in a way that impacts " "their stock valuation. Specifically, the stock moves that generate " ":abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)` are warehouse receipts, deliveries, " "dropshipping orders, and dropshipping returns. These stock moves must first " "be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the " ":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫評価` レポートの各明細は、Odooのシステム内の *在庫評価レイヤ(SVL)* として知られるレコードを表します。 " ":abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` " "は、プロダクトの在庫評価に影響を与える方法でプロダクトが移動した際に生成されます。具体的には、:abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` " "を生成する在庫移動には、倉庫への入荷、配送、直送オーダ、直送返品などがあります。 :abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` " "を作成するには、まずこれらの在庫移動を検証済 (:guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリック) にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "" "If a product's inventory valuation method changes on the product form, new " "line items are generated on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report to " "reflect the resulting :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)`. For example, if the " "valuation method changes from *standard price* to either :abbr:`AVCO " "(Average Cost)` or :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting, " "*revaluation entries* will be automatically posted to reflect the change in " "pricing for goods that remain in stock. One entry will be negative to " "\"remove\" the old pricing, and the second entry will be positive to record " "the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's " "**Accounting** app." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォームでプロダクトの在庫評価方法が変更された場合、結果として生じる :abbr:`SVL(在庫評価レイヤ)` " "を反映するために、:guilabel:`在庫評価` レポートに新しい明細行が生成されます。例えば、評価方法が *標準価格* から :abbr:`AVCO" " (平均原価)` または :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)` 会計に変更された場合、在庫に残っている商品の価格変更を反映するために、*再評価仕訳* " "が自動的に投稿されます。最初の仕訳は、古い価格設定を \"削除\" " "するためのマイナス仕訳となり、2番目の仕訳は、新しい価格設定を記録するためのプラス仕訳となります。これらの仕訳は、Odooの **会計** " "アプリの仕訳と連動しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "" "Below is an example of what the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` table shows when" " a few stock moves have occurred for a product using standard price " "accounting." msgstr "" "以下は、標準価格会計を使用しているプロダクトでいくつかの在庫の仕訳が発生した場合に、:guilabel:`在庫評価` テーブルに表示される内容の例です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting." msgstr "標準価格会計における在庫評価表" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139 msgid "" "Conversely, the following image depicts what the *Stock Valuation* Report " "table might look like after a product has switched from standard price to " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting." msgstr "" "逆に、次の画像は、プロダクトが標準価格から :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)` 会計に切り替わった後の *在庫評価* 報告書テーブルの見本です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "" "Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO " "accounting." msgstr "標準価格から先入先出(FIFO)法会計に切り替えた後の在庫評価表" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Remaining Value` and :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` fields " "are derived from what occurs at the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` level in " "Odoo and, as such, are better understood with an example." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`残在庫価格` および:guilabel:`残数量` フィールドは、Odooの:abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` " "レベルで発生する内容から派生したものであり、そのため、具体例とともに理解するとより分かりやすくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:150 msgid "" "Frankie's Consignment Shop buys sweaters at the cost, or :guilabel:`Unit " "Value`, of `5.00` dollars. For the first time, Frankie's purchases and " "receives a :guilabel:`Quantity` of `100.00` sweaters in one stock move, then" " re-sells and delivers `-10.00` sweaters in a second stock move." msgstr "" "フランキーの委託販売店は、セーターを原価、つまり :guilabel:`単価` 5.00ドルで仕入れています。今回初めて、フランキーは1回の在庫移動で " ":guilabel:`数量` `100.00` 枚のセーターを購買して入荷し、さらに2回目の在庫移動で :guilabel:`数量` " "`-10.00` 枚のセーターを販売、配送しました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:154 msgid "" "In the first stock move line item, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will " "change from `100.00` to `90.00`, once the second stock move is recorded. " "This change reflects that, although 100 sweaters were originally purchased, " "only 90 of those sweaters remain in stock and should be counted in the " "valuation. Similarly, the :guilabel:`Remaining Value` will drop from " "`$500.00` to `$450.00`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` will remain at " "`$500.00`, regardless of subsequent transactions." msgstr "" "最初の在庫移動明細では、2回目の在庫移動が記録されると、:guilabel:`残数量` が `100.00` から `90.00` " "に変更されます。この変更は、当初は100枚のセーターが購買され、現在では90着しか在庫が残っておらず、評価額にも90着分しか計上されていないことを反映しています。同様に、:guilabel:`残在庫価格`" " は、`$500.00` から `$450.00` に減少します。:guilabel:`合計価格` は、その後の取引に関わらず、`$500.00` " "のままです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:161 msgid "" "On the other hand, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the second stock " "move line item will be recorded and remain at `0.00` because the quantity of" " `-10.00` was sold. In the system, because the :abbr:`SVL (stock move " "layer)` was a sale, there is no stock left that needs to be valued from that" " transaction." msgstr "" "一方、2番目の在庫移動明細の :guilabel:`残数量` は、`-10.00` の数量が販売されたため、`0.00` " "として記録され、変更されません。システムでは、:abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` " "が販売取引だったため、その取引において評価が必要な在庫は残っていません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "" "Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move" " layers)`." msgstr "残在庫価値と数量は、:abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` に基づいて計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170 msgid "Change the valuation date" msgstr "評価日を変更する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172 msgid "" "To see the valuation of stock moves at a specific date and time, click the " ":guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page. The report will show the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Total Value` of each stock move." msgstr "" "特定の日付と時刻における在庫の評価を確認するには、:guilabel:`在庫評価` ページの左上にある :guilabel:`評価日` " "ボタンをクリックします。レポートには、各仕訳の :guilabel:`数量 `と :guilabel:`合計金額` が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:177 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` of the " "stock moves will *not* be point-in-time for any dates chosen in the past. " "The stock moves shown when selecting a past date will still display the " "*current on-hand quantity and value* of the products." msgstr "" "在庫移動の :guilabel:`残数量` および :guilabel:`残在庫価格` " "は、過去の日付を選択してもその時点の値にはなりません。過去の日付を指定して在庫移動を表示しても、プロダクトの *現在の在庫数量と評価額* " "が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:182 msgid "" "A business has 100 sofas in stock on January 1st and sells 20 of those sofas" " on February 1st. The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the :abbr:`SVL " "(stock move layer)` will drop from `100.00` to `70.00` on February 1st. If " "no other stock moves take place, and on February 1st, the " ":guilabel:`Valuation at Date` is selected as January 1st, the " ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will still show as `70.00`." msgstr "" "ある企業では、1月1日に100個の在庫があり、そのうち20個を2月1日に販売しました。2月1日には、:abbr:`SVL(在庫移動レイヤ)` の " ":guilabel:`残数量` が `100.00` から `70.00` に減少します。他の在庫移動が行われず、2月1日に " ":guilabel:`日付指定評価` が1月1日として選択された場合、:guilabel:`残数量` は `70.00` のまま表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191 msgid "Pivot view: stock aging" msgstr "ピボットビュー: 在庫経過" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, access pivot view by " "clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon. This view is " "essentially a *stock aging report*, and it shows the on-hand quantity and " "value of inventory by purchase date, which can help monitor products with " "expiration dates." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫評価` ダッシュボードから、:icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(ピボット)` " "アイコンをクリックしてピボットビューにアクセスします。 このビューは本質的には *在庫経過レポート* " "であり、購買日ごとの在庫の手持数量と価格を表示します。これは、使用期限のあるプロダクトのモニタリングに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:201 msgid "" "By default, the pivot view shows the value of all *product categories* by " "*day and month*. Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon" " in each column or row will reveal a drop-down list of options to create a " "more granular breakdown of the inventory valuation. The drop-down options " "include: :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Company`, or " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses the field back to an empty state." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、ピボットビューには、全ての *プロダクトカテゴリ* の値が *日次および月次* で表示されます。 各列または行にあるアイコン:fa-" "plus-square:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(プラス)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、在庫評価をより詳細に分析するためのオプションのドロップダウンリストが表示されます。 " "ドロップダウンオプションには、以下のものが含まれます。:guilabel:`プロダクト`, :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`, " ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`, :guilabel:`日付`, :guilabel:`会社`, または " ":guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加`。:icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(マイナス)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、フィールドが空の状態に戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:208 msgid "" "In the table, the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` column displays the number of " "on-hand items, and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of " "purchasing these items." msgstr "" "表の :guilabel:`残数量` 列には手持在庫数が表示され、:guilabel:`残金額` 列にはこれらの商品の購買総コストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns." msgstr "在庫経過レポート、プロダクト行項目と日列を表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "グラフビュー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:219 msgid "" "The stock value can be depicted graphically by clicking the :icon:`fa-area-" "chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon. By default, the graph is displayed in " ":icon:`fa-line-chart` line chart view and filtered to show the cumulative " "total of all inventory value over time in Odoo." msgstr "" "アイコン:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(グラフ)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、在庫価値をグラフで表示できます。デフォルトでは、グラフはアイコン :`fa-line-chart` " "の折れ線グラフ表示で、Odooにおける時間経過に伴う在庫価値の累計合計が表示されるようにフィルタリングされています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:223 msgid "" "At the top of the report, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` bar chart or :icon:`fa-pie-" "chart` pie chart view can be selected instead." msgstr "" "レポートの一番上では、代わりに :icon:`fa-bar-chart` の棒グラフまたは :icon:`fa-pie-chart` " "の円グラフを選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr ":doc:`Odoo レポーティングの基本 <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" msgstr "ロケーションダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " "overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " "to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " "`, or view past inventory to see " "product locations on specific dates." msgstr "" "在庫アプリケーションの *ロケーション* " "ダッシュボードでは、会社プロダクトの手持在庫の保管場所の概要を確認できます。このレポートを使用して、在庫が保管されている場所を確認したり、:ref:`誤った場所にある在庫" " ` " "を特定したり、特定の日のプロダクトの場所を確認するために過去の在庫を表示したりすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " ":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "*在庫* の *レポーティング* メニューは :doc:`管理アクセス " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 権限を持つユーザのみがアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 msgid "" "To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " "enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " "locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" "ロケーションレポートにアクセスするには、*保管場所* 機能を有効にする必要があります。 これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ " "--> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。 :guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで、:guilabel:`保管場所` " "のチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。次に、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " "レポーティング --> ロケーション` に移動して、ロケーションダッシュボードにアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" msgstr "ロケーションダッシュボードのナビゲーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " "in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " "information:" msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、:guilabel:`ロケーション` ダッシュボードには、在庫にある全ての手持在庫プロダクト (:guilabel:`プロダクト` " "列)が、以下の情報とともにリスト表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " "`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " "each location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: 現在の保管場所。プロダクトが `棚 1` と `棚 " "2`に保管されている場合、プロダクトは2回表示され、それぞれの場所の数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包`: プロダクトが梱包されている梱包材がある場合、その梱包材。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" " is specified here." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: プロダクトにロット番号またはシリアル番号がある場合は、ここで指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " ":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " "quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`手持在庫数`: 現在のプロダクトの数量です。 :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(鉛筆)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、:doc:`手持在庫を変更する <../inventory_management/count_products>` " "ことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " "such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." msgstr ":guilabel:`引当済数量`: ピッキング、配送オーダ、製造などのオペレーション用に確保された手持の引当済数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`単位`: プロダクトの測定単位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 msgid "" "Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " "information:" msgstr "各行のアイテムの右側にあるボタンをクリックすると、追加情報にアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" " product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " "the product was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`履歴`: " "プロダクトの在庫移動履歴にアクセスし、プロダクトが別のロケーションに移動された理由の数量と説明に関する情報を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 msgid "" "View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " ":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." msgstr "" "プロダクトの右端にある :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`履歴` " "ボタンをクリックすると、そのプロダクトが何のために引当されているかを確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " ":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " ":guilabel:`To Do` filter." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`移動履歴` ページで、:icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`完了` " "フィルタを削除します。次に、:guilabel:`検索...` " "バーの右側にある下向き矢印アイコンをクリックしてフィルタオプションを表示し、:guilabel:`To Do` フィルタを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "" "Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." msgstr "プロダクトを引当した配送のTo-Doの履歴ページを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " "rules <../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page to replenish products at the" " specific location." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`補充`: 特定のロケーションでプロダクトを補充するには、:doc:`再オーダ規則 " "<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` ページにアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:61 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " "to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " "product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." msgstr "" "ページの左上隅にある :guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして、特定の :guilabel:`ロケーション` " "における特定のプロダクトの数量を記録する :doc:`在庫調整 <../inventory_management/count_products>` " "を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:65 msgid "" "To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " "click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" "left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" " at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "指定した日付のプロダクト、数量、ロケーションを表示するには、:guilabel:`在庫日付` ボタンをクリックします " "(ページの左上にもあります)。:guilabel:`在庫日付` フィールドで日付と時刻を選択し、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:70 msgid "Generate reports" msgstr "レポートを生成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:72 msgid "" "After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " "`, it can be used to create " "and share different reports." msgstr "" "ロケーションダッシュボードのナビゲーション方法 ` " "を学ぶと、さまざまなレポートを作成し、共有することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:76 msgid "" "A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " "dashboard are detailed below." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション` ダッシュボードを使用して作成できる一般的なレポートの例を以下に示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:80 msgid "Dead stock report" msgstr "デッドストックレポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:82 msgid "" "To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" " steps:" msgstr "使用期限切れの商品のリスト (*デッドストック* とも呼ばれる) を取得するには、以下の手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:142 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> ロケーション` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 msgid "" "Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" " reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " ":guilabel:`Favorite` options." msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`検索...`バーの右側にある下向き矢印アイコンをクリックすると、:guilabel:`フィルタ`、:guilabel:`グループ化`、:guilabel:`お気に入り`" " オプションのドロップダウンリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:87 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " "option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`フィルタ`セクションで、:guilabel:`内部ロケーション`と:guilabel:`有効期限アラート` " "オプションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:90 msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." msgstr "レポートには、現在、使用期限切れのプロダクトのリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:93 msgid "" "This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " "` page, accessed by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "このレポートは、:ref:`ロットとシリアル番号 ` " "のページからも生成できます。アクセスするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット番号/シリアル番号` " "に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." msgstr "使用期限が過ぎたプロダクトのリストを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:104 msgid "Stranded inventory report" msgstr "標準在庫レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:106 msgid "" "Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " "apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " "storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" " transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " "are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " "the database." msgstr "" "*在庫* アプリや *製造* アプリでマルチステップフローを使用している企業では、人的エラーにより、プロダクトが適切な保管場所に保管されない *滞留* " "が発生する可能性があります。このレポートを使用して、転送ロケーション (例: *WH/入庫*、*WH/前処理*) " "を周期設定で定期的に確認し、アイテムが意図した保管場所に仕訳され、データベースに正確に記録されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:111 msgid "" "To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " "steps:" msgstr "保管場所で滞留している可能性があるアイテムのリストを取得するには、以下の手順に従います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " "where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " "`WH/Packing`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`検索...` バーに、プロダクトを仕訳する予定のロケーション名を入力します。例えば、`WH/入庫` や `WH/梱包` などです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:116 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " "resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`検索...` バーの下に表示されるドロップダウンメニューから、:guilabel:`ロケーションを検索:` [ロケーション名] " "オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show search result for the location." msgstr "ロケーションの検索結果を表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:123 msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." msgstr "レポートには、積送ロケーションのプロダクトのリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:126 msgid "" "Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " "*WH/Input* location." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション` で `入庫` を検索すると、*WH/入庫* ロケーションのプロダクトの一覧が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:128 msgid "" "The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " "refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " "identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." msgstr "" "このリストには `チキン` " "が500個と表示されていますが、これは入荷後すぐに冷蔵する必要があります。滞留在庫レポートは、保管場所以外で滞留状態となっているアイテムを特定するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." msgstr "特定のロケーションに保管されているアイテムを表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:137 msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" msgstr "在庫差異レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:139 msgid "" "To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " ":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " "steps:" msgstr "" "直近の :doc:`在庫監査 <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>` " "以降に仕訳された項目のレポートを生成するには、以下の手順に従います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " "from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`フィルタ` セクションから、:guilabel:`内部ロケーション` および :guilabel:`不整合` " "オプションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:147 msgid "" "The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " "cycle count." msgstr "レポートには、前回のサイクルカウント以降に数量が変更された項目が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." msgstr "レポートに *不整合* フィルタからアイテムを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:153 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " "transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "在庫調整以降の在庫転送 (入荷および配送を含む) を表示するには、:icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`履歴` " "ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "在庫調整後に発生した配送を表示する *移動履歴* を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 msgid "Moves history dashboard" msgstr "移動履歴ダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" " product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" " reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " "this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " "turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." msgstr "" "Odooの *在庫* における *移動履歴* レポートは、プロダクトの移動 (過去のロケーションと現在のロケーションを含む) " "、ロット番号、移動の理由の詳細な記録を提供します。レポートは任意の期間で生成することができ、このレポートは在庫レベルの分析、在庫回転率のモニタリング、在庫の不一致の特定に不可欠です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 msgid "" "The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "レポート機能は、 :doc:`管理者アクセス権限 <../../../../general/users/access_rights>` " "を持つユーザのみが利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 msgid "" "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "在庫レポートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> 移動履歴` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 msgid "Display Moves History report." msgstr "移動履歴レポートを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 msgid "Navigate the moves history report" msgstr "仕訳履歴レポートのナビゲーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" msgstr "レポートで、列は以下を表します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." msgstr ":guilabel:`日付`: 在庫移動のカレンダ日時" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " "quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." msgstr ":guilabel:`参照番号`: 在庫移動や数量変更の理由の説明、例えば、入荷番号(例: `WH/IN/00012`) など。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: 仕訳に関わるプロダクトの名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " "tracked product being moved." msgstr ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: 移動中の追跡対象プロダクトのロットまたはシリアル番号を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." msgstr ":guilabel:`移動元`: 移動されたプロダクトの移動元ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." msgstr ":guilabel:`移動先`: 移動されたプロダクトの移動先ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." msgstr ":guilabel:`数量`: 移動されたプロダクトの数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." msgstr ":guilabel:`単位`: 移動されたプロダクトの単位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " ":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " ":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " "operation)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ステータス`: 移動のステータスを表し、 :guilabel:`完了`, :guilabel:`利用可能` " "(処理の準備完了)または、 :guilabel:`一部利用可能` (処理を完了するのに十分な数量がない) のいずれかになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 msgid "Search options" msgstr "検索オプション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 msgid "" "Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " "report to display relevant information" msgstr "次の検索オプションを使用して、関連情報を表示するように :guilabel:`移動履歴` レポートをカスタマイズします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 msgid "Filters" msgstr "フィルタ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " "custom filters to find specific stock records." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`フィルタ` セクションでは、特定の在庫記録を検索するために、ユーザが作成済みのフィルタやカスタムフィルタを検索することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " "includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " ":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`To Do`: 移動中の在庫移動記録を表示します。これには、:guilabel:`ステータス` 列の値が " ":guilabel:`利用可能` または :guilabel:`一部利用可能` である明細が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr ":guilabel:`完了`: 移動が完了し :guilabel:`ステータス` は :guilabel:`完了` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." msgstr ":guilabel:`入荷`: 仕入先からの移動レコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" " customer returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`出荷`: 顧客返品を含む顧客ロケーションへの移動レコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " "another." msgstr ":guilabel:`Internal`: 内部ロケーションから別の内部ロケーションへの移動レコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " "the virtual, production :doc:`location " "<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`生産`: 仮想の生産 :doc:`ロケーション <../inventory_management/use_locations>` " "からプロダクトが生産されたレコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " "options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`日付`: " "このドロップダウンメニューを選択すると、さまざまな日付フィルタオプションにアクセスでき、特定の月、四半期、または年の在庫移動を表示できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " "days." msgstr ":guilabel:`過去30日間`:過去30日間に発生した移動レコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." msgstr ":guilabel:`過去3か月`: 過去3か月間のレコードを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 msgid "Group By" msgstr "グループ化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " "groupings to the search." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`グループ化` セクションでは、ユーザが検索用にあらかじめ用意されたグループ分けやカスタムグループ分けを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: プロダクトごとにグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " ":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " "Available`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ステータス`: レコードを: :guilabel:`完了`、 :guilabel:`利用可能`、 " ":guilabel:`一部利用可能` の3つのステータスでグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " ":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`日付`: レコードを :guilabel:`年`、 :guilabel:`四半期`、 :guilabel:`月`、 " ":guilabel:`週`、または :guilabel:`日` でグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " "`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`転送`: オペレーション番号 ( 例: `WH/OUT/00012`、 `WH/MO/00211`) " "でレコードをグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" " column in this report)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: 移動元ロケーション(このレポートの :guilabel:`移動元` 列) 別にレコードをグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," " go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" " Categories`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`カテゴリ`: プロダクトカテゴリ別にレコードをグループ化します。 " "これらの設定を行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクト: プロダクトカテゴリ` にアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`一括転送`: レコードを :doc:`バッチ " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>` ごとにグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:123 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "お気に入り" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 msgid "" "To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " "be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " "search`." msgstr "" "現在のフィルタリングとグループを保存して、このページを閉じた後でも同じ情報に簡単にアクセスできるようにするには、:guilabel:`現在の検索を保存`" " をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 msgid "" "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " "current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " "report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " "available to other users." msgstr "" "オプションとして、:guilabel:`デフォルトフィルタ` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れると、:guilabel:`移動履歴`レポートを開く際に、現在のビューがデフォルトのフィルタになります。または、:guilabel:`共有" " `チェックボックスにチェックを入れると、検索オプションを他のユーザも利用できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:132 msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`保存` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 msgid "Stock report" msgstr "在庫レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " "products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " "those delivered to customers." msgstr "" "Odooの在庫レポート *在庫* " "を使用して、顧客に配送されたものだけでなく、予約、購買、輸送中のものも含む、全て保管されているプロダクトの詳細なリストを確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 msgid "" "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "在庫レポートにアクセスするには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> 在庫` に移動して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "在庫レポートを表示するには、 在庫 > レポーティング > 在庫にアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 msgid "Navigate the stock report" msgstr "在庫レポートのナビゲーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 msgid "" "On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " "down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," " which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " "which shows products within a selected product category." msgstr "" "在庫レポートでは、左サイドバーに表示内容を絞り込むためのいくつかのグループ分けが含まれています。デフォルトのグループ分けは、特定の倉庫からプロダクトをフィルタリングする" " :guilabel:`倉庫` と、選択したプロダクトカテゴリ内のプロダクトを表示する :guilabel:`カテゴリ` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" " warehouses in the database. Refer to the " ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses` documentation for more details." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`倉庫` " "グループ化は、データベースに複数の倉庫がある場合にのみ利用可能です。詳細は、:doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" " ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:29 msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" msgstr "レポートで、列は以下を表します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: プロダクトの名前" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " "on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`単位原価`: プロダクトの購買および/または製造コストに基づいて調整される、単位あたりの平均在庫評価額" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " "calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." msgstr ":guilabel:`総在庫価値`: 単価と手持在庫数量を掛けて算出されるプロダクトの在庫評価総額" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:38 msgid "" ":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " "`" msgstr ":ref:`平均原価法による在庫評価を1単位あたりで計算する `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`在庫評価方法 " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" "pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " "<../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`手持在庫数`: 現在のプロダクトの数量です。:icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(鉛筆)` " "アイコンをクリックして :doc:`手持在庫数を変更 <../inventory_management/count_products>` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " "delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." msgstr ":guilabel:`引当なし`: 配送オーダや製造オーダに引当てられて **いない**、販売または使用可能な手持在庫。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " "products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`入荷予定`: 倉庫に到着予定の商品。プロダクトの数は、確定した購買オーダの数量に基づいています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " "in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " "confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`出荷予定`:倉庫から出荷される、または製造オーダで消費される予定の商品。プロダクトの数は、確定済みの販売オーダまたは製造オーダの数量に基づいています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " "displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" " was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`履歴`: プロダクトの在庫移動履歴にアクセスし、プロダクトが別のロケーションに移動された理由の数量と説明に関する情報を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " "<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for the product to create or " "manage methods of procuring the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`補充`: プロダクトの調達方法を新規作成または管理するには、プロダクトの :doc:`再オーダ規則 " "<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` ページにアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " "locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: 複数の保管場所における手持在庫数量の内訳。プロダクトが複数の場所に保管されている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " "incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " "purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " "confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`予測`: 予測レポートにアクセスして、手持在庫、入荷、出荷数量を表示します。 " "レポートには、確定した購買、販売、または製造オーダへのリンクも含まれています。 " "プロダクトに対して確定した販売、購買、または製造オーダがある場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " "available with the *Website* app installed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`公開済`: ウェブサイトに公開されたプロダクトを表示します。ウェブサイトアプリがインストールされている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " "of Sale* app." msgstr ":guilabel:`POSで利用可能`: *POS* アプリで利用可能なプロダクトを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " "through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " ":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " ":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." " The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" " is ticked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`セルフオーダで利用可能`: *POS* アプリでセルフオーダ可能なプロダクトを表示します。 " "検索結果に表示されるのは、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`販売` タブの :guilabel:`POS` セクションで " ":guilabel:`セルフで利用可能` チェックボックスがオンになっている場合です。 このオプションは、:guilabel:`POSで利用可能` " "チェックボックスがオンになっている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 msgid "" "In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " "setting." msgstr "プロダクトフォームの販売タブで、*セルフオーダで利用可能* 設定を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " "not available in self order." msgstr ":guilabel:`セルフオーダで利用不可`: *PoS* で利用可能ですが、セルフオーダでは利用できないプロダクトを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" msgstr "`PoSプロダクトを設定する `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " "Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" " on the product form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`販売可能`: 顧客に販売可能なプロダクトを表示します。 検索結果に表示されるのは、プロダクトフォームで " ":guilabel:`販売可能` チェックボックスにチェックマークが付いているためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " "vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " "checkbox is ticked on the product form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`購買可能`: 仕入先から購買可能なプロダクトを表示します。 検索結果に表示されるのは、プロダクトフォームで " ":guilabel:`購買可能` チェックボックスにチェックが入っているためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " "ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " "available with the *Subscription* app activated." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`定期購入可能`: サブスクリプションプロダクトを表示します。プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`サブスク` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れることで指定できます。サブスクリプションアプリが有効化されている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" " a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" " checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " "app installed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`レンタル可`: 顧客に一定期間貸し出すことができるプロダクトを表示します。 プロダクトフォームで " ":guilabel:`レンタル可` チェックボックスにチェックを入れたため、検索に表示されます。 *レンタル* " "アプリがインストールされている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" " third-party manufacturer. Available only with the *Manufacturing* app " "installed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`外注可`: サードパーティのメーカーで生産可能なプロダクトを表示します。*製造* " "アプリがインストールされている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" " with the *Expenses* app installed." msgstr ":guilabel:`経費計上可能`: 経費計上が可能な項目を表示します。 *経費* アプリがインストールされている場合のみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`" msgstr ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " "groupings to the search results." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`グループ化` セクションでは、ユーザが検索結果にあらかじめ用意されたグループ分けやカスタムのグループ分けを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " "<../../product_management/configure/type>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ`: :doc:`プロダクトタイプごと " "<../../product_management/configure/type>` に商品をグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " "these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " "Product Categories`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`: プロダクトカテゴリ別にアイテムをグループ化します。 " "設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクト：プロダクトカテゴリ` にアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" " categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`POS プロダクトカテゴリ`: :doc:`POS プロダクトカテゴリ " "<../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>` ごとにアイテムをグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 msgid "" "To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " "can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " "current search`." msgstr "" "現在の適用フィルタとグループ化を保存して、このページを閉じた後でも同じ情報に簡単にアクセスできるようにするには、:guilabel:`現在の検索を保存`" " をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:128 msgid "" "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " "current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " ":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " "users." msgstr "" "オプションとして、:guilabel:`デフォルトフィルタ` " "チェックボックスにチェックを入れると、在庫レポートを開く際に、現在のビューがデフォルトのフィルタになります。または、:guilabel:`共有 " "`チェックボックスにチェックを入れると、検索オプションを他のユーザも利用できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "整備" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "**Odoo整備** は、整備要件を追跡することで、機器の有効性を向上させるのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odooチュートリアル: 機器の整備を管理する `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "新しい備品を追加する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" "Odoo において、*備品* " "とは、製品の製造を含む日常業務で使用されるあらゆるアイテムを指します。これは、生産ライン上の機械、さまざまな場所で使用される工具、オフィス内のコンピューターなどを意味する場合があります。Odoo" " に登録された備品は、Odoo " "データベースを使用する企業が所有している場合もあれば、備品のレンタルなどの場合のように、仕入先などの第三者が所有している場合もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" "Odoo *Maintenance* " "を使用すると、個々の備品を追跡し、メンテナンス要件に関する情報を記録することができます。新しい備品を追加するには、:guilabel:`整備` " "モジュールに移動し、:menuselection:`備品 --> 機械・工具 --> 作成` を選択し、以下の手順で備品を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`備品名`: その備品のプロダクト名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`備品カテゴリ`: 備品が属するカテゴリ。例えば、パソコン、機械、工具など。新しいカテゴリは、:menuselection:`設定 " "--> 備品カテゴリ` に移動し、:guilabel:`作成` をクリックすることで作成できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`会社`: 備品を所有する会社。この会社は、Odooデータベースを使用する会社、または第三者の企業である可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`使用者`: " "特定の従業員、部署、またはその両方によって備品が使用されている場合は、その旨を指定します。従業員と部署の両方を指定する場合は、:guilabel:`その他`" " を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`整備チーム`: 備品管理を担当するチームです。新しいチームは、:menuselection:`設定 --> 整備チーム` " "に移動し、:guilabel:`作成` を選択することで作成できます。各チームのメンバーもこのページから割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`技術者`: " "備品の管理責任者。整備チームが割当てられていない場合や、割当てられたチームの特定のメンバーが常に備品管理を担当すべき場合などに、特定の個人を割当てるために使用できます。Odooにユーザとして追加された人は、全て技術者として割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`使用場所`: " "備品が使用されている場所。これは、作業区ではない場所、例えばオフィスなどを指定するためのシンプルなテキストフィールドです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`作業区`: 作業区で使用する場合は、ここで指定します。 :menuselection:`整備 --> 備品 --> 作業区` " "に移動し、作業区を選択するか、:guilabel:`作成` ボタンを使用して新規作業区を作成し、作業区フォームの :guilabel:`備品` " "タブをクリックすることで、作業区に備品を割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "新規備品フォームを完全設定した例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "追加プロダクト情報を含める" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the page can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "ページ下部の :guilabel:`プロダクト情報` タブでは、備品に関する詳細情報を提供することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr ":guilabel:`仕入先`: 備品の購入元である仕入先" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr ":guilabel:`仕入先登録番号`: 仕入先に割当られた参照番号コード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`モデル`: 備品の特定のモデル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`シリアル番号`: 機器の固有のシリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`有効日`：その備品が使用可能となった日付。これは :abbr:`MTBF(平均故障間隔)` を計算するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr ":guilabel:`原価`: 備品の購買金額" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr ":guilabel:`保証書有効期限`: 備品の保証が切れる日付" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "新しい備品に関するプロダクト情報タブ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "整備詳細を追加する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab at the bottom of the page provides " "information about the failure frequency of the piece of equipment:" msgstr "ページ下部の :guilabel:`整備` タブには、その備品の故障頻度に関する情報が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days " "the equipment is expected to operate between failures. This number can be " "configured manually." msgstr ":guilabel:`予測平均故障間隔`：故障が起きるまでの間に備品が機能すると予想される平均日数。この数値は手動で設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the " "equipment operates between failures. This number is calculated automatically" " based on previous failures, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`平均故障間隔`: 故障と故障の間の平均日数で、備品が機能している日数です。 " "この数値は、過去の故障に基づいて自動的に計算され、手動で設定することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the estimated date the equipment may " "experience its next failure. This date is calculated automatically based on " "the data in the :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure` and :guilabel:`Latest " "Failure` fields, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`次回の故障予想`: その備品が次に故障するであろうと推定される日付です。 この日付は、:guilabel:`平均故障間隔` および" " :guilabel:`最終故障` フィールドのデータに自動的に基づいて計算され、手動で設定することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: the most recent date on which the equipment " "failed. This date is based on the creation date of the equipment's most " "recent maintenance request, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最終故障`：備品が最後に故障した日付。この日付は、備品の最新の整備依頼の作成日を基にしており、手動で設定することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair" " the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the " "duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured " "manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`平均修復時間`: " "備品の修理に平均で必要な日数です。この数値は、過去の整備依頼の期間に基づいて自動的に計算され、手動で設定することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment." msgstr "備品のメンテナンスタブ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:91 msgid "" "To see any open maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the " "page for the equipment, and click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button " "at the top of the page." msgstr "" "ある備品に対する未処理の整備依頼を確認するには、その備品のページに移動し、ページ上部の :guilabel:`整備依頼` " "スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance calendar" msgstr "整備カレンダ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7 msgid "" "Avoiding equipment breakdowns, and blocks in warehouse work centers, " "requires constant equipment maintenance. Timely corrective maintenance for " "machines and tools that break unexpectedly, as well as preventive " "maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping " "warehouse operations running smoothly." msgstr "" "備品の故障や倉庫作業区の停滞を避けるには、常に備品を整備しておく必要があります。予期せず故障した機械や工具を速やかに修理する「事後保全」と、そうした問題を未然に防ぐ「予防保全」は、倉庫オペレーションを円滑に維持する上で重要な要素です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can access the *Maintenance Calendar* to " "create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance " "requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers." msgstr "" "Odooの *整備* では、ユーザは *整備カレンダ* " "にアクセスして、修正および予防整備依頼を作成、スケジュール、編集し、備品や作業区の管理を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16 msgid "Create maintenance request" msgstr "整備依頼を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:18 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be created directly from the *Maintenance " "Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" "整備依頼は、*整備カレンダ* から直接作成できます。カレンダにアクセスするには、:menuselection:`整備アプリ -->整備 --> " "整備カレンダ` に移動して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21 msgid "" "To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a " ":guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign " "a title to the new request." msgstr "" "新しい依頼を作成するには、カレンダの任意の場所をクリックします。そうすると、:guilabel:`新規イベント` " "ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。:guilabel:`名前:` フィールドに、新しい依頼のタイトルを割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New event creation pop-up window." msgstr "新しいイベント作成ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the pop-up window saves the new request with " "no additional details. If the request's creation should be cancelled, click " ":guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" "ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`作成する` " "をクリックすると、追加の詳細なしで新しい依頼が保存されます。依頼の作成をキャンセルする場合は、:guilabel:`取消` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31 msgid "" "To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, " "click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "さらに詳細を追加し、特定の日時を指定して依頼をスケジュールするには、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where " "various details about the request can be filled out." msgstr ":guilabel:`編集` をクリックすると、空白の整備依頼フォームが開き、依頼に関するさまざまな詳細情報を記入することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37 msgid "Edit maintenance request" msgstr "整備依頼を編集する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the " ":guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the" " request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user " "actually creating the request." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`依頼` フィールドに、新しい依頼のタイトルを割当てます。:guilabel:`作成者` " "フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから、依頼を作成したユーザを選択します。デフォルトでは、このフィールドには実際に依頼を作成したユーザが入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New maintenance request form creation." msgstr "新しい整備依頼フォームの作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` field, from the drop-down menu, select if this " "request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a " ":guilabel:`Work Center`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`対象` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから、この依頼が :guilabel:`備品` または :guilabel:`作業区` " "のいずれのために作成されているのかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field's drop-" "down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center`" " and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`作業区` が:guilabel:`対象` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューで選択された場合、フォームに " ":guilabel:`作業区` と:guilabel:`作業区ブロック` の2つの追加フィールドが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the " "warehouse this maintenance request applies to." msgstr ":guilabel:`作業区` フィールドで、この整備依頼が該当する倉庫内の作業区を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` option's checkbox is ticked, it is not " "possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work " "center during the time that this request is being performed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`作業区をブロック` " "オプションのチェックボックスにチェックマークが付いている場合、この作業依頼が実行されている間は、この作業区での作業オーダやその他の整備依頼を計画することができません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Equipment` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, which it " "is by default, select which machine or tool requires maintenance from the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` field. Once a specific piece of equipment is selected," " a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment " "Category* to which the equipment belongs." msgstr "" "デフォルトで選択されている :guilabel:`対象` フィールドで :guilabel:`備品` が選択されている場合、:guilabel:`備品`" " フィールドから整備が必要な機械またはツールを選択します。特定の備品を選択すると、グレー表示の :guilabel:`カテゴリ` " "フィールドが表示され、その備品が属する *備品カテゴリ* がリスト表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field, if necessary, click the drop-" "down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom " "templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" "必要に応じて、:guilabel:`ワークシート` " "フィールドのドロップダウンメニューをクリックして、ワークシートテンプレートを選択します。これらのテンプレートは、整備を行う従業員が記入できるカスタムテンプレートです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field " "displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen." msgstr ":guilabel:`カテゴリ` フィールドの下に、:guilabel:`依頼日` フィールドには、整備依頼の日付が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`整備タイプ` フィールドには、選択可能なラジオボタンのオプションとして、:guilabel:`是正` " "と:guilabel:`予防` の2つがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective` maintenance is for requests that arise for immediate " "needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is" " for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`是正` 保全は、備品の故障など、即時の必要性から発生する依頼に対応するものです。一方、:guilabel:`予防`保全 " "は、将来的な故障を回避するための計画的な依頼に対応するものです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80 msgid "" "If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" "この依頼が特定の製造オーダ |MO| に関連付けられている場合は、:guilabel:`製造オーダ` フィールドからその製造オーダ |MO| " "を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83 msgid "" "From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired " "maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the " "request." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`チーム` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから、整備を担当する整備チームを選択します。:guilabel:`担当者` " "フィールドで、依頼を担当する技術者を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form." msgstr "整備依頼フォームに記入された詳細" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to open a calendar " "popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and " "click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`予定日` " "フィールドで日付をクリックすると、カレンダのポップオーバーが開きます。このポップオーバーから、整備予定日を選択し、:guilabel:`適用` " "をクリックして日付を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a " "`00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take." msgstr ":guilabel:`所要時間` フィールドに、整備に要する予定の時間(`00:00` 形式) を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Priority` field, choose a priority between one and three " ":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`優先度` フィールドで、優先度を1から3までの :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (星)` " "のいずれかを選択します。これは、整備依頼の重要性を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100 msgid "" "If working in a multi-company environment, from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance " "request belongs." msgstr "" "複数の会社で作業している場合は、:guilabel:`会社` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから、この整備依頼が属する会社を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103 msgid "" "At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and " ":guilabel:`Instructions`." msgstr "フォームの下部には、2つのタブがあります。:guilabel:`メモ`と :guilabel:`手順` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or " "technician assigned to the request, if necessary." msgstr ":guilabel:`メモ`タブで、必要に応じて、その依頼に割当てられたチームまたは技術者向けの内部メモを記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three " "radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned " "team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via" " :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`手順` " "タブで、必要に応じて、3つのラジオボタンのオプションから1つを選択し、割当てられたチームまたは技術者に整備手順を提供します。手順を示す方法として利用できるのは、:guilabel:`PDF`、:guilabel:`Googleスライド`、または:guilabel:`テキスト`" " です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form." msgstr "整備依頼フォームの手順タブのオプション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117 msgid "Calendar elements" msgstr "カレンダ要素" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119 msgid "" "The *Maintenance Calendar* provides various views, search functions, and " "filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned " "maintenance requests." msgstr "" "*整備カレンダ* では、さまざまなビュー、検索機能、フィルタを提供しており、進行中および計画中の整備依頼の進捗状況を追跡するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122 msgid "" "The following sections describe elements found across various views of the " "calendar." msgstr "以下のセクションでは、カレンダのさまざまなビューに共通する要素について説明します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125 msgid "Filters and Favorites" msgstr "フィルタとお気に入り" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127 msgid "" "To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "整備カレンダにアクセスするには、:menuselection:`整備アプリ --> 整備 --> 整備カレンダ` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130 msgid "" "To add and remove filters for sorting data on the *Maintenance Calendar*, " "click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the " "search bar at the top of the page." msgstr "" "*整備カレンダ*上のデータのソート用フィルタを追加または削除するには、ページ上部の検索バーの右側にある :guilabel:`🔻(下向きの三角形)` " "アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133 msgid "" "The left-hand side of the resulting drop-down menu lists all the different " ":guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and " ":guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed." msgstr "" "ドロップダウンメニューの左側には、ユーザが選択できる全ての異なる :guilabel:`フィルタ` " "がリスト表示されます。デフォルトでは、:guilabel:`To Do` と :guilabel:`進行中` " "が選択されており、全ての未処理のリクエストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138 msgid "" "To add a custom filter to the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar`, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the " "drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`整備カレンダ`にカスタムフィルタを追加するには、ドロップダウンメニューの :guilabel:`フィルタ` セクションにある " ":guilabel:`カスタムフィルタの追加` をクリックします。これにより、:guilabel:`カスタムフィルタの追加` " "ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the " "filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" "このポップアップウィンドウから、フィルタリング用の新しい規則のプロパティを設定します。準備ができたら、:guilabel:`追加`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145 msgid "" "The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, " "or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a " "later date." msgstr "" "ドロップダウンメニューの右側には、:guilabel:`お気に入り`、または後に閲覧するためにお気に入りとして保存された検索がリスト表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu." msgstr "フィルタリングのドロップダウンメニューのお気に入りセクション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152 msgid "" "To save a new :guilabel:`Favorite` search, select the desired " ":guilabel:`Filters`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save current search`. In the " "field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the " "search." msgstr "" "新しい :guilabel:`お気に入り`検索を保存するには、希望する :guilabel:`フィルタ` " "を選択します。次に、:guilabel:`現在の検索を保存` をクリックします。:guilabel:`現在の検索を保存` " "のすぐ下のフィールドに、検索に名前を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156 msgid "" "Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search " "either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter." msgstr "" "割当てられた名前の下には、現在の検索を :guilabel:`デフォルトフィルタ` または :guilabel:`共有` " "フィルタとして保存する2つのオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when " "opening this calendar view." msgstr ":guilabel:`デフォルトフィルタ` を選択すると、このカレンダビューを開く際にこのフィルタがデフォルトとして設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162 msgid "" "Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other" " users." msgstr ":guilabel:`共有済` フィルタを選択すると、このフィルタが他のユーザにも利用可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`. When clicked, the new " ":guilabel:`Favorite` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Favorites` column, and" " a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the " "search bar." msgstr "" "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。クリックすると、新しい:guilabel:`お気に入り` " "フィルタが:guilabel:`お気に入り` 列に表示され、検索バーにフィルタの名前とともに :guilabel:`⭐(星印)` " "アイコンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169 msgid "Views" msgstr "ビュー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:171 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: " ":guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, " ":guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`整備カレンダ` は、6つの異なるビューで表示できます。:guilabel:`カレンダ` " "(デフォルト)、:guilabel:`かんばん`、:guilabel:`リスト`、:guilabel:`ピボット`、:guilabel:`グラフ`、:guilabel:`活動`" " です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar." msgstr "整備カレンダ用ビューアイコンのバリエーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "カレンダビュー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calendar` is the default view displayed when the " ":guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is opened. There are a number of options in" " this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`カレンダ` は、:guilabel:`整備カレンダ` " "を開いたときに表示されるデフォルトのビューです。このビュータイプには、整備依頼に関する情報をソートおよびグループ化するためのオプションがいくつか用意されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186 msgid "" "In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to " ":guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the " "different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: " ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an " "option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, " "weekends are not shown on the calendar." msgstr "" "ページの左上には、デフォルトで :guilabel:`週` " "に設定されたドロップダウンメニューがあります。このドロップダウンメニューをクリックすると、カレンダの表示期間として、:guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`月`、:guilabel:`年`" " が表示されます。また、デフォルトで選択されているオプションとして、:guilabel:`週末を表示` " "というものもあります。選択されていない場合、カレンダには週末が表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options." msgstr "カレンダ周期設定のドロップダウンメニューのオプション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196 msgid "" "To the left of this menu, there is a :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon and a " ":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar " "backward or forward in time, respectively." msgstr "" "このメニューの左側に、:guilabel:`⬅️ (左矢印)` アイコンと :guilabel:`➡️ (右矢印)` " "アイコンがあります。これらの矢印をクリックすると、カレンダがそれぞれ過去または未来に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199 msgid "" "To the right of the drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default, is a" " :guilabel:`Today` button. Clicking this button resets the calendar to view " "today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking " "it." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは、ドロップダウンメニューが :guilabel:`週` に設定されている場合、右側に :guilabel:`今日` " "ボタンが表示されます。このボタンをクリックすると、クリックする前にどの時点を表示していたかに関わらず、カレンダが今日の日付にリセットされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203 msgid "" "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a " "minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, " "displaying all the *Technicians* with requests currently open. Click the " ":guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the " "sidebar." msgstr "" "ページの右端にはサイドバー列があり、最小化されたカレンダが今日の日にちに設定され、また、現在対応中の依頼がある全ての *技術者* " "のリストが表示されています。このサイドバーの上部にある :guilabel:`(panel)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、サイドバーを開いたり閉じたりすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Technician` list only displays if technicians are assigned to" " open requests, and individual technicians are only listed, if they are " "listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request " "form." msgstr "" "技術者が未対応のリクエストに割当てられている場合のみ、:guilabel:`技術者` リストが表示され、個々の技術者は、少なくとも **1つ** " "の整備依頼フォームで :guilabel:`担当者` としてリストされている場合にのみリストに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "かんばんビュー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:216 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, all open maintenance requests are " "displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the " "maintenance process." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`かんばん` ビューでは、全ての未解決の整備依頼が、整備プロセスのそれぞれの段階ごとに、かんばんスタイルの列に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219 msgid "" "Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card " "can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "各整備依頼は個別のタスクカードに表示され、各タスクカードはかんばんのパイプラインの異なるステージにドラッグ＆ドロップすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222 msgid "" "Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top " "of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️" " (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, " ":guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" "各列には名前が付けられています(例：guilabel:`In Progress`)。列の上にカーソルを合わせると、:guilabel:`⚙️(歯車)` " "アイコンが表示されます。:guilabel:`⚙️ (歯車)` " "アイコンをクリックすると、その列のオプションの一覧が表示されます。:guilabel:`折りたたむ`、 :guilabel:`編集`、 " ":guilabel:`自動化`、 :guilabel:`削除` のその列のオプションの一覧が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view." msgstr "かんばんビューのステージ用の列オプション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents." msgstr ":guilabel:`折りたたむ` をクリックすると、列が折りたたまれ、その内容が隠されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up " "window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can " "be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`編集` をクリックすると、対応するステージ名とともに、列の詳細を編集できる :guilabel:`編集: (ステージ名)` " "ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。 編集可能な列オプションは以下の通りです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window." msgstr "編集中ポップアップウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline." msgstr ":guilabel:`名前`: かんばんパイプラインのステージの名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is" " folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`整備パイプラインで折り畳む`: チェックを入れると、このステージの列は :guilabel:`かんばん` " "ビュータイプでデフォルトで折りたたまれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request Confirmed`: when this box is not ticked, and the " "maintenance request type is set to *Work Center*, no leave is created for " "the respective work center when a maintenance request is created. If the box" " *is* ticked, the work center is automatically blocked for the listed " "duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work " "center is unavailable." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`依頼確認済`: このボックスにチェックが入っていない場合には、整備依頼タイプが *作業区* " "に設定されている場合、該当の作業センターには、整備依頼の作成時に利用不可時間が設定されません。チェックボックスが *オン* " "の場合、作業センターが利用できない場合は、指定された日付または可能な限り早く、リストの期間中その作業センターが自動的にブロックされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this " "stage appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request Done`: if ticked, this box indicates this stage is the " "final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. If no changes have been made, " "click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256 msgid "List view" msgstr "ビュー一覧" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:258 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`List` view selected, all open maintenance requests are " "displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its " "respective row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261 msgid "" "The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263 msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is " "currently in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the " "database the request is assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "ピボットビュー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:274 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed" " in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277 msgid "" "To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. " "Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to " "Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` button is the :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled " ":guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289 msgid "" "There are two tabs in this pop-up window: :guilabel:`Spreadsheets` and " ":guilabel:`Dashboards`. Click into one of these tabs, and select a " "spreadsheet or dashboard in the database to add this pivot table to. Once " "ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. If this table shouldn't be added to a " "spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the " ":guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three " "buttons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand all`: all the available rows and columns of the pivot data" " table expand fully." msgstr ":guilabel:`全展開`: ピボットテーブルの使用可能な行と列が全て展開されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:298 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download xlsx`: the pivot data table is downloaded as an .xlsx " "file." msgstr ":guilabel:`ダウンロードxlsx`: ピボットデータテーブルが.xlsxファイルとしてダウンロードされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:303 msgid "" "With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the " "search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific " "options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons." msgstr "" "グラフ表示を選択すると、検索バーとデータの視覚的表示の間に以下のオプションが表示されます。これらのグラフ固有のオプションは、 " ":guilabel:`測定対象` および :guilabel:`スプレッドシートに挿入` ボタンの右にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311 msgid "" "There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the " "data:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314 msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327 msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329 msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is" " displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "活動ビュー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:338 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests " "are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related" " to those requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345 msgid "" "Maintenance requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` " "column as activities. Clicking a request opens a :guilabel:`Maintenance " "Request` popover that indicates the status of the request, and the " "responsible technician. To schedule an activity directly from the popover, " "click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a " ":guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the " "responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358 msgid "" "Type any additional notes for the new activity in the blank space under the " "greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to " ":guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity. " "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close the " "activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and " "open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, each activity type available " "when scheduling an activity is listed as its own column. These columns are " ":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " ":guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload " "Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370 msgid "" "To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any " "blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and " "click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up " "window, wherein the activity can be scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379 msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243 msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance requests" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7 msgid "" "In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is " "often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive " "maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective" " maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise " "unusable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule " "and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18 msgid "" "To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance" " app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21 msgid "" "Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the " ":guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the " "request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the " "maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or " ":guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31 msgid "" "Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next " "field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. " "Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35 msgid "" "If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the " "*Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears" " below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If " "necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the " "employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40 msgid "" "The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to " "the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be " "changed by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective`" " option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the " ":guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues " "from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47 msgid "" "If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a " "specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing" " Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50 msgid "" "If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a " ":guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a " "specific work order, specify it in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is " "responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is " "responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which " "maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date " "by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then " "select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields " "below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to " "complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time" " in a `00:00` format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a " ":guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration`" " field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from" " being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request " "is being processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or " "urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between " "zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star " "number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower " "priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when" " it occurred, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how " "maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then " "include the instructions as detailed below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the " "device's file manager, and then select a file to upload." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-" "entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that " "appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst-1 msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92 msgid "Process maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94 msgid "" "Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request*" " stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> " "Maintenance Requests`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and " "dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in" " a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator " "bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102 msgid "" "Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` " "stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is " "repaired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105 msgid "" "Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, " "indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be " "repaired, and must instead be scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Maintenance* helps companies schedule corrective and preventive " "maintenance on equipment used in their warehouse. This helps companies avoid" " equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency " "repair costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13 msgid "Maintenance teams" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15 msgid "" "When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to " "the request as the team responsible for handling the request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18 msgid "" "To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21 msgid "" "From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if " "any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`," " and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29 msgid "" "To add a new team, click :guilabel:`New`. This adds a blank line at the " "bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the " ":guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team Members` column, click the field to reveal a drop-" "down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be " "members of the new maintenance team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` " "pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` column, if in a multi-company environment, click " "the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new " "maintenance team belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:49 msgid "" "The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as " "*Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance " "Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting " "popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the " "field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61 msgid "" "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a " "minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, " "displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently " "open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66 msgid "Equipment" msgstr "備品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:68 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, *equipment* refers to machines and tools used " "internally in warehouse work centers. Equipment can include technology such " "as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and " "more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73 msgid "Equipment categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding " "new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. " "Doing so opens a blank equipment category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86 msgid "" "On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, assign a user to be responsible for " "the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who " "creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92 msgid "" "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the equipment in this category belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this " "category, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal " "users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101 msgid "" "Once a new equipment category is created, all equipment belonging to that " "category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are " "available from the equipment category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment`" " and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Equipment` smart button to view all equipment belonging" " to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view " "any past, or currently open, maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117 msgid "Machines & tools" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119 msgid "" "To add new equipment, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> " "Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a " "blank equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, assign a name for the new equipment. In the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "which category this new equipment should belong to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126 msgid "" "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the new equipment belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Department` is selected, a :guilabel:`Department` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and " "select the department that uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, an :guilabel:`Employee` field appears " "below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select " "the employee who uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Other` option is selected, both the :guilabel:`Department`" " and :guilabel:`Employee` fields appear below the :guilabel:`Used By` field." " Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which " "department and employee uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for " "this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team " "member/user responsible for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used in location` field, enter the location wherein this " "equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an " "office)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select " "which work center this equipment will be used in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160 msgid "" "In the blank space under the :guilabel:`Description` tab at the bottom of " "the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to" " reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164 msgid "Product Information tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166 msgid "" "To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, " "from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add the vendor from which the equipment was" " purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product " "reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Model` field, specify which model this equipment is, if " "applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the " ":guilabel:`Serial Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar" " popover, and select a date. This date indicates when this equipment was " "first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure " "(MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to " "acquire, if applicable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186 msgid "" "If the equipment is covered under a warranty, specify the " ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar " "popover in that field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190 msgid "Maintenance tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192 msgid "" "Various maintenance metrics are available for each piece of equipment, and " "are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned " "preventive maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195 msgid "" "To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the " "equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202 msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days)" " before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-" "out, and the **only** field users can edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) between " "reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective " "maintenances." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is " "expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in " "this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the amount of time (in days) it takes to " "repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance " "request is completed for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217 msgid "Work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219 msgid "" "To view the work centers where equipment is being used, and how the " "equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app" " --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223 msgid "" "From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to " "view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important " "maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of equipment included in a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235 msgid "" "To add new equipment to a work center directly from the work center form, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens" " an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the " "work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "高度な設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of products that can be processed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "もっと知る" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " "<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5 msgid "Basic setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " "along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" " a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " "and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " "well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" "To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " "Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" "Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " "accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " "well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" " a field or a line item)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 msgid "Components" msgstr "構成要素" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " "manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " ":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " "create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " ":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " "its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" "Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " "to enable these columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " "When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " "component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " "check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " "where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " "the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Operations" msgstr "オペレーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " "register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " "*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " "--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " "a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " "various fields of the operation are configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," " or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " ":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " "for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " "variants, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " "tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " "operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " "can record and modify time themselves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 msgid "" "Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " ":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " "estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " "operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " "operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " "`_ and determining `work center" " availability `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 msgid "" "Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " ":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " "access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " ":guilabel:`Description` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 msgid "" "Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" " more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " "above to configure another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 msgid "" "After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " "button to choose an operation to duplicate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 msgid "Instructions" msgstr "説明" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 msgid "" "To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " "installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 msgid "" "Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " "operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " "column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " "quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " "Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " ":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " "step in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 msgid "" "Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " "instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " "carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " "control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " "<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "その他" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " "customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " "consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" " the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " "a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " "consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " "not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " "first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " "displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " "components are in available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 msgid "" "Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " ":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "" "Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " "Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " "from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " "operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " ":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " "operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " "this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " "distribution models " "<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " "to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " "journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " "|MO| from the date of confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " "replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 msgid "" ":doc:`Analytic distribution " "<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 msgid "" ":doc:`Lead times " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`リードタイム <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 msgid "" "A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " "can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 msgid "" "To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" "Products` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " ":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " "by-product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 msgid "" "The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " "producing `Red Wine`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 msgid "" "The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " "optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " "<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` to newly manufactured" " products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 msgid "" "Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " "the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " "Floor* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 msgid "" "**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" " card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing order costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:11 msgid "" "The ability to accurately calculate the cost of manufacturing a product is " "critical when determining product profitability. Odoo's **Manufacturing** " "app simplifies this calculation by automatically calculating the cost to " "complete each manufacturing order (MO), as well as the average production " "cost of a product, based on all completed |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo's Manufacturing app distinguishes between the *MO cost* and the *real " "cost* of an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:19 msgid "" "The |MO| cost represents how much it *should* cost to complete an |MO|, " "based on the configuration of the product's bill of materials (BoM). This " "takes into account the cost and quantity of components, as well as the cost " "of completing the necessary operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:23 msgid "" "The real cost represents how much it *actually* costs to complete the |MO|. " "A few factors can cause the real cost to differ from the |MO| cost. For " "example, an operation may take longer to complete than estimated, a greater " "component quantity might be needed than was specified on the |BoM|, or the " "price of components may change during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:29 msgid "Cost configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:31 msgid "" "Odoo computes |MO| costs based on the configuration of the |BoM| used to " "manufacture a product. This calculation includes the cost and quantity of " "components and operations listed on the |BoM|, in addition to the operating " "costs of the work centers where those operations are carried out, and the " "amount paid to each employee who works on an operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:37 msgid "Component cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "Component cost is calculated automatically, based on the average purchase " "cost of a component across all purchase orders (POs). To view a component's " "cost, navigate to :guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a component product. The cost is displayed in the :guilabel:`Cost` " "field of the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the component's product" " form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:44 msgid "" "It is possible to set the cost of a component manually, by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Cost` field on the component's product form and entering a value." " However, any future |POs| for the component override a manually entered " "value, resetting the :guilabel:`Cost` field back to an automatically " "computed value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:52 msgid "Work center cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:54 msgid "" "To set the operating cost for a specific work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and " "select a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:57 msgid "" "To set the cost of operating the work center for one hour, enter a value in " "the :guilabel:`per workcenter` field, located beside the :guilabel:`Cost per" " hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:61 msgid "" "To set the hourly cost of each employee that operates the work center, enter" " a value in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, located beside the " ":guilabel:`Cost per hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab. For example, if `25.00` is entered in the :guilabel:`per " "employee` field, it costs $25.00 per hour for *each* employee working at the" " work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field is only used to " "calculate the |MO| cost, which is the estimated cost of completing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:71 msgid "" "The actual cost of completing the |MO| is represented by the real cost. " "Instead of using the value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, " "the real cost is calculated using the hourly cost specific to each employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:75 msgid "" "For example, if the :guilabel:`per employee` cost of a work center is " "'$50.00', and an employee with an hourly cost of '$60.00' completes a work " "order there, the |MO| cost (estimated) is calculated using the $50/hr cost, " "while the real cost is calculated using the $60/hr cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:79 msgid "" "See the :ref:`employee cost section ` " "below for information on how to set the cost for specific employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:85 msgid "Employee cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:87 msgid "" "To set the hourly cost for a specific employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees` app, and select an employee. On the employee's " "form, select the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, and enter the employee's rate in " "the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` field of the :guilabel:`Application Settings` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:93 msgid "" "As detailed in the :ref:`work center cost section ` above, the value entered in the :guilabel:`Hourly " "Cost` field on the employee's form is used to calculate the real cost of an " "|MO|. The estimated cost of an |MO|, referred to as the |MO| cost, uses the " "per employee cost set on each work center's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:99 msgid "|BoM| configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:101 msgid "" "Configuring a |BoM| so Odoo can accurately calculate the cost of |MOs| that " "use it requires two steps. First, components **must** be added, and the " "required quantity specified. Second, operations **must** be added, along " "with the work centers where they are carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:105 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " "Bills of Materials`. Select a |BoM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:108 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM| form, add each component by " "clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component from the drop-down " "menu in the :guilabel:`Component` column, and entering the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, add an operation by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up " "window. Enter a title for the operation in the :guilabel:`Operation` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:116 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Work Center` where the operation is carried out. Then," " add a :guilabel:`Default Duration`, which is the estimated amount of time " "the operation takes to complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:119 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Duration Computation` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Set duration manually`, which means that the number entered in " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is always used as the expected duration " "of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:123 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` causes Odoo to " "automatically compute the :guilabel:`Default Duration` based on a certain " "number of work orders, which is set in the :guilabel:`Based on` field. " "Before there are work orders to compute this duration, the value in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is used instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:128 msgid "" "The hourly cost of operating the work center, and the duration of the " "operation, are used to calculate the operation's cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:131 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the operation to the |BoM|, " "and close the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window. Alternatively, " "click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the operation to the |BoM|, and open a " "blank :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window to add another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:137 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the documentation on " ":doc:`bills of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:141 msgid "|MO| overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:143 msgid "" "Each |MO| has an *overview* page, which lists a variety of information about" " the |MO|, including |MO| cost and real cost. To view the overview for an " "|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and select an |MO|. Then, click the :icon:`fa-bars` " ":guilabel:`Overview` smart button at the top of the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:148 msgid "" "Both the |MO| cost and real cost take into account the cost and quantity of " "components, as well as the cost of completing each work order. The overview " "page lists a row for each of these values, with the sum of them listed at " "the bottom of the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:152 msgid "" "Before work begins on an |MO|, the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real " "Cost` columns display the same costs. This is the *estimated* cost of " "completing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:155 msgid "" "However, once work commences, the values in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column" " may begin to diverge from the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column. " "This happens if a different component quantity is used than was listed on " "the |MO|, the duration of a work order is different than expected, or the " "hourly cost of the employee performing a work order differs from the " "employee cost set on the work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:161 msgid "" "Once the |MO| has been completed by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, the " "values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column update to match those displayed in " "the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1 msgid "The MO Overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:169 msgid "Average manufacturing cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:171 msgid "" "In addition to the cost of each individual |MO| for a product, Odoo also " "tracks the average cost of manufacturing the product, taking into account " "the cost of every completed |MO|. To view this, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:175 msgid "" "The manufacturing cost of the product is displayed per unit of measure in " "the :guilabel:`Cost` field, located in the :guilabel:`General Information` " "tab. The value continues to update as the costs of additional |MOs| are " "factored into the average cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:179 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Cost` field is a :guilabel:`Compute Price " "from BoM` button, which only appears for products with at least one |BoM|. " "Click this button to reset the cost of the product to the expected cost, " "which only takes into account the components and operations listed on the " "|BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:186 msgid "" "Be aware that clicking :guilabel:`Compute Price from BoM` does not set the " "price permanently. The cost continues to update based on the average of the " "|BoM| price and the real cost of any future |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:190 msgid "Example workflow: manufacturing cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:193 msgid "" "Golf product manufacturer *Fairway Fields* produces a variety of golf " "products, including an indoor *putting green*. They have configured a |BoM| " "for the putting green, so Odoo automatically calculates the manufacturing " "cost of each putting green |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:197 msgid "The |BoM| lists two components:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:199 msgid "One unit of *green felt*, which costs $20.00." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:200 msgid "One unit of a *rubber pad*, which costs $30.00." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:202 msgid "" "The |BoM| also lists four operations, all of which are carried out at " "*Assembly Station 1*, which has an hourly operating cost of $30.00. Those " "operations are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:205 msgid "" "*Cut felt*: default duration of seven minutes, for a total cost of $3.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:206 msgid "" "*Cut rubber pad*: default duration of five minutes, for a total cost of " "$2.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:207 msgid "" "*Attach pad to felt*: default duration of 15 minutes, for a total cost of " "$7.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:208 msgid "" "*Cut holes*: default duration of three minutes, for a total cost of $1.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:210 msgid "" "Altogether, the components required to produce one putting green cost " "$50.00, and the operations required cost $15.00, for a total manufacturing " "cost of $65.00. This cost is reflected in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on the " "putting green's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:214 msgid "" "Fairway Fields confirms an |MO| for one putting green. Before manufacturing " "starts, the |MO| overview lists a cost of `$65.00` in both the :guilabel:`MO" " Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1 msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, before production starts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:222 msgid "" "Manufacturing begins, and the operations take ten minutes longer than " "expected, for a total manufacturing time of 40 minutes. This deviation from " "the |BoM| is reflected on the |MO| overview, which now lists a " ":guilabel:`Real Cost` of `$70.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1 msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, during production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:230 msgid "" "Once manufacturing is finished, and the |MO| is marked as *Done*, the |MO| " "overview updates again, so the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and " ":guilabel:`Real Cost` columns match, each displaying a value of `$70.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:234 msgid "" "On the putting green's product page, the :guilabel:`Cost` field now displays" " a cost of `$67.50`, the average of the original cost of $65.00 and the real" " cost of $70.00 from the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Shop Floor workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of " "the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the " "top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124 msgid "" "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop " "Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is " "configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that " "displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, " "and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137 msgid "" "Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox " "that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. " "When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141 msgid "" "The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This " "step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If " "the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, " "click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to " "automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146 msgid "" "If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced" " in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "register that number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be " "completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the " "step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155 msgid "" "After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the " "footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed " "before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is " "titled :guilabel:`Close Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. " "Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as " "*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* " "module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried " "out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions " "detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade " "away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the" " product that were produced are entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, " "each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the " ":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the " "work order open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175 msgid "" "This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop " "Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its " "features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview " "` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:3 msgid "Allocation reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:11 msgid "" "When fulfilling sales orders (SOs), or sourcing components for manufacturing" " orders (MOs), it is sometimes necessary to prioritize one |SO| or |MO| over" " another. In situations where there is insufficient stock on-hand to fulfill" " every |SO| or |MO|, ensuring that products and components are reserved for " "priority orders is essential." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, allocation reports are used on |MOs| to assign " "products to specific sales orders |SOs|, or components to specific |MOs|. " "This ensures the products or components are available for those orders, and " "are not used by mistake." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:23 msgid "" "To use allocation reports, the *Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders* " "feature **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders`." " Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:28 msgid "" "For products that are sold, it is also necessary to configure them so they " "can be included in |SOs|. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. " "Under the :guilabel:`Product Name` field on the product form, make sure that" " the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` checkbox is ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:34 msgid "Allocate products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:36 msgid "" "To allocate products or components from an |MO| to an |SO|, or to a " "different |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new" " |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:40 msgid "" "On the |MO| form, select a product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and " "specify the quantity to be produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:43 msgid "" "The rest of the allocation workflow depends on the current on-hand quantity " "of the product being manufactured, and whether or not there are any |SOs| or" " |MOs| which require the product, but have not already been allocated units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:47 msgid "" "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** " "there are too few units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then" " an :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button appears at the top " "of the page as soon as the |MO| is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:51 msgid "" "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** " "there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then " "the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the " "top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Produce All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:61 msgid "" "If there **are not** any existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, " "the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button does not appear, " "even when the |MO| has been marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:64 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`MRP Reception Report` for the |MO|. This report lists open " "delivery orders or |MOs|, depending on the type of product produced in the " "original |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:69 msgid "Allocate to delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:71 msgid "" "If the |MO| contains a finished product, the report lists any open delivery " "orders for which quantities of the product have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:75 msgid "" "An |MO| is created to produce three units of a *rocking chair*. Clicking the" " :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report " "that lists open delivery orders that require one or more rocking chairs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:79 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` button to the right of a specific order to " "assign products for each quantity required to fulfill that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:83 msgid "" "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one " "quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` assigns" " five units of the product to fulfill both quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Assign` next to a specific quantity to only " "assign products to that quantity, and not any others in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:91 msgid "" "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one " "quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the" " quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the " "quantity of four units without any products assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:100 msgid "Allocate to MO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:102 msgid "" "If the |MO| contains a component, the report lists any open |MOs| for which " "quantities of the component have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:106 msgid "" "An |MO| is created to produce three units of *wood*, which is used as a " "component for the *rocking chair* product. Clicking the " ":guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report " "that lists open rocking chair |MOs| that require one or more pieces of wood." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:110 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right " "of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:118 msgid "Unassign products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:120 msgid "" "After assigning products to a quantity within a delivery order, or " "components to an |MO|, the :guilabel:`Assign` button turns into an " ":guilabel:`Unassign` button. Click :guilabel:`Unassign` to unreserve the " "assigned products from that quantity, making them available for other " "quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:125 msgid "Print labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:127 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the " ":guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of " "either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and " "downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. " "These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that " "specific order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "" "The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:3 msgid "Overall equipment effectiveness" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, *overall equipment effectiveness* (OEE) " "represents the amount of time a work center is fully productive. |OEE| is " "displayed as a percentage of the total time a work center is active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:13 msgid "" "Fully productive time is considered to be time when the work center is " "operational **and** processing work orders that have not exceeded their " "*expected duration*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:16 msgid "" "|OEE| helps manufacturing teams understand the efficiency of work centers, " "and the causes of manufacturing downtime." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:20 msgid "" "Since |OEE| tracks work center productivity, using it requires enabling the " "work centers feature in the settings of the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Work Orders`, under " "the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:28 msgid "Efficiency standards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:30 msgid "" "For |OEE| to accurately reflect the percentage of fully productive time for " "a work center, the work center **must** be properly configured with the " "correct productivity metrics. These include the work center's *time " "efficiency*, *capacity*, and *OEE target*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:35 msgid "Time efficiency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:37 msgid "" "Time efficiency represents the efficiency of a work center when processing " "work orders, and is represented as a percentage. A time efficiency value of " "100% signifies that the work center processes work orders at the speed of " "the expected duration, as listed on a product's |BoM|. A value less than or " "greater than 100% signifies that the work center processes work orders " "slower or faster than an operation's expected duration, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:43 msgid "" "To set the time efficiency for a work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and " "select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a " "numerical value in the :guilabel:`Time Efficiency` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing a *chair* product requires two operations: *cut* and " "*assemble*. The product's |BoM| lists an expected duration of 30 minutes for" " each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:51 msgid "" "The cut operation is carried out at the *cut station* work center, which has" " a time efficiency value of 50%. This means it takes twice as long to " "complete the operation, for a total time of one hour." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:55 msgid "" "The assemble operation is carried out at the *assembly line* work center, " "which has a time efficiency value of 200%. This means it takes half as long " "to complete the operation, for a total time of 15 minutes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:60 msgid "Capacity" msgstr "能力" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:62 msgid "" "Capacity represents how many units of a product can be produced in parallel " "at a work center. The duration of work orders for multiple units increases " "or decreases, based on how many units the work center can handle." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:66 msgid "" "To set the capacity for a work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and " "select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a " "numerical value in the :guilabel:`Capacity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:71 msgid "" "A *drill station* work center has a capacity of one unit. An |MO| is " "confirmed for 10 units of a *chair*, a product manufactured using the drill " "station." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:74 msgid "" "Since there are ten times as many units to produce than the work center can " "handle at once, the operation time is ten times the duration listed on the " "product's |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:78 msgid "|OEE| target" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:80 msgid "" "The |OEE| target is the goal for how much of a work center's operating time " "should be fully productive time. It is displayed as a percentage, and should" " only be set as high as `100%`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:83 msgid "" "To set the |OEE| target for a work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Work " "Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` " "tab, enter a numerical value of `100.00` or less in the :guilabel:`OEE " "Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:88 msgid "Calculating |OEE|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:90 msgid "" "|OEE| is represented as a percentage value between zero and 100. The value " "signifies the amount of time that a work center was fully productive. The " "remainder signifies the amount of time that the work center was operating at" " less than full efficiency. This can occur for a number of reasons, " "including *reduced speed*, *material availability*, and *equipment failure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:96 msgid "Fully productive time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:98 msgid "" "For a work center to be considered fully productive, it must be able to " "receive work orders, have the components necessary to process work orders, " "and be operating within the expected duration of the work order it is " "processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:103 msgid "" "An *assembly line* work center is not blocked, and receives a work order to " "assemble a *bicycle*. The required components are available, so production " "begins as soon as they are picked and delivered to the work center. The work" " order has an expected duration of 30 minutes, and is completed in 27 " "minutes. All of this time is considered fully productive time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:109 msgid "Reduced speed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:111 msgid "" "When a work center is operating at reduced speed, it means that it is " "processing a work order that has exceeded its expected duration. While the " "work center may be operational, this is not considered fully productive " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:116 msgid "" "A *cutting station* work center receives a work order to cut boards for a " "*table*. The expected duration of the work order is 15 minutes. The work " "order ends up taking 18 minutes to complete. The work center is considered " "to have been operating at reduced speed during the three minutes that " "exceeded the expected duration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:122 msgid "Material availability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:124 msgid "" "Material availability refers to situations where a work center is able to " "accept a work order, but the required components are not available. This can" " occur because the components are not in stock, or are reserved for a " "different order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:129 msgid "" "Manufacturing of a *bench* requires 20 units of *wood*. A manufacturing " "order (MO) is confirmed for 10 units of the bench, but there is not enough " "wood in stock to begin manufacturing. The time it takes to acquire the wood " "is recorded as material availability downtime." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:134 msgid "Equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:136 msgid "" "Equipment failure signifies any period of time when a work center is " "unusable due to maintenance issues with its equipment. This can be due to " "equipment breaking down, or when a work center is shut down for scheduled " "maintenance. In these cases, a work center can be blocked using a " ":doc:`maintenance request <../../maintenance/maintenance_requests>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:142 msgid "" "The drill at a *drill station* work center breaks down, causing the work " "center to be unusable. A maintenance request is created to fix the drill, " "and the work center is blocked from receiving work orders. It takes two " "hours to fix the drill, and make the work center available again. This two-" "hour period is recorded as equipment failure downtime." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:148 msgid "|OEE| reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:150 msgid "" "To view |OEE| reporting metrics for every work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Overall Equipment " "Effectiveness`. This page shows the metrics for each work center with |OEE| " "data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:154 msgid "" "Alternatively, to see |OEE| reporting metrics for a single work center, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work " "Centers`, and select a work center. At the top of the work center's form, " "click the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`OEE` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:158 msgid "" "By default, the main |OEE| reporting page shows data in a bar chart, while " "the page for a specific work center shows it in a pie chart. To select a " "different chart type on either page, click the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " ":guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or " ":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` button above the displayed " "chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:163 msgid "" "It is also possible to see |OEE| data in a pivot view, or a list displaying " "each time entry, by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot " "view)` or :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` buttons at the top-" "right corner of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst-1 msgid "The dashboard of the OEE report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:3 msgid "Production analysis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:8 msgid "" "The *Production Analysis* report provides statistics about products " "manufactured using Odoo's *Manufacturing* app. The report is useful when " "trying to understand production costs, manufacturing durations, and other " "important statistics about manufactured products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:12 msgid "" "To open the Production Analysis report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Production Analysis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is one of many reports available " "across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures " "specific to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report, along with a few use" " case examples." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:21 msgid "" "For a full overview of the basic features available in most Odoo reports, " "see the documentation on :doc:`reporting essentials " "<../../../essentials/reporting>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:25 msgid "Measures" msgstr "分析対象" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:26 msgid "" "*Measures* are the datasets that can be selected in the " ":guilabel:`Production Analysis` report. Each dataset represents a specific " "statistic about |MOs| in the database. Choose a measure by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and selecting one of the " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:31 msgid "" "The options displayed in the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` " "drop-down menu, and the order they appear in, differ depending on the " "filters, groupings, and comparisons enabled in the :guilabel:`Search...` " "bar. By default, the available measures appear as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Employee Cost/Unit`: the average cost paid to employees " "to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By-Products Total Cost`: the total value of all by-products " "created by manufacturing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Component Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the components required" " to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost/Unit`: the average cost of producing one unit of the " "product, including component, employee, operation, and subcontracting costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration of Operations/Unit`: the average total duration of " "operations required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Demanded`: the total number of units of the product " "included in |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Produced`: the total number of units of the product that" " have actually been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Component Cost`: the total amount spent on the product's " "components, across every |MO| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Cost`: the total amount spent manufacturing every unit of " "the product produced so far." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Duration of Operations`: the cumulative duration of every " "operation completed while manufacturing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Employee Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to employees to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost`: the cumulative amount spent on operations " "required to produce the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the operations " "required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to " "subcontractors to produce the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost/Unit`: the average cost of engaging a " "subcontractor to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yield Percentage (%)`: the total quantity of the product produced" " versus the total quantity demanded, represented as a percentage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: the total count of |MOs| created for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "Only one measure can be selected at a time when one of the :icon:`fa-area-" "chart` :guilabel:`(graph view)` options is enabled. However, multiple " "measures, and varying group-by criteria (on the x and y axes), can be " "selected when using the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:75 msgid "Use case: compare products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:77 msgid "" "One of the best uses for the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is " "comparing statistics about two or more products. This is accomplished by " "entering the products into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, then selecting the" " necessary measure, filter, and grouping, to see the desired data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:82 msgid "" "Toy manufacturer *Tommy's Toys* is trying to reduce their manufacturing " "operation costs. To accomplish this, they have decided to identify redundant" " products and cease manufacturing the ones with higher operational costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:86 msgid "" "Two of the toys that have been singled out for analysis are the *pogo stick*" " and *moon shoes*. Tommy's Toys believes these two toys are so similar that " "they can stop manufacturing one, without significantly impacting their " "product offering." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:90 msgid "" "To compare operation costs for the toys, business analyst Mike opens the " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the " ":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, he " "enters the names of both products. Then, he opens the :guilabel:`Search...` " "bar drop-down menu, and clicks :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Group " "By` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:96 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, Mike clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures`" " :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Total " "Operation Cost/Unit` option. Finally, he selects the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " ":guilabel:`(bar chart)` graph type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:100 msgid "" "With these options selected, the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report " "shows a bar chart for the current year, with one bar for each product, " "signifying the average operation cost for one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:104 msgid "" "With this data, Mike is able to see that the average operation cost for the " "moon shoes is almost twice the cost of the pogo stick. Using this insight, " "Tommy's Toys decides to cease production of moon shoes, thus lowering their " "average cost of manufacturing operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0 msgid "" "The bar chart comparing the operation costs of the pogo stick and moon " "shoes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:113 msgid "Use case: compare time periods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report can also be used to compare data " "for two different time periods. This is accomplished using the options in " "the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:120 msgid "" "Furniture company *Fanny's Furnishings* wants to compare their production " "costs for the first and second quarters of 2024, to see which products they " "spent the most money producing in each quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:124 msgid "" "To compare the two time periods, shop floor supervisor Adam opens the " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the " ":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. He begins by selecting the :icon:`fa-" "pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type option at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:130 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Comparison` feature is meant to be used with the :icon:`fa-" "pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type, or the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` " ":guilabel:`(pivot)` view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:133 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Comparison` option can still be selected with the other view " "types enabled, but doing so does not change the way data is displayed on the" " report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, Adam selects the :guilabel:`Total Cost` option from the " ":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu. This option " "displays the total amount spent producing each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:140 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu, he leaves the " ":guilabel:`2024` filter enabled in the :guilabel:`End Date` section, and " "enables the :guilabel:`Q2` filter as well. With both of these time periods " "selected, the pie chart shows data for the second quarter of 2024." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:144 msgid "" "Finally, Adam selects the :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Period` option in " "the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Doing " "so causes the pie chart to be split into an inner circle, and an outer ring." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:148 msgid "" "The outer ring shows data for the selected time period, quarter two of 2024." " The inner circle shows data for the previous time period, quarter one of " "2024." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:152 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Year` is selected instead of :guilabel:`End" " Date: Previous Period`, the inner circle shows data for the selected time " "period, one *year* previous." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:155 msgid "" "In the case of this example, it would show data for quarter two of 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:157 msgid "" "Using this report, Adam can see that the products with the highest total " "cost for quarter two are the *bicycle* and *tricycle*. On the other hand, in" " quarter one, the *roller skates* had the highest total cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0 msgid "" "The pie chart view of the Production Analysis report, with a comparison " "filter enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "製造現場" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "製造現場概要" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "ナビゲーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:210 msgid "MO/WO prioritization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:212 msgid "" "The **Shop Floor** module uses the *scheduled date* entered on |MOs| to " "prioritize the |MOs| and work orders that appear on the module's dashboard " "and work center pages. |MOs| and work orders scheduled sooner are more " "highly prioritized, and appear before orders which are scheduled further " "out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:217 msgid "" "To specify the scheduled date on an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:220 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " "window. By default, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, and its " "corresponding pop-up window, show the current date and time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:224 msgid "" "Use the calendar to select the date on which processing should begin for the" " |MO|. In the two fields at the bottom of the popover window, enter the hour" " and minute at which processing should begin, using the 24-hour clock " "format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:228 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` at the bottom of the popover window to set " "the date and time for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button at the top of the |MO| to confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:232 msgid "" "Once the |MO| is confirmed, it appears in the **Shop Floor** module, as long" " is it has the :guilabel:`Ready` status, which means all components are " "available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:235 msgid "" "On the Odoo dashboard, click on the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module to " "open it. The :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the dashboard displays *Ready* " "|MOs|, organized in order of their scheduled dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:239 msgid "" "At the top of the module, select a work center to see the work orders " "assigned to it. The page for each work center organizes work orders, based " "on the scheduled dates of their corresponding |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:243 msgid "Three |MOs| are confirmed for a *Bookcase* product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:245 msgid "WH/MO/00411 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 16th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:246 msgid "WH/MO/00412 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 20th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:247 msgid "WH/MO/00413 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 18th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:249 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the **Shop Floor** module, the cards for" " each |MO| appear in this order: WH/MO/00411, WH/MO/00413, WH/MO/00412." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "MOs in the Shop Floor module, ordered by their scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:256 msgid "" "Each |MO| requires one work order, carried out at :guilabel:`Assembly " "Station 1`. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Assembly Station 1` button at the top" " of the screen opens the page for the work center, which displays one card " "for each work order, appearing in the same order as their corresponding " "|MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor time tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are " "able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the " "time each operator spends on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15 msgid "Operator sign in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17 msgid "" "To sign in to the *Shop Floor* module as an operator, sign in to the Odoo " "database, and open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module. The employee " "profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an " "operator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21 msgid "" "All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of " "the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the " ":guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` " "button, located in the top-left corner of the module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button" " above it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" "To sign in to *Shop Floor* as a different employee, click the :guilabel:`+ " "Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that " "is able to sign in to the module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33 msgid "" "Click on a specific employee to sign in using their profile. If no PIN code " "is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in " "automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36 msgid "" "If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, " "showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code " "using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN " "code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45 msgid "" "A PIN code can be set for each employee, which must be entered each time " "they sign in to the *Shop Floor* module, check in or out in the *Kiosk Mode*" " of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of " "Sale* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" "To set an employee PIN, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and " "select a specific employee. At the bottom of the employee's form, click on " "the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the " ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53 msgid "" "Once an employee is signed in to the module, their name appears in the " "operator panel, along with every other employee that has signed in. While " "the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at " "any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" "Click on an employee's name to make their profile active. The active " "employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, " "but not active, have their names faded out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60 msgid "" "To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X " "(remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64 msgid "Track work order duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee" " working on it from the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the page for the work center where the work order is " "scheduled to be carried out. This can be done by selecting the work center " "from the top navigation in the *Shop Floor* module, or by clicking the name " "of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the " "work order is a part of." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74 msgid "" "On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work" " begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the " "duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the " "header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent " "working on the work order, by all employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "A work order card with an active timer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" "In addition, the reference number of the work order appears in the operator " "panel, under the name of the employee working on it, along with a second " "timer, which tracks the amount of time the employee has spent on the work " "order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current " "session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" "Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track" " their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked " "on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96 msgid "" "To pause the timer on the work order card, and remove the work order from " "below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button " "at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If" " the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104 msgid "View work order duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106 msgid "" "To view the duration of a work order, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109 msgid "" "To view and select |MOs| that have been completed and marked as *Done*, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, by " "clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the " "filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113 msgid "" "On the page for the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to see a " "list of all work orders included in the |MO|. The time it took to complete " "each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117 msgid "" "The *Real Duration* represents the total time spent working on the work " "order by all workers who worked on it. It includes time tracked in the *Shop" " Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab " "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "外注" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "" "In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " "third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" " then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 msgid "" "Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " "company and the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 msgid "" "For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " "variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" " and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " "manufacturing themselves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 msgid "" "This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " "as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " "subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " "are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " "work to subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 msgid "" "On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " "to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " "profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " "arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " "projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 msgid "" "In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " "variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" " happens to finished products once they are manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 msgid "" "To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " ":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 msgid "" "With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " "Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " "*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" " the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" " it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " "Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " "be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " "pages:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 msgid "Subcontracting workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " "between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 msgid "" "In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " "responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "" "In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " "sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " "workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " "documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 msgid "" "In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " "purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " "the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "" "In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " "to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" " products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " "to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 msgid "" "In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " "either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " "end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" "Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" " to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " "outlined in their respective documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" "The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " "variables:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" " from here on referred to as `C`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 msgid "" "The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " "subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 msgid "" "The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " "shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "" "The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" " to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " "to as `x`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 msgid "" "Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " "represented by the following equation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 msgid "" "P = C + M + S + D + x\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 msgid "" "It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " "include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " "dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" " of dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " "certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " "purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " "the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 msgid "" "For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " "configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " "subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " "company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 msgid "" "Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " "an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 msgid "" "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " "means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " "to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " "subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " "factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " "takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " "both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " "orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " "required for both manufacturing and delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "Product delivery lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 msgid "" "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " "subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " "them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" " Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " "product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "" "Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " "for each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 msgid "Lead time workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "" "After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " "by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " "Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 msgid "" "Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " "product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " "adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "" "Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" " |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " "time, as specified on the product's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 msgid "" "If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" " to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " "subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " "that date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " "|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" " an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " "tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " "two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 msgid "" "On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " "Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " "days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 msgid "" "Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" " |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "" "The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " "it on May 8th, two days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " "certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " "purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " "the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 msgid "" "Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" " subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" " lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " "the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" " order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 msgid "" "In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " "additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " "set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " "the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" " it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " "manufacturing must begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " "` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " "the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" " to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "" "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " "to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " "components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " "*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " "the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " "orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " "dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 msgid "" "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " ":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" " from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "" "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " "entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " "subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" " the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " "start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " "enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "Component delivery lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 msgid "" "From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " "component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 msgid "" "On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." " If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "" "Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " "dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" " in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " "quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" " time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 msgid "" "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " "auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " "of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " "dropship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 msgid "" "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" " Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " "extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 msgid "" "Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " "the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " "listed on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " "so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " "and have them sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " "Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "" "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" " the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " "finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " "|PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " "|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " "components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " "the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" " order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " "now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 msgid "" "After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " "click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " "confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" " component, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " "and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " "an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" " manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " "for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 msgid "" "On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " "well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " "the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 msgid "" "On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " "World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " "Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 msgid "" "On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " "delivery date of May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 msgid "" "The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " "dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " "Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " "for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " "giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " "May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " "components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " "bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " "means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " "` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" " subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" " cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 msgid "" "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " "the components must also be considered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " "a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " "*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " "deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " "subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " "|BoM| from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" " time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " "product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 msgid "" "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " "auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " "of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " "ship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 msgid "" "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " "Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " "extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " "so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " "subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" " deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" " to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " "Expected Arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" " components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" " :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " "as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " "into account the time required for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " "from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " "components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " "subcontractor order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 msgid "" "After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " "the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " "manufacturing the unicycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" " an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " "unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " "two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 msgid "" "On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " "as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " "to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "" "They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " "30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 msgid "" "The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " "subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" " the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " "the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 msgid "" "It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" " *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" " days before the Deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " "May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " "Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " "Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 msgid "" "In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " "third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" " then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 msgid "" "In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " "necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " "worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 msgid "" "The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " "subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" "subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " "subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " "products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " "manufactured by them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 msgid "" "To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " ":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" " to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " "product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " "entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" " field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " "product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " "enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " "subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 msgid "Configure BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " "--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " "<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " "option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " ":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" " subcontracting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " "calculating the product's expected arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 msgid "" "When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " "manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 msgid "" "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " "|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " "**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 msgid "" "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" " not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " "product is shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 msgid "" "The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " "product is being purchased from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 msgid "" "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " "with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," " or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 msgid "" "If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " "starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " "inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 msgid "Create SO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 msgid "" "It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" " from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " "purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 msgid "" "To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 msgid "" "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " "subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" " quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" " the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " "(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " "stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 msgid "" "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" " a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 msgid "" "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " "end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " "enough stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 msgid "Process PO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 msgid "" "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " ":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " "|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " "the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 msgid "" "If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 msgid "" "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " "subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " "quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " "subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " "can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "" "A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " "top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "" "PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " "top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " "ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " "depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 msgid "" "If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " "once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" " :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " "receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" " the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 msgid "Process dropship order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 msgid "" "If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" " to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" " the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " "the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " "to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 msgid "Process delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 msgid "" "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " "finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " "delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" " the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " "the product has been shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" " necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " "them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " "(PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 msgid "" "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " "product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 msgid "" "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " "dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " "them shipped directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 msgid "" "The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " "from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " "default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " "contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 msgid "" "However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " "Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " "this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " "ships the finished product directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 msgid "" "This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " ":ref:`workflow section ` of" " this doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 msgid "" "To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " "enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " "properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " "components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " "a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " "the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " "determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " "manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " "on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " "subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 msgid "Configure bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " "the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " "select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 msgid "" "Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" " specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 msgid "Configure Components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 msgid "" "To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " "in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 msgid "" "On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " "a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " "the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" " subcontractor, once they are purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 msgid "" "Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 msgid "" "The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 msgid "" "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " "*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" " vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 msgid "" "Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " "creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 msgid "" "Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " "components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" " process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 msgid "" "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" " not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 msgid "" "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " "with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " "or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 msgid "" "If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " "with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 msgid "Create an SO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 msgid "" "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " "product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " "the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " "product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " "*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " "there is no stock of the product on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 msgid "" "If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " "create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 msgid "" "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " "end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " "even if there is stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 msgid "Process subcontractor PO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 msgid "" "If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," " and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 msgid "" "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" " new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " "|PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" " to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " "and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 msgid "" "A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" "button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 msgid "" "In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " "the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " "automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 msgid "" "Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " "Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " "|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 msgid "" "To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" " to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " "Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " "confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 msgid "" "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " "Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" " the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " "confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " "and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " "*subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 msgid "" "A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" "Dropship smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 msgid "" "Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" " *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " "respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 msgid "" "Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " "subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" " *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 msgid "" "If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " "product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" " the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " "inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 msgid "" "Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" " *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 msgid "" "If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " "order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " "product to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " "has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " "necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " "time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 msgid "" "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " "product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" " it to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 msgid "" "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " "Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 msgid "" "While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " "required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " "sourced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 msgid "" "When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " "the warehouse of the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 msgid "" "When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " "a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 msgid "" "The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " "the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 msgid "" "See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " "the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 msgid "" "To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " "enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " "properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " "materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 msgid "" "To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 msgid "" "The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " "subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 msgid "" "This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " "elements, like the cost of the product's components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " "enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " "the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " "select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 msgid "Configure components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 msgid "" "To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " "in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 msgid "" "On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " "select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 msgid "" "Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 msgid "" "The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 msgid "" "Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " "purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" " dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 msgid "" "Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " "subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" " process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 msgid "" "While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " "automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " "also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " "when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 msgid "" "To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " "Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " "the components should be sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " "components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to confirm that the order has been sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " "(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " "stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 msgid "" "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" " creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 msgid "" "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " "subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " "created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 msgid "" "In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " "required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " "from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " "of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "" "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" "buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "" "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " "Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 msgid "" "Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " "subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" " the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " "card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " "ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " "depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 msgid "" "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " "finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " "delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" " the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " "the product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "ワークフロー" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:3 msgid "By-Products" msgstr "副産品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:9 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, it is common to be left with residual " "materials, in addition to the finished product. These materials are known as" " *by-products*. By specifying the by-products created during manufacturing " "on a product's bill of materials (BoM), the quantity of by-products on-hand " "is tracked by Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:15 msgid "" "Manufacturing a *rocking chair* requires ten pieces of wood. During " "production, five pieces of *scrap wood* are created, in addition to the " "rocking chair. By designating the scrap wood as a by-product on the rocking " "chair's |BoM|, Odoo tracks the on-hand count of scrap wood, as well as the " "quantity of rocking chairs produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:23 msgid "" "To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting " "**must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` " "checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:32 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`By-Products` setting enabled, a :guilabel:`By-products` " "tab appears on product |BoMs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:36 msgid "Add byproduct to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:38 msgid "" "To add by-products to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a" " line`, and select the by-product in the :guilabel:`By-product` drop-down " "field. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity of the by-" "product produced during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:45 msgid "" "If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing" " order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` " "field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an " "*Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:55 msgid "Manufacture by-product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:57 msgid "" "When an |MO| is completed and marked as *Done*, Odoo registers the quantity " "of by-products created during the manufacturing process. To create a new " "|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, select a |BoM| on which by-" "products have been specified. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Product` field " "auto-populates with the corresponding product. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:65 msgid "" "When manufacturing is completed, click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button at" " the top of the |MO|. After doing so, inventory counts update to reflect the" " quantity of by-product(s) produced, as well as the quantity of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page" " to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed " "on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From`" " column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` " "column displaying the location where the by-product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:3 msgid "Continuous product improvement" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:13 msgid "" "*Continuous improvement* is a general philosophy intended to help " "individuals and organizations constantly improve themselves and the work " "they produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:16 msgid "" "There are a variety of different methodologies that fall under the umbrella " "of continuous improvement. These include kaizen, six sigma, and lean, among " "others. While the specific steps of each method differ, their goal remains " "the same: implement a process by which improvement is a perpetual goal, " "rather than a one-time accomplishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:21 msgid "" "The sections below contain details about how Odoo can be used to implement " "four general steps common to many of the most popular continuous improvement" " strategies, with links to documentation about configuring the necessary " "features. The final section details how a specific company might configure " "these Odoo implementations within their organization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:32 msgid "" "Continuous improvement is not a one-size-fits-all methodology. While most " "strategies include between four and six steps, proper implementation " "requires developing a system tailored to the specific needs of each company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:36 msgid "" "This is not a limitation, but rather a benefit, as it makes the methodology " "flexible enough to adapt to almost any use case. Odoo, in particular, adapts" " well to this flexibility, as it can be configured to meet the needs of " "almost any workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:40 msgid "" "As such, it is important to remember the content below only provides " "*examples* of how Odoo *might* be used. They should be viewed as more of a " "starting point, rather than a concrete outline that every organization must " "follow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:47 msgid "Identify problems" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:49 msgid "" "Before improvement can begin, it is necessary to determine where improvement" " is necessary. This is where identifying problems comes into play. Two of " "the best Odoo apps for identifying problems with products or processes are " "*Helpdesk* and *Quality*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:54 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "ヘルプデスク" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:56 msgid "" "The *Helpdesk* app is useful for receiving feedback from outside of the " "organization, like from clients or customers. This is accomplished by " "implementing one (or more) of the methods for :doc:`receiving tickets " "<../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`, including email " "aliases, live chat conversations, and website forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:61 msgid "" "Using these methods, customers can submit feedback about problems, which is " "then reviewed by a member of a :doc:`helpdesk team " "<../../../services/helpdesk>`. Depending on the outcome of the review, the " "team member may decide to take further action to ensure the issue is " "addressed. This can include creating a :doc:`quality alert " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7 msgid "Quality" msgstr "品質" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Quality* app is useful for receiving feedback from *within* the " "organization, like from employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:72 msgid "" "One method for accomplishing this is to set up a :doc:`quality control point" " <../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>` (QCP). A |QCP| " "is used to automatically create quality checks at regular intervals, " "prompting employees to inspect, and confirm, the quality of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:77 msgid "" "If an issue is found, an employee can then create a :doc:`quality alert " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to notify a quality team." " Quality alerts can also be created independent of a |QCP|, in the event " "that an employee discovers an issue without being prompted to check for one." " This is a great way for customer support employees to notify a quality team" " of an issue brought to their attention by a customer ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:86 msgid "Suggest improvements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:88 msgid "" "Once a problem is identified, the next step is to put forward ideas for how " "to address the problem. As with identifying problems, the *Quality app* is " "also useful for suggesting improvements. In addition, the *PLM* (*Product " "Lifecycle Management*) app can be used for this purpose, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:95 msgid "" "When creating a :doc:`quality alert " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to bring an issue to the " "attention of a quality team, the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` and " ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tabs can be used to provide feedback about " "how the issue can be addressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for " "fixing items affected by the issue. For example, `Screw the bolts on " "tighter, so the seat stays in place`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:103 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for " "preventing the issue from occurring in the future. For example, `Do not " "tighten the screws too much, or they will be stripped`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:107 msgid "" "The quality team that reviews the alert sees these suggested actions, and " "can take them into account when deciding how to address the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:132 msgid "PLM" msgstr "PLM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:113 msgid "" "The |PLM| app is used to manage the lifecycle of a product from its " "introduction through each successive version. As such, it is useful for " "testing ideas for product improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:116 msgid "" "Using :doc:`engineering change orders " "<../../plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders>`, product management " "teams can create new iterations of product |BoMs|, adding or removing " "specific components or operations, as needed. The products created using " "these |BoMs| are put through a review process to confirm the effectiveness " "of the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:124 msgid "Implement strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:126 msgid "" "Implementing strategies involves putting the proposed solutions from the " "suggest improvements step into action. The |PLM| app continues to be useful " "during this step, as it can be configured to make |BoM| updates. The *Field " "Service* app can also be used by certain companies to make improvements to " "products that have already been sold to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:134 msgid "" "Once |BoM| changes have gone through the proper review process, they can be " "approved, and the updated |BoM| put into use. This is accomplished by " "configuring one of the |ECO| review stages to :ref:`apply the changes " "` made to the |BoM|, at which point the updated |BoM|" " becomes available for new |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:139 msgid "" "Product |BoMs| can continue to be updated, as needed. The :doc:`version " "control <../../plm/manage_changes/version_control>` features of the |PLM| " "app allow for easy management of all versions of a given |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:144 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "フィールドサービス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:146 msgid "" "The |PLM| app is a great way to make changes to product |BoMs|. However, " "these changes only affect products produced using the new |BoM|. If a " "defective product has already been sold to a customer, it may be necessary " "to repair (or update) that product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:150 msgid "" "In such a case, the *Field Service* app can be used to schedule :doc:`onsite" " interventions <../../../services/field_service/creating_tasks>`. These " "interventions allow service technicians (or other employees) to be sent to a" " customer's location to address an issue with a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:158 msgid "Review actions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:160 msgid "" "Reviewing actions is where the \"continuous\" part of continuous improvement" " comes into play, as it allows an organization to evaluate the decisions " "made in the previous steps. As such, this step is, essentially, returning to" " the beginning of the process, so that additional problems can be identified" " and addressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:165 msgid "" "This means that the *Helpdesk* and *Quality* apps should be used again to " "receive customer and employee feedback. Another app that may be useful at " "this stage is the *Surveys* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:169 msgid "Surveys" msgstr "アンケート調査" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:171 msgid "" "After implementing changes to a product or process, it may be wise to " "solicit customers for their feedback directly, rather than waiting to hear " "from them of their own volition. This may bring to light feedback that " "customers may have otherwise neglected to share." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:175 msgid "" "One of the best ways to accomplish this is through the :doc:`Surveys " "<../../../marketing/surveys>` app. Creating a survey, and sending it to " "customers who receive an updated product, increases the likelihood of " "receiving relevant feedback about the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:179 msgid "Example workflow: coat rack product improvement" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:182 msgid "" "*Wood Hut* is a manufacturer of fine wood products. They are committed to " "manufacturing products of the highest-possible quality, and are always " "looking for ways to improve the products they sell, along with the processes" " used to create them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:186 msgid "" "Wood Hut uses the Odoo platform to manage every element of their production," " fulfillment, and customer satisfaction processes. They have developed a " "custom product improvement workflow that incorporates the Helpdesk, Quality," " PLM, and Manufacturing apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:190 msgid "" "One of Wood Hut's most popular products is their *coat rack*. It's made " "entirely of oak, and customers describe it as \"sleek and elegant.\" " "However, recent customer feedback about the coat rack has brought attention " "to quality issues that necessitate revising the current manufacturing " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:195 msgid "" "The product revision workflow begins when the customer service team receives" " a ticket in the Helpdesk app from a customer having problems with the coat " "rack she purchased. The customer, Abigail Peterson, has found that her coat " "rack falls over when more than five coats are hanging from it. This is a " "major issue, as the coat rack has enough dowels for six coats." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "A Helpdesk ticket about an issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:204 msgid "" "Marc, the customer service employee assigned to the helpdesk ticket, opens " "the Quality app, and creates a new quality alert. He tags the *Production " "Quality Team* and assigns Julie Andreson as the quality employee responsible" " for the alert." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:208 msgid "" "Julie reviews the alert, and consults with her team about the best course of" " action. They decide that it is necessary to revise the product's |BoM| to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future, which Julie notes in the " ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab of the quality alert." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert created about the issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Julie messages product engineer, Joe Kazan in the chatter of the " "quality alert to bring it to his attention. Joe opens the |PLM| app and " "creates a new |ECO|, noting the problem with the coat rack, and suggesting " "that a change to the product's |BoM| may be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "An ECO created to update the coat rack product's BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:224 msgid "" "Joe clicks :guilabel:`Start Revision`, and then the :guilabel:`Revision` " "smart button to open version two of the coat rack's |BoM|. This |BoM| was " "created alongside the |ECO|, and remains archived until it is approved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:228 msgid "" "After some testing, Joe discovers that adding a metal *support rod* to the " "coat rack strengthens it, allowing the rack to hold six or more coats " "without falling over. He updates the |BoM| to include the support rod as one" " of the components, and adds an extra operation to make sure it is installed" " during the manufacturing process. Finally, he leaves a message in the " "chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for " "review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:238 msgid "" "Jose reviews the changes, and confirms they are an effective method for " "addressing the problem with the coat rack. He moves the |ECO| to the " "*Approved* stage, which makes version two of the coat rack |BoM| the current" " version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:242 msgid "" "Now, each time an |MO| is created to produce a coat rack, the updated |BoM| " "is automatically selected. Wood Hut begins producing the improved coat rack," " and customer feedback confirms that the new version has addressed the " "problem with its predecessor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:246 msgid "" "Using the Odoo platform, Wood Hut has implemented an end-to-end product " "improvement process. Since the essential elements of this process (customer " "feedback, quality control, etc.) are always functioning, it can be reused to" " continuously update products and processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:3 msgid "Manufacture with lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, *lot numbers* and *serial numbers* are used to identify and track " "products in Odoo. Serial numbers are used to assign unique numbers to " "individual products, while lot numbers are used to assign a single number to" " multiple units of a specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:12 msgid "" "When manufacturing products tracked using lots or serial numbers, Odoo " "requires the lot or serial number to be assigned to each product before " "manufacturing can be completed. This ensures that each product is properly " "tracked from the moment it enters inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:17 msgid "Configure products for tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo tracks the quantity of each product on hand, but does not " "track individual units of a product. Lot or serial number tracking must be " "enabled for each product individually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:22 msgid "" "To track a product using lots or serial numbers, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` checkbox. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:26 msgid "" "Next, click on :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and select a product " "to track. Make sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked in " "the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Since lot and serial number " "functionality is enabled, a drop-down menu appears next to the ticked " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:30 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` drop-down menu. By default, " ":guilabel:`By Quantity` is selected, which only tracks the quantity on hand." " Select :guilabel:`By Lots` to track the product using lot numbers, or " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` to track the product using serial " "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:35 msgid "" ":doc:`Lots <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots>` " ":doc:`Serial numbers " "<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:39 msgid "Lot number manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:41 msgid "" "To manufacture a product tracked with lots, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using lots, and " "enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:76 msgid "" "Once the |MO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears in" " the top section of the |MO| form. By default, this field is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:51 msgid "" "To populate the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field with a lot number, click" " the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the " "field. Doing so automatically generates a lot, using the next available " "number, and enters it in the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:55 msgid "" "Alternatively, click on the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field and select " "an existing lot number, or manually enter a new lot number and click " ":guilabel:`Create \"#\"` in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1 msgid "The \"Lot/Serial Number\" field on an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:61 msgid "" "Either of these methods assign the product(s) in the |MO| a lot number " "before production is finished. It is also possible to complete production " "and close the |MO| by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, without assigning a " "lot number. Doing so automatically generates and assigns a lot, using the " "next available number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:67 msgid "Serial number manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:69 msgid "" "To manufacture a product tracked with serial numbers, begin by navigating to" " :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:73 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using serial " "numbers, and enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:79 msgid "" "The rest of the manufacturing process depends on how many units the |MO| " "contains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:82 msgid "Manufacture single unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:84 msgid "" "If a single unit of the product is being manufactured, clicking " ":guilabel:`Produce All` closes the |MO|, and automatically generates and " "assigns the next available serial number, which appears in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:88 msgid "" "To assign a serial number without closing the |MO|, enter a number manually " "in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and click :guilabel:`Create " "\"#\"`, or click the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the" " right of the field to auto-fill it with the next available number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:97 msgid "Manufacture multiple units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:100 msgid "" "When manufacturing a product tracked using serial numbers, an |MO| can be " "created for multiple units. However, when serial numbers are assigned to " "each unit, either at the end of production or before, the |MO| is split into" " multiple |MOs|, each containing one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:104 msgid "" "Each of the split |MOs| is identified by a numerical tag added to the end of" " the original |MO| number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:108 msgid "" "|MO| `WH/MO/00109` contains two units of a `Chair`, a product tracked using " "serial numbers. A serial number is assigned to each unit of the chair. This " "causes the |MO| to be split into two |MOs|, each containing one unit of the " "chair. The |MOs| are titled `WH/MO/00109-001` and `WH/MO/00109-002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:113 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to each unit of an |MO|, click :guilabel:`Produce " "All` to open the :guilabel:`Batch Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` field of the pop-up window is auto-filled with " "the next available serial number. The :guilabel:`Number of SN` field " "defaults to the number of units being manufactured. The values of either " "field can be changed manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:120 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Generate` to generate the specified number of serial " "numbers, beginning with the number entered in the :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` " "field. The serial numbers are displayed in the text box at the bottom of the" " pop-up window, and can be manually changed after generation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:124 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers without completing production, click the " ":guilabel:`Prepare MO` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual " "|MOs|, one for each unit in the original |MO|. Each |MO| is left open, and " "can be closed individually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:128 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers and complete production, click the " ":guilabel:`Produce` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual |MOs|, " "one for each unit in the original |MO|. All of the |MOs| are closed, since " "production is complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Batch Production\" pop-up window, from which serial numbers can be " "assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:135 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Prepare MO` or :guilabel:`Produce`, the " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app automatically shows the first of the " "split |MOs| (ex. `WH/MO/00109-001`). To view and access the rest the split " "|MOs|, click the :guilabel:`Backorders` smart button at the top of the " "screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74 msgid "" "In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be " "enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, " "and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs " "to be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91 msgid "" "Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95 msgid "" "Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the " "step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having " "been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of " "units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number " "entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field." " Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106 msgid "" "The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work " "order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction " "of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the " "work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it " "disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the " "original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "" "This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s" " reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to " "distinguish it from the backorder |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by " "selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop " "Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom " "of the |MO|'s card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before" " it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* " "pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They" " can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from " "their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed," " this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be " "created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in " "this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130 msgid "" "After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the " "|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at " "the bottom of the work order's card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information, see the documentation about the different types of " ":doc:`locations <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20 msgid "" "Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop " "Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. " "Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and " "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" "廃棄オーダは :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> 廃棄` " "で見ることができます。各廃棄オーダには、オーダが作成された日付と時間、廃棄されたプロダクトと数量が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75 msgid "Scrap pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39 msgid "" "Scrapping components and finished products is done through the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an " "|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` " "button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50 msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to " "close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and " "then select the desired |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60 msgid "" "Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to " "open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "" "To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three " "vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top" " navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a " "work order card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "" "Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. " "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "" "After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods " ":ref:`detailed above `, select the " "component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's " "pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set " "to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or" " scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking " "order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon " "confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for " "warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or " ":doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing " "enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step " "<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After " "one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all " "scrap orders for the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped " "components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick " "Components` card, and selecting the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, it is necessary to dismantle manufactured products into their" " individual components. This may be required if too many units of a product " "were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in " "the manufacturing of another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, products can be dismantled, and their components " "returned to inventory, using *unbuild orders*. By using unbuild orders to " "accomplish this task, inventory counts for the finished product and its " "components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, " "and the quantity of components reclaimed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create unbuild order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "A new unbuild order can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new unbuild order by selecting a :guilabel:`Product` " "to unbuild. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-" "populates with the corresponding bill of materials (BoM). If a different " "|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and " "select it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Alternatively, a specific |BoM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding " "product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "If the product being unbuilt was originally manufactured in a specific " "manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the " "product being unbuilt is currently stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the" " reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42 msgid "" "If the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature is enabled in the settings of the " "*Inventory* app, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears on the " "unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) " "of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46 msgid "" "If the Odoo database has been configured with multiple companies, a " ":guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to" " specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50 msgid "" "Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` " "button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst-1 msgid "A filled-out unbuild order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "While it is possible to create unbuild orders for products that have zero " "(or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to " "inventory inconsistencies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61 msgid "" "If an unbuild order is created for a product with zero (or fewer) units on-" "hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an " "insufficient quantity to unbuild." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "To ignore the warning, and proceed with the unbuild order, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the " "unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n" "for a product with zero or fewer units on hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "After completing an unbuild order, inventory counts automatically update, " "based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components " "reclaimed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77 msgid "" "A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six " "`Wooden Dowel` components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80 msgid "" "An unbuild order is created for one unit of the `Coat Rack`. Once the order " "is completed, the on-hand quantity of `Coat Racks` decreases by one, while " "the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one" " and six, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85 msgid "Scrap unusable components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "In some cases, components may be unusable after the unbuilding process is " "completed. To ensure that inventory counts accurately reflect the quantity " "of usable components on-hand, any component that can no longer be used " "should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, the *master production schedule* (MPS) is " "used to manually plan manufacturing orders (MOs) and purchase orders (POs), " "based on forecasted quantities of products and components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "By considering the impact of confirmed |MOs| and |POs|, along with manually " "adjusted demand forecasts, the |MPS| can be used to manage long-term product" " replenishment. This ensures the continued availability of the necessary " "products and components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:24 msgid "" "Since the |MPS| allows for manual intervention, it is useful for " "replenishing products where the demand of existing sales orders (SOs) does " "**not** reflect probable future demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "A retail store sells artificial *Christmas trees* during the holiday season." " It is currently September, and the store has less than ten Christmas tree " "|MOs| confirmed for the month of December." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:32 msgid "" "Despite the number of confirmed |MOs|, the procurement manager knows that " "the demand for Christmas trees in December is going to be much higher, once " "the holiday season starts. As a result, they manually enter a greater demand" " in the |MPS|, so they can properly replenish the product in time for the " "increase in customer demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "" "It is essential to remember that the |MPS| is a **MANUAL** tool. Adding a " "product to the |MPS| does not cause it to be manufactured or purchased " "automatically. The |MPS| simply suggests the amount of the product that " "should be replenished, but requires user input to create the |MOs| or |POs| " "that are used to replenish it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:43 msgid "" "For this reason, it is recommended that the |MPS| **NOT** be used alongside " "reordering rules for the same product. Because reordering rules are an " "automated workflow, they conflict with the manual replenishment method of " "|MPS|. Using both, in unison, can lead to inaccurate forecasts and the " "creation of unnecessary replenishment orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:49 msgid "Enable and configure |MPS|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:51 msgid "" "To use the |MPS| feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Master Production " "Schedule` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Planning` section. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:55 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Master Production Schedule` feature, two new " "fields appear under it on the :guilabel:`Settings` page: :guilabel:`Time " "Range` and :guilabel:`Number of Columns`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:58 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Time Range` field is used to select the period of time over " "which planning takes place, and offers three options: :guilabel:`Monthly`, " ":guilabel:`Weekly`, and :guilabel:`Daily`. For example, if " ":guilabel:`Monthly` is selected, the |MPS| plans the production requirements" " of products and components on a monthly basis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field is used to specify the quantity of " "the selected :guilabel:`Time Range` units shown on the |MPS| page. For " "example, if the :guilabel:`Time Range` field is set to :guilabel:`Monthly`, " "and `12` is entered in the :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field, the |MPS| " "shows one column for the next 12 months, starting with the current month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:68 msgid "" "If the values of the :guilabel:`Time Range` or :guilabel:`Number of Columns`" " fields are altered, click :guilabel:`Save` again to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1 msgid "The MPS setting in the Manufacturing app's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "|MPS| dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "To open the |MPS|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. The |MPS| view appears as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1 msgid "The Master Production Schedule in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:85 msgid "" "The grey column on the left side of the screen shows a section for every " "product added to the |MPS|, with each product section being broken down into" " smaller rows. The information shown in the rows depends on the filters " "selected in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu at the top of the " "page. The default categories that appear in the rows are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`[Product] by [unit]` :icon:`fa-area-chart`: the forecasted stock " "quantity at the beginning of each time period. :guilabel:`[Product]` and " ":icon:`fa-area-chart` are selectable buttons which open the product's page, " "or the forecast report for the product, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand`: the demand forecast, which is entered " "manually. This represents an estimate of the demand for the product during " "each time period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`- Indirect Demand Forecast`: while this is a default category, it" " **only** appears for products that are components of other products. It " "represents the demand for the component from existing MOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment`: the quantity of the product that is " "suggested to be replenished through |MOs| or |POs|. To the right of the " "category title is a :guilabel:`Replenish` button, which is used to manually " "replenish the product, based on the quantity suggested to be replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:0 msgid "The Replenish button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:107 msgid "The \"Replenish\" button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`= Forecasted Stock`: the quantity of the product forecasted to be" " in stock at the end of each time period, assuming that suggested " "replenishment numbers are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:112 msgid "Altogether, these default categories form an equation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:114 msgid "" "\\text{Forecasted Demand} + \\text{Suggested Replenishment} = \\text{Forecasted Stock}\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:117 msgid "" "In the case of components, the :guilabel:`Indirect Demand Forecast` is taken" " into account as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:119 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand` and :guilabel:`+ Suggested " "Replenishment` fields can be edited for any of the time periods to the right" " of the product column. Doing so changes the equation, and updates the value" " displayed in the :guilabel:`Forecasted Stock` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:123 msgid "" "Changing the value in the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field also " "makes an :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button appear to the left of " "the field. Click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button next to the" " field to reset its value back to the one calculated by the |MPS|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:129 msgid "" "While the |MPS| can be used with only the default categories enabled, it is " "advisable to also enable the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` category. This is " "done by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` on the " "right side of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and enabling the " ":guilabel:`Actual Demand` option under the :guilabel:`Rows` header." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:134 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` option enabled, the :guilabel:`- " "Forecasted Demand` category changes to the :guilabel:`- Actual / Forecasted " "Demand` category. In addition to the manually entered forecasted demand, " "this category also displays the confirmed demand for the product, which is " "based on confirmed |SOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:139 msgid "" "Each column to the right of the products column lists one unit of the time " "period selected in the *Time Range* field on the *Manufacturing* app " "*Settings* page (ex. months). The number of time period columns corresponds " "to the value entered in the *Number of Columns* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:143 msgid "" "The first time period column represents the current time period. For " "example, if the |MPS| is configured to use months, the first column displays" " data for the current month. On this first column, the :guilabel:`+ " "Suggested Replenishment` field appears in one of five colors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Green`: a replenishment order must be generated to keep stock at " "the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gray`: a replenishment order has already been generated to keep " "stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yellow`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but " "the quantity it was created for is not enough to keep stock at the " ":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Red`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but the " "quantity it was created for puts the amount of stock above the " ":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:156 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field appears white, if no " "replenishment order has been generated, and it is not necessary to generate " "one at the current moment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:160 msgid "Add a product" msgstr "プロダクト追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:162 msgid "" "To use |MPS| to manage the replenishment of a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production " "Schedule`. At the top of the |MPS| page, click :guilabel:`Add a Product` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:167 msgid "" "Products **must** be properly configured to be replenished through the " "|MPS|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:169 msgid "" "In the case of manufactured products, the *Manufacture* route must be " "selected in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:172 msgid "" "In the case of products that are purchased, the *Buy* route must be selected" " in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's form. " "Additionally, a vendor and the price they sell the product for must also be " "specified on the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:176 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the product to add in the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu. If the product is replenished through manufacturing, select " "the product's |BoM| in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:181 msgid "" "Selecting a BoM when adding a product to the |MPS| also adds any components " "listed on the BoM. If it is not necessary to manage the replenishment of " "components through the |MPS|, simply leave the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`" " field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:185 msgid "" "If the database is configured with multiple warehouses, a " ":guilabel:`Production Warehouse` field appears on the :guilabel:`Add a " "Product` pop-up window. Use this field to specify which warehouse the " "product is replenished to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:189 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field, specify the minimum quantity " "of the product that should be kept available for orders at all times. For " "example, if there should always be 20 units of the product available for " "order fulfillment, enter `20` in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:194 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` field, enter the minimum product " "quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `5` is" " entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a " "minimum of five units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:198 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, enter the maximum product " "quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `100` " "is entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a " "maximum of 100 units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:202 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to add the product to the |MPS|. The product" " now appears on the |MPS| page each time it is opened. If a |BoM| was " "selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field of the :guilabel:`Add a " "Product` pop-up window, any components listed on the |BoM| appear on the " "page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1 msgid "The Add a Product pop-up window in the MPS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:212 msgid "Edit a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:214 msgid "" "After adding a product to the |MPS|, it may be necessary to change the " "replenishment values entered on the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window." " To do so, click the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button to the immediate right of " "the :guilabel:`Replenish` button, on the :guilabel:`+ Suggested " "Replenishment` row, below the product's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:220 msgid "" "The first and second number displayed on the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button " "correspond to the values entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` and" " :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields when adding the product to the " "|MPS|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, if `5` was entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` " "field, and `100` was entered in the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, " "the button appears as :guilabel:`5 ≤…≤ 100`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:228 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button opens the :guilabel:`Edit Production" " Schedule` pop-up window. This pop-up window is the same as the " ":guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, except that the :guilabel:`Product`" " and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:232 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit Production Schedule` pop-up window, enter the desired" " values in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`, :guilabel:`Minimum to " "Replenish`, and :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:237 msgid "Remove a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:239 msgid "" "To remove a product from the |MPS|, tick the checkbox to the left of its " "name. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top " "of the screen, and select :guilabel:`Delete` from the resulting drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:244 msgid "" "Deleting a product from the |MPS| removes it, along with all of its data. If" " the product is re-added, its replenishment values must be reconfigured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:248 msgid "|MPS| replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:250 msgid "Products in the |MPS| can be replenished in one of three ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:252 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button at the top of the screen to generate " "replenishment orders for every product below its :guilabel:`Safety Stock " "Target` for the current month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:254 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`+" " Suggested Replenishment` row of a specific product, to generate a " "replenishment order for that specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:257 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox to the left of the product name of one or more products. " "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the " "screen, and select :guilabel:`Replenish` from the resulting drop-down menu. " "Doing so generates a replenishment order for each selected product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:262 msgid "" "The type of replenishment order generated corresponds to the route selected " "on the *Inventory* tab of the product's form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:265 msgid "" "If the *Buy* route is selected, an |RfQ| is generated to replenish the " "product. |RfQs| can be selected by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app. Any |RfQ| generated by the |MPS| lists " ":guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:268 msgid "" "If the *Manufacture* route is selected, an |MO| is generated to replenish " "the product. |MOs| can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Any |MO| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its " ":guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Work center time off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:11 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "new work orders are routed to alternative work centers that are operational." " Using Odoo's **Time Off** app, it is possible to designate a work center as" " being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures manufacturing " "operations can continue until the impacted work center is available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:19 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the *Time Off* smart " "button to appear on each work center's *Working Hours* page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, install the **Time Off** app. This is the app used for managing time " "off for all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` app, then search `Time Off` " "in the search bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` app should be the " "only one that appears on the page. Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on " "the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:30 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made " "unavailable, and a second that receives the work orders that the other " "cannot accept. If no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route " "work orders away from the unavailable work center, and they pile up in its " "queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "For a full guide to work center creation, refer to the documentation on " ":doc:`work centers <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures operations carried out at one work " "center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "On the work center that is made unavailable, select the second work center " "from the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo knows" " to send work orders to the second work center when the first is unavailable" " for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:56 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to a work center." " Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration " "--> Work Centers`, and selecting the affected work center. Click the " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button on the right side " "of the :guilabel:`Working Hours` drop-down menu, to open the working hours " "page for the work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "The working hours page displays the standard working hours for the work " "center. With developer mode activated, a :icon:`fa-plane` :guilabel:`Time " "Off` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the " ":guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:69 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new time-off entry. On " "the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(e.g. broken equipment, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center " "as the :guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and " ":guilabel:`End Date` to specify the period during which the work center is " "unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:79 msgid "Alternative work center planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:81 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " "*Plan* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order (MO), by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders " "--> New`. On the |MO| form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:89 msgid "" "On the confirmed |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By default, " "the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work Center` " "column. There is also a :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:93 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan`, and the work center listed in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column of the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab is automatically changed " "to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100 msgid "" "Before clicking \"Plan\", the work order is scheduled at \"Main Assembly " "Line\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100 msgid "" "Before clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is scheduled at " ":guilabel:`Main Assembly Line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106 msgid "" "After clicking \"Plan\", the work order is rescheduled at \"Alternative " "Assembly Line\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is rescheduled at " ":guilabel:`Alternative Assembly Line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:109 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes the work center is available again. At this point, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative work " "center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "ステージ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either cancelled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " "<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "設計変更オーダ作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "変更を適用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "承認" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "購買" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "詳細" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Analysis report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:8 msgid "" "The *Purchase Analysis* report provides statistics about products purchased " "using Odoo's **Purchase** app. This data is useful for gaining a deeper " "understanding of key metrics related to purchase orders (POs), including the" " quantity of products ordered and received, the amount of time it takes to " "receive purchased products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "To open the Purchase Analysis report, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Reporting --> Purchase`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is one of many reports available " "across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures " "specific to the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, along with a few use " "case examples." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 msgid "" "*Measures* refer to the various datasets that can be displayed on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, with each dataset representing a key " "statistic about |POs| or products. To choose a measure, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and select one of the " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`# of Lines`: The number of |PO| order lines, across all |POs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: The average cost of |POs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm`: The number of days it takes to confirm a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Receive`: The number of days it takes to receive the " "products in a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Gross Weight`: The total weight of purchased products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Billed`: The quantity of a product (or products) for which " "the vendor has already been billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered`: The quantity of a product (or products) ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Received`: The quantity of an ordered product (or products) " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: The quantity of an ordered product (or " "products) for which the vendor has yet to be billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: The total amount spent, including tax." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: The total amount spent, excluding tax. This " "measure is selected by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Volume`: The total volume of ordered products, for products which" " are measured by volume." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: The total count of |POs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Use case: determine days to receive products from each vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "One possible use case for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is " "determining how long each vendor takes to deliver purchased items. This " "allows companies to make better informed decisions about which vendors they " "want to purchase from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 msgid "" "A local bike shop, *Bike Haus*, sells high-quality unicycles, bicycles, " "tricycles, and all the accessories needed to ride and maintain them. They " "purchase their inventory from a few different vendors, and then sell those " "products on to customers through their storefront." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:70 msgid "" "Recently, Bike Haus has decided to have their purchasing manager, David, " "look into how long it has taken each of their vendors to deliver the items " "they've purchased during the current year, 2024." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->" " Purchase`, and selecting the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` (bar chart) graph type at" " the top of the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:77 msgid "" "Next, he clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on the" " right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` filter section, he makes sure that **only** " "the :guilabel:`2024` filter is enabled. Then, he selects the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` option in the :guilabel:`Group By` section, before " "clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:83 msgid "" "Finally, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` " "drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Days to Receive` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:86 msgid "" "With all of these options enabled, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report " "shows a bar chart, with one bar for each vendor, representing the average " "number of days it takes to receive products purchased from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:90 msgid "" "Using this data, David can see that it takes Bike Friends over 4.5 days, on " "average, to deliver purchased products. This is more than four times the " "amount of time it takes any other vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:93 msgid "" "Based on these findings, David makes the decision to reduce the quantity of " "products purchased from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0 msgid "" "The Purchase report, showing the average days to receive products from " "vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:101 msgid "Use case: compare vendor POs for two time periods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:103 msgid "" "Another use for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is to compare key " "statistics about |POs| for two different time periods, for a specific " "vendor. By doing so, it is easy to understand how purchases from the vendor " "have increased or decreased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "" "Following the :ref:`previous example `, " "it has been one month since Bike Haus decided to reduce the quantity of " "products purchased from Bike Friends, one of their retailers. Bike Haus' " "purchasing manager, David, wants to understand the impact this decision has " "had on the amount of money they have spent on Bike Friends products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:113 msgid "" "David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->" " Purchase`. Then, he selects the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot " "table)` option at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:116 msgid "" "In the search bar, he types `Bike Friends`, and clicks :guilabel:`Enter`, so" " the report only shows data for purchases from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, David clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on " "the right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` field, he leaves the :guilabel:`June` and " ":guilabel:`2024` filters enabled. He also selects :guilabel:`Confirmation " "Date: Previous Period` in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section, before " "clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:125 msgid "" "Next, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-" "down menu. He leaves the :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` " "datasets enabled, and disables the :guilabel:`Order` and :guilabel:`Count` " "datasets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:129 msgid "" "Finally, David clicks the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` button" " above the rows on the pivot table, and selects the :guilabel:`Product` " "option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:132 msgid "" "With all of these options configured, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " "report shows a pivot table comparing purchase data for the current month, " "June, with the previous month, May." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:135 msgid "" "The pivot table is broken down into two main columns: one for the untaxed " "total spent, and one for the taxed total spent. These columns are further " "broken down into three smaller columns: the amount spent in May, the amount " "spent in June, and the variation between the two months, represented as a " "percentage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:140 msgid "" "On the left side of the pivot table, one row is shown for each product " "purchased from Bike Friends during June. Using this report, David is able to" " see that Bike Haus has spent much less money on products purchased from " "Bike Friends, compared to the previous month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0 msgid "The Purchase report, comparing the amount spent at a vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 msgid "Procurement expenses report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 msgid "" "With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" " time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " "cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 msgid "Create procurement expenses report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " "Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 msgid "Add filters and groups" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 msgid "" "On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " "to switch to pivot view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 msgid "" "While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " ":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " "the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " "recommended starting point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 msgid "" "Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " "the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " "columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 msgid "" "Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " "|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " "comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " "|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 msgid "" "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 msgid "" "The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " "depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " ":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " "more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " "entire category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 msgid "" "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " "appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " "under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " ":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " "as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " "time period from the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 msgid "" "While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " "can be selected at a time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "" "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "" "The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " "**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 msgid "Add measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 msgid "" "After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " ":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 msgid "" "By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " ":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " ":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " "drop-down list of available measures." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 msgid "" "Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " "procurement expenses report:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " "measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " "supplier performance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " "order efficiency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" " accuracy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 msgid "" "Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " "additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " ":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " "analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 msgid "" "After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 msgid "View results" msgstr "結果を表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 msgid "" "After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " "generates in the selected view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " "editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " "*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 msgid "" "The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " ":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " "corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" "chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " "chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 msgid "Vendor costs report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 msgid "" "With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " "costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " "and track seasonal changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 msgid "Create vendor costs reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 msgid "" "To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " "dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " "for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " "comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " "|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " "it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" " individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " ":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " "Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 msgid "" "To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " ":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 msgid "" "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " "options are only available after the date range is selected under the " ":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " ":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " "as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " "time period from the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 msgid "" "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " "vendor costs report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, the report displays with the following measures: " ":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " ":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " "drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " "it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " "click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 msgid "" "It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " ":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " ":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " "Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 msgid "" "After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " "`, the report generates in the pivot " "view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " "editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " "*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 msgid "" "A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" " costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 msgid "" "The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." " Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " ":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Blanket orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the" " same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the " "*Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click" " the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting " "also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->" " Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" "Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish " "predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once" " or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-" "down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange." " If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency " "can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will " "be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this " "field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed" " on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a" " new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order " "Deadline* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the " "*Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any " "existing |PO|, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By" " default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is " "listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "**cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a " "price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:48 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the " "prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed " "vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed." " This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be " "changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type " "of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** cancelled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines`" " and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new " "quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket " "order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product " "lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all" " quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the " "user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the " "breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order " "form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) " "changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this " "agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140 msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with " "information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations" " are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the " ":guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-" "populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured" " on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151 msgid "" "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send" " an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a " "printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 msgid "" "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via " "the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there" " is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the " "top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see" " the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174 msgid "" "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment " "<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are " "referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at" " what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Call for tenders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to invite vendors to submit offers for " "similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies select the " "cheapest, fastest vendors for their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by creating alternative requests for quotation " "(RfQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be " "made for which products to purchase from which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " "|RfQs| to spend money efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create alternative |RfQs|, the *Purchase Agreements* feature **must** be " "enabled in the *Purchase* app settings. To enable the feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42 msgid "Create an |RfQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a new |RfQ|, follow the instructions in the :doc:`rfq` " "documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Purchase Basics and Your First Request for Quotation " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:53 msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:55 msgid "" "Once a |PO| is created and sent to a vendor, alternative |RfQs| can be " "created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other " "factors, to help make a decision for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:66 msgid "" "From this window, select an alternative vendor from the drop-down menu next " "to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is " "assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:69 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original |RfQ| are" " copied over to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave" " the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "This opens a new |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:74 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, the new " "form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other " "details as the previous, original |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, " "unless desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:81 msgid "" "However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under" " a specific product form included in the order, the values set on the " "product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if " "necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:88 msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window. Once again, " "choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to " ":guilabel:`Vendor`. For this particular |RfQ|, however, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Doing so removes all products on the new" " alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be " "ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:94 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:97 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation should be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:100 msgid "" "This creates a third, new |RfQ|. But, since the product quantities of the " "original |RfQ| were **not** copied over, the product lines are empty, and " "new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:104 msgid "" "Once the desired number of specific products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:110 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to" " the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:113 msgid "" "From this newest form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this " "tab, all three |RfQs| can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. " "Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, " "and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are " "in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118 msgid "" "The date in the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` column is calculated for each " "vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product " "forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:124 msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:126 msgid "" "Even if a quotation is not created directly from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to " "existing |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129 msgid "" "To do that, begin by creating a new |RfQ|. Navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the " ":ref:`previous instructions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:132 msgid "" "Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new " "|RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click " ":guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor`" " column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:142 msgid "" "This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window. Select the " "desired previously-created |RfQs|, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of " "these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:147 msgid "" "If a large number of |POs| are being processed, and the previous |POs| can't" " be located, click the :icon:`fa-chevron-down` :guilabel:`(chevron)` icon to" " the right of the search bar, at the top of the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's" " list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:158 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:160 msgid "" "Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which" " vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:163 msgid "" "To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` " "app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next," " under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare " "Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:174 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, by default, groups by " ":guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the |RfQs| is displayed" " in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in " "the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:179 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click" " :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:182 msgid "" "Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page," " and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its " "ordered quantity is also changed to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, individual products can be " "selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:191 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:199 msgid "" "Once the desired products have been chosen from the :guilabel:`Compare Order" " Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can " "be cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:202 msgid "" "The cost in the :guilabel:`Total` column for each product that wasn't chosen" " is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:205 msgid "" "Although they haven't been cancelled yet, this indicates that each of those " "orders can be cancelled without having an effect on the other live orders, " "once those orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Cancelled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into an |RfQ|, " "and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:215 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for " "Quotations?` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the |RfQs| listed, click the line item for" " that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up " "window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:222 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-" "up window, two options are presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:227 msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:229 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the " "alternative |RfQs|. Selecting :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the " "alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233 msgid "" "Once all products are ordered, select :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` from " "whichever |PO| is open at that time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:240 msgid "" "Finally, using the breadcrumbs at the top of the page, click " ":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` to navigate back to an overview of all " "|RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:243 msgid "" "The cancelled orders can be seen, greyed out and listed with a " ":guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the " "far-right of their respective rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:246 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:20 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Purchase* app, the *bill control* policy determines the " "quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either " "ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13 msgid "" "The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default " "value, and is applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure the *bill control* policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase" " app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Under :guilabel:`Bill Control`, select either" " :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a |PO| is " "confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a " "draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used" " to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor " "bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:39 msgid "" "If a specific product should use a different control policy than selected in" " the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that " "product can be changed from its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select a product. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify" " the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "入荷請求差異照合" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some " "(or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53 msgid "" "To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable " "the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "" "When *3-way matching* is enabled, vendor bills display a :guilabel:`Should " "Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When a new vendor bill " "is created, the field is set to :guilabel:`Yes`, since a bill **cannot** be " "created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a vendor bill from a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`. From the :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` " "page, select the desired |PO| from the list. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Bill`. Doing so opens a new draft :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form, in the " ":guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate " "the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80 msgid "" "The |PO| selected from the list **must not** be billed yet, or an " ":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window appears. This occurs for |POs| " "with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully " "Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the " "available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and " ":guilabel:`Exception`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a |PO| has not been received, Odoo " "only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor " "bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99 msgid "" "Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the" " price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102 msgid "" "If the draft bill's information is changed, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` " "field status is set to :guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices " "the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message," " since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107 msgid "" "To process the vendor bill, select a date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` " "field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register " "Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From this window, " "accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting " "settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill, and the bill displays " "the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field " "status is set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is automatically set by Odoo." " However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "" "Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under" " the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`Billing Status` of a |PO|, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a " "|PO| to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Billing Status` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137 msgid "" "The table below details the different values the :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill " "Control* policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144 msgid "Billing Status" msgstr "請求ステータス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:145 msgid "On received quantities" msgstr "入荷数量に基づく" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:146 msgid "On ordered quantities" msgstr "オーダ数量に基づく" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:147 msgid "Nothing to Bill" msgstr "請求対象なし" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:148 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:149 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:150 msgid "Waiting Bills" msgstr "請求書待ち" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:151 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:152 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:153 msgid "Fully Billed" msgstr "完全請求済" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:154 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:155 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`管理`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:12 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services " "purchased by a company from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they " "arrive from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or " "services purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* " "app's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:22 msgid "" "To configure the default bill control policy, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to " "the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:25 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Bill Control` feature lists two policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected acts as the default for any new product created. Each " "policy acts as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or " "part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities " "received are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:39 msgid "Once a policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy than the one set in the " "*Purchase* app settings, that product's control policy can be overridden by " "going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form, and selecting the " "desired policy in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "The *3-way matching* policy ensures vendor bills are only paid once all (or " "some) products in a purchase order (PO) have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" "To activate 3-way matching, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature is **only** intended to work with the" " :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "" "Depending on the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill " "creation is completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:76 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "オーダ数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the *Bill Control* " "policy set to *Ordered Quantities*, first navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New` from the " ":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form. On the " "blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`" " under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:126 msgid "" "On the product line, select a product from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RfQ| into a " "|PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add " "a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:98 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *Ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Once a payment has been received, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` at the " "top of the bill to record it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window to appear, " "wherein a payment :guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen, and a " ":guilabel:`Payment Method` selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:158 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be edited from this pop-up " "window, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so displays a green :guilabel:`Paid` banner " "on the |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "Received quantities" msgstr "入荷数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the bill control policy " "set to *Received quantities*, first navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new |RfQ| form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:132 msgid "" "When using the *Received quantities* control policy, clicking " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products are received causes an " ":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo requires at least partial quantities of the items included in the |PO| " "to be received in order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:142 msgid "" "On the |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the " "warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the :guilabel:`Done` " "(received) quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:146 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the |PO|, via the breadcrumb, and click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. " "From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. Once " "ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the " "draft." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "Manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, without" " having to create a purchase order first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:170 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click" " :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, " "and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Bill Date`, and configure any other necessary " "information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "Once confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals. These journals are populated based on the " "configuration on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and " ":guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If necessary, click :guilabel:`Credit Note` to add a credit note to the " "bill. Additionally, a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number can be added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Create Payment`, to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "To link a draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down menu" " next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` *before* clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, " "and select a |PO| from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:196 msgid "The bill auto-populates with the information from the chosen |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:207 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, " "click the :guilabel:`checkbox` in the top-left corner, beside the " ":guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:211 msgid "" "This selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Status` of " ":guilabel:`Posted` or :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:214 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button to print the selected " "invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process payments for " "multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:219 msgid "" "Only payments with their :guilabel:`Status` listed as :guilabel:`Posted` can" " be billed in batches. Payments in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage **must** be " "posted before they can be included in a batch billing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment` opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` " "pop-up window. From the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` the " "bills should post to, choose a :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and select a " ":guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to :guilabel:`Group Payments` together from this " "pop-up window, as well. If this checkbox is ticked, only one payment is " "created, instead of one per bill. This option only appears if the *Batch " "Payments* feature is enabled in the settings of the " ":menuselection:`Accounting` app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:232 msgid "" "Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list" " of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are" " all tied to their corresponding vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:3 msgid "Purchase templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:10 msgid "" "*Purchase templates* are an agreement type that allow for the repeated " "creation of requests for quotations (RFQs) for recurring purchases. Products" " can then be added and quantities can be changed, as needed. |Pts| can be " "used for multiple vendors, saving time and simplifying the |RFQ| process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:14 msgid "" "|Pts| differ from *blanket orders* in that a :doc:`blanket order " "` is a large order split into several deliveries, therefore " "all |RFQs| must be for the same vendor. |PTs| can be replicated for multiple" " vendors, and can copy over quantities, which is useful when placing " "frequent orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:22 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Agreements` checkbox. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the" " changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst-1 msgid "The Purchase agreements setting in the Purchase app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:30 msgid "Create a new template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:32 msgid "" "Navigate :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Agreements` " "and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:34 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:37 msgid "" "To make this template available to use with multiple vendors, leave the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:40 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, select :guilabel:`Purchase " "Template` from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:42 msgid "" "Confirm the information in the remaining fields is correct, or update as " "needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:44 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select " "the desired product. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:53 msgid "After adding all necessary products, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:56 msgid "Create a new RFQ from a purchase template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a |pt|, new quotations can be created directly from the " "|pt| form. |RFQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based " "on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations are automatically" " linked to this |pt| form, via the :icon:`fa-list-alt` " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:63 msgid "" "To :ref:`create a new quotation `, " "click :guilabel:`New Quotation`. This opens a new |RFQ|, that is pre-" "populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured" " on the |pt| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:67 msgid "" "If there was no vendor identified on the |pt|, choose a :guilabel:`Vendor` " "from the drop-down list. Products can be added to the |RFQ| by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Products` tab. To remove a " "product, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon at the far-" "right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:72 msgid "" "From the new |RFQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send" " an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a " "printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order` to confirm the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:76 msgid "" "After confirming the order, return to the |pt| via the breadcrumbs. The " ":icon:`fa-list-alt` :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button has been updated to" " list the confirmed order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst-1 msgid "The RFQ smart button on a purchase template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Requests for quotation" msgstr "見積依頼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo's requests for quotation (RFQs) feature in the **Purchase** app " "standardizes ordering products from multiple vendors with varying prices and" " delivery times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:15 msgid "" "|RFQs| are documents companies send to vendors requesting product pricing. " "In Odoo, once the vendor approves the |RFQ|, the purchase order (PO) is " "confirmed to align on lead times and pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:24 msgid "" "To auto-populate product information and prices on an |RFQ|, configure " "products by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> " "Products`. Select an existing product, or create a new one by selecting " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the product form, where various sales and " "purchasing data can be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:29 msgid "" "To configure purchasable products, tick the :guilabel:`Can be purchased` " "checkbox, under the product name. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab," " and enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1 msgid "Required configuration for purchasable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:39 msgid "Vendor pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and " "their price, to have this information auto-populate on an |RFQ| each time " "the product is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../products/pricelist`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:47 msgid "" "Default columns include :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Price`, and " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`, but other columns like, :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` or :guilabel:`Discounts`, can also be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable or disable columns, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " ":guilabel:`(additional options)` icon on the right side of the header row to" " reveal a drop-down menu of additional columns that can be added (or " "removed) from the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:55 msgid "" "Alternatively, prices and delivery lead times for existing products can be " "added in bulk by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration -->" " Vendor Pricelists`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner. In the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` section of the pricelist form that appears, add the " "product information as it pertains to the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:61 msgid "Order products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:63 msgid "" "With products and prices configured, follow these steps to create and send " "|RFQs| to make purchases for the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:67 msgid "|RFQ| dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:69 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard displays an overview of the" " company's |RFQs|, |POs|, and their status. The top of the screen breaks " "down all |RFQs| in the company, as well as individual ones (where the user " "is the buyer) with a summary of their status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:75 msgid "" "The top-right corner also provides a quick report of the company's recent " "purchases by total value, lead times, and number of |RFQs| sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:78 msgid "Additionally, the dashboard includes buttons for:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Send`: orders in the |RFQ| stage that have not been sent to " "the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Waiting`: |RFQs| that have been sent by email, and are waiting on" " vendor confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Late`: |RFQs| or |POs| where the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` has " "passed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1 msgid "RFQ dashboard with orders and order statuses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:88 msgid "" "In addition to various view options, the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` " "dashboard provides :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options, " "accessible via the search bar drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:97 msgid "Create new |RFQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:99 msgid "" "To create a new |RFQ|, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the top-left " "corner of the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard to reveal a new " "|PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:102 msgid "Start by assigning a :guilabel:`Vendor`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field points to the sales and delivery " "order numbers sent by the vendor. This comes in handy once products are " "received, and the |PO| needs to be matched to the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:108 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field refers to long-term purchase agreements " "on recurring orders with set pricing. To view and configure blanket orders, " "head to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase agreements`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Currency` can be changed, if purchasing products from a " "vendor in another country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:114 msgid "" "Next, configure an :guilabel:`Order Deadline`, which is the date by which " "the vendor must confirm their agreement to supply the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:118 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` is exceeded, the |RFQ| is marked as " "late, but the products can still be ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` is automatically calculated based on the " ":guilabel:`Order Deadline` and vendor lead time. Tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Ask confirmation` to ask for signage at delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:125 msgid "" "With the :doc:`Storage Locations feature " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>` " "activated, the :guilabel:`Deliver to` field appears, with options for the " "order shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:129 msgid "" "Select the receiving warehouse address here, or select :guilabel:`Dropship` " "to indicate that this order is to be shipped directly to the end customer. " "When :guilabel:`Dropship` is selected, the :guilabel:`Dropship address` " "field is enabled. Contact names auto-populate here from the **Contacts** " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:135 msgid "Products tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, add the products to be ordered. Click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and type in the product name, or select the item " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:140 msgid "" "To create a new product and add it, type the new product name in the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, select :guilabel:`Create [product name]` from " "the resulting drop-down menu, and manually add the unit price. Or, select " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to be taken to the product form for that new " "item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catalog` can also be selected to navigate to a product menu from " "the chosen vendor. From here, products can be added to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:149 msgid "" "To make adjustments to products and prices, access the product form by " "clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon that " "becomes available upon hovering over the :guilabel:`Product` name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:154 msgid "Send |RFQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:156 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Send by Email` reveals a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-" "up window, with a :guilabel:`Purchase: Request for Quotation` template " "loaded, ready to send to the vendor's email address (configured in the " "**Contacts** app)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:160 msgid "" "After crafting the desired message, click :guilabel:`Send`. Once sent, the " "|RFQ| moves to the :guilabel:`RFQ Sent` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:163 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Print RFQ` downloads a PDF of the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:166 msgid "Confirm order" msgstr "注文を確定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm Order` directly transforms the |RFQ| into an " "active |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:171 msgid "" "Odoo tracks communications on each order through the chatter of the |PO| " "form. This shows the emails sent between the user and the contact, as well " "as any internal notes and activities. Messages, notes, and activities can " "also be logged on the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:175 msgid "Once an |RFQ| is confirmed, it creates a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:177 msgid "" "On the new |PO|, the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field changes to " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`, which displays the date and time the user " "confirmed the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:180 msgid "" "Depending on the user's chosen configuration in the **Purchase** app " "settings, a *vendor bill* is created once products have been ordered or " "received. For more information, refer to the documentation on :doc:`managing" " vendor bills `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:185 msgid "" "After an order is placed, clicking :guilabel:`Receive Products` records the " "reception of new products into the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:189 msgid "" "With the **Inventory** app installed, confirming a |PO| automatically " "creates a receipt document, with the product information and expected " "arrival dates automatically populated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "プロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:40 msgid "Import vendor pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:5 msgid "" "Set vendor prices to auto-populate requests for quotations (RFQs) or " "purchase orders (POs) with the unit price, once the product is added, which " "reduces errors and saves time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, vendor pricelists can be :ref:`added individually " "` on the product form, or :ref:`imported in " "bulk `, via an XLSX or CSV file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:13 msgid "" "Please review this :doc:`import guide " "<../../../essentials/export_import_data>` before uploading vendor " "pricelists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:19 msgid "On product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:21 msgid "" "To manually add the vendor price on the product form, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`, and click the " "desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:25 msgid "" "Product forms are accessible from multiple apps, such as **Sales**, " "**Inventory**, and **Manufacturing**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and " "their price, to have this information auto-populate on a request for " "quotation each time the product is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor pricelist on product form `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1 msgid "Vendor pricelist on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:42 msgid "" "To import vendor pricelists, ensure the XLSX or CSV file is accurately " "completed. The best way to obtain a correctly formatted template, including " "product names, references, and vendor details, is to first :ref:`export a " "pricelist ` from the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:46 msgid "" "Modify the exported file, as needed, then import it back into the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:51 msgid "Export pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:53 msgid "" "To export a pricelist, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration " "--> Vendor Pricelists`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:55 msgid "On the page, tick the checkbox(es) for the desired vendor pricelists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button that appears, and " "choose :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1 msgid "Show selected exported fields, with the Export button visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:63 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, fields listed under the :guilabel:`Fields to" " export` section are included in the exported file. To add more fields, find" " the desired field in the :guilabel:`Available fields` section, and click " "the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:69 msgid "" "To update to existing records, tick the :guilabel:`I want to update data " "(import-compatible export)` checkbox, and refer to the section on the " ":ref:`External ID ` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:73 msgid "" "For details on commonly-used fields for importing vendor pricelists, see the" " :ref:`Common fields ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:76 msgid "" "Select the desired :guilabel:`Export Format`: :guilabel:`XLSX` or " ":guilabel:`CSV`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:78 msgid "" "To save the selected fields as a template, click the :guilabel:`Template` " "field, and select :guilabel:`New template` from the drop-down menu. Type the" " name of the new template, and click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` " ":guilabel:`(save)` icon. After that, the template is a selectable option " "when clicking the :guilabel:`Template` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:83 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:86 msgid "" "With :ref:`developer mode ` turned on, the column names of " "the exported file display the *field name* with the *technical name* in " "parenthesis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0 msgid "Exporting vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:93 msgid "" "Export vendor pricelist in XLSX format. It includes :guilabel:`Product " "Template` and other fields in the :guilabel:`Fields to export` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:99 msgid "External ID" msgstr "外部ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:101 msgid "" "*External ID* is a unique identifier used to update existing vendor " "pricelists. Without it, imported records create new entries, instead of " "updating existing ones. Including this field in the XLSX or CSV, indicates " "the line replaces an existing vendor pricelist in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0 msgid "Show 'Ready Mat' appear twice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:109 msgid "" "`Ready Mat` appears twice because the external ID was omitted during the " "price update from `$790` to `$780`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:112 msgid "" "To look-up the :guilabel:`External ID` for a vendor pricelist, tick the " ":guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox at the" " top of the :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:116 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`External ID` from the :guilabel:`Available fields` " "section with the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible " "export)` checkbox ticked results in an export file with two columns " "containing the external ID." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:123 msgid "Common fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:125 msgid "" "Below is a list of commonly-used fields when importing vendor pricelists:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:127 msgid "Field name definitions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:130 msgid "Field name" msgstr "フィールド名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:131 msgid "Used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:132 msgid "Field in Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:133 msgid "Technical name of field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:134 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "仕入先" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:135 msgid "" "The only required field for creating a vendor pricelist record. This field " "specifies the vendor associated with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor` field in the :ref:`vendor pricelist of the product form " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:139 msgid "`partner_id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:140 msgid "Product Template" msgstr "プロダクトテンプレート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:141 msgid "The Odoo product the vendor pricelist entry is related to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:142 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:143 msgid "`product_tmpl_id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:145 msgid "" "The minimum quantity required to receive the product at the specified price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` field in the vendor pricelist. (If not visible, enable " "it by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and" " tick the :guilabel:`Quantity` checkbox)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:149 msgid "`min_qty`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:150 msgid "Unit Price" msgstr "単価" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:151 msgid "The purchase price for the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Price` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:153 msgid "`price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:154 msgid "Delivery Lead Time" msgstr "配送リードタイム" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:155 msgid "" ":ref:`Number of days ` before " "receiving the product after confirming a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field on the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:158 msgid "`delay`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:159 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "シーケンス" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:160 msgid "" "Defines the order of vendors in the pricelist when multiple vendors are " "available. For example, if `Azure Interior` is listed first and Wood Corner " "second, their sequences would be `1` and `2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:171 msgid "N/A" msgstr "N/A" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:164 msgid "`sequence`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:165 msgid "Company" msgstr "会社" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:166 msgid "Name of company the product belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Company` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:168 msgid "`company_id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`External ID `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:170 msgid "Unique ID of a record used to update existing vendor pricelists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:172 msgid "`id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:175 msgid "Import records" msgstr "レコードをインポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:177 msgid "" "With a template downloaded, fill out the XLSX or CSV file with the necessary" " information. After inputting everything, import the file back into the Odoo" " database, by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Vendor Pricelists`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:181 msgid "" "On the page, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon in the top-" "left corner. In the drop-down menu that appears, click :guilabel:`Import " "records`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:184 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Upload File` in the upper-left corner, and after " "selecting the XLSX or CSV file, confirm the correct fields, and click " ":guilabel:`Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/export_import_data`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:189 msgid ":ref:`Common fields `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1 msgid "Upload file screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:195 msgid "Formatting import file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:197 msgid "" "To understand how to format import files for vendor pricelists, consider the" " following example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:199 msgid "" "`Storage Box` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM08`) is sold by `Wood Corner` " "for `$10`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:200 msgid "" "`Large Desk` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM09`) has no records in the vendor" " pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:202 msgid "An import file is created to do the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:204 msgid "Update the price for `Wood Corner` from `$10` to `$13`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:205 msgid "" "Add pricelist for `Storage Box`: the vendor, `Ready Mat` intends to sell the" " product for `$14`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:206 msgid "" "Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Wood Corner`, price is `$1299`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:207 msgid "" "Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Azure Interior`, price is " "`$1399`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:209 msgid "Vendor pricelist data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:212 msgid "id" msgstr "ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:213 msgid "company_id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:214 msgid "delay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:215 msgid "price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:216 msgid "product_tmpl_id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:217 msgid "sequence" msgstr "付番" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:218 msgid "partner_id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:219 msgid "product.product_supplierinfo_3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:241 msgid "My Company (San Francisco)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:222 msgid "13.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:230 msgid "[E-COM08] Storage Box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:239 msgid "Wood Corner" msgstr "Wood Corner" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:229 msgid "14.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:232 msgid "Ready Mat" msgstr "Ready Mat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:236 msgid "1299.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:244 msgid "[E-COM09] Large Desk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:238 msgid "6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:243 msgid "1399.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:245 msgid "7" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:246 msgid "Azure Interior" msgstr "Azure Interior" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:249 msgid "The *technical field name* was used to create this information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:252 msgid "Download the sample files for reference:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:254 msgid ":download:`Sample XLSX import file `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:255 msgid ":download:`Sample CSV import file `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3 msgid "Temporary reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity " "of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain " "threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate " "purchase orders for specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9 msgid "" "Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold," " without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a " "product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo " "generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)" " to replenish the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14 msgid "" "In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when" " they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment " "dashboard when a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19 msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20 msgid "has no reordering rule configured" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21 msgid "has `0` quantity in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22 msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24 msgid "" "This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated " "for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its " "stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37 msgid "" "The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an " "existing product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can " "be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located " "beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. " "Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51 msgid "" "A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting " "to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the" " *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0 msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60 msgid "" "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the " ":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. " "Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, " "indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "" "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand " "buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69 msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71 msgid "" "To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a " "product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74 msgid "" "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-" "down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83 msgid "Check replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85 msgid "" "To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product " "included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89 msgid "" "On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering " "rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, " "negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93 msgid "" "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the " "row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100 msgid "" "To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right " "corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been " "generated`, along with a new purchase order number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order " "Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no " "longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110 msgid "Complete purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112 msgid "" "To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the " "generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive " "Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123 msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there " "are no reordering rules on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the " "product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button " "displays `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " "sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " "measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" " and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " "category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " "the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " "*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " "Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " "multiple of this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the " "*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* " "quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on " "the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work" " Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open" " the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking " "the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work " "order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97 msgid "" "For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor " "overview ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88 msgid "On an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed " "from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is " "reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the " "measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window," " and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and " "the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if " "the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up " "window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be " "between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the " ":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up" " window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor" " module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete " "the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the " ":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-" "right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want " "to do?` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality " "alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check " "passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the " "next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what " "should be done next." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144 msgid "" "Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a " "*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that " "appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When " "using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up " "window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*" " quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step" " is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to " "open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the " "picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to " "complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step" " of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173 msgid "Review picture attached to quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:3 msgid "Failure locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs) are used to create *quality " "checks*, which prompt employees to confirm the quality of products, when " "they are included in certain operations. By setting one or more *failure " "locations* on a |QCP|, products that fail the quality checks it creates can " "be sent to one of the specified locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:14 msgid "" "The *Failure Location* feature was added in version 17.0 of Odoo, and does " "**not** appear in any previous version. To upgrade an Odoo database to a " "more recent version, see the documentation on :doc:`database upgrades " "<../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:21 msgid "" "To use failure locations, the *Storage Locations* setting **must** be " "enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app. This setting allows for the " "creation of sub-locations within a warehouse, including failure locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:25 msgid "" "To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " "checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "Failure locations are most effective when used for products configured as " "*storable products*. This is because inventory counts are only tracked for " "storable products, versus *consumable* products, for which exact counts are " "not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:38 msgid "" "Quality checks can still be created for consumable products, and those " "products can be sent to a failure location if they fail a check. However, " "Odoo does not track the exact quantity of a consumable product stored at a " "failure location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure a product as storable, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. In the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " "make sure that :guilabel:`Storable Product` is selected from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:48 msgid "Add failure location to QCP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:50 msgid "" "To add a failure location to a |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality " "app --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Select an existing |QCP| from " "the list, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:55 msgid "" "The following instructions only detail the configuration settings necessary " "for adding a failure location to a |QCP|. For a full overview of |QCPs| and " "all of the options available when configuring them, see the documentation on" " :doc:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Control Per` field on the |QCP| form, select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` option. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Failure Locations`" " field to appear on the form. This field is only available when the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:64 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations " "from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location" " name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:73 msgid "Send products to failure location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:75 msgid "" "Once a |QCP| has been configured with one or more failure locations, " "products that fail a check created by the |QCP| can be routed to one of the " "locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, open an order that requires a quality check created by a |QCP| " "configured with a failure location. For example, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, and select a " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "At the top of the selected order, click the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` " "button to open a pop-up window, from which the quality check can be " "processed. At the bottom of the pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Fail` " "button to fail the quality check, which opens a second pop-up window, titled" " :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed for [Product]`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product " "that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` " "field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:96 msgid "" "Finally, on the order, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of " "the page. Doing so confirms the products that failed the quality check were " "sent to the failure location, while products that passed it were sent to " "their normal storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:101 msgid "View failure location inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:103 msgid "" "To view the product quantities stored in a failure location, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select a " "failure location from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` " "smart button on the location's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:107 msgid "" "A failure location's page lists all of the products stored within the " "location, along with the quantity of each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams" " of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a " "manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* " "module, or directly within the *Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15 msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17 msgid "" "**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a " "quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing " "Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button" " at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` " "button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), " "and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the " "top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear " "otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be " "created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page " "and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center " "from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮" " (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to " "open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality " "alert in a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" "Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the " "form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created " "from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` " "and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50 msgid "Quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52 msgid "" "After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short " ":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55 msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57 msgid "" "**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59 msgid "" "**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60 msgid "" "**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62 msgid "" "Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is " "responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be" " responsible for the quality alert, select them from the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality " "issue, if known." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ " "(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities " "appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the " "*Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75 msgid "" "At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding " "supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They " "can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality " "issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should " "be taken to fix the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the " "product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select " "the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when" " the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93 msgid "Manage quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95 msgid "" "To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->" " Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a " "Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where" " they are in the review process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99 msgid "" "To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the " "desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then " "click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103 msgid "" "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that " "appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and" " then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the " "alert card to open its form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is " "required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135 msgid "" "For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview" " <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. " "Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should " "be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being " "processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on " "the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as " "*Passed*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151 msgid "" "The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of " "check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality" " check, see the associated documentation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation, in general." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:48 msgid "" "A |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the `Assembly` work" " order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is confirmed for a" " `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check specifically for the " "`Assembly` operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: One check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: One check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: A check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: A quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: A quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Operations` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: A quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:75 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks require the employee processing the check to " "fill out an interactive worksheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` checks require the employee processing the check to " "fill out an interactive spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:94 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:96 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "When creating a |QCP| with the :guilabel:`Worksheet` or " ":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` check types, it is necessary to specify a *Quality " "Worksheet Template* or *Quality Spreadsheet Template* in the " ":guilabel:`Template` field that appears below the :guilabel:`Type` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:108 msgid "" "The selected template is duplicated for each quality check created by the " "|QCP|, and **must** be filled out to complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "To create a new template, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " "Configuration --> Quality Worksheet/Spreadsheet Templates`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:121 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:125 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:128 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:131 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:136 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:140 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:8 msgid "Repairs" msgstr "修理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for " "damaged products returned by customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3 msgid "Process repair orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes, products delivered to customers can break or be damaged in " "transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement " "product, or repairs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the " "*Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the " "below steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`Process return order for damaged product " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Create repair order for returned product " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`Return repaired product to customer `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25 msgid "Return order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly " "from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a return, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " "into an |SO| from which a product should be returned. Then, from the |SO| " "form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the " "delivery order (DO) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34 msgid "" "From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse " "Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253 msgid "" "This pop-up lists the :guilabel:`Product` included in the order, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` the product was in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of " "the product to be returned, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line " "to remove it from the return, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new receipt for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the product has been returned to the warehouse, receipt of the return " "can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the " "reverse transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56 msgid "" "Once a reverse transfer for a return is validated, the value in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column on the original |SO| updates to reflect the " "difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0 msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67 msgid "Create repair order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69 msgid "" "Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a" " repair order (RO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78 msgid "" "On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer " "selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field, click the drop-down menu to " "select the product that needs repair. If necessary, click :guilabel:`Search " "More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and " "browse all products in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Product to Repair` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Product " "Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a " "`0.00` format) of the product that requires repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89 msgid "" "To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of " "measure (UoM) for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the " "return order from which the product to be repaired comes from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Under Warranty` checkbox, if the product being repaired " "is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged" " for all the parts used in the repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar" " popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "the user who should be responsible for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select " "which company this |RO| belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which " "tags should be applied to this |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116 msgid "Parts tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118 msgid "" "Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to " "choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and " ":guilabel:`Recycle`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Add` adds this part to the |RO|. Adding parts lists " "components for use in the repair. If the components are used, the user " "completing the repair can record they were used. If they were not used, the " "user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another " "use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Remove` removes this part from the |RO|. Removing parts " "lists components that should be removed from the product being repaired " "during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the" " repair can indicate they were removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating " "it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` column, select which product (part) should be " "added, removed, or recycled. In the :guilabel:`Demand` column, change the " "quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be " "used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once " "the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has" " been used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152 msgid "" "To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional " "columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the " "desired options to add to the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160 msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab to add internal notes about this " "specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to " "know." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165 msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab to see the :guilabel:`Operation " "Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: " "Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once all desired configurations have been made on the |RO| form, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed`" " stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175 msgid "" "A new :guilabel:`Forecasted` column appears on the product lines under the " ":guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed " "for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Start Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the " ":guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| " "should be cancelled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To" " register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185 msgid "" "If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End " "Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192 msgid "" "The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the " "initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Used` quantity should be changed, click " ":guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be " "confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198 msgid "" "This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product " "Moves` smart button also appears above the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves" " history during and after the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211 msgid "Return product to customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214 msgid "Product is under warranty" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216 msgid "" "Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219 msgid "Product is not under warranty" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221 msgid "" "If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair" " costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-" "populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair" " calculated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229 msgid "" "If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and " "proceed to invoice the customer for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233 msgid "" "If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type " "product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236 msgid "" "To return the product to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales" " app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was " "processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240 msgid "" "From the resulting list of operations, click the reverse transfer, indicated" " by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of " "WH/OUT/XXXXX`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243 msgid "" "This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair " "Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new delivery for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to " "the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" msgstr ""